29 April 2015
CENTRAL SERVICES KITCHEN REPLACEMENT CMC SAN LUIS OBISPO
SPECIFICATIONS VOLUME I
Prepared for: CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTIONS AND REHABILITATION Facility Planning, Construction and Management Division Design and Environmental Services and Standards Branch Design Services P.O. Box 942883 Sacramento, CA 94283 Phone: (916) 255-3373 Fax: (916) 255-3030
Prepared by: J.C. CHANG & ASSOCIATES, INC. Engineers Architects Planners 385 Van Ness Avenue, Suite 208 Torrance, California 90501 Phone: (310) 212-7644 www.jccainc.com
JCCA #14530-6 SPECIFICATIONS
California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation
April 29, 2015
00 01 00-1 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
CENTRAL SERVICES KITCHEN REPLACEMENT CALIFORNIA MEN’S COLONY, SAN LUIS OBISPO
CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTIONS AND REHABILITATION FACILITY DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION AND MANAGEMENT DIVISION PLANNING, ACQUISITION AND DESIGN BRANCH DESIGN SERVICES
SPECIFICATIONS 100% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS OSFM REVIEW
Timothy P. Kelly, PE, LEED AP James P. Redmond, PE, LEED AP Mechanical Engineer Civil Engineer
Hector J. Lacsa, PE David L. Crandall, RA, LEED AP Electrical Engineer Architect
M. Todd Thorp, SE Structural Engineer
______California State Fire Marshal Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation Access Compliance Review
Approval of this specification does not Approval of the specification does not authorize authorize or approve any omission or or approve any omission or deviation from deviation from applicable regulations. Final applicable regulations. approval is subject to field inspection. One set of approved specifications shall be available at the project site at all times.
APPROVALS CDCR 00 01 02 - 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 00 01 10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
VOLUME I
PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS GROUP
DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00 01 00 Project Title Sheet 00 01 02 Approvals 00 01 10 Table of Contents 00 01 15 List of Drawing Sheets 00 01 16 Certification Page
SPECIFICATIONS GROUP
FACILITY CONSTRUCTION SUBGROUP
DIVISION 01 – (To Be Provided By CDCR)
DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 24 53 Field Screening for Contaminated Soils 02 31 23 Electromagnetic Investigations 02 41 00 Demolition 02 81 00 Transportation and Disposal of Hazardous Materials 02 82 13 Asbestos Abatements 02 83 33 Removal and Disposal of Material Containing Lead
DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE 03 10 00 Concrete Forming and Accessories 03 15 00 Concrete Accessories 03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcing 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete 03 53 00 Concrete Topping 03 60 00 Grouting
DIVISION 04 – MASONRY 04 05 13 Masonry Mortaring 04 05 16 Masonry Grouting 04 22 00 Concrete Masonry Unit
TABLE OF CONTENTS CDCR 00 01 10 - 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
DIVISION 05 – METALS 05 05 55 Tamper Proof Metal Fastenings 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing 05 30 00 Metal Decking 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications 05 52 00 Metal Railings 05 58 00 Formed Metal Fabrications
DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry
DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 19 00 Water Repellents 07 21 00 Thermal Insulation 07 22 00 Roof and Deck Insulation 07 24 00 Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems 07 26 00 Under-Slab Vapor Retarders 07 54 00 Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing 07 60 00 Flashing and Sheet Metal 07 72 33 Roof Hatches 07 81 00 Applied Fireproofing 07 84 00 Firestopping 07 90 00 Joint Protection
DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS 08 11 00 Metal Door and Frames 08 31 13 Access Doors and Frames 08 33 23 Overhead Coiling Doors 08 51 23 Steel Windows 08 62 00 Unit Skylights 08 70 00.10 Hardware (Furnish & Install) 08 88 53 Security Glazing 08 91 19 Fixed Louvers
DIVISION 09 – FINISHES 09 21 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 22 00 Supports for Plaster and Gypsum Board 09 61 00 Exposed Concrete Flooring Treatment 09 67 23 Resinous Flooring 09 90 00 Painting and Coating
DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES 10 14 00 Signage 10 22 13 Wire Mesh Partitions
TABLE OF CONTENTS CDCR 00 01 10 - 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
10 22 29 Chain Link Partitions 10 26 00 Wall and Door Protection 10 28 00 Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories 10 44 00.10 Fire Protection Specialties (Furnish & Install) 10 86 00 Security Mirrors and Domes
DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT 11 13 00 Loading Dock Equipment 11 40 00 Food Service Equipment 11 40 00 Foodservice Equipment – Main Kitchen 11 40 00 Foodservice Equipment – Diner 11 57 30 Custom Fabricated Metal Equipment 11 65 00 Athletic and Recreational Equipment
DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS
DIVISION 13 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
DIVISION 14 – CONVEYING EQUIPMENT
DIVISION 15 – RESERVED
DIVISION 16 – RESERVED
DIVISION 17 – RESERVED
DIVISION 18 – RESERVED
DIVISION 19 – RESERVED
FACILITY SERVICES SUBGROUP
DIVISION 20 – RESERVED
DIVISION 21 – FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 05 00 Common Work Results for Fire Suppression 21 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Fire-Suppression Piping and Equipment 21 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Controls for Fire-Suppression Piping and Equipment 21 05 53 Identification for Fire-Suppression Piping and Equipment 21 10 00 Water-Based Fire-Suppression Systems
TABLE OF CONTENTS CDCR 00 01 10 - 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
VOLUME II
DIVISION 22 -– PLUMBING 22 05 00 Common Work Results for Plumbing 22 05 10 Basic Piping Installation Requirements 22 05 13 Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment 22 05 19 Meters and Gauges for Plumbing Piping 22 05 23 General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping 22 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 05 48 Vibrations and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 05 53 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 22 07 16 Plumbing Equipment Insulation 22 07 19 Plumbing Piping Insulation 22 11 13 Facility Water Distribution Piping 22 11 16 Domestic Water Piping 22 11 19 Domestic Water Piping Specialties 22 13 16 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 22 13 19 Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties 22 14 13 Facility Storm Drainage Piping 22 14 29 Sump Pumps 22 34 36 Commercial Gas Domestic Water Heater 22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures
DIVISION 23 -– HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 05 00 Common Work Results for HVAC 23 05 13 Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment 23 05 29 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Controls for Mechanical Systems 23 05 53 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 23 07 00 HVAC Insulation 23 09 10 Instrumentation for HVAC 23 09 23 Direct Digital Control System for HVAC 23 11 23 Facility Natural-Gas Piping 23 22 13 Steam Condensate Heating Piping 23 22 25 Steam and Condensate Specialties 23 31 00 HVAC Ducts and Casings 23 33 00 Air Duct Accessories 23 34 00 HVAC Fans 23 34 33 Air Curtains 23 37 13 Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles 23 38 13 Commercial Kitchen Hoods 23 40 00 HVAC Air Cleaning Devices 23 74 23 Packaged, Outdoor, Heating Only Make-up Air Units 23 81 15 Packaged Roof Top Gas/Electric Air Conditioning Units
TABLE OF CONTENTS CDCR 00 01 10 - 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
DIVISION 24 – RESERVED
DIVISION 25 -– INTEGRATED AUTOMATION (Not Used)
DIVISION 26 -– ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 26 05 13 Medium-Voltage Cables 26 05 19 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables (600V and Below) 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 26 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 26 05 34 Outlet and Junction Boxes for Electrical Systems 26 05 35 Raceway for Electrical Systems 26 05 48 Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems 26 05 74 Overcurrent Protective Devices 26 05 78 Contactors 26 08 13 Acceptance Testing 26 12 00 Medium Voltage Transformers 26 24 13 Switchboards 26 24 16 Panelboards 26 27 26 Wiring Devices 26 27 29 Equipment Wiring Systems 26 28 16 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers 26 29 13 Enclosed Controllers 26 29 26 Adjustable Frequency, Controlled Speed Drive Systems 26 36 23 Automatic Transfer Switches 26 50 00 Lighting
DIVISION 27 -– COMMUNICATIONS 27 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Communications 27 05 28 Telephone Raceway System
DIVISION 28 -– ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 05 00 Common Work Results for Communications 28 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electronic Safety and Security 28 05 27 Cabinets and Enclosures 28 05 55 Electronic Corrosion Protection 28 26 00 Electronic Personal Protection Systems 28 31 00 Fire Detection and Alarm 28 46 13 Integrated Automation Control of Electronic Safety and Security Systems
DIVISION 29 – RESERVED
TABLE OF CONTENTS CDCR 00 01 10 - 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SITE AND INFRASTRUCTURE SUBGROUP
DIVISION 30 – RESERVED
DIVISION 31 -– EARTHWORK 31 11 00 Clearing and Grubbing 31 20 00 Earthwork 31 23 19 Dewatering 31 23 33 Trenching and Backfill 31 50 00 Excavation Support and Protection
DIVISION 32 -– EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 11 23 Aggregate Base Courses 32 12 16 Asphalt Paving 32 13 13 Concrete Paving 32 17 23 Pavement Markings 32 31 13 Chain Link Fences and Gates 32 92 00 Grasses
DIVISION 33 -– UTILITIES 33 05 13 Manholes and Structures 33 05 23 Jacking Conduits 33 11 00 Water Utility Distribution Piping 33 12 16 Water Utility Distribution Valves 33 12 19 Water Utility Distribution Fire Hydrants 33 31 00 Sanitary Utility Sewerage Piping 33 41 00 Storm Utility Drainage Piping 33 71 19 Electrical Manholes and Handholes
DIVISION 34 -– TRANSPORTATION (Not Used)
DIVISION 35 -– WATERWAY AND MARINE CONSTRUCTION (Not Used)
DIVISION 36 – RESERVED
DIVISION 37 – RESERVED
DIVISION 38 – RESERVED
TABLE OF CONTENTS CDCR 00 01 10 - 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
DIVISION 39 – RESERVED
PROCESS EQUIPMENT SUBGROUP
DIVISION 40 -– PROCESS INTEGRATION (Not Used)
DIVISION 42 -– PROCESS HEATING, COOLING, AND DRYING EQUIPMENT (Not Used)
DIVISION 43 -–PROCESS GAS AND LIQUID HANDLING, PURIFICATION, AND STORAGE EQUIPMENT (Not Used)
DIVISION 44 -– POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT
END OF SECTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS CDCR 00 01 10 - 7 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
DOCUMENT 00 01 15
LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS
SHEET NO. SHEET TITLE
GENERAL G0.1 TITLE SHEET G0.2 ABBREVIATIONS/LEGEND G1.1 OVERALL SITE PLAN G1.2.1 STATE FIRE MARSHAL OVERALL SITE PLAN G1.2.2 STATE FIRE MARSHAL NOTES G2.1 CODE ANALYSIS PLAN - KITCHEN 330 G2.2 CODE ANALYSIS PLAN - DINING 352A G2.3 CODE ANALYSIS PLAN - DINING 360
STATE FIRE PLANS SF1.1 SITE FIRE PLAN - AREA 1 SF1.2 SITE FIRE PLAN - AREA 2 SF1.3 SITE FIRE PLAN - AREA 3
EROSION COTROL EC1.1 EROSION CONTROL OVERALL SITE PLAN EC1.2 EROSION CONTROL SITE PLAN - AREA 1 EC1.3 EROSION CONTROL SITE PLAN - AREA 2 EC1.4 EROSION CONTROL SITE PLAN - AREA 3 EC1.5 EROSION CONTROL SITE PLAN - EXISTING KITCHEN DEMOLITION EC1.6 EROSION CONTROL SITE PLAN - RECREATION AREA EC1.7 EROSION CONTROL SITE PLAN - CONTRACTOR STAGING AREA EC2.1 EROSION CONTROL BMP DETAILS
CIVIL C0.1 NOTES, LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS C1.0 OVERALL SITE PLAN C1.1 DEMOLITION SITE PLAN - AREA 1 C1.2 DEMOLITION SITE PLAN - AREA 2 C1.3 DEMOLITION SITE PLAN - AREA 3 C1.5.1 DEMOLITION SITE PLAN - AREA 5 C1.5.2 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN - EXISTING KITCHEN C1.5.3 ASBESTOS AND LEAD ABATEMENT DETAILS C1.5.4 DEMOLITION PHOTOS - KEY PLAN C1.5.5 DEMOLITION PHOTOS C2.1 HORIZONTAL CONTROL PLAN - AREA 1 C2.2 HORIZONTAL CONTROL PLAN - AREA 2 C2.3 HORIZONTAL CONTROL PLAN - AREA 3 C3.1 SITE PLAN - AREA 1 C3.2 SITE PLAN - AREA 2 C3.3 SITE PLAN - AREA 3 C3.4 SITE PLAN - AREA 4 C4.1 UTILITY PLAN - AREA 1 C4.2 UTILITY PLAN - AREA 2 C4.3 UTILITY PLAN - AREA 3 C4.4 UTILITY PLAN - AREA 4 C5.1 GRADING PLAN - AREA 1 C5.2 GRADING PLAN - AREA 2
LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS CDCR 00 01 15- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
DOCUMENT 00 01 15
LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS
SHEET NO. SHEET TITLE
C5.3 GRADING PLAN - AREA 3 C5.4 GRADING PLAN - AREA 4 C5.5 GRADING PLAN – AREA 5 C6.1 PARTIAL SITE AND GRADING PLAN C6.2 PARTIAL SITE PLAN C7.1 DETAILS C7.2 DETAILS C7.3 DETAILS C7.4 DETAILS C7.5 DETAILS C7.6 DETAILS C7.7 DETAILS C7.8 DETAILS C7.9 DETAILS C7.10 DETAILS C7.11 STEAM AND CONDENSATE RETURN PIPE DETAILS C7.12 STEAM AND CONDENSATE RETURN PIPE DETAILS C8.1 CUT SECTIONS - MAIN KITCHEN 330 C8.2 CUT SECTIONS - DINER 352A C8.3 CUT SECTIONS - DINER 360
ARCHITECTURAL A2.1.1 SITE PLAN - KITCHEN 330 A2.1.2A FLOOR PLAN - 330 NORTH A2.1.2B FLOOR PLAN - 330 SOUTH A2.1.3 ROOF AND ENLARGED PLANS A2.1.4A REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - KITCHEN 330 NORTH A2.1.4B REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - KITCHEN 330 SOUTH A2.2.2 FLOOR PLAN - DINER 352A A2.2.3 ROOF PLAN - DINER 352A A2.2.4 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - DINER 352A A2.3.2 FLOOR PLAN - DINER BLDG. 360 A2.3.3 ROOF PLAN AND ENLARGED PLAN- DINER 360 A2.3.4 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - DINER 360 A3.1 SCHEDULES - KITCHEN 330 A3.2 SCHEDULES - DINER 352A A3.3 SCHEDULES - DINER 360 A4.1 BUILDING SECTIONS - KITCHEN 330 A4.2 BUILDING SECTIONS - DINER 352A A4.3 BUILDING SECTIONS - DINER 360 A5.1 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS - KITCHEN 330 A5.2 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS - DINER 352A A5.3 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS - DINER 360 A6.1.1 EXTERIOR WALL SECTIONS - 330 A6.1.2 EXTERIOR WALL SECTIONS - 360 & 352A A6.3 EXTERIOR DETAILS- SITE A6.5 EXTERIOR DETAILS- DOOR & WINDOW A6.6 EXTERIOR DETAILS- ROOF A6.7 EXTERIOR DETAILS A7.1.1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - KITCHEN 330 A7.1.2 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - KITCHEN 330 A7.1.3 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - KITCHEN 330 A7.1.4 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - KITCHEN 330
LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS CDCR 00 01 15- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
DOCUMENT 00 01 15
LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS
SHEET NO. SHEET TITLE
A7.1.5 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - KITCHEN 330 A7.1.6 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - KITCHEN 330 A7.2.1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - DINER 352A A7.2.2 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - DINER 352A A7.2.3 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - DINER 352A A7.3.1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - DINER 360 A7.3.2 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - DINER 360 A7.3.3 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - DINER 360 A8.1 INTERIOR DETAILS - ACCESSIBILITY A8.2 INTERIOR DETAILS A8.3 INTERIOR DETAILS- DOOR & WINDOW A8.4 INTERIOR DETAILS- CEILING A8.5 INTERIOR WALL SECTIONS
STRUCTURAL S1.1 GENERAL NOTES S1.2 GENERAL NOTES S1.3 TYPICAL CONCRETE DETAILS S1.4 TYPICAL MASONRY DETAILS S1.5 TYPICAL STEEL DETAILS S1.6 TYPICAL CONC OVER METAL DECK DETAILS S2.1.1 FOUNDATION PLAN - KITCHEN 330 S2.1.2 ROOF FRAMING PLAN - KITCHEN 330 S2.2 FOUNDATION AND ROOF FRAMING PLANS - DINING 360 S2.3 FOUNDATION AND ROOF FRAMING PLANS - DINING 352A S3.11 SECTIONS S3.12 SECTIONS & DETAILS S3.13 SECTIONS & DETAILS S4.1.1 ELEVATIONS - KITCHEN 330 S4.1.2 ELEVATIONS - KITCHEN 330 S4.2 ELEVATIONS - DINING 360 S4.3 ELEVATIONS - DINING 352A
MECHANICAL M1.0.1 KITCHEN 330 MECHANICAL LEGENDS, NOTES & SCHEDULES M1.2.1 KITCHEN 330 ENLARGED MECHANICAL PLAN - NORTH M1.2.2 KITCHEN 330 ENLARGED MECHANICAL PLAN - SOUTH M1.3.1 KITCHEN 330 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN – NORTH M1.3.2 KITCHEN 330 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN – SOUTH M1.4.1 KITCHEN 330 MECHANICAL SECTIONS M1.4.2 KITCHEN 330 MECHANICAL SECTIONS M1.4.3 KITCHEN 330 MECHANICAL SECTIONS M1.5.1 KITCHEN 330 MECHANICAL DETAILS M1.5.2 KITCHEN 330 MECHANICAL DETAILS M2.0.1 DINER 352A MECHANICAL SCHEDULE, NOTES, SYMBOLS & LEGEND M2.1.1 DINER 352A MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN M2.2.1 DINER 352A MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN M2.3.1 DINER 352A MECHANICAL SECTIONS M2.3.2 DINER 352A MECHANICAL SECTIONS M2.4.1 DINER 352A MECHANICAL DETAILS M2.4.2 DINER 352A MECHANICAL DETAILS M3.0.1 DINER 360 MECHANICAL SCHEDULE, NOTES, SYMBOLS & LEGEND
LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS CDCR 00 01 15- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
DOCUMENT 00 01 15
LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS
SHEET NO. SHEET TITLE
M3.1.1 DINER 360 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN M3.2.1 DINER 360 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN M3.3.1 DINER 360 MECHANICAL SECTIONS M3.3.2 DINER 360 MECHANICAL SECTIONS M3.4.1 DINER 360 MECHANICAL DETAILS M3.4.2 DINER 360 MECHANICAL DETAILS
PLUMBING P1.0.1 BUILDING 330 PLUMBING LEGENDS, NOTES AND SCHEDULES P1.0.2 BUILDING 330 PLUMBING CALCULATIONS P1.1.1 BUILDING 330 PLUMBING SITE PLAN P1.2.1 BUILDING 330 NORTH ENLARGED PLUMBING WATER AND GAS PLAN P1.2.2 BUILDING 330 SOUTH ENLARGED PLUMBING WATER AND GAS PLAN P1.2.3 BUILDING 330 NORTH ENLARGED PLUMBING WASTE & VENT PLAN P1.2.4 BUILDING 330 SOUTH ENLARGED PLUMBING WASTE & VENT PLAN P1.3.1 BUILDING 330 NORTH PLUMBING ROOF PLAN P1.3.2 BUILDING 330 SOUTH PLUMBING ROOF PLAN P1.4.1 BUILDING 330 ENLARGED PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN P1.5.1 BUILDING 330 PLUMBING DETAILS P1.5.2 BUILDING 330 STEAM PIPING SCHEMATIC P2.0.1 BUILDING 352A PLUMBING LEGEND AND SCHEDULE P2.2.1 BUILDING 352A PLUMBING GAS, CW AND HW FLOOR PLAN P2.2.2 BUILDING 352A PLUMBING WASTE AND VENT FLOOR PLAN P2.2.3 BUILDING 352A PLUMBING ROOF PLAN P2.2.4 BUILDING 352A PLUMBING DETAILS P3.0.1 BUILDING 360 PLUMBING LEGEND AND SCHEDULE P3.2.1 BUILDING 360 PLUMBING GAS, CW AND HW FLOOR PLAN P3.2.2 BUILDING 360 PLUMBING WASTE AND VENT FLOOR PLAN P3.2.3 BUILDING 360 PLUMBING ROOF PLAN P3.2.4 BUILDING 360 PLUMBING DETAILS
FIRE PROTECTION FS1.2.1 BUILDING 330 FIRE PROTECTION PLAN NORTH FS1.2.2 BUILDING 330 FIRE PROTECTION PLAN SOUTH FS2.2.1 BUILDING 352A FIRE PROTECTION PLAN FS3.2.1 BUILDING 360 FIRE PROTECTION PLAN
ELECTRICAL E0.1 ELECTRICAL GENERAL & DEMOLITION NOTES, DEFINITIONS, BID INSTRUCTION, SYMBOL LIST, ABBREVIATIONS, TYPICAL PLAN LEGEND AND LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE E0.2 LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEDULE & WIRING DIAGRAM E1.0 OVERALL SITE PLAN E1.1 SITE ELECTRICAL PLAN - KITCHEN 330 E1.2 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN - DINER 352A AND ENLARGED PLAN E1.3 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN - DINER 360, EXISTING KITCHEN DEMOLITION PLAN AND ENLARGED PLAN E2.1.1 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM - PART 1 E2.1.2 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM - PART 2 E3.1 PANEL SCHEDULE - KITCHEN 330 E3.2 PANEL SCHEDULE - DINER 360 & DINER 352A
LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS CDCR 00 01 15- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
DOCUMENT 00 01 15
LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS
SHEET NO. SHEET TITLE
E4.1A LIGHTING PLAN - KITCHEN 330 NORTH E4.1B LIGHTING PLAN - KITCHEN 330 SOUTH E4.1.1 PHOTOMETRIC CALCULATION (NORMAL) - KITCHEN 330 E4.1.2 PHOTOMETRIC CALCULATION (EMERGENCY) - KITCHEN 330 E4.2A POWER AND COMUNICATION PLAN - KITCHEN 330 NORTH E4.2B POWER AND COMUNICATION PLAN - KITCHEN 330 SOUTH E4.3A ROOF POWER PLAN - KITCHEN 330 NORTH E4.3B ROOF POWER PLAN - KITCHEN 330 SOUTH E5.1 LIGHTING PLAN - DINER 360 E5.1.1 PHOTOMETRIC CALCULATION (NORMAL) - DINER 360 & 352A E5.1.2 PHOTOMETRIC CALCULATION (EMERGENCY) - DINER 360 & 352A E5.2 POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS PLAN - DINER 360 E5.3 ROOF POWER PLAN - DINER 360 E6.1 LIGHTING PLAN - DINER 352A E6.2 POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS PLAN - DINER 352A E6.3 ROOF POWER PLAN - DINER 352A E7.1 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E7.2 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E7.3 ELECTRICAL DETAILS
FIRE ALARM FA0.1 FIRE ALARM GENERAL NOTES, REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE ALARM PLAN REVIEW, FIRE ALARM DEVICE SCHEDULE, OSFM FIRE ALARM SHOP DRAWING NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS, DESIGNATION LEGEND, APPLICABLE CODES, DEFINITION FA0.2 FIRE ALARM SEQUENCE OF OPERATION, WIRE LEGEND, DESIGNATION LEGEND AND CONDUIT % FILL CALCULATIONS FA1.0 FIRE ALARM SITE PLAN – OVERALL CMC FACILITY AND ENLARGED PLAN FA1.1 FIRE ALARM SITE PLAN - CMC WEST FA2.0 FIRE ALARM RISER DIAGRAM - DINER 360 & 352A FA2.1 FIRE ALARM RISER DIAGRAM - KITCHEN 330 AND BLOCK DIAGRAM FA3.1 FIRE ALARM DETAILS FA3.2 FIRE ALARM DETAILS FA4.1 FIRE ALARM PLAN - KITCHEN 330 FA5.1 FIRE ALARM PLAN - DINER 360 & 352A
KITCHEN K2.1.09 FOOD SERVICE SYMBOLS, NOTES, & INDEX K2.1.10 FOOD SERVICE OVERALL PLAN-KITCHEN 330 K2.1.11 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT PLAN- KITCHEN 330 (NORTH) K2.1.12 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT PLAN-KITCHEN 330 (SOUTH) K2.1.13 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE – KITCHEN 330 K2.1.19 FOOD SERVICE SYMBOLS, NOTES, & INDEX K2.1.20 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT PLAN-DINER 360 K2.1.21 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE K2.1.29 FOOD SERVICE SYMBOLS, NOTES & INDEX K2.1.30 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT PLAN - DINER 352A K2.1.31 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE K3.1.10 PLUMBING PLAN K3.1.11 PLUMBING PLAN K3.1.20 PLUMBING PLAN-DINNER 360 K3.1.30 PLUMBING PLAN – DINNER 352A
LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS CDCR 00 01 15- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
DOCUMENT 00 01 15
LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS
SHEET NO. SHEET TITLE
K4.1.10 ELECTRICAL PLAN- KITCHEN (NORTH) K4.1.11 ELECTRICAL PLAN- KITCHEN (SOUTH) K4.1.20 ELECTRICAL PLAN-DINER 360 K4.1.30 ELECTRICAL PLAN – DINER 352A K5.1.10 REFRIGERATION & CONDUIT PLAN K5.1.11 REFRIGERATION & CONDUIT PLAN K5.1.12 REFRIGERATION DETAILS K5.1.13 REFRIGERATION DETAILS K5.1.14 WALK-IN DETAILS K5.1.15 WALK-IN DETAILS K5.1.16 WALK-IN DETAILS K5.1.20 BUILDING WORKS PLAN- DINER 360 K5.1.30 BUILDING WORKS PLAN – DINER 352A K6.1.10 BUILDING WORKS & EXHAUST PLAN K6.1.11 BUILDING WORKS & EXHAUST PLAN K6.1.12 EXHAUST HOOD DETAILS K6.1.13 EXHAUST HOOD DETAILS K6.1.14 EXHAUST HOOD DETAILS K6.1.15 EXHAUST HOOD DETAILS K6.1.16 EXHAUST HOOD DETAILS K6.1.17 EXHAUST HOOD DETAILS K6.1.18 EXHAUST HOOD DETAILS K6.1.19 EXHAUST HOOD DETAILS K6.1.20 EXHAUST HOOD DETAILS K6.1.21 EXHAUST HOOD DETAILS K6.1.22 EXHAUST HOOD DETAILS K7.1.10 EQUIPMENT ELEVATIONS K7.1.11 EQUIPMENT ELEVATIONS K7.1.20 EQUIPMENT ELEVATIONS K7.1.30 EQUIPMENT ELEVATIONS
LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS CDCR 00 01 15- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 00 01 16
CERTIFICATIONS PAGE
PROJECT TITLE : CENTRAL SERVICES KITCHEN REPLACEMENT CLIENT AGENCY : California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation LOCATION : California Men's Colony San Luis Obispo, CA PROJECT DIRECTOR : MR. CARMELITO CATAYLO, SENIOR ARCHITECT California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation Project Management Branch 9838 Old Placerville Road, Suite B Sacramento, CA 95827 Telephone Number: (916) 255-3063 Facsimile Number: (916) 255-6066
CONSULTANT : J.C. CHANG & ASSOCIATES, INC. Timothy P. Kelly, PE, LEED AP President Telephone Number: (310) 212-7644, Ext. 229
Timothy P. Kelly James P. Redmond M. Todd Thorp MECHANICAL ENGINEER CIVIL ENGINEER STRUCTURAL ENGINEER
David L. Crandall Hector J. Lacsa ARCHITECT ELECTRICAL ENGINEER
CERTIFICATION PAGE CDCR 00 01 16- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 02 24 53
FIELD SCREENING FOR CONTAMINATED SOILS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Sections Includes: 1. Field screening of potentially contaminated soils and groundwater using an Organic Vapor Meter (OVM).
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 02 41 00 – Demolition. 2. Section 02 81 00 - Transportation and Disposal of Hazardous Materials.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. CCR, Title 14, Division 7, Chapter 3, Article 5.6, Section 17361 - Definitions.
B. CCR, Title 22, Division 1, Chapter 11, Article 1, Section 66261.1 - Purpose and Scope.
C. CCR Title 8, Division 1, Chapter 4, Subchapter 7, Group 16, Article 109, Section 5192 - Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response.
D. Geotechnical Engineering Report, dated September 12, 2013, prepared by Earth Systems Pacific, Appendix B.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. For the purpose of this project, three types of materials may be encountered during excavation, as defined below: 1. Non-contaminated: Clean soil or groundwater that does not contain levels of toxic compounds above background levels and does not exhibit an odor or visual discrepancy (such as discoloration or debris, etc.) to indicate otherwise. 2. Contaminated: Soil or water that exhibits an odor or visual discrepancy as defined above, or that contains designated or non-hazardous concentrations of toxic compounds above background levels, or when a real-time vapor monitoring instrument reading exceeds zero and accurately registers organic vapors, or as defined in CCR, Title 14, Division 7, Chapter 3, Article 5.6, Section 17361. 3. Hazardous Waste: Soil or water that meets the definition of hazardous or extremely hazardous waste, as defined in CCR, Title 22, Division 1, Chapter 11, Article 1, Section 66261.1 Hazardous wastes are expected to be encountered in the soils on this project.
1.4 RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Contractor 1. Safety: At all times, the Contractor is solely and completely responsible for conditions of the jobsite, including the safety of all persons (including Contractor and subcontractor
FIELD SCREENING FOR CONTAMINATED SOILS CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 24 53- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
employees) and property during performance of the Work. This requirement must apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. 2. Contractor must review the Geotechnical Engineering Report prepared for the site which describes borings drilled at the site and results of sites near the alignment that potentially have environmental conditions. See Section 00 31 00 regarding available project information to bidders and how to obtain a copy of this report.
B. Contractor’s Environmental Coordinator: 1. Oversee field screening activities to monitor for the presence of contaminated materials. 2. Monitoring: a. Observe and document excavated/removed soils/groundwater to identify those materials as potentially non-contaminated, contaminated, or hazardous. b. Use an Organic Vapor Meter (OVM) to monitor excavated soils for the presence of petroleum hydrocarbons or volatile organic compounds (VOCs). c. Document any observations or OVM readings that exceed the limits specified in Article 1.3, Definitions. d. Notify the CDCR Representative immediately if unexpected contaminated soil or groundwater are encountered, and comply with Section 02 81 00. e. Groundwater Monitoring Wells: Ensure setback of 5 feet to all environmental monitoring wells, unless being destroyed in accordance with Section 02 41 00.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Project Specific Safety and Health Plan (PSSHP) 1. Submit a limited PSSHP at least 45 days prior to excavating any soil. 2. Establish, in detail, the protocols necessary for the anticipation, recognition, identification, and control of petroleum hydrocarbons, volatile organic compounds, metals contaminated soil/water and biosolids mixed with trash and razor blades or hazardous wastes. 3. PSSHP must specifically address employee safety during excavation, transportation, and sampling of all contaminated materials. 4. PSSHP must be approved and stamped by a Certified Industrial Hygienist and must comply with all applicable requirements of CCR Title 8. 5. If unanticipated contaminants are encountered during the project, change the PSSHP as necessary and submit changes within five days to the CDCR Representative, after contaminants are discovered. 6. Unforeseen Hazardous Materials: Include procedures to follow if the Contractor finds containers with unknown contents or other suspect items that may be dangerous to human health or the environment upon disturbance within the trenching or grading. Procedure must include cordoning off and avoiding the containers and notifying the Site Supervisor immediately so as to avoid any potential risks to personnel, equipment, or the environment related to potential spills or contamination. 7. Hospital Route Map: Include a Hospital Route Map in the PSSHP and post in the constructions zone, highlighting the route, and giving written directions to the nearest emergency hospital or facility. 8. Personnel Protection: Furnish appropriate personal safety equipment and protective clothing to personnel. Safety equipment and protective clothing must be kept clean and well maintained.
FIELD SCREENING FOR CONTAMINATED SOILS CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 24 53- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
9. Record Keeping Requirements: Keep a log of field OVM readings and station numbers where field OVM tests were conducted and submit a copy to the CDCR Representative weekly.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Contractor’s Environmental Coordinator: Designate an OSHA HAZWOPER (CCR Title 8, Division 1, Chapter 4, Subchapter 7, Group 16, Article 109, Section 5192) trained environmental coordinator who has at least two years of direct experience specializing in the recognition and testing of soil and groundwater contamination. 1. Qualifications of Contractor’s Environmental Coordinator must be submitted at least 15 days prior to the start the Work.
B. Excavator Operator: An excavator operator with current OSHA HAZWOPER (CCR Title 8, Division 1, Chapter 4, Subchapter 7, Group 16, Article 109, Section 5192) training will excavate all contaminated soils in any excavation.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ORGANIC VAPOR METER (OVM)
A. Provide an OVM and operator, under the direction of Contractor’s Environmental Coordinator, in areas where organic vapor screening is required. 1. Supply the necessary field testing supplies to screen for petroleum hydrocarbon contaminants of concern (including and their constituents).
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL CORRIDOR STUDY (HMCS)
A. A Pre-Construction Naturally Occurring Asbestos Test Results performed by Cerco and dated 8/27/12 and the Hazardous Materials Survey Report by Cardno ATC and dated August 2, 2013 have been prepared for this Project where areas of potential environmental concerns were reviewed. The table and map from the report should be used to assist in identifying potential environmental concerns.
B. Excavate soil, as necessary, to complete Project unless there is an odor or visual discrepancy (such as discoloration or debris, etc.) to indicate otherwise, in areas that are not known to be contaminated or in areas that require screening as stated in Article 3.2, below.
3.2 FIELD SCREENING
A. Prior to loading or disposing of any excess soil, field screen soils for visual, odoriferous and volatile organic contamination within 100 feet of all borings number one through eight and as directed below, and any other areas that exhibit an odor or visual discrepancy (such as discoloration or debris, etc.) via the Field Screening Method, as described below, 1. Contractor’s Environmental Coordinator will collect soil to be screened for contaminants from the excavator bucket, approximately 6 inches beneath the exposed surface. The samples will consist of an undisturbed “clod” of soil. The sample will be collected with
FIELD SCREENING FOR CONTAMINATED SOILS CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 24 53- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
clean disposable nitrile (or more protective) gloves and decontaminated containers. The samples will be placed in a sealed container such as a new freezer Ziploc baggy or a laboratory-provided brass sleeve or glass jar with lid. Record 20-second readings and log all readings from the headspace after chemicals in the soil have been allowed to volatilize in a warm area for at least 10 minutes. 2. Collect a screening sample at a rate of one sample per truckload, when odors or visual discrepancies are present. 3. Record the soil sample station number, depth and OVM measurement on a form and submit to the CDCR Representative weekly.
B. Also, initiate field screening if, during the course of construction, there is any indication that contamination is present. 1. If petroleum or solvent organic compounds are expected, use an OVM, but screen all stained or odoriferous soils when encountered. 2. Use colorimetric detector tubes (Drager or similar) to identify specific contaminants of concern.
C. If field-screening equipment is not available, collect laboratory samples, contract, and submit to a state-certified laboratory for 24-hour analysis of the potential contaminants of concern. Soils will not be reused in trench areas with known or suspected contamination until they are shown to be clean, or approved for reuse by the San Luis Obispo County Air Pollution Control District and the San Luis Obispo County Water Resources .
D. Keep a three day supply of Level “C” personal protective equipment available for Contractor’s trained personnel and two CDCR personnel, or subcontract with a HAZWOPER subcontractor to be called upon if odors or visual discrepancies are present.
E. If an odor or visual discrepancy is recognized, stop excavating and notify the CDCR Representative for direction, for all further activities associated with contaminated materials.
3.3 PROTECTION OF WELLS
A. Locate and clearly identify all groundwater monitoring wells in the field with paint and pylons, or similar. Should wells be damaged, repair to their original condition and/or replace at the Contractor’s expense.
END OF SECTION
FIELD SCREENING FOR CONTAMINATED SOILS CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 24 53- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 02 31 23
ELECTROMAGNETIC INVESTIGATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Removal and disposal of buried metallic objects. 2. Associated earthwork.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 02 24 53 – Field Screening For Contaminated Soils 2. Section 02 41 00 – Demolition 3. Section 02 81 00 – Transportation – Disposal Hazardous Materials 4. Section 31 20 00 - Earthwork.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Submit device performance specifications prior to commencing search activities. 1. Magnetic Device: Capable of lifting to the surface, ferrous metallic objects buried 12 inches below the ground surface. 2. Metal Detector: Capable of locating metal objects buried 12 inches below the ground surface.
1.3 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Schedule the Work as late as practicable, prior to performing final grading activities. Do not begin Work without prior authorization from the CDCR Representative.
B. CDCR will perform subsurface metal detection and removal in various areas. The CDCR search is in addition to the Work specified in this Section. Coordinate schedule with CDCR Representative to accommodate CDCR schedule.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Prior to commencing search and removal operations, demonstrate the ability of the equipment proposed for use to meet the requirements of this Section to the satisfaction of the CDCR Representative.
ELECTROMAGNENIC INVESTIGATIONS CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 31 23- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.2 SEARCH AND REMOVAL
A. Search to 12-Inch Depth: 1. Search the following non-paved inmate accessible areas in all facilities to six feet beyond the fence line: a. Fire Refuge Courts. b. Group yard. c. Indian sweat lodges. 2. Rip, disc, scarify, or roto-till the soil to a depth of 12 inches. Make two passes over the search areas, the second pass at 90 degrees to the first pass.
B. Search to 6-Inch Depth: 1. Search all other non-paved areas within the outer perimeter fence. 2. Rip and disc the soil to a depth of six inches. Make two passes over the search areas, the second pass at 90 degrees to the first pass.
C. Search using the Mechanical Method to the greatest extent possible.
D. In areas inaccessible to searches by the Mechanical Method, conduct searches using the Manual Method.
3.3 MECHANICAL METHOD
A. Using CDCR approved magnetic lifting device, make two passes over the search areas, the second pass at 90 degrees to the first pass. Hold magnet no more than three inches above ground surface, while moving along ground surface at speeds of five miles per hour or less.
B. Remove metal pieces from soil to the indicated depth.
C. Remove collected metal from magnet surface as often as necessary to ensure effectiveness of magnet will not be impaired.
3.4 MANUAL METHOD
A. Perform search by means of two overlapping parallel or perpendicular passes with a hand- held metal detector. Passes must overlap as required to ensure complete coverage. Operate metal detector in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
B. Remove metal objects found by this method.
3.5 DISPOSAL
A. Legally dispose of collected metals off-site.
3.6 COMPLETION
A. After the search and removal specified above, and the CDCR metal search is complete, regrade and recompact search areas when authorized by the CDCR Representative. See Section 31 20 00 for compaction and final grading tolerance requirements.
B. If, during final grading activities, metal objects are unearthed or become visible, repeat search in the affected areas.
ELECTROMAGNENIC INVESTIGATIONS CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 31 23- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.7 PROTECTION
A. After searches have been completed, prevent unauthorized access to areas to prevent further contamination.
END OF SECTION
ELECTROMAGNENIC INVESTIGATIONS CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 31 23- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 02 41 00
DEMOLITION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. General requirements for utility/site demolition, utility disconnection, salvage/protection of existing utilities.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 02 24 53 – Field Screening for Contaminated Soils 2. Section 02 31 23 - Electromagnetic Investigations. 3. Section 02 82 13 - Asbestos Abatement. 4. Section 02 83 33 – Removal and Disposal of Material Containing Lead. 5. Section 31 25 00 - Erosion and Sedimentation Controls. 6. Section 33 05 13 – Manholes & Structures
1.2 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Burning is not permitted.
B. Refer to Section 31 25 00 for specific erosion and sediment control requirements, including dust control.
C. Storm water containment and treatment must be required to meet all Local, State, and Federal regulations.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Submit plan for debris removal and disposal. An approved demolition procedure submittal must be prepared and available at least 14 days prior to the start of demolition. The procedures must provide for safe conduct of the Work, careful removal/abandonment/salvage and disposition off site of materials and equipment, protection of adjacent facilities which are to remain undisturbed, coordination with existing facilities to remain in service, and timely disconnection of utility services. The procedures must include a detailed description of the methods and equipment to be used for each part of the operation, and the sequence of operation.
C. The Contractor must provide written authorization from disposal site owner where material must be disposed.
D. Submit plan and certifications for hazardous materials abatement. This plan must include identification and current certification of all workers employed for abatement.
E. Submit safety plan.
DEMOLITION CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 41 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
F. Submit geophysical survey report.
G. Submit utility disconnect plan. The Contractor must have an approved utility disconnect plan at least 14 days prior to the start of the disconnect work. The plan must demonstrate the Contractor’s methods and sequencing to ensure that utilities to each structure or utility have been disconnected as required. The Contractor must also advise the CDCR Representative in writing at least 72 hours in advance of the time of any deactivation of or connection to existing utilities, which are to be removed, abandoned, modified, or connected to the new work. The Contractor must be responsible for coordinating this work with the appropriate authorities such as but not limited to CDCR.
H. Submit utility disconnect certifications.
1.4 DEMOLITION, SALVAGE, ABANDONMENT, AND REMOVAL COORDINATION
A. The Contractor must note that the Contract Documents used to indicate demolition are based on record information. Prior to the submittal of bids the Contractor must conduct a comprehensive survey of the facilities to verify the scope of the Work, the extent of the utilities, equipment and manpower logistics, and the physical sequencing constraints.
B. The Contractor must carefully coordinate the extent of the demolition in areas where existing utilities must be reconnected to new facilities where existing facilities must remain operational, and where vegetation/plants/trees and curb/gutter must be restored. All utilities removed from demolished structures are to be enclosed in utility boxes set flush with grade.
C. The Contractor must erect and maintain fence, barricades, other devices, and warning signs around the construction perimeter throughout the construction period. The Contractor must remove all devices and structures at the completion of the Work.
D. While the Work is being performed, the Contractor must provide adequate access to all CMC personnel, CDCR Representatives, other Contractors, and utility personnel for routine operation and maintenance.
E. The Contractor must coordinate all demolition, removal, abandonment, and salvage with the CDCR Representative.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Determine with the CDCR Representative existing vegetation life, utilities, structures, fencing and elements to remain.
B. Protect existing buildings, fencing, utilities, roads, and improvements that are to remain. The Contractor must provide temporary chain link fencing within 10 feet of the limits of Work.
DEMOLITION CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 41 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 02 81 00
TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Classification, testing, and handling of hazardous materials for removal and disposal.
B. Related Documents and Sections: 1. Section 31 20 00 - Earth Moving. 2. Hazardous Material Survey Report by: Cardno ATC, dated August 2, 2013.
1.2 UNIT PRICES
A. This Work may involve removal of the following: 1. Asbestos-Containing Material (ACM): Determined by quantity of ACM in the existing building. . 2. Solid Waste: Determined by quantity of solid waste in existing building. 3. Hazardous Waste: Determined by quantity of hazardous waste in existing building. 4. Inert Material: Unit pricing does not apply to inert material. Prior to bid, Contractor must determine the quantity of inert material in the existing building and include the cost of classification, excavation, sorting, handling, removal and disposal of inert material in the lump-sum base bid.
B. The cost of classification, excavation, sorting, handling, removal, and disposal of ACM, solid waste, and hazardous waste must be included in the Contractor’s lump-sum base bid, for the estimated quantities indicated above. Increases or decreases from the estimated quantities will be paid at the unit price indicated in the Contractor’s Proposal. Should the actual quantity of ACM, solid waste, or hazardous waste encountered exceed the estimated quantity in the contract by more than 25 percent, the quantity of material in excess of 125 percent of the estimated quantity will be paid as a change to the contract for non-unit price items.
C. Determination of Unit Measurement: It is the primary duty of the Contractor to ensure that the quantities of material removed and disposed are accurately measured. The quantity of material removed and disposed must be approved by the CDCR Representative at the site during loading and as measured on platform scales that have been inspected, tested, and certified by the State of California within the past year. Provide the CDCR Representative with a certified weight slip for each load. The CDCR Representative may adjust the weight from the load slips by the amount of inert material which, in his opinion, the Contractor has placed in the load and by the amount of water added to the material during handling.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. 40 CFR 260 Hazardous Waste Management System: General.
B. 40 CFR 261 Identification and Listing of Hazardous Waste.
TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 81 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. 40 CFR 263 Standards Applicable to Transporters of Hazardous Waste.
D. 40 CFR 268 Land Disposal Restrictions.
E. Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA) and Amendments.
F. Occupational Exposure to Asbestos, Tremolite, Anthrophyllite, and Actinolite; Final Rules, Title 29, Part 1910, Section 1001 (29 CFR 1910.1001) and Part 1926, Section 58 (29 CFR 1910.58) of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR).
G. 40 CFR 61 Part B pertaining to the National Emission Standard for Asbestos.
H. California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Hazardous Waste Control Act.
I. California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Division 4.5, Environmental Health Standards for the Management of Hazardous Waste.
J. California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Industrial Regulations.
K. 29 CFR 1910.120 Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response.
L. State and Local Requirements governing handling, hauling and disposal of asbestos containing materials and hazardous waste.
M. Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste--Physical/Chemical Methods. U.S. EPA. 1986. SW846, 3rd Edition.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Asbestos Containing Material (ACM): Naturally occurring asbestos or any manufactured material containing asbestos fiber.
B. Solid Waste: Debris, metal, organics and other waste that is not classified as ACM hazardous waste or inert material.
C. Hazardous Waste: A material that meets the requirements of 40 CFR 261 and/or the California Code of Regulations, Title 22, 66261.
D. Inert Material: Portland cement concrete rubble, asphaltic concrete rubble, and soil.
1.5 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide materials, services, labor, and equipment required for classification, excavation, sorting, handling, removal, and disposal of debris piles located on the site consisting of asbestos containing materials, solid waste, hazardous waste, and inert material as specified herein.
B. Material contained in the piles must be identified by the Contractor as material that can either be handled and disposed as asbestos containing material in an appropriate landfill, be handled and disposed as a solid waste, be characterized and possibly treated and disposed as a hazardous waste, and/or be incorporated in the construction onsite as inert materials.
TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 81 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. Work must be done only under the full-time observation of the CDCR Representative.
1.6 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. This Work includes the classification, excavation, sorting, handling, removal and disposal of materials that may include asbestos containing material, solid waste, hazardous waste, and inert material. This Work may require the use of special equipment, procedures, and trained personnel to perform the work in accordance with Local, State, and Federal regulations.
B. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to be familiar with the appropriate regulations and to perform the Work in accordance with all Local, State, and Federal occupational safety and environmental regulations.
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of 01 33 00.
B. Submit an asbestos/hazardous waste removal, handling, transports, treatment, and disposal plan 15 working days prior to starting the Work. This plan must include: 1. Name of the Subcontractor(s). 2. Methods for determining debris classification. 3. Description of methods for excavation, handling or temporary storage, dust suppression (if needed), transporting, disposal, and landfill(s) name and location. 4. Submit notices required by Federal, State, and Local regulations together with proof of timely transmittal to agency requiring notice. 5. Submit copies of current valid permits required by State and Local regulations. 6. Submit copies of all state and local licenses and permits necessary to carry out the Work of this Contract.
C. Submit Characterization Sampling Report within three weeks of sampling completion.
D. Submit Confirmation Sampling Report within three weeks of sampling completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 DEBRIS CLASSIFICATION
A. Material contained in the existing debris piles must be classified and sorted by the Contractor prior to excavation into one or more of the following classes: 1. ACM. 2. Solid waste. 3. Hazardous waste. 4. Inert material.
B. The CDCR Representative must be informed by the Contractor of the classification of materials prior to excavation. The CDCR Representative may reclassify the material as appropriate. Failure of CDCR Representative to reclassify the material must not constitute a waiver of any errors in classification by the Contractor.
TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 81 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.2 DEBRIS HANDLING AND DISPOSAL
A. General handling and disposal requirements: 1. Excavation and handling of debris must be performed in a manner to avoid generation of dust and contamination of adjacent areas. Segregation and temporary storage of materials must be performed in a manner to avoid contamination of other materials and to avoid mixing between material classifications. 2. Excavate piles to depths and lateral extents as directed by the CDCR Representative. 3. ACM and hazardous waste must be hauled by manifest system. Five working days before the transport of contaminated soil, the Contractor must submit in writing to the CDCR Representative a request for a representative to be present on-site to sign manifests. 4. The Contractor must be responsible for health and safety in the Work area at all times. The Contractor must be prepared for encountering unknown substances that may be considered hazardous material. 5. Perform Work in accordance with all the referenced regulations and requirements.
B. Material classified as ACM must be handled, transported and disposed in accordance with all Federal, State, and Local regulations regarding this type of waste. 1. ACM must be disposed in an appropriate class landfill that is permitted to accept ACM. 2. All handling of asbestos-containing debris should be conducted in a manner to maintain nonfriable conditions unless information indicates otherwise. 3. Contractor must insure that material does not become dislodged or airborne during transportation.
C. Material classified as solid waste must be handled, transported, and disposed in accordance with all Federal, State, and Local regulations pertaining to this type of waste.
D. Material that is suspected to be hazardous waste must be brought to the attention of the CDCR Representative. 1. The CDCR Representative may do the following: a. Direct the Contractor to perform Characterization Sampling (Part 3.3). b. Direct the Contractor to dispose as ACM. c. Direct the Contractor to dispose as solid waste. d. Reclassify the material as inert material. 2. If the material is suspected to be hazardous, the suspect material must be left in place, and the area must be clearly marked or staked and covered with plastic sheeting to prevent the spread of contamination. None of the suspected hazardous material must be characterized until all of the debris has been segregated and classified. Characterization of all suspected hazardous waste must be conducted at the same time. 3. Do not move a suspected hazardous material and avoid mixing contaminated material with uncontaminated material. Willful mixing of hazardous material with other material is in direct violation of State and Federal environmental regulations. 4. The volume of hazardous material to be removed must be determined by the Contractor and confirmed by the CDCR Representative prior to excavation. 5. Material that is classified as hazardous waste must be treated and disposed at a facility permitted to treat and accept such waste. 6. After removal of hazardous waste, confirmation sampling must be performed.
TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 81 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
E. Material that is classified as inert material may be stockpiled in an appropriate area on-site for use in the construction grading. Inert material can be used in construction fills as specified in Section 31 20 00. Inert material from the existing debris piles not used in this construction Contract must be disposed off site in a Class III landfill.
3.3 CHARACTERIZATION SAMPLING AND REPORT
A. Characterization sampling of all suspected hazardous waste must be conducted by the Contractor after completion of the debris segregation and classification. The sampling and analysis must be performed under the direction of a licensed professional engineer or geologist that has performed similar Work. 1. The sampling and analysis procedures must be in accordance with EPA’s Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste--Physical/Chemical Methods, 3rd Edition, August 1, 2005. 2. Five samples must be collected from locations specified by the CDCR Representative. The locations will be spatially distributed over the suspected area of contamination. The samples must be collected with the intent to obtain representative samples. 3. All samples must be analyzed for the following: a. The inorganic Total Threshold Limit Concentration list using SW6010 b. Volatile organic compounds SW8240 c. Semi-volatile organic compounds SW8270 d. Polychlorinated biphenyls SW8080 e. Moisture content 4. Analytical results must be reported on dry weight basis.
B. After the CDCR Representative has reviewed the Characterization Sampling Report, the CDCR Representative will reconfirm the classification of the waste and the Contractor must dispose of the material in accordance with all regulations.
C. A summary report must be prepared by the licensed professional performing the sampling and analysis. The Characterization Sampling Report must include sampling procedures, sample locations, analytical results a discussion of the results, recommended material classification, recommended treatment (if necessary), and recommended disposal. The Characterization Sampling Report must be stamped by the licensed professional. The report must be submitted to the CDCR Representative within three weeks of sampling.
3.4 CONFIRMATION SAMPLING AND REPORT
A. Confirmation sampling must be conducted at all areas where hazardous waste was removed. Sampling and analysis must be performed under the direction of a licensed professional engineer or geologist that has performed similar work. 1. The sampling and analysis procedures must be in accordance with EPA’s Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste--Physical/Chemical Methods, 3rd Edition, August 1, 2005. 2. Five samples must be collected from locations specified by the CDCR Representative. The locations will be spatially distributed over the suspected area(s) of contamination. The samples must be collected with the intent to obtain representative samples. 3. All samples must be analyzed for the following: a. The inorganic Total Threshold Limit Concentration list using SW6010 b. Volatile organic compounds SW8240 c. Semi-volatile organic compounds SW8270 d. Polychlorinated biphenyls SW8080
TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 81 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
e. Moisture content 4. Analytical results must be reported on dry weight basis.
B. A summary report must be prepared by the licensed professional performing the sampling and analysis. The Confirmation Sampling Report must include sampling procedures, sample locations, analytical results, a discussion of the results, recommended additional excavation (if necessary), recommend treatment (if necessary), and recommended disposal. The Confirmation Sampling Report must be stamped be the licensed professional. The report must be submitted to the CDCR Representative within three weeks of sampling.
3.5 DECONTAMINATION
A. Decontaminate equipment prior to moving from contaminated material to inert material. Provide proper decontamination of all materials which may have been contaminated. Dispose of all incident residuals and materials used for decontamination in accordance with all regulations.
3.6 SCHEDULE
A. Debris Classification: Complete prior to excavation of debris piles.
B. Debris Excavation, Sorting, Handling, Removal and Disposal: Complete prior to general earthwork under and around debris pile area.
END OF SECTION
TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 81 00- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 02 82 13
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Asbestos abatement.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 02 41 00 – Demolition 2. Section 02 81 00 – Transportation and Disposal Hazardous Materials 3. Section 31 20 00 – Earthwork
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. ANSI z41 - Personal Protective Footwear. 2. ANSI Z9.2 - Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust and Ventilation Systems. 3. ANSI Z87.1 - Practice for Occupational and Educational Personal Eye and Face Protection Devices. 4. ANSI Z88.2 Practices for Respiratory Protection. 5. ANSI Z88.6 - Respiratory Protection: Respiratory Use Physical Qualifications for Personnel. 6. ANSI Z89.1 - Industrial Head Protection.
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM D1331 - Test Methods for Surface and Interfacial Tension of Solutions of Surface-Active Agents. 2. ASTM E1494 Practice for Encapsulants for Spray- or Trowel-Applied Friable Asbestos-Containing Building Materials.
C. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 1. 29 CFR 1926 - Safety and Health Regulations for Construction. 2. 29 CFR 1910 - Safety and Health Regulations for General Industry. 3. 29 CFR 1910.1020 - Access to Employee Exposure and Medical Records. 4. 29 CFR 1910.134 - Respiratory Protection. 5. 29 CFR 1910.145 - Specifications for Accident Prevention Signs and Tags. 6. 29 CFR 1910.1001 - Asbestos. 7. 29 CFR 1926.1101 - Safety and Health Regulations for Construction - Asbestos. 8. 29 CFR 1926.58. 9. 34 CFR 231 Appendix C - Procedures for Containing and Removing Building Materials Containing Asbestos. 10. 40 CFR 61 - Subpart A and Subpart M, USEPA, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAPS).
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 82 13- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
D. Compressed Gas Association, Inc. 1. G-7.1 - Commodity Specification for Air.
E. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. NFPA 70 - National Electric Code.
F. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 1. UL 586 - Test Performance of High Efficiency Particulate Air Filter Units.
G. National Institute for Occupation Safety and Health (NIOSH) 1. Method 7400: Asbestos and Fibers by PCM - Manual of Analytical Methods, Volume 1.
H. Environmental Protection Agency Documents 1. EPA 530-SW-85-007 - Asbestos Waste Management Guidance. 2. EPA EPA 560/5-85-024 - Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems Asbestos Waste Management Guidance. 3. EPA 560 OPTS-86.001 - Guide to Respiratory Protection for the Asbestos Abatement Industry.
I. California Code of Regulations (CCR) 1. Title 8, Section 1230 - Temperature, Illumination, Sanitation and Ventilation. 2. Title 8, Section 1529 - Asbestos. 3. Title 8, Section 5144 - Respiratory Protection. 4. Title 8, Section 1531 - Respiratory Protective Equipment. 5. Title 8, Section 3204 - Access to Employee Exposure and Medical Records. 6. Title 8, Section 5194 - Hazard Communication. 7. Title 8, Section 3203 - Injury and Illness Prevention Program. 8. Title 8, Article 2.5 - Registration Asbestos-Related Work Section 341.6 through 341.14. 9. Title 8, Section 5208 - Asbestos. 10. Title 22, Division 4.5 - Minimum Standards for Management of Hazardous and Extremely Hazardous Waste. 11. Title 22, Section 67740.
J. Local Air Pollution Control District Regulations 1. San Luis Obispo County APCD List of Current Rules and Regulations available at www.arb.ca.gov/drdb/slo/cur.htm
K. Other Local Regulations 1. California Health and Safety Code, Sections 13121 and 13144.1. 2. California Health and Safety Code, Sections 25249-25249.13 and 25915-25919.7.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Definitions specific to the Work of this Section: 1. Abatement: Procedures to control fiber release from asbestos containing building materials. Includes removal, repair, encapsulation, and enclosure. 2. Air Filtration Equipment: A portable air recirculation system equipped with High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filtration and used to cleanse air of particulate matter within an abatement area. Air filtration equipment is essentially the same as differential pressure equipment except it recirculates air instead of exhausting it.
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 82 13- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3. Airlock: A system for permitting ingress and egress with minimum air movement between a contaminated area and an uncontaminated area. 4. Air Monitoring: The process of measuring the fiber content of a specific volume of air in a stated period of time. 5. Air Sampling Professional: The professional contracted or employed to conduct air monitoring and analysis schemes. This individual is also responsible for recognition of technical deficiencies in worker protection equipment and procedures during both planning and on-site phases of an abatement project. 6. Amended Water: Water to which a surfactant has been added. 7. Area Monitoring: Sampling of asbestos fiber concentrations within the asbestos Work Area and outside the asbestos Work Area that is representative of the airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers, which may reach the breathing zone. 8. Asbestos: The term asbestos includes chrysotile, amosite, crocidolite, tremolite, anthophyllite, and actinolite. 9. Asbestos-Containing Construction Material (ACCM): Any manufactured construction material that contains more than 1/10 of one (>0.1%) percent asbestos by weight. 10. Asbestos-Containing Material (ACM): Any material containing more than 1 percent (>1.0%) asbestos. 11. Asbestos Fibers: This expression refers to asbestos fibers longer than 5 micrometers with an aspect ratio of 3:1 or larger under PCM analytical procedures. 12. Asbestos Structure: The type of asbestos morphology that is counted during an analysis. The four types of asbestos structures are: Fiber, Bundle, Matrix, and Cluster. 13. Authorized Visitor: The CDCR, CDCR Representative, or a person of any regulatory or other agency having jurisdiction over the project. 14. Category I Non-Friable Asbestos Containing Material: Asbestos-containing packings, gaskets, resilient floor coverings, mastics, and asphalt roofing products. 15. Category II Non-Friable Asbestos Containing Material: Asbestos-containing material, excluding Category I non-friable asbestos-containing material, that, when dry, and in its present form, cannot be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand pressure. These products include Transite™ board, pipe and asbestos cement products, plaster, stucco, and paint. 16. Ceiling Concentration: An exposure of airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers at any time in excess of 10 fibers per cubic centimeters of air. 17. Class I Asbestos Work: Activities involving the removal of thermal system insulation and surfacing asbestos-containing materials. 18. Class II Asbestos Work: Activities involving the removal of ACM, which is not thermal system insulation, or surfacing material. This includes, but is not limited to, the removal of asbestos-containing wallboard, floor tile and sheeting, roofing and siding shingles, and construction mastics. 19. Clean Room: An uncontaminated area or room, which is a part of the Worker decontamination enclosure with provisions for storage of Workers’ street clothes and personal protective equipment. 20. Critical Barrier: A temporary air tight and impermeable barrier that separates an asbestos Work Area from an adjacent potentially occupied area. 21. Decontamination Enclosure System: A series of connected rooms with airlocks between any two adjacent rooms for the decontamination of workers, materials, and equipment. A decontamination enclosure system always contains at least one chamber. 22. Differential Pressure Equipment: A portable local exhaust system equipped with High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filtration and capable of maintaining constant, low velocity airflow into contaminated areas from adjacent uncontaminated areas.
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 82 13- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
23. Encapsulant (sealant): A liquid material which can be applied to asbestos containing material and which controls the possible release of asbestos fiber from the material either by creating a membrane over the surface (bridging encapsulant) or by penetrating into the material and binding its components together (penetrating encapsulant). 24. Encapsulation: Procedures necessary to apply an encapsulant to asbestos containing building materials to control the possible release of asbestos fibers into the ambient air. 25. Enclosure: Procedures necessary to enclose completely asbestos containing material behind airtight, impermeable, permanent barriers. 26. Equipment Room: A contaminated area or room, which is part of the worker decontamination enclosure with provisions for storage of contaminated clothing and equipment. 27. Equipment Decontamination Enclosure: That portion of a decontamination enclosure system designed for controlled transfer of materials and equipment typically consisting of an equipment room, a washroom, and a holding area. 28. Excursion Limit: A limit of 1.0 f/cc over a 30 minute sampling period to which employees may not be exposed in excess of, without appropriate respiratory protection. 29. Friable Asbestos-Containing Material: Material that contains more than one percent asbestos by weight and that can be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand pressure when dry. 30. Fixed Louver: A non-operable type louver equipped with a HEPA filter and mounted in the rigid doors or walls of a decontamination enclosure system. 31. Fixed Object: A unit of equipment or furniture in the Work Area, which cannot be removed from the Work Area. 32. HEPA Filter: A High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filter capable of trapping and retaining 99.97 percent of particles (asbestos fibers) greater than 0.3 micrometers in mass median aerodynamic equivalent diameter. 33. HEPA Vacuum Equipment: Vacuuming equipment with a HEPA (UL 586 labeled) filter system. 34. Holding Area: A chamber in the equipment decontamination enclosure located between the washroom and an uncontaminated area. The holding area includes an airlock. 35. Movable Object: A unit of equipment or furniture in the Work Area, which can be removed from the Work Area. 36. Non-Friable Asbestos-Containing Material: Material that contains asbestos in which the fibers have been locked in by a bonding agent, coating, binder, or other material so that the asbestos is well bound and will not release fibers in excess of the asbestos control limit during any appropriate use, handling, demolition, storage, transportation, processing or disposal. 37. Permissible Exposure Limit: An exposure of airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers in excess of 0.10 fibers per cubic centimeter of air as calculated over an eight-hour time- weight average (TWA). 38. Personnel Monitoring: Sampling of airborne asbestos fiber concentrations within the breathing zone of an asbestos worker. 39. Plasticize: To cover building surfaces with plastic sheeting as herein specified. 40. Removal: Procedures necessary to remove asbestos-containing materials from designated areas and to dispose of these materials at an acceptable waste disposal site or treatment facility. 41. Rigid Doorway: A device to allow ingress or egress from one room to another while permitting minimal air movement between the rooms. A rigid doorway typically consists of a solid panel door, gasketed to prevent air leakage, attached by hinges to a rigid doorframe. A lockset is required to secure door in the closed position.
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 82 13- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
42. Shower Room: A room between the clean room and the equipment room in the worker decontamination enclosure with hot and cold or warm running water and suitably arranged for complete showering during decontamination. The shower room includes an airlock between contaminated and clean areas. 43. Surfactant: A chemical wetting agent added to water to improve penetration and improve control of airborne fiber concentration. 44. Washroom: A room between the Work Area and the holding area in the equipment decontamination enclosure system. The washroom comprises an airlock. 45. Wet Cleaning: The process of eliminating asbestos contamination from building surfaces and objects by using cloths, mops, or other cleaning tools which have been dampened with water, and by afterwards disposing of these cleaning tools as asbestos-contaminated waste. 46. Work Area: Designated rooms, spaces, or areas of the project in which asbestos abatement actions are to be undertaken or which may become contaminated as a result of such abatement actions. A contained Work Area is a Work Area, which has been sealed and equipped with a decontamination enclosure system. A non-contained Work Area is an isolated or controlled-access Work Area, which has not been sealed nor equipped with a decontamination enclosure system. 47. Worker Decontamination Enclosure System: That portion of a decontamination enclosure system designed for controlled passage of workers, other personnel, and authorized visitors. It typically consisting of a clean room, a shower room, and an equipment room. 48. Work Shift: A crew or crews at a contiguous contained or contiguous demarcated work site performing work items for a continuous period of time excluding work breaks.
1.4 DESCRIPTION
A. The Work includes all Contract Documents and permits for the removal, transportation, storage, sampling, analytical analyses, and disposal of all asbestos containing/contaminated items, articles and building materials as specified, shown or reasonably implied on the Contract Documents or discovered during demolition and renovation activities.
B. Identification of Asbestos-Containing Materials (ACM) and Asbestos-Containing Construction Materials (ACCM) and impacted/contaminated items, articles and building materials. This applies to any previously identified asbestos containing/contaminated materials and those discovered during the project construction phase.
C. Contractor is responsible for reviewing all asbestos survey reports, Contract Documents, and details to determine if they impact potentially asbestos containing/contaminated materials.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Product data must include manufacturer’s product data, specifications, samples and application instructions and other pertinent information as necessary.
C. Quality Assurance Submittals: Refer to Article 1.7.
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 82 13- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualification: In accordance with the Contract Time set forth in Section 01 11 00. 1. Registration: A copy of the registration for Asbestos-Related Work from the Division of Occupational Safety and Health in accordance with Title 8, Article 2.5 of the California Code of Regulations. 2. Personnel Training for Superintendent and Foreman: A copy of current certificates which verifies that each superintendent and foreman has successfully completed an EPA approved Asbestos Abatement Contractor/Supervisor Course. 3. Personnel Training for Workers: A copy of the asbestos abatement employee training program, and current certificates which verify that each employee has successfully completed an EPA approved Asbestos Abatement Worker Course. 4. Respirators: A written standard operating procedure governing selection, fit-testing, and use of respirators in accordance with 8 CCR 5144. Also submit manufacturer’s certification that the respirators to be used in this project comply with these regulatory requirements. 5. Medical Examination: Proof that personnel who will be entering contaminated areas have had medical examinations, and furnish the results of said exams to the CDCR Representative and signed by the medical examiner. Comply with 8 CCR 1529 (m) for access to employee exposure and medical records, and make available to the CDCR Representative upon request. a. Before exposure to airborne asbestos, provide each employee with a comprehensive medical exam meeting the general definition outlined in Title 8 CCR Section 1529 (m) (1) (B) and (2) (B). b. Submit an employee roster to the CDCR Representative for each work shift and confirm in writing within 24 hours of commencement of shift. c. Submit a signed and notarized “Certificate of Worker’s Acknowledgement”, for each personnel entering contaminated Work Areas at any time for the duration of the Work. 6. A detailed plan of the work procedures for abatement of asbestos materials. (Attachment B - Asbestos Work Plan Outline)
B. Notifications, Communications and Postings: Notify the CDCR Representative at the same time each notification is issued; properly identify each notification for the CDCR Representative. 1. Submit copies of notifications to all appropriate government agencies, including the following: a. Division of Occupational Safety and Health 1) Occupational Carcinogen Control Unit 2) Notification must be in accordance with CCR, Title 8, Section 341.9. b. Asbestos NESHAPS Coordinator 1) SLO County APCD 3433 Roberto Ct. San Luis Obispo, CA 93401 2) Contact the agency for the requirements of notification. c. Copies of government agency correspondence must be included in the submittals. d. Secure approval of Local police and fire departments having jurisdiction of the proposed security and safety plans for the Work prior to submittal to the CDCR Representative. Contact both departments for the requirements of the approval process.
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 82 13- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Safety Compliance: In addition to detailed requirements of this specification, comply with laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations of Federal, State, Regional, and Local authorities regarding handling, storing, transporting, and disposing of asbestos waste materials. Comply with applicable requirements of 29 CFR 1910.1101, and 40 CFR 61, Subparts A, & M, 40 CFR 61.152, and CCR Title 8 Section 1529. Submit matters of interpretation of standards to the appropriate administrative agency for resolution before starting the Work. Where requirements of this specification and reference documents vary, the most stringent requirement must apply. 3. The Contractor must have, at his office and also at the jobsite, at least one copy each, of the following codes: 29 CFR 1910, Subpart I, 29 CFR.1910.1101; 40 CFR Part 61, Subparts A & M; and CCR, Title 8, Section 1529. 4. Before the commencement of any Work at the site, post hazard communication signs in accordance with 8 CCR 1529 (k) (7). 5. Field Air Sampling: Conduct personnel monitoring and exposure assessments in accordance with 8 CCR 1529 (f). The Contractor must disclose any interest in the firm or laboratory performing the Field Air Sampling or analysis.
C. Certifications: 1. Equipment Certification: Submit manufacturer’s certification that vacuums, differential pressure equipment filters, and other local exhaust ventilation equipment conform to ANSI Z9.2. 2. Rental Equipment: When rental equipment is to be used in removal areas or to transport waste materials, a copy of the written notification provided to the rental company informing them of the nature of use of the rented equipment must be submitted to the CDCR Construction Supervisor and signed by the rental company. 3. Land Disposal Restrictions: Submit a copy of the completed Notice and Certification with each Hazardous Waste Manifest for wastes intended for land disposal pursuant to CCR, Title 22, Section 67740 , to the CDCR Representative and signed by the author. 4. For HEPA-filtration systems exhausting either internally or externally within 50 feet of the building’s air intake or entry, submit the results of on-site DOP or Portacount testing of required efficiency. 5. NVLAP accreditation for the analysis of asbestos air monitoring samples.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PROTECTIVE COVERING (PLASTIC)
A. Fire retardant polyethylene sheets 6-mil and 4-mil in sizes to minimize frequency of joints, approved and listed by the State Fire Marshal per Section 13121 and/or 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code.
2.2 TAPE, ADHESIVE, AND SEALANTS
A. Duct tape two inches or wider, or equal, capable of sealing joints of adjacent sheets of plastic sheets and for attachment of plastic sheet to finished or unfinished surfaces of dissimilar materials and capable of adhering under both dry and wet conditions, including use of amended water.
B. Spray adhesive for sealing polyethylene to polyethylene must contain no methylene chloride compounds.
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 82 13- 7 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. Fire resistant sealants must be compatible with concrete, metals, wood cable jacketing, etc. Sealant must prevent fire, smoke, water and toxic fumes from penetrating through sealants. Sealant must have a flame spread, smoke and fuel contribution of zero, and must be ASTM and UL rated for three hours for standard method of fire test for Fire Stop Systems. 1. Manufactures a. 3M; Penetration Sealing Systems Services FD 150+ with 3M Fire Barrier Caulk and Putty. b. Dow Corning; Fire Stop sealant, Fire Stop Foam and Fire Stop Intumescent Wrap Strip.
2.3 PROTECTIVE PACKAGING
A. All waste containers and waste bags shall be in accordance with 8 CCR 1529 (k) (8).
2.4 WARNING LABELS AND SIGNS
A. As required by 8 CCR 1529 (k) (7) and (8).
2.5 SURFACTANT
A. Surfactant, or wetting agent, for amending water will be 50 percent polyoxyethylene ether and 50 percent polyoxyethylene ester, at a concentration of one ounce per five gallons of water.
2.6 ENCAPSULANTS
A. For bridging encapsulant use: 1. Concentrated water-based vinyl acrylic product with various flame-retardant chemicals and fillers. 2. It must be nontoxic, non-combustible, and not contain any solvents or silicates.
B. After removal use clear encapsulant as follows: 1. A water based polyvinyl acetate emulsion which meets all requirements for encasement and encapsulation of asbestos containing materials
C. At steam piping lagging to be encapsulated in place use penetrating encapsulant as follows: 1. A water based polyvinyl acetate emulsion which meets all requirements for encasement and encapsulation of asbestos containing materials.
D. Protective Coating at Encapsulated Steam, Pipe Lagging: Heavy bodied latex based paint.
2.7 LAGGING ADHESIVE
A. Lagging adhesive must meet NFPA 90A Code: 1. An odorless lagging adhesive which is easy to apply by brush or spray. 2. It is to be a water based material that is fire resistive, and contains a preservative for protection against mildew.
2.8 VENTILATION EQUIPMENT
A. Provide differential pressure equipment in areas as shown in the Contract Documents. High- efficiency particulate absolute (HEPA) filtration systems must be equipped with filtration
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 82 13- 8 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
equipment in compliance with ANSI Z9.2, local exhaust ventilation. No air movement system or air filtering equipment must discharge unfiltered air outside the Work Area. Differential pressure within the Work Area must be maintained at negative 0.02 inches of water during abatement. Pressure differential monitoring shall be continuously recorded and such records shall be included with the project closeout submittals.
B. Provide air filtration equipment with HEPA filtration system to cleanse air of particulate matter during abatement. Replace HEPA filters when filters become clogged with particulate matter. Provide enough air filtration devices within the Work Area to maintain fiber levels within the protection factors of workers’ respirators.
2.9 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
A. Personal Protective Equipment must comply with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910, Subpart I, 8 CCR 1529 and CCR, Title 8, Division 1, Chapter 4.
B. Work clothes must consist of fire retardant, disposable, full-body coveralls, head covers, boots, and rubber gloves, in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.1101, and ANSI WK 4519. Sleeves at wrists and cuffs at ankles must be secure.
C. Eye protection and hard hats must be available as required by applicable safety regulations and be in accordance with ANSI Z87.1 and Z89.1.
D. Provide authorized visitors with suitable protective clothing, headgear, eye protection, and footwear whenever they are required to enter Work Area.
2.10 RESPIRATORS
A. Provide all workers, foremen, superintendents, authorized visitors, and inspectors personally issued and marked respiratory equipment jointly approved by NIOSH/MSHA. When respirators with disposable filters are employed, provide sufficient filters for replacement as recommended by manufacturers or this Specification. Selection of respirators must be made according to the guidance of CCR, Title 8, Section 5144, 29 CFR 1926.1101; ANSI Z88.2; CGAI G7.1; EPA 560 OPTS-86.001; and Table I of this section.
B. When positive pressure supplied air Type “C” equipped with full-face piece respirators are employed, the Air Supply System must provide Grade “D” breathing air in accordance with 8 CCR 5144 (i).
C. The Compressed Air System for Type “C” Respirators must be high pressure (nominal 100 psi), with a compressor capacity to satisfy the respirator manufacturer’s recommendations. The receiver must have sufficient capacity to allow a 15 minute escape time for the respirator wearers in the event of compressor failure or malfunction. Type C supplied air respirators with HEPA filter disconnect may be used as an alternate to the 15 minute escape time required with event of compressor failure for Type “C” respirators. The Compressed Air System must have compressor failure alarm, high temperature alarm, carbon monoxide alarm, and suitable in-line air purifying sorbent beds and filters to assure Grade “D” breathing air.
D. The minimum respiratory protection required for this Project is as follows (See also Table I of this section):
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 82 13- 9 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1. Use either full-face or half-face negative pressured air purifying respirators for the following tasks: a. Pre-construction sealing of openings and penetrations to the Work Areas with plastic sheeting. b. Decontamination of removables. c. Loading asbestos-containing drums on truck for transportation and unloading bags at approved landfill. d. During final wipe down of workspace e. CDCR and/or their Industrial Hygiene Consultant will consider alternate respiratory protection systems proposed by the Contractor. The Contractor must provide documentation that asbestos levels during previous, comparable jobs were within the protection factors of the respirators to be used as outlined in Table I. The use of the following type of respirators is contingent upon approval by CDCR and/or their Industrial Hygiene Consultant.
TABLE I Maximum Airborne Protection Fiber Concentration Minimum Acceptable Respirator** Factor Outside Respirator* Half-mask air purifying respirator, other than a disposable respirator, equipped with 0.1 fiber/cc 10 high efficiency filters
Full face piece air-purifying respirator 0.5 fibers/cc 50 equipped with high efficiency filters.
Any powered air-purifying respirator equipped with high efficiency filters or any 10.0 fibers/cc 1,000 supplied air respirator operated in continuous flow mode. Type “C” supplied air respirators, full face 10.0 fibers/cc 1,000 piece, pressure demand mode. Type “C” supplied air respirators, full face piece, pressure demand mode, equipped with Over 10.0 fibers/cc 1,000 an auxiliary positive pressure, self-contained breathing apparatus.
Disposable single use respirators are not to be worn for protection against asbestos. *Must demonstrate that the fiber levels will not exceed 0.01 f/cc inside the respirator based on quantitative mask fit testing for each individual using the respirator protection factor formula. **Greater respiratory protection is always acceptable regardless of asbestos concentrations.
2. Use high efficiency powered air-purifying respirators (PAPR) for the following provided maximum airborne fiber concentration outside the respirator is at or below 1.0 fibers/cc: a. During use of glovebag technique.
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 82 13- 10 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
b. During limited use of glovebag technique and removal of piping with asbestos insulation intact. 3. Use Type “C” respirators for the following (follow guidelines set forth in Table I): a. At the start of glovebag removal procedures until personal air monitoring indicates fiber levels acceptable for lesser respiratory protection. b. Any situation where gross contamination has occurred because of a tear or rupture in the glovebag and air sampling indicates airborne fiber levels have exceeded 1.0 fibers/cc. Use full face piece, supplied air Type “C” respirator, in pressure demand mode, equipped with an auxiliary positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus. c. During removal and encapsulation, use supplied-air, full face piece, Type “C” pressure demand for fiber levels at or below 10.0 fibers/cc or pressure demand with auxiliary positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus for fiber levels over 10.0 fibers/cc. When exposure limits are established, respirators presented in Table I that afford adequate protection for the maximum concentrations of airborne asbestos may be used. If respirators other than a Type “C” pressure-demand, supplied-air respirator, are provided, determine the exposure of each employee to airborne asbestos during each type of removal operation. Determine both the excursion limit and the eight hour, time-weighted average concentration of asbestos fibers to which each of the employees is exposed during each type of removal operation. d. Type “C” Respirators must be worn with belt to minimize possibility of dislodging facemask if the hose becomes snagged in the Work Area. e. Provide a minimum of two spare hoses to be available at any time to the state and their authorized visitors and inspectors to connect to their assigned clean Type “C” respirator without having to displace worker from abatement area to obtain a hose connection if use of Type “C” becomes necessary. 4. Alternate respiratory protection systems proposed by the Contractor will be considered by the CDCR Industrial Hygiene Consultant. Documentation must be provided by the Contractor that asbestos levels during previous, comparable jobs were within the protection factors of the respirators to be used as outlined in Table I. The use of the following type of respirators is contingent upon approval by the CDCR retained CIH consultant. 5. When Type “C” respirators are not required according to the OSHA standard (29 CFR 1926.1101, CCR Title 8 Section 1529 or this specification, whichever is more stringent), provide workers with approved, permanent, personally-issued and marked respirators with replaceable filters. Provide sufficient quantity of filters jointly approved by NIOSH/MSHA for use in asbestos environments so that workers can change filters as required by manufacturer during the workday. Filters must not be used any longer than one workday. Respirator filters must be stored at job site in Clean Room and must be totally protected from exposure to asbestos prior to their use.
E. Compressors must meet the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.134 and 29 CFR 1910 Subpart I. Periodic inspection of the carbon monoxide monitor must be evidenced. Documentation of adequacy of compressed air system/respiratory protection system must be retained on-site. Documentation must include a list of compatible components with the maximum number and type of respirators that may be used with the system. Periodic testing of compressed air must ensure that systems provide air of sufficient quality.
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 82 13- 11 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PROJECT PROCEDURES:
A. Abatement Procedure Plans: Submit a detailed plan of the Work procedures for abatement of asbestos materials. At a minimum include the following and follow Attachment B - Asbestos Work Plan Outline: 1. Personnel monitoring procedures in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.1101 and CCR Title 8 Section 1529. 2. Phasing of abatement work indicating daily roster of workers for each phase. 3. Security system warning signs locations in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.58 4. Detailed plans for decontamination facilities, toilets, and systems providing intraroom and Work Area to outside communication showing connections to existing building. 5. Standard procedures for protecting workers, visitors, and employees and protection of spaces outside Work Area from contamination. 6. Engineering systems exposure control indicating number, location, and capacity of supply and exhaust systems, the expected direction of flow, and the range of expected differential pressure in each area. 7. Number and location of view ports in accordance with SLOCAPCD requirements. Submit a shop drawing indicating locations.
B. Emergency Precautions and Procedures 1. Establish emergency and fire exits from the Work Area. Emergency exits must be equipped with two full sets of protective clothing and respirators. 2. Local medical emergency personnel, both ambulance crews and hospital emergency room staff, must be notified prior to commencement of abatement operations as to the possibility of having to handle contaminated or injured workers, and must be advised on safe decontamination. 3. The Contractor must be prepared to administer first aid to injured personnel after decontamination. Seriously injured personnel must be treated immediately or evacuated without delay for decontamination. When an injury occurs, the Contractor must stop Work and implement fiber reduction techniques (e.g., water spraying) until the injured person has been removed from the Work Area. 4. Before starting actual removal of asbestos material local police and fire departments must be notified as to the danger of entering the Work Area and they must be invited to attend an informal training program to be conducted by the Contractor which must provide information regarding abatement activities, decontamination practices, etc. The Contractor must make every effort to help these agencies form plans of action should their personnel need to enter the contaminated area.
C. Worker Protection Procedures (Bilingual: English and Spanish) -- To Be Posted in Clean Room. 1. Each worker and authorized visitor must, upon entering the job site: Remove street clothes in the clean-change room and put on a respirator and clean protective clothing before entering the equipment room or the Work Area. 2. Workers must, each time they leave the Work Area: Remove gross contamination from clothing before leaving the Work Area; proceed to the equipment room and remove clothing except respirators; still wearing the respirator, proceed naked to the showers; clean the outside of the respirator with soap and water while showering; remove the respirator; thoroughly shampoo and wash themselves.
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 82 13- 12 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3. Following showering and drying off, each worker must proceed directly to the clean change room and dress in clean clothes at the end of each day’s work, or before eating, smoking, or drinking. Before re-entering the Work Area from the clean-change room, each worker and authorized visitor must put on a clean respirator and must dress in clean protective clothing. 4. Contaminated work footwear must be stored in the equipment room when not in use in the Work Area. Upon completion of asbestos abatement, dispose of footwear as contaminated waste. 5. Workers removing waste containers from the equipment decontamination enclosure must enter the holding area from outside wearing a respirator and dressed in clean disposable coveralls. No worker may use this system as a means to leave or enter the wash room or the Work Area. 6. Color of disposable clothing worn outside Work Area must be different in color or markings from disposable clothing work inside Work Area. 7. Workers must not eat, drink, smoke, or chew gum or tobacco while in the Work Area. 8. Workers and authorized visitors with beards must not enter the Work Area unless equipped with respirators approved for use with beards.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Work Areas: 1. Shut down electric power. Provide temporary power and lighting and ensure safe installation of temporary power sources and equipment per applicable electrical code requirements and provide ground-fault interrupter circuits as power source for electrical equipment. 2. Shut down and isolate heating, cooling, ventilation air systems to prevent contamination and fiber dispersal to other areas of the structure. During the work, vents within the Work Area must be sealed with tape and plastic sheeting and as shown on plans. 3. Do not begin work until area is free of loose equipment. 4. Pre-clean fixed objects within the proposed Work Areas, using HEPA filtered vacuum equipment and/or wet cleaning methods as appropriate, and enclose with protective barriers of plywood covered with minimum 4 mil plastic sheeting sealed with tape. 5. Clean the proposed Work Areas using HEPA filtered vacuum equipment or wet cleaning methods as necessary to maintain fiber levels at or below 0.01 f/cc. Methods that raise dust, such as dry sweeping or vacuuming with equipment not equipped with HEPA filters must not be used. 6. Seal off openings, including but not limited to corridors, doorways, ducts, grills, diffusers, and any other penetrations of the Work Areas, with plastic sheeting sealed with tape. 7. Cover floor and wall surfaces with plastic sheeting sealed with tape. Use a minimum of two layers of 6-mil plastic on floors. Cover floors first so that plastic extends at least 12 inches up on walls, then cover walls with a minimum of 4 mil plastic sheeting to the floor level, thus overlapping the floor material by a minimum of 12 inches. The Contractor may use additional layers to assist in protection during the replacement of materials. 8. Install Decontamination Enclosure System or equivalent prefabricated portable decontamination units as approved. 9. Maintain emergency and fire exits from Work Areas. 10. Shut down steam in lines that are to be abated.
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 82 13- 13 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Decontamination Enclosure System (General): 1. Construct Decontamination Enclosure System with suitable framing for rigid doorways and walls. Walls and floor of Decontamination Enclosure System must be lined with two layers of six mil polyethylene sheeting sealed with duct tape. 2. Access between contaminated and uncontaminated rooms or areas must be through an airlock. Access between any two rooms within the Decontamination Enclosure Systems must be through a rigid doorway. Rigid doorways to shower room must be provided with an interlocking device to prevent the opening of both doors simultaneously. 3. A fixed louver must be provided in all rigid panel doors of a Decontamination Enclosure System. Fixed louvers may be installed in rigid walls in lieu of installing them in rigid panel doors.
C. Worker Decontamination Enclosure System: Construct a Worker Decontamination Enclosure Systems contiguous to the Work Area consisting of three totally enclosed chambers as follows: 1. An equipment room with two rigid doorways, one to the Work Area and one to the shower room. 2. A shower room with two rigid doorways, one to the equipment room and one to the clean room. Shower room must contain at least one shower with hot and cold or warm water. Careful attention must be paid to the shower enclosure to ensure against leaking of any kind. Ensure a supply of soap at all times in the shower room. Shower water must be filtered to remove asbestos prior to being discharged to drain or barrel. 3. A clean room with one rigid doorway into the shower and one entrance or exit to non- contaminated areas of the building. Clean room must have sufficient space for storage of worker’s street clothes, towels, and other non-contaminated items. Clean room must also store fresh, non-contaminated protective clothing, respirators, and any other accessory to be used by workers in the Work Area.
D. Equipment Decontamination Enclosure System: 1. Provide or construct an Equipment Decontamination Enclosure System consisting of areas as follows: a. A wash room, constituting an airlock, with a rigid doorway to a designated wet sponge area, a rigid doorway to the holding area, and a rigid doorway to the shower area. b. A wet sponge area, with a rigid doorway to the equipment room and wash room. c. A holding area, constituting an airlock, with a rigid doorway to an uncontaminated clean room and rigid doorway each to wash room and loading ramp.
E. Separation of Work Areas from Occupied Areas. 1. Separate parts of the building required to remain in use from parts of the building that will undergo asbestos abatement by means of airtight barriers, constructed as follows: a. Build suitable wood or metal framing and apply 3/8-inch minimum thick sheathing on the Work side. b. Cover sheathing with minimum of two layers of 6-mil plastic sheet, sealed with duct tape as specified on Work Area side. c. Seal all penetration points to the Work Area by using minimum of two layers of 6- mil plastic sealed with duct tape.
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 82 13- 14 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
F. Maintenance of Enclosure Systems:
1. Ensure that barriers and plastic linings are effectively sealed and taped. Repair damaged barriers and remedy defects immediately upon discovery. 2. Visually inspect enclosures at the beginning of each work period. 3. Use smoke methods to test effectiveness of barriers prior to implementing asbestos removal and when directed by the CDCR.
G. Asbestos abatement work must not commence until:
1. Arrangements have been made for disposal of waste at an acceptable site. 2. Arrangements have been made for containing and disposal of waste water resulting from wet stripping. 3. Work Areas and Decontamination Enclosure Systems and parts of the building required to remain in use are effectively segregated. 4. Tools, equipment and material waste receptors are on hand. 5. Arrangements have been made for building security. 6. Preparatory steps have been taken and applicable notices posted and permits obtained. 7. Differential pressure systems are installed and operating. 8. The Contractor submittal for isolating non-asbestos Work Areas have been reviewed and approved by the CDCR 9. Copy of the Work Plan is onsite. 10. Appropriate notifications have been made.
3.3 ENCAPSULATION OF ASBESTOS
A. Repair damaged and missing areas of existing asbestos lagging to obtain a suitable base for sealing and to restore continuity of existing material. Use asbestos free replacement material approved by the CDCR. Prepare surfaces and apply replacement material in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
B. Remove damaged, loose or hanging asbestos material. Pack in labeled, sealable plastic bags, 6-mil minimum thickness and place in labeled containers for transport.
C. Seal filled containers. Place caution labels on containers in accordance with OSHA regulation 29 CFR 1910.1101(g)(2) and 8 CCR 1529. Disposal procedure and clean up must be in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.1101and 8CCR 1529. Store filled containers in container area.
D. Clean external surfaces of containers thoroughly by wet sponging in the designated wet sponge area which is part of Decontamination Enclosure System. Move containers to wash room, wet clean each container thoroughly, and move to holding area pending removal to uncontaminated areas. Ensure that containers are removed from the holding area by workers who have entered from uncontaminated areas dressed in clean coveralls. Ensure that workers do not enter from uncontaminated areas into the wash room or the Work Area. Ensure the contaminated workers dispose of their contaminated coveralls in the wash room except respirators; after wet cleaning the containers and moving them to the holding area, still wearing the respirator, proceed naked to the showers; then follow the procedure of respirator washing, showering, drying off, and dressing in clean clothes as outlined under Article 3.01 (C) Worker Protection Procedures (Bilingual), of this section.
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 82 13- 15 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
E. Upon receipt of written notice to proceed, apply penetrating encapsulant. 1. Encapsulant must be prepared and applied according to manufacturer’s specification, using airless spraying equipment. Because application by spraying could cause dissemination of residual fibers, encapsulant must be applied with as much caution and at as low a nozzle pressure as possible. 2. Encapsulant must be applied in two coats. First coat must be applied until lagging begins to drip. Encapsulant must be allowed to dry. Second coat must then be applied until lagging begins to drip.
F. Apply penetrating type encapsulant to provide complete penetration of asbestos surfaces in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendation. Apply encapsulant using airless spray equipment.
G. Apply heavy-body latex paint to lagging after second coat of encapsulant has completely dried and in accordance with encapsulant manufacturer’s directions.
3.4 ASBESTOS REMOVAL (GROSS REMOVAL TECHNIQUE)
A. Spray asbestos material with amended water, using spray equipment capable of providing a “mist” application to reduce the release of fibers. Saturate material sufficiently to wet it to substrate without causing excess dripping or delamination of the material. Spray asbestos material repeatedly during work process to maintain wet condition and to minimize asbestos fiber dispersion.
B. Remove saturated asbestos material in small sections. As it is removed, pack material in sealable plastic bags of 6-mil minimum thickness and place in labeled containers for transport. Material must not be allowed to dry out prior to insertion into container. Where asbestos material is applied to a gypsum or fiber substrate, both the substrate and the asbestos materials may be removed. Replacement of substrate, if removed, must be performed hereunder in accordance with applicable portions of other sections of these specifications.
C. Seal filled containers. Place caution labels on containers in accordance with OSHA regulation 29 CFR 1910.1101(g)(2) and 8 CCR 1529. Disposal procedure and clean up must be in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.1101 and 8 CCR 1529. Store filled containers in container area.
D. Clean external surfaces of containers thoroughly by wet sponging in the designated wet sponge area, which is part of the Decontamination Enclosure System. Move containers to wash room, wet clean each container thoroughly, and move to holding area pending removal to uncontaminated areas. Ensure that containers are removed from the holding area by workers who have entered from uncontaminated areas dressed in clean coveralls. Ensure that workers do not enter from uncontaminated areas into the wash room or the Work Area. Ensure the contaminated workers dispose of their contaminated coveralls in the wash room except respirators; after wet cleaning the containers and moving them to the holding area, still wearing the respirator, proceed naked to the showers; then follow the procedure of respirator washing, showering, drying off, and dressing in clean clothes as outlined under Article 3.1 (C) Worker Protection Procedures (Bilingual), of this section.
E. After completion of stripping work, surfaces from which asbestos has been removed must be wire brushed and/or wet sponged or cleaned by an equivalent method to remove all visible material and residue. During this work the surfaces being cleaned must be kept wet.
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 82 13- 16 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
F. Notify the CDCR and the CDCR observation service in writing that Work Area is ready for visual inspection review. During visual inspection the CDCR observation service must verify that all surfaces in the Work Area are free from all visible material and residue. Otherwise, repeat wire brushing and/or wet sponging and cleaning as above until the Work Area is in compliance.
G. All inaccessible lagging having exposed edges as a result of this work must be sealed with arabol or similar compounds and labeled after approval by the CDCR observation service.
H. Pipe Insulation Removal: Cut and separate metal bands where applicable. Locate the section length (typically three feet) and cut around the circumference at the end of the attached section. Twist the section to ensure it is free from the pipe. Using an airless sprayer, saturate the exterior of the covering with amended water to limit fiber release. Locate the upper and lower half seam and position one seam at the top of the pipe. After positioning, cut along the length of the section and carefully open each half. Immediately saturate the exposed inner surface thoroughly with amended water. Lower both halves into 6-mil polyethylene disposal bags. Insulation must not be allowed to fall on the floor. Debris on the floor must be picked up and placed in disposal bags immediately. Clean to remove all debris remaining on the pipe.
I. Fitting Insulation Removal: Saturate fitting insulation with amended water. Remove fitting insulation using scraping tools, hand pressure and brushing. Immediately saturate the exposed inner surface thoroughly with amended water. Insulation must be removed by striking or chipping the surfaces. Deposit fitting insulation directly into 6-mil disposal bags. Fitting insulation must not be placed or allowed to fall on the floor. Debris falling on the floor must be picked up and placed in disposal bags immediately. Clean to remove all debris left on fitting.
J. Duct Insulation Removal: Spray insulation with amended water using an airless sprayer. Remove saturated insulation in small sections using scraping tools, hand pressure and brushing. As it is removed, pack the material in sealable 6-mil disposal bags. Insulation must not be placed or allowed to fall on the floor. Debris falling on the floor must immediately be picked up and placed in disposal bags. Clean to remove all debris left on the substrate.
3.5 ASBESTOS REMOVAL (GLOVEBAG TECHNIQUE)
A. For glovebag work approved for this project, procedures specified in this Section must be amended as specified in this article.
B. Bags commercially manufactured specifically for glovebag enclosure removal of asbestos must be used, subject to consultant’s approval. All bags must be a minimum of 6-mil clear PVC or polyethylene, appropriately sized for the removal area and task.
C. Provide and utilize the following materials and equipment for this work. Chilled amended water, duct tape, plastic sheeting and waste bags, respiratory protection, disposable coveralls, warning signs, HEPA-filtered vacuum cleaner, wettable fiberglass cloth, utility knife (retractable blade), tin snips as required for a aluminum jacket, wire cutters (as required for wire reinforcing), industrial stapler (Bostitch or equivalent), with + 3 Lineal Feet (LF) of maximum 3/16-inch inside diameter (I.D.) flexible tubing at end of wand for insertion into glovebag). Chisels and wire brushes may be used on pipe joint material which is resistant to wetting.
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 82 13- 17 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
D. Precautions: 1. Maximum temperature of components (pipe, ducts, stacks, etc.) allowable for glovebag work must be as specified by glovebag manufacture. Glovebag procedures must not be permitted on live steam equipment. 2. Contain Work Area by shutdown of HVAC systems, excluding unauthorized personnel from the immediate Work Area, closing doors, and installing warning signs (as directed by the CDCR observation service). 3. Wear personal protection consisting of disposable whole body suits and respirators. 4. Protect immediate area by covering floor and nearby equipment with plastic sheeting; temporarily wrap damaged/deteriorated asbestos insulation adjacent to the work with plastic and tape to prevent damage or disturbance during removal. 5. Provide supplementary lighting as required. 6. The Contractor must have a HEPA-exhaust unit on-site during all glovebag operations for use in an emergency where breech of glovebag occurs. 7. The Contractor must provide a crew of two or more well trained persons for each glovebag removal project. One member of the crew must be dedicated to ensuring that the glovebag is secured to the component.
E. Preparation: 1. Preclean area as specified or shown on Drawings. 2. Pipe, other wrappable components - place necessary tools in bag. Wrap glovebag around pipe, seal with staples and tape leaving enough sealed space above pipe to allow easy access. Secure bag to pipe to support weight of stripped insulation and water (additional support for the bag may be provided by a chair or ladder, or by suspension). 3. Insert HEPA-vacuum nozzle and flexible tubing or wetting agent sprayer into hole location provided; seal airtight with duct tape. 4. Smoke Test: The CDCR observation service must inject smoke via a small hole and slowly squeeze bag. Repair leaks and hole as required.
F. Removal Procedure: 1. During removal, periodically wet the inside surfaces of bag and any waste for better visibility and fiber control. Use cold water to prevent fogging. 2. During removal, periodically use HEPA-vacuum to compensate for any leaks and to reduce airborne fiber levels. 3. Cut the insulation sharply for neat sealing of exposed insulation. Leave four inches minimum margin at the bag seal point for safety. Thoroughly wet pipe insulation. 4. After removal and brushing, wash down all surfaces to below the levels where the bag will be sealed, and saturate the waste. Look for residue in folds, on the back side of pipe, etc. 5. Upon completion of removal Work, but prior to commencing encapsulation, the Contractor must request the CDCR observation service to conduct an inspection and approval of the removal work. 6. Upon approval from the CDCR observation service, the Contractor must then seal all substrate surfaces from which asbestos material was removed with an approved encapsulant. 7. Gather tools in a glove hand and pull the glove inside out. Seal the arm with plus or minus six inches of tape and cut through the middle of the tape. Bend and re-tape the ends. Save the “bagged” tools for the next bag operation or clean by placing in pail of water.
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 82 13- 18 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
8. Collapse the bag with the HEPA-vacuum. With vacuum still applied, seal the bag just above the glove level. Remove the nozzle and tubing, Place a 6-mil waste bag over the glove bag and then carefully remove the glove bag from the component and immediately seal it in the labeled waste bag. Check the component for loose waste and vacuum as required. Twist and seal the waste bag, then place into container.
G. Post Removal Procedures: 1. Seal exposed insulation with fiberglass wettable cloth or other approved material while the insulation is damp, unless additional removal is planned. 2. If no additional removal is planned, the glove-enclosed tools must be immersed in a pail of water, opened and cleaned. (Rags and/or sponges can be used to clean other tools, but cannot be salvaged). The water and other debris must be disposed of as asbestos waste.
H. The Contractor may elect to remove piping scheduled for demolition as indicated on drawings with the asbestos insulation intact. Glovebag a section of piping insulation large enough that the pipe can be cut without disturbing the adjacent asbestos insulation. Wrap the remaining asbestos insulation in two layers of 6-mil plastic secured with duct tape and cut and remove the piping in section. Dispose of entire piping sections with intact insulation as contaminated asbestos waste.
I. Clean and remove miscellaneous plastic sheeting barriers HEPA filters and disposable tools. Clean and seal areas damaged or disturbed by temporary barriers. Place debris in containers with sealed glovebags. Seal filled containers and remove from Work Areas to holding area until ready for loading for disposal. If glovebag operations are conducted in a contained area, decontaminate containers and workers as specified elsewhere in the section. Notify the CDCR that Work Area is ready for clearance air testing.
3.6 DISPOSAL
A. Waste Transportation: Submit the method of transport of hazardous waste including name, address, EPA I.D. number and telephone number of transporter.
B. Hazardous Waste Site: Submit for approval the name, class, address, EPA I.D. number and telephone number of hazardous waste site(s) to be utilized for disposal.
C. Waste Manifest: Submit for approval at the Pre-Construction meeting a filled out Waste Manifest form. For Waste Manifest purposes the Generator is the facility of the subject work. Obtain necessary information for this purpose from the CDCR construction supervisor. Give a copy of the Waste Manifest to the CDCR observation service for each required shipment.
D. Containers to be loaded for transportation from the holding area must be removed by workers who have entered from uncontaminated areas, dressed in clean overalls. Workers must not enter from the holding area into the wash room or the Work Area.
E. The sealed asbestos containers must be delivered to the Contractor’s pre-designated approved Hazardous Waste Site for burial; in accordance with Title 22, CCR, EPA guidelines and 40 CFR 61.156 and local Air Pollution Control District Regulations.
F. Notify the CDCR 48 hours in advance of the time when contaminated materials are to be removed from the site.
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 82 13- 19 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
G. The Contractor must be responsible for safe handling and transportation of hazardous waste generated by this contract to the designated Hazardous Waste Site.
H. The Contractor must hold the CDCR harmless for claims, damages, losses, and expenses against the CDCR, including attorney’s fees arising out of or resulting from asbestos spills on the site or spills reroute to the disposal site.
3.7 DECONTAMINATION OF WORK AREA (GROSS REMOVAL TECHNIQUE)
A. After written notification to proceed from the CDCR observation service after visual inspection, encapsulate surfaces where asbestos material has been removed. 1. Surfaces from which asbestos have been removed must be sealed with a clear encapsulant after the surface is clean and dry. Apply encapsulant using airless spray equipment. 2. Prepare and apply encapsulant according to the manufacturer’s specifications. Because application by spraying could cause dissemination of residual fibers, encapsulant must be applied with as much caution and at as low a nozzle pressure as possible. 3. Encapsulant must be applied in two coats. Encapsulant must be allowed to dry between coats, per manufacturer’s recommendations.
B. Upon completion of encapsulation work, notify the CDCR in writing that encapsulation surfaces are ready for review. The CDCR observation service and the Contractor must certify that a clearance fiber count is at or below 0.01 f/cc.
C. Upon completion and notification of encapsulations, the CDCR and the CDCR observation service will review encapsulated surfaces for conformance with specifications. Non- conformance of work must be remedied until work is in compliance.
D. Upon successful compliance with review of the CDCR, and after written notification from the CDCR observation service, remove outer layer of plastic floors. Inner plastic layer and isolation barriers, vents, grilles, diffuser, etc. must remain in place.
E. Wet clean, or clean with a HEPA vacuum equipment, surfaces within Work Area. Equipment used in Work Area must be included in clean-up and must be removed from Work Area. Decontamination Enclosure System(s) must be removed during cleaning sequence.
F. After final cleaning operation or removal procedure specified under Article 3.5, notify the CDCR 24 hours in advance that Work Area is ready for review and “Clearance Testing”. If “Clearance Testing” shows Work Area has not been decontaminated, repeat cleaning and/or application of encapsulant until Work Area is in compliance.
G. After written notification from the CDCR accepting decontamination of Work Area, including work specified under Article 3.5, remove inner plastic layer isolation barriers and proceed with any remaining repairs or refinish work and reestablishment of objects and systems as specified.
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 82 13- 20 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.8 AIR MONITORING
A. Area Air Monitoring: 1. Throughout the abatement process area air monitoring may be conducted by the CDCR observation service to ensure work is done in conformance with fiber concentration limits of these specifications. 2. If area air monitoring outside the Work Area are in excess of 0.01 f/cc the Contractor must make changes in work procedures to assure compliance with minimum standards. Unsatisfactory results are fiber counts in excess of 0.01 fibers/cc by PCM Method outside the Work Area for area air monitoring. 3. The CDCR observation service will report area air monitoring results collected inside the Work Area to the Contractor and the CDCR Representative on the following day prior to start of Work.
B. The Contractor must submit written report to the CDCR observation service of the Contractor’s personnel monitoring before the start of work on the following day. Personnel air monitoring must not exceed the levels recommended for the type of respiratory gear in use.
C. Clearance Air: The CDCR upon receipt of the clearance certification from the Contractor, will conduct final air clearance sampling upon completion of each Work Area. Final air clearance samples will have a minimum volume of 1,200-1,800 liters. Except where debris has been removed from a soil surface, samples must be collected using aggressive air sampling techniques. For the purpose of this work, air clearance release criteria must be defined as an air sample showing less than 0.1 fibers/cc by PCM method, or TEM AHERA clearance levels of an average 70 structures per mm squared. TEM analysis must also be performed if two consecutive PCM tests fail to provide Work Area clearance. Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with failure to meet clearance requirements including lab costs, consultant costs, and any other direct or indirect costs incurred by the CDCR. All air monitoring will be done with a Certified Site Surveillance Technician (CSST) under the direction of a Certified Asbestos Consultant (CAC). 1. Contractor is to provide personal monitoring of their own workers only. Contractor shall not provide air monitoring for any other purpose.
3.9 RE-ESTABLISHMENT OF OBJECTS AND SYSTEMS
A. When clean-up and installation of replacement finishes is complete: 1. Relocate objects moved to temporary locations in the course of work to their former positions. 2. Re-secure mounted objects removed in course of Work in their former positions. 3. Re-establish HVAC, mechanical and electrical systems in proper working order. Install new filters and dispose of used filters as contaminated waste.
3.10 REPAIR AND PAINTING
A. Damage to finishes and other items as a result of work under this section must be repaired or replaced, painted, or cleaned to match existing adjacent surfaces to satisfaction of the CDCR and as specified elsewhere.
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 82 13- 21 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.11 CLEAN UP
A. Maintain a clean project site during and upon completion of work of this section. Cleaning must be in accordance with the General Requirements and Section 01 35 43.
END OF SECTION
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 02 82 13- 22 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 02 82 13 - ATTACHMENT A ASBESTOS BULK SAMPLING SUMMARY
The following data is taken from the [______] non-destructive pre-demolition hazardous materials survey of the [______], dated [______]. Any suspected asbestos materials encountered during work that have not been identified as part of this survey should not be disturbed until such time proper sampling and analysis has been conducted by authorized personnel to determine appropriate handling procedures. The CDCR must be notified immediately upon encountering such materials. All material quantities reported herein are rough order of magnitude estimates and should not be used for bidding purposes. Contractor’s bidding on the abatement portion of this project must be limited to those materials identified in Attachment A below. Sub-surface asbestos-containing utility piping, including but not limited to, cement water pipes and wrapped gas mains, are assumed to be located in the vicinity of the [Building] and throughout the site. The majority of the sub-surface asbestos- containing utility piping located throughout the site has been removed under [Bid Package No 1].
[BUILDING] MATERIAL AMOUNT [ ] [ ]
END OF SECTION 02 82 13 - ATTACHMENT A
02 82 13 Attachment A - Page 1 [Phase] [ISSUE DATE] J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 02 82 13 - ATTACHMENT B ASBESTOS WORK PLAN OUTLINE
In accordance with Contract Documents, the Contractor is required to prepare a written (typed or word- processed), site-specific Asbestos Work Plan, and submit to the CDCR Representative prior to start of Work. This plan is required for the Contractor to meet the requirements of OSHA and the Contract Documents, and must describe work procedures and control methods that will protect [Facility] facilities and staff.
The Contractor must prepare the Asbestos Work Plan to include, at a minimum, the following information:
I. Location of Work
The Work to be completed under this Asbestos Work Plan will be completed at: California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation California Men’s Colony San Luis Obispo, CA
Previous hazardous materials inspections or surveys have found that asbestos-containing materials are present at the following locations: Existing Kitchen and Dining Building
The presence of asbestos represents a hazard to workers who may disturb these materials during the course of this Work.
II. Description of Work
Describe the anticipated work scope, including: A. Removal (list materials and locations) B. Encapsulation (list materials and locations) C. Repair (list materials and locations) D. Decontamination (list materials and locations) E. Any other activities that will or may result in worker exposures to asbestos.
III. Schedule
A. General Start Date: Completion Date:
The competent person will conduct worksite visual inspections on a daily basis, or more often as necessary.
02 82 13 Attachment B- Page 1 [Phase] APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Phase Dates
Phase/Task Anticipated Date(s)
Mobilization Setup of Work Area(s), containments, other Removal/repair/other abatement Final cleaning Visual Inspection Final clearance (visual and air sampling) Teardown Demobilization
IV. Equipment and Materials
List all equipment and materials to be used, such as the following. List trade names or types where known.
HEPA vacuums Scrapers Power saws Hammers Screwdrivers Pry bars Cutting shears Other hand tools Negative air filtration units Manometers Shower facilities Airless sprayers/compressors Cleaning detergents Solvents (must be approved by University) Paints/sealants/encapsulants (must be approved by University) Rollers/brushes Butyl rubber gloves Disposable coveralls Respiratory protection Cotton work gloves Leather work gloves
V. Crew
List all workers and supervisors, with emergency contact names and pagers.
Clearly identify the supervisor and competent person who has authority for all safety and health.
02 82 13 Attachment B- Page 2 [Phase] APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
VI. Control Measures and Work Procedures
Describe, in a narrative format, specific work procedures, exposure/contamination controls, and engineering controls. This description should include, but not be limited to, the following types of information:
OSHA Class I, II, III, IV Negative pressure enclosure Wet methods Glovebagging Respiratory Protection HEPA vacuums Containment (polyethylene barriers) without negative pressure Solvent removal of mastic Other procedures (list)
VII. Respiratory Protection and Protective Clothing/Personal Protective Equipment
List all respiratory protection, including types and manufacturers, which are anticipated for this project. Identify the phases of the project for which respirators will be required or likely to be required.
List all personal protective equipment anticipated to be used on the project.
VIII. Decontamination/Hygiene Facilities
Identify the types and locations of decontamination or hygiene facilities to be used on this project. Specify use of disposable towels, soap, hot and cold water, and other supplies, all to be provided by the subcontractor.
Specify the required use of the facilities, including use of the facilities prior to eating, drinking, and smoking, and before leaving the project site.
Describe handling or treatment of asbestos-contaminated solid waste and wastewater.
IX. Air Monitoring Data
Identify general worker air monitoring protocol to be followed on this project, including worker category classifications, frequency of monitoring, anticipated laboratory to be used for sample analysis, and how pumps are calibrated and worn by employees. Identify competent person who will oversee subcontractor’s air monitoring.
X. Worker Training and Qualifications
Provide the subcontractor’s worker documents as an attachment to the asbestos work plan. Include each worker’s current AHERA training records, respiratory protection training and fit- testing certification, and asbestos and respiratory protection medical clearances.
02 82 13 Attachment B- Page 3 [Phase] APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
XI. Notification
Describe all arrangements made on multi-employer work sites to inform affected employers about the asbestos project. Attach copies of any notifications.
XII. Containment Diagram
Include a diagram (either neatly and legibly hand-drawn, or generated on a word processor or CAD program) of the containment showing the containment perimeter in relation to surrounding areas, locations of negative air machines, direction of air flow, decontamination chamber, bag out area, exhaust points to exterior of building, etc.
XIII. Waste
Describe how all waste generated on this project will be packaged, labeled, stored, transported, manifested, and disposed of.
XIV. Preparation of Asbestos Work Plan
Date Prepared:
Prepared By (signature, name, and title)
END OF SECTION 02 82 13 - ATTACHMENT B
02 82 13 Attachment B- Page 4 [Phase] APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 03 10 00
CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Formwork for cast-in-place concrete with shoring, bracing, and anchorage. 2. Openings for other Work. 3. Form accessories, sealers, and release agents. 4. Form stripping.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing. 2. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-In-Place Concrete. 3. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
B. ACI 347R - Guide to Formwork for Concrete.
C. AISC - Manual of Steel Construction.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Product Data 1. Product data for products and materials indicated. 2. Manufacturer’s technical bulletins and installation/application instructions. 3. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS).
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the design, construction and installation of concrete formwork with the requirements for openings, sleeves, chases, reglets, pipes, recesses, nailers, anchors, ties, inserts and other embedded items required by other Sections.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Store products subject to damage by dirt and moisture in a clean, dry location, off the ground and suitably protected.
CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES CDCR-SDD 20141118 03 10 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Form materials must be salvageable, reusable and recyclable.
B. Use flexible spring-steel forms or laminated boards to form radius bends.
C. Form Lumber: Douglas Fir, Construction Grade, No. 2 or better, S1S2E.
D. Plywood: Five-ply, 3/4 inch thick, APA B-B Plyform, Class I, Exterior Type with mill-oiling treatment omitted.
2.2 EARTH FORMS
A. Where approved, vertical excavated surfaces may be used for forms for slabs on grade and grade beams, provided that the earth will stand without caving and that suitable provisions are taken to prevent raveling of top edges or sloughing of loose materials from the walls of the excavation.
B. Where earth forms are permitted, clear dimensions as indicated must be maintained and any over-excavation must be filled monolithically with concrete.
C. Construct wood edge strips at top sides of excavations.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Accessories which will be wholly or partially embedded in concrete, such as ties and hangers, must be a commercially manufactured type, of metal; wire will not be acceptable.
B. The portion remaining in the concrete must leave no metal within 1 inch of concrete face and no fractures, spalls, depressions, or other surface disfigurations greater than 3/4 inch in diameter.
C. Spreader cones on ties must not exceed 1 inch in diameter.
2.4 FINISHES
A. Form Sealer: Type to eliminate grain raise as a result of moisture and must not interfere with color, bond, or subsequent treatment of concrete surface. 1. Manufacturers a. W.R. Meadows; Duogard II = Water-based form release agent. b. BASF Construction Chemicals.; Cast-off: Nonstaining form-release agent. c. EDOCO/Burke; “Form Sealer” (also known as “Kwik Koat Form Coating”).
B. Form Release Agent 1. For Exposed Concrete to Receive Paint or Other Coatings: Chemically active type producing water-insoluble soaps. Release agents must contain no petroleum solvents such as creosote, paraffin, wax or diesel oils. 2. Unexposed Concrete: Any type that will not interfere with bond of applied finishes.
CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES CDCR-SDD 20141118 03 10 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive the Work. Notify the CDCR Representative, in writing, of any conditions requiring corrective action.
B. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Whenever concrete bases or foundations are to be provided for equipment provided as part of the Work of other Sections, verify dimensions for the equipment to be provided before concrete is placed.
B. Coordinate locations of openings, sleeves, chases, reglets, pipes, recesses, nailers, anchors, ties, inserts and other embedded items.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. All cast-in-place concrete must be contained by constructed forms or stable earth forms.
B. Design, construct, and brace formwork and temporary falsework to safely support concrete and safely hold personnel during construction operations.
C. Construct forms of sufficient strength and rigidity to produce finished concrete of the precise size, shape, and location indicated, within the specified tolerances. Form assembly must permit removal in proper sequence without damage to concrete.
D. Arrange forms to permit single placement of exposed areas and panels without joints between adjacent forming materials in the same plane.
E. Construct forms for architectural concrete full height and width between construction joints in concrete surface.
F. Construct forms no higher than 12 inches above the top of a placement or construction joint.
G. Construction Joints 1. Form in accordance with requirements of Section 03 30 00. 2. Provide a surfaced strip where construction joints intersect exposed surfaces; faces to provide straight lines at joints. Prior to subsequent placement, remove strip and tighten forms. 3. Construction joints must show no overlapping or offsetting of concrete surfaces and must, as closely as possible, present the same appearance as butted plywood joints. 4. Joints in a continuous line must be straight and true.
H. Provide cleanouts as required to permit inspection and thorough cleaning of loose dirt, debris, and waste material. Cleanouts must not be apparent on concrete surfaces exposed to view in the finished Work.
I. Chamfered Corners 1. Chamfer exposed corners unless otherwise indicated.
CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES CDCR-SDD 20141118 03 10 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Obtain chamfers by placing 3/4 x 3/4-inch nonstaining moldings in forms. Provide pieces in longest lengths possible and miter joints.
J. For surfaces exposed to view in the finished Work, forms must be constructed of plywood.
K. For surfaces not exposed to view in the finished Work, forms must be lumber, form plywood, or any other suitable material.
L. Formwork must be clean and free of debris when concrete is placed.
M. Forms must be sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of water and mortar.
N. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only.
O. Locate temporary openings on forms at inconspicuous locations.
P. Provide openings in formwork to accommodate the Work of other Sections. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms.
3.4 FINISHES
A. Treat contact surface of plywood and lumber forms with a form sealer in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instructions.
B. Clean surfaces and reseal before each use to ensure undamaged concrete.
C. Do not use form oil.
3.5 TOLERANCES
A. Construct formwork to tolerances specified in ACI 347, except that anchor bolt setting tolerances must be in accordance with AISC Code of Standard Practice, Section 7.5.
B. Where tighter tolerances are required to accommodate detention equipment or other items specified in other Sections, construct formwork to the most restrictive tolerance.
3.6 STRIPPING OF FORMS
A. Strip forms using methods which will not damage concrete.
B. Do not remove forms until concrete has attained sufficient strength to support its own weight and construction live loads to be placed thereon without damage to the structure, but not before minimum time as follows: 1. Walls: Two days. 2. Side Forms of Footings, Curbs, Walks, and Paving: 24 hours. 3. Columns: Seven days. 4. Soffits and Side Forms of Beams and Slabs: 10 days. 5. Shoring: 21 days.
CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES CDCR-SDD 20141118 03 10 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.7 RESHORING
A. Submit reshoring plan to the CDCR Representative if forms are to be stripped earlier than specified above.
3.8 RE-USE OF FORMS
A. Re-use of forming materials must be subject to the approval of the CDCR Representative, provided the material is structurally sound, free of defects and blemishes. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. In no case must forming materials be used more than four times.
B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Apply new form coating compound as specified for new formwork.
C. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close joints. Align and secure joint to avoid offsets. Do not use “patched” forms for exposed concrete surfaces.
END OF SECTION
CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES CDCR-SDD 20141118 03 10 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 03 15 00
CONCRETE ACCESSORIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Locating and furnishing construction joints. 2. Furnishing and installing water stops.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 45 23 - Testing and Inspection Services. 2. Section 03 10 00 - Concrete Forming and Accessories. 3. Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing. 4. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. 5. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
B. CE CRD-C572 - Corps of Engineers Specification for Polyvinylchloride Waterstops.
C. CE CRD-C513 - Corps of Engineers Specification for Rubber Waterstops.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Shop Drawings 1. Water Stops: Indicate details of construction joint types; support used in concrete pours to demonstrate water stop will remain secure until complete encasement. 2. Construction and Control Joints: Indicate layout and location; joint types and details.
C. Product data 1. Product data for products and materials indicated. 2. Manufacturer’s technical bulletins and instructions for shipment, storage, handling, installation, and repair.
D. Sample: Submit sample for each size, shape, and fitting of water stop(s) proposed. Include splice, joint, and fabricated cross.
E. Certificates: Submit certification of acceptance of pourable joint filler for potable water structures by federal EPA or state health agencies.
CONCRETE ACCESSORIES CDCR-SDD 20141118 03 15 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packing and Shipping: Prepare and protect materials for shipment in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
B. Storage 1. Store products in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 2. Store products subject to damage by dirt and moisture in a clean, dry location, off the ground, and suitably protected.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Plastic Water Stop 1. General a. Center bulb type with a number of parallel ribs or protrusions on each side of strip center. Corrugated or tapered type water stops are not acceptable. b. Composition consisting of an elastomeric plastic compound, having polyvinyl chloride (PVC) as the basic resin. Reclaimed PVC in the compound is not acceptable. c. Specific Gravity: Approximately 1.37. d. Shore Durometer Type A Hardness: Approximately 80. e. Performance Requirements: CE CRD-C572. f. Thickness: Constant from bulb edge to the outside stop edge. g. Minimum Weight per Foot: 1.62 pounds for 6 x 3/8-inch. h. 6 x 3/8-inch. 2. Manufacturers a. Vulcan Metal Products, Inc.; Catalog No. 3/81-15M: Type 8069. b. Vinylex Corp.; Catalog No. 03250/VIN (1987): No. RB6-38H. c. Greenstreak Plastic Products; Catalog No. 03250/GRD (1987): Style 732. d. A.C. Horn, Inc.; Catalog No. CSP-162 (1987): Type 9.
B. Galvanized Sheet Metal Water Stops: 16-gauge, hot-dipped galvanized sheet metal, 6 inches wide, unless otherwise shown. Provide galvanized self-tapping sheet metal screws for securing 12-inch laps.
C. Rubber Waterstops 1. Performance Requirements: CE CRD-C513. 2. Manufacturers a. Dayton Surperior; Vinylex Kwik-tie Waterstop. b. Greenstreak; Styrene Butadiene Rubber Waterstop.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Joint Sealant: In accordance with Section 07 90 00.
B. Bond Breaker: In accordance with Section 03 30 00.
C. Nonshrink Grout: In accordance with Section 03 30 00. Compatible with joint sealant.
CONCRETE ACCESSORIES CDCR-SDD 20141118 03 15 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
D. Reinforcing Steel: In accordance with Section 03 20 00.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive the Work. Notify the CDCR Representative, in writing, of any conditions requiring corrective action.
B. Verify conformance of water stops with dimensions shown and with approved product data; prior to embedding water stops in concrete.
C. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Construction Joints 1. Prior to placement of abutting concrete, clean contact surface. 2. Remove laitance and spillage from reinforcing steel and dowels. 3. Roughen surface to a minimum of 1/4-inch amplitude a. Sandblast after the concrete has fully cured. b. Water blast after the concrete has partially cured. c. Green cut fresh concrete with high pressure water and hand tools. 4. Perform cleaning so as to not to damage water stop, if one is present.
B. Expansion and Contraction Joints 1. All expansion and contraction joint materials in concrete floors must terminate a minimum of 1/2 inch below the surface. After set, joints must be trimmed and filled with joint filler. 2. Expansion and contraction joints must be no wider than 3/4 inch, except at pedestrian walking surfaces, where the joint width must comply with access code requirements.
C. Control Joint 1. Coat concrete surfaces above and below plastic water stop with bond breaker. 2. Avoid damage to water stop. 3. Verify proper type and size of reinforcing and dowels.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Construct straight joints; make vertical or horizontal, except where walls intersect sloping floors.
B. Time Between Concrete Pours 1. At least two hours must elapse after depositing concrete in long or high columns and/or heavy walls before depositing concrete in beams, girders, or slabs supported thereon. 2. For short columns and low height walls, 10 feet or less, wait at least 45 minutes prior to depositing concrete in beams, girders, brackets, column capitals, or slabs supported thereon.
CONCRETE ACCESSORIES CDCR-SDD 20141118 03 15 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3. Consider beams, girders, brackets, column capitals, and haunches as part of the floor or roof system and place monolithically with the floor or roof system. 4. Should concrete placement sequence result in cold joint located below finished water surface, install water stop in joint prior to additional concrete placement.
C. General 1. Join water stops at intersections to provide continuous seal. 2. Center water stop on joint. 3. Secure water stop in correct position to avoid displacement during concrete placement. 4. Repair or replace damaged water stop. 5. Vibrate concrete to obtain impervious concrete in the vicinity of all joints.
D. Joints in Footings and Slabs 1. Ensure that space beneath water stop is completely filled with concrete. 2. Concrete placement. a. Make a visual inspection of the entire water stop area as shown. b. Limit to elevation of water stop in first pass. c. Vibrate the concrete under the water stop. d. Lift the water stop to confirm full consolidation without voids. e. Place remaining concrete to full height of slab as shown.
E. Plastic Water Stop 1. Install in accordance with details shown and manufacturer’s written instructions. 2. Splices and Joints a. Use a thermostatically controlled heating iron. b. Butt splice unless specifically detailed otherwise. c. Allow at least 10 minutes before the new splice is pulled or strained in any way. d. Finished splices must provide a cross section that is dense and free of porosity with tensile strength of not less than 80 percent of the unspliced materials.
F. Galvanized Steel Water Stops 1. Install in construction joints unless otherwise shown. 2. Place water stops in wall construction joints by tamping into place immediately after the pour is completed and before concrete has begun to set. Puddle each side to level the concrete and assure that the water stop is properly embedded. 3. Place water stop in other joints and secure in forms prior to placing concrete. 4. Where metal water stops are spliced, lap at least 12 inches and secure together with sheet metal screws. 5. After the concrete has set to the point where the surface can be cut with a broom or a stream of water, or by any other means specified, cut off the surface to a rough finish, minimum roughness of 1/4-inch amplitude, with all laitance removed and the concrete left clean.
G. Rubber Water Stops
3.4 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. The CDCR Representative, or his assignee, will provide the required testing and inspection.
B. Testing and inspection will be in accordance with the Verification and Inspection Schedules provided in Section 01 45 23.
CONCRETE ACCESSORIES CDCR-SDD 20141118 03 15 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.5 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. Work not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances, or other specified requirements must be considered defective. Notify the CDCR Representative upon discovery of these conditions.
B. Required repair or replacement of defective Work will be determined by the CDCR Representative.
C. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace Work except upon express direction of the CDCR Representative for each individual area.
D. Defective Work must be repaired or replaced as recommended by the CDCR Representative at no additional expense to the CDCR.
3.6 PROTECTION
A. Protect the Work from damage from subsequent construction operations.
B. Provide protection in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
END OF SECTION
CONCRETE ACCESSORIES CDCR-SDD 20141118 03 15 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 03 20 00
CONCRETE REINFORCING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Reinforcing steel bars, wire fabric, and accessories for concrete and unit masonry.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 45 23 - Testing and Inspection Services. 2. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements. 3. Section 03 10 00 - Concrete Forming and Accessories. 4. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. 5. Section 04 05 13 - Masonry Mortaring. 6. Section 04 05 16 - Masonry Grouting. 7. Section 04 22 00 - Concrete Unit Masonry.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete.
B. ACI 315 - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement.
C. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
D. ASTM A82 - Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement.
E. ASTM A185 - Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete.
F. ASTM A497 - Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Deformed, for Concrete
G. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
H. ASTM A706 - Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
I. AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel.
J. CRSI - Manual of Standard Practice.
K. CRSI - Placing Reinforcing Bars,
L. WWR-500 - Structural Welded Wire Reinforcement Manual of Standard Practice.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
CONCRETE REINFORCING CDCR-SDD 20141118 03 20 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Shop Drawings 1. Detail reinforcement in accordance with ACI 315. 2. Indicate bending and placing details of reinforcement; bar sizes, spacings, locations, and quantities of reinforcing steel and wire fabric; bending and cutting schedules; supporting and spacing devices.
C. Product Data 1. Product data for products and materials indicated. 2. Manufacturer’s technical bulletins and installation/application instructions. 3. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). 4. For products having recycled content, documentation indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content.
D. Certificates 1. Welding Certificates: In conformance with AWS D1.4. 2. Manufacturer’s Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 3. Mill Test Report: Certified copies of reinforcement materials analysis.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate reinforcement with placement of formwork, anchor bolt locations, anchors, inserts, conduit, sleeves, and other items required to be cast in concrete. Ensure reinforcement will not interfere with the placement of such items, formed openings, and other Work.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Reinforcing steel must be delivered from the mill in securely tied bundles, each bundle limited to one size and grade of material. Plastic or metal tags in an exposed position on each bundle must identify the mill, the melt or heat number, and the grade and size of material. Identification of steel must be maintained after bundles are broken.
B. After fabrication, reinforcing steel must be bundled and tagged for identification at the site. Tags must identify the steel by the reinforcement item marking indicated on the approved shop drawings and the quantity of such items contained in the bundle.
C. Segregate to maintain identification after bundles are broken.
D. Store off the ground, protected from the elements and contaminants which could adversely affect bond.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Reinforcing Steel 1. #3 Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 40 deformed low alloy steel bars, plain. 2. #4 Bars and larger: ASTM A615, Grade 60 deformed billet steel bars, plain finish, unless otherwise indicated.
CONCRETE REINFORCING CDCR-SDD 20141118 03 20 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3. Reinforcing Steel to be Welded: ASTM A706, Grade 60 deformed low alloy steel bars, plain finish.
B. Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A185 Plain Type. Provide in flat mats, rolls are not acceptable.
C. Welded Deformed Steel Reinforcement: ASTM A497.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Wire for Ties, Stirrups, and Spiral Reinforcement: ASTM A82, minimum 16 gauge.
B. Splice Sleeves: Steel splice sleeves conforming to requirements of ACI 318 and CBC, Chapter 19A for mechanically spliced reinforcing. Each splice sleeve must be identified with the size, type, and manufacturer’s identification imprinted on the sleeve. 1. Manufacturers a. Splice Sleeve North America; NMB Splice Sleeve. b. Erico Products, Inc.; Lenton Interlock Rebar Splicing System. c. Dayton/Richmond; US/MC - SAE Coupler Splice System.
C. Chairs, Bolsters, Spacers, Bar Supports, and Other Accessories. 1. Conform to requirements of ACI 315; size and shape for strength and support of reinforcement during concrete placement conditions. 2. Where portion of accessories will be within 1/2 inch of concrete surfaces exposed to the weather in the finished Work, such accessories must be made of stainless steel. 3. Use wire bar type support complying with CRSI recommendations, unless otherwise indicated. 4. For slabs on grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where wetted base materials will not support chair legs. 5. For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces, where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs which are hot-dip galvanized, or plastic or stainless steel protected. 6. Over vapor barriers or waterproof membranes use load-bearing bottom pads or precast concrete chairs to prevent penetration of the membrane.
D. Welding Filler Metal 1. E70XX for Grade 40 bars, low hydrogen electrodes. 2. E90XX for Grade 60 bars, low hydrogen electrodes.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Fabrication of reinforcement items must proceed only after approval of bar lists and shop drawings. Each unit of reinforcement must be fabricated in accordance with the approved bar lists and shop drawings.
B. Reinforcing steel must be bent cold and must not be straightened or rebent in a manner that will damage the material.
C. Fabricate reinforcing in accordance with ACI 318 and CBC, Chapter 19A.
D. Locate reinforcing splices in accordance with approved shop drawings.
CONCRETE REINFORCING CDCR-SDD 20141118 03 20 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive the Work. Notify the CDCR Representative, in writing, of any conditions requiring corrective action.
B. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Reinforcement must be supported and fastened together to prevent displacement by construction loads or by the placement of concrete, beyond the tolerances specified in ACI 301. Sizes and dimensions of supports must be as required to position the steel as indicated on the Drawings, the approved shop drawings, and in accordance with the minimum concrete protective covering requirements of ACI 301.
B. Provide reinforcing bars full length, to the extent practicable.
C. Splices in Reinforcing Bars 1. Splices will be permitted only where indicated on the Contract Documents, the approved shop drawings, or as otherwise approved by the CDCR Representative. 2. Lapped ends of bars may be placed in contact and securely wired or may be separated sufficiently to permit the embedment of the entire surface of each bar in concrete. 3. Lap bars as indicated, but no less than 24 inches. 4. Stagger splices in adjacent bars. 5. Sleeved Splices: Install splice sleeves in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions; permitted only where indicated.
D. Lap welded wire fabric reinforcement 12 inches at edges, unless otherwise indicated, and wire together.
E. Obstructions: Should conduit, pipes, inserts, sleeves, or other items interfere with the placement of reinforcement, notify the CDCR Representative and obtain approval of procedure before placement of concrete is started.
F. Welding 1. Do not weld reinforcement unless specifically indicated on the Drawings or directed by the CDCR Representative. 2. Conform to the requirements of AWS D1.4 with welding performed by AWS certified welders.
G. Do not displace or damage vapor barrier.
H. Accommodate placement of formed openings.
I. Dowels must be tied securely in place before concrete is deposited. Bending of dowels subsequent to concrete placement is not permitted.
CONCRETE REINFORCING CDCR-SDD 20141118 03 20 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.3 TOLERANCES
A. Reinforcement must be placed within tolerances specified in ACI 301.
3.4 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. The CDCR Representative, or his assignee, will provide the required testing and inspection.
B. Testing and inspection will be in accordance with the Verification and Inspection Schedules provided in Section 01 45 23.
C. Obtain inspection and approval of reinforcing before concrete is placed in accordance with Section 01 45 23.
3.5 CLEANING
A. At time of concrete placement, reinforcement must be free of coatings that could adversely affect the bond with concrete.
3.6 REPAIR AND ADJUSTMENT
A. Misplaced bars must not be bent.
3.7 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. If reinforcing bars are found to be misplaced after concrete has been placed, immediately notify the CDCR Representative and make no correction or cutting without the CDCR Representative’s review and recommendations.
B. Required repair or replacement of misplaced reinforcement will be determined by the CDCR Representative.
C. Misplaced reinforcement must be repaired or replaced as recommended by the CDCR Representative at no additional expense to the CDCR.
3.8 PROTECTION
A. Dowels extended for future construction as shown on the Contract Documents must be protected from weather exposure.
B. Continuously inspect and maintain reinforcement in proper position during concrete operations.
END OF SECTION
CONCRETE REINFORCING CDCR-SDD 20141118 03 20 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes 1. Structural concrete for building and structural elements, concrete floors (supported and unsupported), and exterior concrete flatwork. 2. Expansion and contraction joint devices associated with concrete Work. 3. Equipment pads, light pole bases, flagpole bases, and thrust blocks.
B. Related Sections 1. Section 01 45 23 – Testing and Inspection Services. 2. Section 01 81 13 – Sustainable Design Requirements. 3. Section 03 10 00 - Concrete Forming and Accessories. 4. Section 03 15 00 - Concrete Accessories. 5. Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing. 6. Section 03 53 00 - Concrete Topping. 7. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection. 8. Section 09 61 00 - Flooring Treatment.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ACI 117 - Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials.
B. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete.
C. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete.
D. ACI 302.1R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction.
E. ACI 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete.
F. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting.
G. ACI 306.1 - Cold Weather Concreting.
H. ACI 308.1 - Curing Concrete.
I. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary.
J. ACI 350 - Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures.
K. ACI SP-66 - ACI Detailing Manual.
L. AISC - Manual of Steel Construction.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CDCR-SDD 20150327 03 30 00 - 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
M. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates.
N. ASTM C39 - Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens.
O. ASTM C94 - Ready-Mixed Concrete.
P. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement.
Q. ASTM C171 - Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete.
R. ASTM C192 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory.
S. ASTM C260 - Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
T. ASTM C309 - Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete.
U. ASTM C330 - Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete.
V. ASTM C494 - Chemical Admixtures for Concrete.
W. ASTM C618 - Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete.
X. ASTM D994 - Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type). Filler Not Exposed to Traffic or Weather.
Y. ASTM C1107 - Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink).
Z. ASTM D1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types).
AA. ASTM D1752 - Preformed Sponge Rubber Cork and Recycled PVC Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction.
BB. ASTM D6690 - Joint and Crack Sealants, Hot Applied, for Concrete and Pavements.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00, 01 33 23.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate locations and details of proposed construction and control joints.
C. Product Data 1. Product data for products and materials indicated. 2. Manufacturer’s technical bulletins and installation/application instructions. 3. Accelerator admixture test results in accordance with 2.2.E.2. 4. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). 5. For products having recycled content, documentation indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content, the manufacturer, and the source of the recycled content data.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CDCR-SDD 20150327 03 30 00 - 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
D. Samples 1. Submit two, 6-inch long samples of materials used for expansion/contraction joints and control joints.
E. Certificates 1. Manufacturer’s Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.
F. Mix Designs 1. Submit separate mix design for each type of concrete specified. 2. Submit certified mix designs with and without fly ash for comparison. a. For further Mix Design criteria, refer to Part 2, “Mix Designs” article. 3. Submit for each concrete mixture containing at least 40 percent fly ash as a replacement for portland cement or 40 percent other portland cement replacements and for equivalent concrete mixtures that do not contain portland cement replacements. 4. Submit test results on three cylinders for each mix design. a. Prepare, age, and cure in accordance with ASTM C192. b. Test at seven and 28 days in accordance with ASTM C39. c. The test cylinders must have been prepared from a batch of the proposed mix design with fly ash. d. Where the 28-day tests do not meet specified strength requirements, the mix design will not be acceptable.
G. Concrete Placement Checklist: When required by the CDCR Representative, provide checklist in a form approved by the CDCR Representative. Checklist to indicate items of Work that must be signed by the Contractor and the CDCR Representative prior to placement of concrete.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the installation of items to be embedded in concrete and provide openings in the concrete necessary for performance of Work of other Sections.
B. Coordinate the placement of joint devices with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories.
C. Request schedules of items specified under other Sections, but installed under this Section, in addition to templates, template dimensions, and shop drawings required for the installation of those items.
D. Coordinate finish characteristics required by Work of other Sections with curing methods and finishing of concrete surfaces.
E. Concrete which is to receive application of other Work must be water-cured only, and maintained free from other formwork and curing materials, unless otherwise accepted by the CDCR Representative.
1.5 MOCK-UP AND FIELD SAMPLES
A. Provide under provisions of Section 01 45 00.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CDCR-SDD 20150327 03 30 00 - 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Construct and erect a field sample as follows 1. For architectural concrete surfaces receiving special treatment or finish as result of formwork. 2. At the requested by the CDCR Representative.
C. Sample Panel Requirements 1. Sufficient size to indicate special treatment or finish required. 2. Located as directed by the CDCR Representative. 3. Approved sample may remain as part of Work.
D. Approved sample panel is considered basis of quality for the finished Work. Keep sample panel exposed to view for duration of Work.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle packaged materials in the manufacturer’s original, sealed containers, each clearly identified with the manufacturer’s name, and name and type of product.
B. Store materials subject to damage by dirt and moisture in a clean, dry location, off the ground, and suitably protected.
C. Store coarse and fine aggregates in separate, covered bins.
D. Store bulk cement in covered bins.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Concrete: Ready-mixed, ASTM C94.
B. Cement: ASTM C150. 1. Type I, Type II, or Type V may be used if type is not indicated on Drawings. 2. Type V required at all foundations, retaining walls, fence post footings, and any other concrete in contact with soil.
C. Fly Ash: ASTM C618
D. Aggregate: ASTM C33. 1. Aggregate size for footings, grade beams and pile caps, and filling of steel piles must be 1-1/2 inch maximum. 2. Aggregate for walls, support slabs, beams, pilasters, columns, and slabs on grade must be 1 inch maximum, and be mixed with pea gravel (minimum of 10 percent by weight, maximum of 15 percent by weight). 3. All aggregate must be of a type producing low shrinkage. a. Coarse Aggregate: Granite, limestone, or Clayton blue rock. b. Fines: Clean and well graded sands.
E. Acquire cement, flyash, and aggregate from same source for all Work.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CDCR-SDD 20150327 03 30 00 - 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
F. Water: Potable, clean, not detrimental to concrete, containing less than 500 ppm of chlorides.
2.2 ADMIXTURES
A. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494. 1. Manufacturers a. Euclid Chemical Company, Eucon WR. b. Master Builders/BASF; Pozzolith 200N. c. Sika Chemical Corp; Plastocrete 161.
B. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494. 1. Manufacturers a. Euclid Chemical Company; Eucon Retarder-75. b. Master Builders/BASF; Pozzolith 80N. c. Sika Chemical Corp; Plastiment. d. W.R. Grace; #WRDA-64.
C. High Range Water-Reducing Admixture (Superplasticizer): ASTM C494. 1. Manufacturers a. Euclid Chemical Company; Eucon 37. b. Nox-crete Products Group; Plastiflow R. c. W.R. Grace; # ADVA 360, Superplasticizer.
D. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C260. 1. Manufacturers a. W. R. Grace; DARAVAIR AT 60. b. Cemix Products, Ltd; Cemix A.E.A. c. Master Builders/BASF; MBAE90.
E. Accelerator: ASTM C494, Type C or E; Noncorrosive, nonchloride. 1. Manufacturers a. Euclid Chemical Company; Accelguard 80. b. Master Builders/BASF; Pozzutec 20. c. W.R. Grace; Doraset 400. 2. Submit test report from independent testing laboratory of results of an acceptable accelerated corrosion test method such as that using electrical potential measures, of minimum one year duration, demonstrating noncorrosive nature of product.
F. Bonding Admixture: Acrylic latex, nonrewettable type. 1. Manufacturers a. Euclid Chemical Company; Flex-Con. b. Dayon(Burke), Conspec; Strong Bond. c. Master Builders/BASF; Thoro System Products, Acryl 60. d. W. R. Grace; Daraweld C.
G. Mineral Admixture: Fly Ash Pozzolan; ASTM C618, Class F supplementary optional chemical and physical requirements of Tables 1A and 2A, except that the maximum sulfur trioxide must be 4 percent and the maximum loss on ignition must be 1.5 percent. 1. Manufacturers a. Headwaters Resources; Fly Ash. b. Boral Material Technologies.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CDCR-SDD 20150327 03 30 00 - 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
c. The SEFA Group.
H. Corrosion Inhibitor: ASTM C494 Type C, All reinforced (including clips and ties) concrete in contact with soil must have a corrosion inhibitor added. The dosage rate for the corrosion inhibiting admixture must protect the reinforcing bars in concrete from chloride concentrations as high as 7,000 ppm. If a calcium nitrite inhibitor is used, the dosage rate must not be less than two gallons per cubic yard of concrete. The calcium nitrite inhibitor solution must contain a minimum of 30 percent calcium nitrite. A corrosion inhibitor is not necessary in any concrete placed without embedded steel. 1. Manufacturers a. W.R. Grace, DCI. b. Sika, CNI. c. Euclid Chemical Company, Arrmatect.
I. Concrete Encasement Coloring Agent: Mix into concrete as required at the rate of 10 pounds of agent per cubic yard of concrete.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Curing Compound: Liquid membrane, ASTM C309, type I; conforming to volatile organic compound (VOC) limits established in South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1113, Architectural Coatings. 1. Manufacturers Creteseal.
B. Sheet Curing Material: ASTM C171.
C. Hardeners: Clear, nonmetallic dust-on type. 1. Manufacturers a. Basalite Concrete; Floor Hardener. b. Dayton Superior; Emery Tuff. c. Lambert Corp.; “Colorhard.”
D. Bonding Agent: Polyvinyl acetate, rewettable type, with visible tinted pigment to verify coverage. 1. Manufacturers a. Euclid Chemical Company; Euco-Weld. b. Larsen Products Corp.; Weld-Crete. c. Dayton-Superior; Concrete Bonder J41. d. CGM Incorporated, Perma Weld.
E. Bond Breaker: Nonstaining type, providing positive bond prevention. 1. Manufacturers a. Nox-Crete; Silcoseal 2000F. b. EDOCO Construction Chemical; Clean Lift 90 Bond Breaker WB. c. Dayton Superior Chemical; Maxi-Tilt “E” WB Bond Breaker.
F. Structural Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: Two component, 100 percent solids compound suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. 1. Manufacturers a. Euclid Chemical Company; Eucopoxy LPL, MV or Euco#452 Eprox System, MV.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CDCR-SDD 20150327 03 30 00 - 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
b. Sika Chemical Corporation; Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod. c. EDOCO Construction Chemicals; Burkepoxy MV. d. Dayton-Superior; Resi-Bond J58.
G. Nonshrink Grout: ASTM C1107; nonmetallic; capable of achieving a 95 percent bearing under a 4 by 4-foot baseplate when grout is placed at a fluid consistency. 1. Manufacturers a. Euclid Chemical Company; Euco N-S Grout, or Hi-Flow Grout. b. Master Builders/BASF; Masterflow 713 plus, Masterflow 928 c. EDOCO Construction; EDOCO Nonferrous Nonshrink Grout. d. W.R. Meadows; “Sealtight 588” Precision Grout. e. Dayton-Superior; Sure-Grip High Performance Grout. f. Sika Chemical Corporation; Sika Grout 212
H. Injection Grout for Splice Sleeves. 1. Early Strength: 3,000 psi or greater in 24 hours. 2. Ultimate Strength: 9,500 psi or greater in 28 days. 3. Nonshrink; capable of completely filling voids within sleeves. 4. Manufacturers a. Erico In., Lenton Interlock; Erico Hy10L Grout. b. Splice Sleeve North America, Inc.; SS Mortar. c. Dayton Superior, Richmond DB Grout Sleeve Splice System; DBGS Splice Grout.
I. Patching Mortar: Epoxy type, 100 percent solids, suitable for use on damp or dry surfaces. 1. Manufacturers a. Euclid Chemical Company; Euco 456 Mortar. b. Sika Chemical Corporation; Sikadur 43 Patch-Pak. c. EDOCO Construction Chemicals; Burkepoxy Mortar
J. Patching Compound for Vertical or Overhead Applications: Free flowing, polymer modified, cementitious topping. 1. Manufacturers a. Euclid Chemical Company; Verticoat. b. Dayton-Superior; Poly-Fast FS. c. ARDEX Engineered Cement; ARDEX Poly-top. d. Sika Chemical Corporation; Sikatop 121 Plus.
K. Abrasive Aggregate for Nonslip Finish 1. Manufacturers a. Euclid Chemical Company; Nonslip Aggregate. b. Lambert Corp; EMAG 20. c. BASF Construction Chemicals; Frictex-NS. d. Dayton-Superior; Emery Nonslip.
L. Evaporation Retardant 1. Manufacturers a. Euclid Chemical Company; Eucobar. b. Master Builders/BASF; Confilm. c. W.R. Meadows Inc; Evapre. d. Dayton-Superior; SureFilm (J-74)
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CDCR-SDD 20150327 03 30 00 - 7 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
e. Creteseal, CS2000.
M. Clear Sealer: As specified in Section 09 61 00 for type.
2.4 JOINT DEVICES AND FILLER MATERIALS
A. Joint Filler Type A: ASTM D1751; Asphalt impregnated fiberboard or felt, 1/4 inch thick; tongue and groove profile.
B. Joint Filler Type B: ASTM D1752; Closed cell polyvinyl chloride foam, resiliency recovery of 90 percent if not compressed more than 50 percent of original thickness.
C. Joint Filler Type C: ASTM D1752; Premolded sponge rubber, fully compressible with recovery rate of minimum 95 percent.
D. Epoxy Joint Filler: Two component, 100 percent solids compound; minimum 50 Shore D Hardness. 1. Manufacturers a. Euclid Chemical Company; Euco 700. b. Metzger/McGuire Co.; MM-80. c. EDOCO Construction Chemicals; Burke Reflex Joint Filler.
E. Construction Joint Devices: Integral galvanized steel formed to tongue and groove profile, with removable top strip exposing sealant trough where indicated.
2.5 MIX DESIGNS
A. Cast-In-Place Concrete 1. Mix Designs must be in accordance with CBC Section 1905A and ACI 318, Section 5.2. 2. Concrete mixes must be designed to meet strengths specified and be of uniform density without segregation when placed. 3. Water-cement ratio which must control the amount of total water added to concrete for the following conditions:
With Without Concrete Superplasticizer Superplasticizer Aggregate Size W/C Ratio W/C Ratio 1 inch 0.385 0.45 3/4 inch 0.375 0.44
4. Air Content a. 4 to 6 percent for severe exposure such as concrete in exterior or freezing conditions. b. 1.5 to 3.5 percent for mild exposure of interior condition. 5. Cementitious materials: Use fly ash, pozzolan, ground granulated blast furnace slag, and silica fume as needed to reduce the total amount of Portland cement which would otherwise be used. Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than Portland cement as follows: a. Fly ash: 25 percent. b. Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan: 25 percent c. Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag: 50 percent.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CDCR-SDD 20150327 03 30 00 - 8 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
d. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan and Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag: 50 percent minimum Portland cement. Fly Ash (or) Pozzolan not exceeding 25 percent. 6. Water Reducers a. Use water-reducing admixtures in all concrete without superplasticizers. b. Use water-reducing admixtures in all concrete with superplasticizers to allow proper mixing prior to adding superplasticizer. 7. Superplasticizers a. Use type as recommended by manufacturer in the applicable temperature ranges allowed in all hydraulic structures and headworks. b. Use superplasticizer in all concrete for pond structures. c. Accomplish variations in slump, working time, and air content for flowable mixes by increasing or reducing superplasticizer dose or air-entraining admixture dose at the ready-mix plant only. Adjust the slump or air content at the jobsite by adding admixtures for a particular load when approved by the CDCR Representative, then the plant dose must be adjusted to meet the specifications for the rest of the placement. This additional dosage at the jobsite must be through an approved dispenser, supplied by the admixture manufacturer and otherwise at the Contractor’s option. d. Effect on Slump: Maintain required slump throughout time of concrete placement and consolidation. Discontinue use of superplasticizer if it fails to maintain slump in required range. e. Meet design strengths, slumps, water-cement ratio, and other requirements as specified at slump required for placement. f. Use water reducers in combination with superplasticizers as required for mixing. 8. Specifically Prohibited Admixtures. a. Admixtures containing hydrogen chloride, calcium chloride, or thiocyanates. b. Admixtures containing more than 0.05 percent chloride ions. 9. Unspecified admixtures will not be permitted, unless accepted by the CDCR Representative, and under condition that the Independent Testing Agency modifies mix design as necessary, and each such modification is approved by the Structural Engineer. 10. Concrete may be designed for either pump or conventional placement. If pumping will be used, the mix must be specifically designed for pumping and must be so designated. 11. Mix designs are subject to review. Final acceptance of materials will depend upon strength testing after placement.
B. Nonshrink Grout: Mix in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instructions, using potable water from a domestic source.
C. Dry Pack: Mix in proportions, by volume, one part cement to two and one half parts fine aggregate, screening out materials retained on a No. 4 sieve. Mix with water to a consistency such that, when a ball of mixture is compressed in the hand, it will maintain its shape, showing finger marks, but not showing any surface water.
D. Patching Mortar: Mix in proportions, by volume, one part cement to two parts fine aggregate. 1. Design Requirements: As indicated in the Schedule in Part 4.
2.6 MIXING
A. Batch Plant Conditions
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CDCR-SDD 20150327 03 30 00 - 9 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1. Equipment and plant must be capable of weighing, proper segregation and efficient handling, and must be subject to approval. Equipment and plant processes not approved must not be used in Work. 2. Use approved automatic metering capable of determining moisture content of sand.
B. General Requirements 1. Concrete mixing must comply with CBC Section 1905A.8 and ACI 318 Section 5.8. 2. Mix cement, fine and coarse aggregates, admixtures, and water to exact proportions of mix designs. 3. Measure fine and coarse aggregates separately in accordance with approved method which provides accurate control and easy checking. 4. Adjust grading to improve workability; do not add water, unless otherwise recommended by the CDCR Representative. 5. Maintain proportions, values, and factors of approved mixes throughout Work.
C. Admixtures: Use automatic metering dispenser to introduce admixture into mix.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive the Work. Notify the CDCR Representative, in writing, of any conditions requiring corrective action.
B. Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement.
C. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, embeds, reinforcement, and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete.
D. Verify all controlling dimensions, for the Work of this Section and related Work, by field measurement prior to start of construction.
E. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions.
B. In locations where new concrete is dowelled to existing work, install dowels as indicated on Contract Documents.
C. Remove loose dirt and foreign matter from excavations and forms; remove standing water and saturated soil from excavations and from cavities. Placing concrete in standing water must not be permitted. Hardened concrete and foreign materials must be removed from the inner surfaces of conveying equipment.
D. Thoroughly clean reinforcement and other embedded items free from loose rust and other objectionable matter.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CDCR-SDD 20150327 03 30 00 - 10 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
E. Thoroughly wet wood forms, except coated plywood, and adjacent concrete at least one hour in advance of placing concrete; securely close cleanout and inspection ports; repeat wetting as necessary to keep forms damp.
F. Moisten subgrade or sand associated with under-slab vapor barrier system one day prior to placing concrete; maintain moisture until concrete placement.
G. Maintain equipment clean and of sufficient quantity and capacity to efficiently execute the Work.
H. Verify subgrade and forms have been checked for line and grade, and the Work areas have been observed and approved by the CDCR Representative.
I. Before depositing new concrete on or against hardened concrete, retighten forms and prepare surface of hardened concrete as follows: 1. Concrete which has been placed longer than 6-1/2 hours: Sandblast to roughen surfaces. Thoroughly clean of foreign matter and laitance, and moisten with water. 2. Concrete which has been placed longer than 3-1/2 hours but less than 6-1/2 hours: Remove all laitance from concrete by wire brushing. 3. Apply bonding agent as required in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
3.3 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Transporting 1. Concrete must be handled from the mixer to the place of final deposit as rapidly as practicable by methods which prevent the separation or loss of the ingredients, in accordance with ASTM C94. 2. Concrete must not be dropped freely where reinforcing bars will cause segregation, nor must it be dropped more than 4 feet. 3. Spouts, elephant trunks, or other approved means must be used to prevent segregation. 4. Concrete may be pumped from the transit mixer to places of deposit, provided that information on mix design adjustments, equipment data, procedures, and the entire operation are submitted for the CDCR Representative’s prior review. a. Pumps must be suitable for the mix, aggregate size, and slump required. b. Pump operators must be experienced in the operation of the equipment to be used. 5. Use of aluminum equipment to transport concrete is not permitted.
B. Depositing 1. Place concrete in accordance with CBC Section 1905A.10. 2. Maintain during placement or until the completion of the section, a plastic surface approximately horizontal. 3. Prevent displacement of reinforcement, anchor bolts, welding plates, and other items required to be embedded in concrete. 4. Before concrete sets, completely remove concrete spilled on forms or reinforcing steel in portions of structure not to be immediately concreted. 5. Place concrete continuously between predetermined expansion, control, and construction joints. An interruption in placing of more than 60 minutes will be cause for shutting down concrete placement operations and the wasting of remaining mixed concrete, concrete in hoppers, and concrete in mixers. In case such interruption occurs, provide
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CDCR-SDD 20150327 03 30 00 - 11 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
construction joints where and as directed, and cut concrete back to such line, cleaning forms and reinforcing as specified herein. 6. Keep a record of the time and data of placing the concrete in each portion of the structure. Keep reports until the completion of the structure, and keep reports open to the review of the CDCR Representative.
C. Consolidation 1. Thoroughly consolidate concrete by puddling with suitable tools during placement and thoroughly working around reinforcement, embedded fixtures, and into the corners of forms. 2. In addition to manual spading and tamping, internally vibrate concrete with high-speed mechanical vibrators of sufficient amplitude for adequate consolidation. 3. Vertically insert and remove hand-held vibrators at points 18 to 30 inches apart. 4. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete in forms. 5. Vibrate concrete minimum amount required for consolidation. 6. Do not vibrate concrete placed for slab on grade except at slab edges adjacent to edge forms and at items embedded in the slab.
D. Construction Joints 1. Verify location and conformance with typical details and approved shop drawings. Provide joints only where designated or accepted by the CDCR Representative. 2. Construction joints must be in accordance with CBC Section 1906A.4 and ACI 318 Section 6.4. 3. Construction joints located on pedestrian walking surfaces must comply with access code requirements. 4. Contact surface of construction joints must be cleaned and roughened by removing the entire surface and exposing clean aggregate solidly embedded in mortar matrix in accordance with the following procedures: a. Thoroughly clean surface by sandblasting or chipping the entire surface not earlier than five days after the initial placement. b. Thoroughly hose wash surface not less than two or more than four hours after concrete is placed. Wash water and chalk-like material to be removed entirely from the contact surface. c. Contact surfaces of vertical construction joints in suspended slabs must be sandblasted. 5. Prevent formation of shoulders and ledges. 6. Provide keys across vertical joints as indicated; in addition, place dowels across the joints. 7. Construction joints are required as follows: a. Slabs on grade. b. Construct in checkerboard fashion or in alternate strips with keyed joints. c. Cast in areas small enough to prevent uncontrolled shrinkage cracking. d. Slab must be without re-entrant corners. e. Sections must have length to width ratios not exceeding 1.5 to 1. f. Locate construction joints under partitions whenever possible. g. Foundations, beams, walls, and framed slabs must be placed with maximum continuous length not to exceed 60 feet. 8. Control joints must be located between construction joints. 9. Cut control joints after concrete finishing, using Soff-Cut Systems or approved equivalent. Take necessary measures to prevent cracking.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CDCR-SDD 20150327 03 30 00 - 12 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.4 SEPARATE FLOOR TOPPINGS
A. Prior to placing floor topping, remove deleterious material. Broom and vacuum clean.
B. Place required reinforcing and other items to be cast in.
C. Apply bonding agent to substrate in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
D. Place concrete floor toppings to required lines and levels.
3.5 FINISHES
A. Formed Surfaces 1. Smooth Finish: Obtain by the use of plywood, sheet metal, or lined wood forms; no fins, pockmarks, and other irregularities must be present in the exposed surfaces of concrete. 2. Grout-Cleaned Finish a. Prepare grout of two parts normal Portland cement, one part white cement, and 4- 1/2 parts fine aggregate mixed with water to consistency of thick paint. b. Wet surfaces and rub grout on surfaces using rubber or cork float so that small voids and imperfections are filled. c. Allow surfaces to dry for approximately one hour, scrape off excess grout with trowel, and then rub surfaces with burlap sacks. d. Keep surfaces continuously damp for 24 hours. e. Provide on exposed wall surfaces, vertical surfaces of equipment foundations, and other vertical surfaces for unless otherwise indicated or specified.
B. Unformed Surfaces 1. Floating a. Provide as first stage for flatwork finishes, unless otherwise specified. b. Thoroughly consolidate areas, strike off to screeds tamp to recess large aggregate below surface level. c. Fill voids, reconsolidate, and re-level surfaces as necessary. d. Do not proceed with subsequent finishes until surface water has absorbed or dried off and surface sheen has become dull. 2. Wood Float Finish a. Provide as second stage for other finishes, unless otherwise specified. b. Using approved floating machines or hardwood trowels, float surfaces to required planes and shapes, working just sufficiently to bring surfaces to uniform condition. c. Work no more than necessary to achieve uniform texture free from irregularities and screed marks; except where receiving fills or mortar beds, leave surfaces in roughened, granular condition for good mechanical bond. d. Cut and fill surfaces as necessary to true up. e. When followed by other finishes, floating must leave small amount of mortar on surfaces without excess of water. f. Do not proceed with subsequent finishes until surface water has absorbed or dried off and concrete has set sufficiently to prevent fines or water from being worked to the surface. g. Finish texture must be fine-grained and granular to provide good slip resistance and must be reasonably free from directional trowel marks.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CDCR-SDD 20150327 03 30 00 - 13 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
h. Provide for exterior and interior surfaces of buildings, unless otherwise indicated or specified. 3. Steel Trowel Finish a. Using finishing machines or steel trowels, trowel surfaces to produce a dense, hard, smooth steel trowel finish. b. Commence troweling in one pass just sufficiently to flatten floated surface. c. Wait until concrete has set sufficiently; then resume steel troweling; continue and repeat as required to obtain a hard steel trowel finish, free of blemishes, ripples, and trowel marks. d. Do not 1) Use cement or sand dusting to absorb or otherwise remove surface water. 2) Commence troweling too soon on freshly placed concrete. 3) Overwork surfaces by excessive troweling in an area in one pass. e. Work out lips, uneven levels, and other irregularities prior to final troweling. f. Neatly tool exposed edges, expansion joints, curbs, arises, and other details. g. Surface across joints must be level and free from offsets. h. Provide for interior surface not otherwise indicated or specified. 4. Broom Finish a. Draw a soft-bristled push broom over an initially trowel-finished surface. b. When coarser surfaces are desired, use a stiffer-bristled broom. c. Broom finish must provide a nonslip surface, even if exposed to rain. d. Provide for exterior flatwork and as indicated or specified.
C. Concrete Hardeners and Sealers 1. Apply in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instructions. 2. Apply hardener at the rate consistent with the manufacturer’s definition of light traffic areas. 3. Coordinate installation of hardeners and sealers with finished flooring manufacturer.
3.6 CURING
A. Curing must immediately follow finishing and must be accomplished for each portion of the Work.
B. Wall Surfaces 1. Cure for a minimum of seven days by form-curing with forms wetted down thoroughly at least four times daily until forms are removed. 2. If forms removed in less than seven days, follow immediately with membrane curing if outside of building, and with fog spray to maintain moist condition inside of building.
C. Flatwork Surfaces 1. Water cure all concrete work, unless noted otherwise. 2. Membrane cure exterior pavement and slab surfaces. 3. Where hardener is approved to be used, cure in accordance with hardener manufacturer’s printed instructions. 4. Do not use liquid membrane curing compounds on surfaces to receive other finishes.
D. Maintain concrete temperature above 50 degrees F during curing.
E. Protect concrete from damage during the curing period.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CDCR-SDD 20150327 03 30 00 - 14 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.7 TOLERANCES
A. Tolerances must be in accordance with ACI 117.
B. Deviation from plumb or level must not exceed 1/8 inch within 10 feet in any direction, as determined with a 10 foot straight edge.
C. Anchor Bolts: Setting Tolerances must be in accordance with AISC Code of Standard Practice, Section 7.5.
3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Place concrete during hot weather in accordance with ACI 305R.
B. Place concrete during cold weather in accordance with ACI 306R.
C. Do not place concrete during precipitation, unless adequate protection is provided.
3.9 TESTING AND INSPECTIONS
A. Provide notification to CDCR Representative when concrete testing or inspections are required in accordance with 01 45 23.
B. Do not place concrete until reinforcing and embeds have been inspected and approved by the CDCR Representative.
3.10 REPAIR AND ADJUSTMENT
A. Immediately after removing formwork, concrete surfaces must be examined by the CDCR Representative, and pour joints, voids, rock pockets, tie holes, and similar defects must be patched at once as directed by the CDCR Representative.
B. Submit information on patching mixture and method proposed for use to the CDCR Representative for review prior to commencing repair work.
C. Patch honeycomb, aggregate pockets, voids, and holes as follows, unless otherwise directed by the CDCR Representative 1. Chip out until sound concrete is exposed to minimum depth of one inch. 2. Prepare patching mortar with approximately two parts normal Portland cement, one part white cement, and nine parts fine aggregate; vary proportions of cement as necessary to match color of adjacent concrete. 3. Saturate surfaces with water and fill cavities with patching mortar. 4. Cure patches as specified for concrete.
D. Patching Tie Holes 1. Cut nails and tie wires for form ties flush with the face of the concrete, and leave surfaces smooth and clean. 2. Remove metal spreader ties on exposed concrete Work, or snap off inside the wall surface. 3. Patch resulting cone pockets on exposed surfaces as described above.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CDCR-SDD 20150327 03 30 00 - 15 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.11 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE
A. Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances, finishes, strength, or other specified requirements must be considered defective. Concrete with excessive honeycomb or embedded debris. Notify the CDCR Representative upon discovery of these conditions.
B. With the prior acceptance of the CDCR Representative, some minor defective Work may be repaired by use of cement mortar; however, if the defects are serious or affect the strength of the structure or its appearance, the CDCR Representative may require the removal and replacement of that portion of the structure affected.
C. Required repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the CDCR Representative.
D. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of the CDCR Representative for each individual area.
E. Defective concrete must be repaired or replaced as recommended by the CDCR Representative at no additional expense to the CDCR.
3.12 PROTECTION
A. Provide protection in accordance with manufacturers instructions.
B. Protect concrete from elements including sun and rain.
C. Do not subject concrete to any loads until it is completely cured and has attained its minimum 28-day strength.
D. Protect concrete during and after curing from damage from subsequent construction operations.
E. Cover traffic areas with plywood sheets; maintain paper and plywood in place and in good repair for as long as necessary to protect against damage from construction operations.
F. Keep finished areas free from traffic for a minimum of four days or as necessary until surfaces have set sufficiently to prevent damage.
3.13 SCHEDULE
A. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings or in other Sections, provide concrete in accordance with the following Table.
CLASS* 28-DAY MAXIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE SLUMP** AGGREGATE CEMENT STRENGTH SIZE*** POUNDS PER C.Y.**** Building foundations 4000 4 Inches 1-1/2 Inches 520 Slabs on Grade (Interior 3500 4 Inches 1 Inch 550
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CDCR-SDD 20150327 03 30 00 - 16 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
CLASS* 28-DAY MAXIMUM MAXIMUM MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE SLUMP** AGGREGATE CEMENT STRENGTH SIZE*** POUNDS PER C.Y.**** floor)
Slabs on Grade (Exterior 3500 4 Inches 3/4 Inch 550 Walkways)
Retaining Walls 3000 4 Inches 1 Inch 470 Concrete Fill (Bollards, 2000 5 Inches 3/8 Inch 400 Etc.)
Lightweight Concrete 4000 4 Inches 3/4 Inch 550 Topping over Steel Roof Deck
Fence Footings 4000 4 Inches 1-1/2 Inch 520
Flatwork 4000 4 Inches 1 Inch 550
Drainage Structures and 4000 4 Inches 1 Inch 550 Manholes Thrust Blocks and Pipe 2500 4 Inches 1-1/2 Inches 430 Encasements Electrical Conduit Duct 2000 4 Inches 1 Inch 400 Banks, Encasing with Red Oxide, 5 lbs per cu yd Concrete
Items not otherwise 3000 4 Inches 1 Inch 470 indicated
Air Dry Weight must not exceed 150 pcf for normal weight concrete or 110 pcf for lightweight concrete ** Concrete with superplasticizer designed into the mix (when permitted) must arrive at the site without the superplasticizer at slump of 2 to 3 inches, be verified, then have superplasticizer added at the site to attain specified slump. *** Maximum aggregate size not more than 1/3 thickness of concrete component. **** Refer to Section 2.5 MIXES for W/C requirements.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CDCR-SDD 20150327 03 30 00 - 17 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
END OF SECTION
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CDCR-SDD 20150327 03 30 00 - 18 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 03 53 00
CONCRETE TOPPING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Cement-based metallic-topping to provide heavy-duty protection at Central Kitchen trough drain, and as indicated on Drawings.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 45 23 - Testing and Inspection Services. 2. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-In-Place Concrete. 3. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection. 4. Section 09 61 00 - Flooring Treatment.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete.
B. ACI 302.1R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction.
C. ACI 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete.
D. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting.
E. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting.
F. ACI 308.1 - Curing Concrete.
G. ACI 503R - Use of Epoxy Compounds with Concrete.
H. ACI 503.5R - Guide for the Selection of Polymer Adhesives with Concrete.
I. ASTM C131 - Standard test method of resistance to degradation of small-size coarse aggregate by abrasion and impact in the Los Angeles Machine.
J. ASTM C779 - Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Horizontal Concrete Surfaces.
K. ASTM C1315 - Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds Having Special Properties for Curing and Sealing Concrete.
L. ICRI Guideline 03732 - Guideline for Selecting and Specifying Concrete Repair Surface Preparation for Sealers, Coatings, and Polymer Overlays.
M. ICRI Guideline 03739 - Guideline to Using In-Situ Tensile Pull-Off Tests to Evaluate Bond of Concrete Surface Materials.
CONCRETE TOPPING CDCR-SDD 20131213 03 53 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Shop Drawings: Include plans and details showing control joint layout and construction and joint and edge treatment.
C. Product Data: 1. Product data for products and materials indicated. 2. Manufacturer’s technical bulletins and installation/application instructions. 3. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). 4. Research/Evaluation Reports.
D. Samples: Submit samples in minimum 2 x 2 inch sections of each topping specified.
E. Qualification Data: Submit list of project references as required by Qualifications Section. Include contact name and phone number of person charged with oversight of each project.
F. Mix Designs: Submit mix design for each concrete mix.
G. Concrete Placement Checklist: When required by the CDCR Representative, provide checklist in a form approved by the CDCR Representative. Checklist to indicate items of Work that must be signed by Contractor and the CDCR Representative prior to placement of concrete.
H. Protection Plan: Provide protection plan for surrounding areas and noncementitious surfaces.
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company with minimum 20 years’ experience in manufacturing of specified products and systems.
B. Applicator Qualifications: Company with minimum of three years’ experience in application of specified products and systems on projects of similar size and scope or successful completion of a minimum of five projects of similar size and complexity to specified Work.
1.5 MOCK-UP AND FIELD SAMPLE
A. Provide in accordance with Section 01 45 00.
B. Install minimum 10 x 10 foot field sample in location designated by CDCR Representative using specified system.
C. Manufacturer’s representative or designated representative must provide technical information and suggestions for surface preparation, repair, and workmanship. Field sample must be standard for judging workmanship on the remainder of the Project.
D. Maintain field sample during construction for workmanship comparison. Do not alter, move, or destroy field sample until Work is completed and approved by CDCR Representative.
E. Obtain CDCR Representative’s written approval of field sample before start of material application, including approval of aesthetics, color, texture, and appearance.
CONCRETE TOPPING CDCR-SDD 20131213 03 53 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
F. Maintain same controls and procedures used in acceptable field sample throughout Project.
G. Revise materials and procedures as directed by CDCR Representative to obtain acceptable finish surface.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the installation of items to be embedded in concrete topping and provide openings in the topping necessary for performance of Work of other Sections.
1.7 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCE
A. Convene a pre-installation conference a minimum of one week prior to commencing Work of this Section in accordance with Section 01 31 19.
B. Conference agenda items must include the following: 1. Review preparation and installation procedures and coordination. 2. Schedule required related Work. 3. Discuss procedures for protecting adjacent finished Work.
C. Keep minutes of the meeting and provide to all participants and to CDCR Representative.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Comply with manufacturer’s ordering instructions and lead-time requirements to avoid construction delays.
B. Deliver products in original factory packaging, bearing identification of product, manufacturer, batch number, and expiration date as applicable.
C. Store products in location protected from dampness, freezing, damage, construction activity, precipitation and direct sunlight in strict accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
D. Handle products with appropriate precautions and care as stated on Material Safety Data Sheet.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Metallic Aggregate Topping: Must meet or exceed the following when mixed to a 5 to 7 inch slump consistency. 1. Abrasion Resistance: ASTM C779 Procedure “A”, 60 minutes of abrasion depth of wear not to exceed 0.017 inch at 28 days of age under proper curing conditions. 2. Impact Resistance: ASTM C131, Modified Los Angeles Rattler Test 2,000 cycles, not to exceed 3 percent material loss (by volume). 3. Rilem Surface Absorption: Maximum 1.5 percent at 96 hours under proper curing conditions. 4. Compressive strength, per ASTM C109, 2-inch cubes. Age Value (IP) Value (SI)
CONCRETE TOPPING CDCR-SDD 20131213 03 53 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
24 hours 5,040 psi (34.8 MPa) 7 days 8,800 psi (60.7 MPa) 28 days 12,050 psi (83.1 MPa) 5. Manufacturers: a. BASF Construction Chemicals. b. Dayton-Superior Chemical.
B. Metallic Iron Topping: Specially processed and graded heavy-duty iron aggregate, tested cement, and proprietary components, formulated and processed under stringent quality control, free from nonferrous particles, rust, and material used to disguise rust. 1. Manufacturers/Products: a. BASF; Mastertop® Anvil-Top 300.
C. Concrete: Provide concrete materials complying with requirements of Section 03 30 00.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Curing and Sealing Compound: Film-forming, non-yellowing, clear, water-based acrylic liquid membrane, not less than 20 percent solids; ASTM C309, Type 1, Class A or B; conforming to volatile organic compound VOC limits established in South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1113, Architectural Coatings. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers/Products: a. W.R. Meadows; Vocomp 25. b. Dayton Superior Corporation; Safe Cure and Seal. c. Euclid Chemical Company; Diamond Clear VOX. d. L&M Construction Chemicals; Lumiseal FX.
B. Control Joint Sealer: 2 component, 100-percent solids, joint filler. 1. Manufacturers/Products: a. BASF Construction Chemicals; Masterfill® 300i and TF100. b. W.R. Meadows; Sof-Seal.
C. Evaporation Retardant: Monomolecular film. 1. Manufacturers/Products: a. BASF Construction Chemicals; Confilm. b. W.R. Meadows; Evapre. c. Euclid Chemical; Eucobar.
D. Bonding Agent for use when placing topping over a Fully Cured Concrete Slab 1. Manufacturers/Products: a. Sika; Silkadur 32, Hi-Mod LPL. b. BASF Construction Chemicals; Concresive LPL Liquid. c. Chemco System; CCS Bonder Liquid LWL.
E. Bonding Agent for use over a Green (24 to 72 hours of age) Concrete Slab: Use slurry of one of the following products mixed with water to a creamy consistency. 1. Manufacturers/Products: a. BASF Construction Chemicals; Mastertop Anvil Top 300. b. L&M Chemicals; Emerytop 400. c. Dayton Superior; Emery-Tuff Top.
CONCRETE TOPPING CDCR-SDD 20131213 03 53 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
F. Etching Compound: Liquid-applied chemical profiling material. 1. Manufacturers/Products: a. BASF Construction Chemicals; Liquid Surface Etchant. b. ChemMasters; 1204 Acid Conditioner. c. PROSOCO; Sure Klen Heavy Concreted Cleaner.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive Work. Notify CDCR Representative, in writing, of any conditions requiring corrective action.
B. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, embeds, reinforcement, and other items to be cast into the concrete topping are accurately placed, positioned securely, and must not cause hardship in placing concrete topping.
C. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Protect adjacent Work areas and finish surfaces from damage during system application.
B. Ensure base slab and ambient temperature are 50 degrees F or greater.
3.3 SURFACE PREPARATION - GENERAL
A. Clean substrate in accordance with topping manufacturer’s recommendations.
B. The substrate must be sound, clean, dry, and free of dust, dirt, oils, grease, laitance, efflorescence, mildew, fungus, biological residues, chemical contaminants, and other contaminants that could prevent proper adhesion of topping system.
C. Base slab (substrate) surface must comply with recommendations of ICRI Guideline No. 03732.
D. Concrete Surface Profile (CSP) must be # 8 or greater.
E. Surface Preparation Methods: Hydro demolition, abrasive blasting, and other media blasting methods. Assure compatibility of surface preparation and cleaning methods with bonding method.
F. Repair deteriorated concrete and joints in accordance with Section 03 30 00 before application of topping system. Allow proper cure time before application of topping system.
G. Install restraint devices at all perimeter edges and each side of planned joints as required.
CONCRETE TOPPING CDCR-SDD 20131213 03 53 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.4 SURFACE PREPARATION - EXISTING CONCRETE
A. The concrete surface must have 1/4 inch amplitude profile, ICRI CSP 8. Remove laitance and contaminated areas, creating coarse profile and exposing aggregates. Use shotblast machine and heavy shot with multiple passes. If bush hammer or scarifier, or other impact methods of preparation are used, follow with abrasive blasting.
B. Liquid Epoxy Bonding Agent: Mix and apply in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, onto prepared concrete surface. Do not place more bonding agent on prepared surface than can be covered with topping before agent sets. Place topping while bonding agent is still tacky. If bonding agent has set, refer to bonding agent manufacturer’s recommendations. Do not retemper with solvents.
C. Perform treatment of joint edges and perimeter of pour in one of the following methods. 1. Stagger anchors 4 to 6 inches from edge; and 12 to 18 inches on center. Test anchors for solid embedment. 2. Mechanically remove substrate concrete 1 inch deeper than specified topping thickness, tapered over a 4 inch width. Prepare surface as specified.
D. Fill pre-existing cracks in concrete with suitable epoxy crack-repair material not more than 2 1/2 hours prior to application of bonding agent.
3.5 SURFACE PREPARATION - GREEN CONCRETE (24 TO 72 HOURS OF AGE)
A. The concrete substrate must have a minimum design compressive strength of 5,000 psi at 28 days per ACI 302.1R and a maximum slump of 4 inches when placed.
B. After placing, screeding, and floating the base concrete, spray on etching compound at 100 to 120 sf per gallon. Cover with polyethylene, or other impervious sheet covering to keep surface from drying out. Remove covering within 72 hours. Use pressure washer with sufficient power to expose aggregate and ensure an ICRI CSP 8, 1/4 inch amplitude. Rinse until water runs clean.
C. Saturate concrete surface before placing topping. Remove standing water no more than six hours before application of bond coat. Ideal condition is saturated surface dry (SSD).
D. Mix slurry of Metallic Iron Topping with creamy, paint like consistency for use during application. Scrub slurry into SSD surface with clean stiff-bristle broom or power scrubbing equipment just before application of topping. Do not apply at an excessive thickness. Do not leave puddles. Mix only quantity of bonding slurry that can be covered with topping before slurry dries out. If slurry dries before topping is applied, do not re-temper, remove dry material and reapply slurry.
3.6 INSTALLATION
A. Using appropriate mixer, thoroughly mix topping material, per manufacturer’s recommendation, at 5 to 7 inch slump consistency. Contact manufacturer’s technical services for additional mixing and handling suggestions.
B. Discharge topping for immediate placing and screeding per manufacturer’s recommendations.
CONCRETE TOPPING CDCR-SDD 20131213 03 53 00- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1. Apply material at minimum rate of 18 psf. 2. Minimum Thickness: Not less than 1 inch.
C. Place and screed topping in sections to maintain finished elevation. Periodically measure topping thickness, especially in center of slab. Use of a roller or pipe screed is recommended to obtain uniformly flat, dense surface without excessive segregation from vibration.
D. As soon as topping will support an operator and machine without leaving impressions on slab greater than 1/8 to 1/4 inch or bringing excessive fines to the surface, float with mechanical troweling machine equipped with float shoes. For small areas, floating with hand tools is acceptable.
E. Following the machine floating operations, proceed with normal troweling operations to obtain a hard steel-trowel or burnished-trowel finish. Time troweling operations and adjust blade angles to avoid blistering. In hot weather or rapid drying conditions avoid burnish trowel finish.
3.7 CURING
A. Initial Curing: Immediately after screeding, apply evaporation retardant per manufacturer’s recommendations.
B. After finishing has been completed and surface will not be marred by application of curing water, mist spray surface of topping with water. Place soaker hoses on the finished surface, and cover with weighted polyethylene sheeting for minimum of seven days. When seven day wet curing is not possible, contact manufacturer’s technical services department.
C. After seven days of wet curing, and while topping is still moist, remove excess water with squeegee. Immediately apply, approved curing compound. Do not allow topping to dry out before application of curing and sealing compound.
3.8 CONTROL JOINTS
A. Comply with recommendations of ACI 302.1R for base slab joint locations, spacing, depth and other consideration. Space control joints to honor joints of base concrete slab.
B. Form or saw cut control joints as soon as surface permits weight of saw and without causing topping edges to ravel.
C. Once topping is fully cured, seal joints with approved control joint filler per joint filler manufacturer’s recommendations.
3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Do not place concrete topping unless base slab and ambient temperature is at least 50 degrees F.
B. Do not place concrete topping during rain or snow or on surfaces covered with standing water, snow, or ice.
CONCRETE TOPPING CDCR-SDD 20131213 03 53 00- 7 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.10 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. The CDCR Representative, or his assignee, will provide the required testing and inspection.
B. Testing and inspection will be in accordance with the Verification and Inspection Schedules provided in Section 01 45 23.
C. Do not place concrete until preparation and embeds have been inspected and approved by the CDCR Representative.
3.11 CLEANING
A. Clean up and properly dispose of debris related to application.
B. Remove temporary coverings and protection from adjacent Work areas.
3.12 REPAIR AND ADJUSTMENT
A. Repair identified concrete defects in accordance with Section 03 30 00.
3.13 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE
A. Identify and resolve in accordance with Section 03 30 00.
3.14 PROTECTION
A. Provide protection in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and Section 03 30 00.
B. Protect topping system from damage from subsequent construction operations.
C. Protect topping system from freezing for 24 hours after application.
D. Protect prepared base concrete surface prior to installation of finish topping by use of plywood or other suitable protection course until installation of topping.
E. If the topping must be placed in service earlier than seven days after placement contact manufacturer’s technical service department.
END OF SECTION
CONCRETE TOPPING CDCR-SDD 20131213 03 53 00- 8 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 03 60 00
GROUTING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Drypack, Epoxy, Nonshrink, and Cement Grout.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 45 29 – Testing Laboratory Services. 2. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-In-Place Concrete. 3. Section 04 05 13 - Masonry, Mortar, and Grout. 4. Section 05 12 00 - Structural Steel Framing.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
B. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates.
C. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement.
D. ASTM C494 - Chemical Admixture for Concrete.
E. CRD-C621 Corps of Engineers - Specification for Nonshrink Grout.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Product Data – all grout 1. Product data for products and materials indicated. 2. Manufacturer’s technical bulletins and installation/application instructions. 3. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS).
C. Certificates – prepackaged grout only 1. Manufacturer’s Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.
D. Mix Designs – non-prepackaged grout only 1. Submit separate mix design for each type of grout specified.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the installation of grout with the requirements of the Work of other Sections.
GROUTING CDCR-SDD 20141118 03 60 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle packaged materials in the manufacturer’s original, sealed containers, each clearly identified with the manufacturer’s name, and name and type of product.
B. Store products subject to damage by dirt and moisture in a clean, dry location, off the ground, and suitably protected.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cement: ASTM C150, Type II or Type V Portland cement; low alkali, containing less than 0.60 percent alkalies.
B. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C33, except as modified below; nonreactive; hard, dense, durable particles of either sand or crushed stone, regularly graded from coarse to fine; washed before use.
C. Water 1. Free from oil and deleterious amounts of acids, alkalies, and organic materials. 2. Containing not more than 1,000 mg/l of chlorides as Cl. 3. Containing not more than 1,300 mg/l of sulfates as SO4. 4. Not containing impurities that may cause a change of more than 25 percent in the setting time of the cement, nor a reduction of more than 5 percent in the compressive strength of the grout at 14 days when compared with the result obtained with distilled water. 5. Water used for curing must not contain impurities sufficient to cause discoloration.
D. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all the Work.
2.2 ADMIXTURES
A. Admixtures must be compatible with the grout.
B. Calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride are prohibited.
C. Water Reducing Retarder: ASTM C494, Type D. 1. Manufacturers a. BASF/Master Builders; Pozzolith 300-R. b. Sika Chemical Corp; Plastiment. c. Euclid Chemical Company; Eucon Retarder 75.
D. Lubricant Additive for Cement Pressure Grouting 1. Manufacturers a. Specrete; Prepakt Intrusion Aid. b. Sika Chemical Corp; Intraplast N.
GROUTING CDCR-SDD 20141118 03 60 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2.3 DRYPACK GROUT
A. Mix: One part cement, 1-1/2 to two parts sand, water reducing retarder, and water to make a stiff workable mix.
2.4 CEMENT GROUT
A. Mix: One part cement and two parts sand, proportioned by volume, admixtures for pressure grouting, water to make a workable mix.
2.5 NONSHRINK GROUT
A. Corps of Engineers CRD C621; Nonshrink type, pre-mixed compound consisting of nonmetallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing additives, capable of developing a minimum compressive strength of 7,000 psi at 28 days, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Manufacturers 1. Master Builders/ BASF; Masterflow 713. 2. Five Star products, Inc; Precision Nonshrink Cement Grout. 3. Euclid Chemical; Euco Nonshrink Grout. 4. Five Star Products, Inc.; Five Star Grout. 5. W.R.Meadows; Sealtight 588.
2.6 EPOXY GROUT
A. Manufacturers 1. Master Builders/BASF; Concresive 1380. 2. Sika Chemical Corporation; Sikadur -42. 3. Euclid Chemical; E3-F.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive the Work. Notify the CDCR Representative, in writing, of any conditions requiring corrective action.
B. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, embeds, reinforcement, and other items to be grouted are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship during grouting.
C. Ensure bolts and reinforcing to be installed in horizontal grout holes is slightly bent to accommodate angle of hole.
D. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Holes required for grouting
GROUTING CDCR-SDD 20141118 03 60 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1. Drill horizontal holes at a slight downward angle to facilitate holding the grout until setting is complete. 2. Blow holes clean prior to installation of grout.
B. Thoroughly clean reinforcement and other embedded items free from loose rust and other objectionable matter.
C. Protect elements surrounding Work of this Section from damage or disfiguration.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Drypack Grout 1. Roughen surfaces to be built-up with drypack grout by brushing; clean, and coat with bonding compound immediately prior to grout application. 2. Apply drypack grout immediately following application of bonding compound. 3. Apply in bands or strips to form a smooth covering of the required thickness. 4. Completely fill voids; thoroughly compact in place. 5. Slope construction joints; clean and wet surface before application is resumed. 6. Membrane cure drypack grout. 7. Bolts or inserts which have been dry packed or grouted in place must not be tensioned sooner than seven days after packing.
B. Cement Grout 1. Place using pressure grouting equipment or mixing and placement apparatus of type used for cast-in-place concrete. 2. Agitate diluted grout to keep ingredients mixed.
C. Nonshrink Grout 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
D. Epoxy Grout 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 2. Prime surface of concrete when required by manufacturer’s instructions.
E. Pressure Grout 1. Equipment a. Designed to place grout at pressures up to 50 psi. Include mixer and holdover agitator tanks. b. Gauges: Indicate pressure used for grout placement, up to 50 psi. c. Meter: Capable of indicating the volume of grout used, to within 1/10 cubic foot. 2. Prior to grouting, wash clean systems and holes to be grouted. 3. Once begun, complete grouting without stopping. Maintain grout pressure until grout has set. 4. In case of equipment failure, wash out the grouting system sufficiently to ensure fresh grout and adequate bond and penetration will occur upon restarting the grouting operation.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Do not apply drypack grout when ambient temperature is below 40 degrees F. Maintain ambient temperature above 40 degrees F for 48 hours after application.
GROUTING CDCR-SDD 20141118 03 60 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.5 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. The CDCR Representative, or his assignee, will provide the required testing and inspection.
B. Testing and inspection will be in accordance with the Verification and Inspection Schedules provided in Section 01 45 23.
C. Provide notification to CDCR Representative when concrete testing or inspections are required in accordance with 01 45 23.
D. Do not place grout until reinforcing and embeds have been inspected and approved by the CDCR Representative.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Clean, leaving exposed surfaces free from damage, tool marks, stains, discoloration, and other defects and damage.
3.7 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. Grout not conforming to required details, dimensions, tolerances, finishes, strength, or other specified requirements must be considered defective. Notify the CDCR Representative upon discovery of these conditions.
B. Required repair or replacement of defective grout will be determined by the CDCR Representative.
C. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace grout except upon express direction of the CDCR Representative for each individual area.
D. Defective grout must be repaired or replaced as recommended by the CDCR Representative at no additional expense to the CDCR.
3.8 PROTECTION
A. Protect grout from damage from subsequent construction operations.
B. Provide protection in accordance manufacturers instructions.
3.9 SCHEDULE
A. Drypack Grout: Used for built-up surfaces, setting miscellaneous metal items, and minor repairs.
B. Epoxy Grout: Used for repairing cracks by pressure grouting, repairing structural concrete, setting reinforcing dowels into holes for grouting.
C. Nonshrink Grout: Used for bearing surfaces of machinery and equipment bases, column baseplates and bearing plates, setting bolts and reinforcing steel in holes for grouting.
D. Cement Grout: Used for filling nonbearing portions of equipment pads and pressure grouting.
GROUTING CDCR-SDD 20141118 03 60 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
END OF SECTION
GROUTING CDCR-SDD 20141118 03 60 00- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 04 05 13
MASONRY MORTARING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Mortar for masonry.
B. Related Work: 1. Section 01 45 23 - Testing and Inspection Services. 2. Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing. 3. Section 04 05 16 - Masonry Grouting 4. Section 04 22 00 - Concrete Masonry Unit.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 - Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures.
B. ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 - Specifications for Masonry Structures.
C. ASTM C109 - Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars.
D. ASTM C144 - Aggregate for Masonry Mortar.
E. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement.
F. ASTM C207- Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes.
G. ASTM C270 - Mortar for Unit Masonry.
H. ASTM C780 - Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry.
I. ASTM C1586 - Quality Assurance of Mortars.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Product Data 1. Product data for products and materials indicated. 2. Manufacturer’s technical bulletins and installation/application instructions. 3. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS).
C. Samples 1. Submit samples of pointing mortar for color selection.
MASONRY MORTARING CDCR-SDD 20150220 04 05 13- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
D. Certificates 1. Manufacturer’s Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.
E. Mix Designs 1. Submit separate mix design for each type of mortar used. 2. Indicate Proportion or Property Method to be used. 3. Indicate any environmental condition limitations. 4. Indicate any admixture limitations.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the installation of items to be embedded in masonry and provide openings in the masonry necessary for performance of the Work of other Sections.
B. Request schedules of items specified under other Sections, but installed under this Section, in addition to templates, template dimensions, and shop drawings required for the installation of those items.
1.5 MOCK-UP AND FIELD SAMPLES
A. In accordance with Section 04 22 00.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle packaged materials in the manufacturer’s original, sealed containers, each clearly identified with the manufacturer’s name, and name and type of product.
B. Store materials subject to damage by dirt and moisture in a clean, dry location, off the ground, and suitably protected.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type II or IV, gray color.
B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S.
C. Masonry Cement: Not permitted.
D. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C144, standard masonry type.
E. Water: Clean and potable.
F. Pointing Mortar 1. As indicated for joints of prefaced block units. 2. Color to be approved by the CDCR Representative from sample submittal. 3. Manufacturers a. Laticrete; Latapoxy SP-100. b. Mapei Corporation; Kerapoxy.
MASONRY MORTARING CDCR-SDD 20150220 04 05 13- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2.2 ADMIXTURES
A. Antifreeze Compounds: Not permitted.
B. Air Entrainment Admixtures: Not permitted.
2.3 MIX DESIGN
A. CBC Table 2103A.8 and ASTM C270, Type S.
B. Minimum Compressive Strength: 1,800 psi minimum, unless noted otherwise.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive the Work. Notify the CDCR Representative, in writing, of any conditions requiring corrective action.
B. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 MIXING
A. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use.
B. Lime must be the last material added to the mixer.
C. Materials must be measured in suitable calibrated devices. Shovel measurements must not be used.
D. Use mortar within two hours after mixing at temperatures of 80 degrees F, or 2-1/2 hours at temperatures under 50 degrees F.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install mortar in accordance with Section 04 22 00.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperatures to minimum 40 degrees F prior to, during, and 48 hours after completion of the Work.
B. Construct masonry during cold weather in accordance with CBC Section 2104A.3.
C. Construct masonry during hot weather in accordance with CBC Section 2104A.4.
3.5 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. The CDCR Representative, or his assignee, will provide the required testing and inspection.
MASONRY MORTARING CDCR-SDD 20150220 04 05 13- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Testing and inspection will be in accordance with the Verification and Inspection Schedules provided in Section 01 45 23.
C. Provide notification to CDCR Representative when masonry construction operation is ready for required testing or inspections in accordance with 01 45 23.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Remove excess mortar from grout spaces as the Work progresses.
B. Remove excess mortar and mortar smears.
3.7 REPAIR AND ADJUSTMENT
A. Identify and repair in accordance with Section 04 22 00.
3.8 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. Identify and resolve in accordance with Section 04 22 00.
3.9 PROTECTION
A. Protect masonry in accordance with Section 04 22 00.
END OF SECTION
MASONRY MORTARING CDCR-SDD 20150220 04 05 13- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 04 05 16
MASONRY GROUTING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Grout for masonry.
B. Related Work: 1. Section 01 45 23 - Testing and Inspection Services. 2. Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing. 3. Section 04 05 13 - Masonry Mortaring. 4. Section 04 22 00 - Concrete Masonry Unit.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 - Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures.
B. ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 - Specifications for Masonry Structures.
C. ASTM C143 – Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete.
D. ASTM C150 – Standard Specification for Portland Cement.
E. ASTM C207 – Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes.
F. ASTM C404 – Standard Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout.
G. ASTM C476 – Standard Specification for Grout for Masonry.
H. ASTM C1019 – Standard Test Method for Sampling and Testing Grout.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Product Data 1. Product data for products and materials indicated. 2. Manufacturer’s technical bulletins and installation/application instructions. 3. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS).
C. Certificates 1. Manufacturer’s Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.
D. Mix Designs 1. Submit separate mix design for each type of grout used. 2. Indicate Proportion or Property Method to be used.
MASONRY GROUTING CDCR-SDD 20141118 04 05 16- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3. Indicate any environmental condition limitations. 4. Indicate any admixture limitations.
E. Grout Placement Checklist: When required by the CDCR Representative, provide checklist in a form approved by the CDCR Representative. Checklist to indicate items of the Work that must be signed by the Contractor and the CDCR Representative prior to placement of grout.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the installation of items to be embedded in masonry and provide openings in the masonry necessary for performance of the Work of other Sections.
B. Request schedules of items specified under other Sections, but installed under this Section, in addition to templates, template dimensions, and shop drawings required for the installation of those items.
1.5 MOCK-UP AND FIELD SAMPLES
A. In accordance with Section 04 22 00.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle packaged materials in the manufacturer’s original, sealed containers, each clearly identified with the manufacturer’s name, and name and type of product.
B. Store materials subject to damage by dirt and moisture in a clean, dry location, off the ground, and suitably protected.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type II or IV, gray color.
B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S.
C. Masonry Cement: Not permitted.
D. Grout Aggregate: ASTM C404.
E. Water: Clean and potable.
2.2 ADMIXTURES
A. Antifreeze Compounds: Not permitted.
B. Air Entrainment Admixtures: Not permitted.
MASONRY GROUTING CDCR-SDD 20141118 04 05 16- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2.3 MIX DESIGNS
A. CBC, Table 2103A.12 and ASTM C476.
B. Minimum Compressive Strength: 2,000 psi minimum, unless noted otherwise.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive the Work. Notify the CDCR Representative, in writing, of any conditions requiring corrective action.
B. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, embeds, reinforcing, and other items to be cast into masonry are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship in placing grout.
C. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Thoroughly clean reinforcement and other embedded items free from loose rust and other objectionable matter.
B. Clean surfaces of concrete and masonry units; remove dust, dirt, debris, oil, grease, and other foreign substances which would affect bond of mortar.
C. The grout space must be cleaned so that all spaces to be filled with grout do not contain mortar projections greater than 1/4 inch, mortar droppings, or other foreign material.
D. Plug cleanout holes with masonry units to prevent leakage of grout materials. Brace masonry for wet grout pressure.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. All masonry must be solidly grouted.
B. Construct in accordance with ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.
C. Place and consolidate grout fill without displacing reinforcing; consolidate using mechanical vibrator.
D. The grouting of any section of wall must be completed in one day with no interruptions greater than one hour.
E. Between grout pours, a horizontal construction joint must be formed by stopping all wythes at the same elevation. Terminate grout 1-1/2 inches below a mortar joint, except at the top of the wall. Where bond beam occurs, the grout pour must be stopped a minimum of 1/2 inch below top of masonry.
MASONRY GROUTING CDCR-SDD 20141118 04 05 16- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperatures to minimum 40 degrees F prior to, during, and 48 hours after completion of the Work.
B. Construct masonry during cold weather in accordance with CBC Section 2104A.3.
C. Construct masonry during hot weather in accordance with CBC Section 2104A.4.
D. Supply materials that meet specified requirements as verified by testing and inspection program.
3.5 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. The CDCR Representative, or his assignee, will provide the required testing and inspection.
B. Testing and inspection will be in accordance with the Verification and Inspection Schedules provided in Section 01 45 23.
C. Provide notification to CDCR Representative when masonry construction operation is ready for required testing or inspections in accordance with 01 45 23.
3.6 CLEANING
A. In accordance with Section 04 22 00.
3.7 REPAIR AND ADJUSTMENT
A. Identify and repair in accordance with Section 04 22 00.
3.8 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. Identify and resolve in accordance with Section 04 22 00.
3.9 PROTECTION
A. Protect masonry in accordance with Section 04 22 00.
END OF SECTION
MASONRY GROUTING CDCR-SDD 20141118 04 05 16- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 04 22 00
CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Concrete masonry units. 2. Prefaced concrete masonry units.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 45 23 - Testing and Inspection Services. 2. Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing. 3. Section 04 05 13 - Masonry Mortaring. 4. Section 04 05 16 - Masonry Grouting. 5. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping. 6. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection. 7. Section 08 11 00 - Metal Doors and Frames.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 - Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures.
B. ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 - Specifications for Masonry Structures.
C. ASTM A153 - Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware.
D. ASTM A951 - Steel Wire for Masonry Joint Reinforcement.
E. ASTM B227 - Hard-Drawn Copper-Clad Steel Wire.
F. ASTM C90 - Load bearing Concrete Masonry Units.
G. ASTM C140 - Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units.
H. ASTM C744 - Prefaced Concrete and Calcium Silicate Masonry Units.
I. ASTM C1314 - Test Method for Compressive Strength of Masonry Prism.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate locations and details of proposed construction and control joints.
C. Product Data: 1. Product data for products and materials indicated. 2. Manufacturer’s technical bulletins and installation/application instructions.
CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CDCR-SDD 20150313 04 22 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS).
D. Samples: 1. Submit two, 6-inch long samples of expansion/contraction joint and control joint. 2. Submit four samples of prefaced units to illustrate color, texture and extremes of color range.
E. Manufacturer’s Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.
F. Qualification Data: 1. Manufacturer Qualifications. 2. Installer Qualifications.
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company with minimum five years’ experience in the manufacture of products of the type specified in this Section.
B. Installer: Company specializing in performing the Work of this Section with minimum five years’ experience.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the installation of items to be embedded in masonry and provide openings in the masonry necessary for performance of the Work of other Sections.
B. Coordinate the placement of joint devices.
C. Request schedules of items specified under other Sections, but installed under this Section, in addition to templates, template dimensions, and shop drawings required for the installation of those items.
1.6 MOCK-UP AND FIELD SAMPLES
A. Provide in accordance with Section 01 45 00.
B. Construct and erect a field sample as follows: 1. Prefaced units including specified mortar and accessories. 2. Sack-finished surfaces. 3. As requested by the CDCR Representative.
C. Sample Panel Requirements: 1. Sufficient size, minimum 3 x 4-foot panel, to indicate finished product. 2. Located as directed by the CDCR Representative. 3. Approved sample may remain as part of the Work.
D. Approved sample panel is considered basis of quality for the finished Work. Keep sample panel exposed to view for duration of Work.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CDCR-SDD 20150313 04 22 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
A. Deliver, store, and handle masonry units in accordance with manufacturer’s written recommendations.
B. Store materials subject to damage by dirt and moisture in a clean, dry location, off the ground, and suitably protected.
1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish five of each size, color, and type of prefaced units.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Hollow-Unit Masonry: 1. ASTM C90, Grade N, Type I - Moisture Controlled; Medium weight. 2. Compressive Strength: 1500 psi minimum. 3. Nominal modular face size of 8 x 16 inches. 4. Provide special units for 90 degree corners, bond beams, lintels, coved base, bullnosed corners, and other shapes shown or required. 5. Provide plain smooth face finish.
B. Prefaced Block Units: For use, as detailed, at food preparation areas and dish wash areas. 1. ASTM C744, Grade N, Type I - Moisture Controlled; Light weight. 2. Compressive Strength: 1500 psi minimum unless noted otherwise. 3. Nominal modular face size of 8 x 16 inches. 4. Provide special units for 90 degree corners, bond beams, lintels, coved base, and other shapes shown or required. 5. Use bullnosed units at all exposed corners, openings, and door frames, except where corner guards are required. 6. Provide resinous glaze on exposed surfaces, color as selected. 7. Manufacturers/Products: a. Burns & Russell Co.; Spectra-Glaze II Units. b. Trenwyth Industries Inc.; Astro-Glaze.
2.2 ACCESSORI ES
A. Reinforcing Steel: In accordance with Section 03 20 00.
B. Mortar: In accordance with Section 04 05 13.
C. Pointing Mortar: In accordance with Section 04 05 13.
D. Grout: In accordance with Section 04 05 16.
E. Anchors: 1. Steel, zinc coated in accordance with ASTM A153, or copper-coated steel wire in accordance with ASTM B227, Grade 30 HS.
CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CDCR-SDD 20150313 04 22 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Rigid Steel Anchors: 1 inch by 1/4 inch thickness, ends turned up not less than 2 inches; minimum 16 inches long for 8-inch thick walls; minimum 24 inches long for 12-inch thick walls. 3. Type and application subject to review by the CDCR Representative.
F. Preformed Control Joints: Rubber, Neoprene, or Polyvinylchloride material; section capable of transmitting shear across joint. Provide with corner and tee accessories, fused joints.
G. Formboard: Rigid fiberglass insulation board; nominal density 12 pcf.
H. Cleaning Solutions: Non-acidic, not harmful to masonry work or adjacent materials.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive the Work. Notify the CDCR Representative, in writing, of any conditions requiring corrective action.
B. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Ensure items to be embedded, templates required for anchors, and other items are available and locations are coordinated prior to commencing the Work.
3.3 LAYOUT AND COURSING
A. Lay concrete masonry units in running bond. Course one unit and one mortar joint to equal 8 inches.
B. Establish lines, levels, and coursing indicated. Protect from displacement.
C. Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form vertical and horizontal joints of uniform thickness.
D. Lay out wall to establish accurate spacing of bond pattern. Arrange units in a manner which will result in a minimum amount of cutting of units.
E. Bond intersecting walls to each other in every other course, unless otherwise indicated. Toothing is not allowed.
F. Lay masonry units with cells vertically aligned, clear of mortar, and unobstructed.
3.4 REINFORCING
A. Install in accordance with the Drawings, approved shop drawings, Section 03 20 00, and as follows: 1. Place vertical and horizontal reinforcement.
CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CDCR-SDD 20150313 04 22 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Retain vertical reinforcement in position at top and bottom of cells and at intervals not exceeding 192 bar diameters. 3. Splice reinforcement as indicated. Provide minimum lap of 48 bar diameters or per ACI 530. 4. Vertical reinforcing must be continuous with dowels cast into surrounding reinforced concrete construction.
3.5 PLACING MORTAR AND UNITS
A. Masonry units may be damp, but must be free from excessive moisture which would adversely affect proper mortar bond.
B. Perform jobsite cutting of masonry units with proper tools to provide straight, clean, unchipped edges. Hand cutting and chipping is not permitted. Prevent broken masonry unit corners or edges.
C. As the Work progresses, build in metal door and glazed frames, fabricated metal frames, window frames, anchor bolts, plates, and other items furnished by other Sections. 1. Build in items plumb and level. 2. Embed anchors of metal door and glazed frames in adjacent mortar joints. Fill frame voids solid with grout. 3. Do not build in organic materials subject to deterioration.
D. Cut and fit for chases, pipes, conduit, sleeves, grounds and other penetrations. Coordinate with other Sections of Work to provide correct size, shape, and location.
E. Obtain the CDCR Representative approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry work not indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired.
F. Isolate masonry partitions as indicated from vertical structural framing members with a control joint.
G. Isolate top joint of masonry partitions as indicated from horizontal structural framing members and slabs or decks with mineral fiber fire stopping material under provisions of Section 07 84 00.
H. Provide temporary bracing during installation of the Work. Maintain in place until building structure provides permanent bracing.
I. Bed and Head Joints: Unless otherwise required, construct 3/8 inch thick bed and head joints, except at foundation. Construct bed joint of the starting course of foundation with a thickness not less than 1/4 inch and not more than 3/4 inch. Construct joints that also conform to the following: 1 Lay masonry units in full bed of mortar, with full head and bed joints, including webs in hollow units, uniformly jointed with other Work. 2 Fill holes not specified in exposed and below grade masonry with mortar. 3 Unless otherwise required, tool joint with a round jointer when the mortar is thumbprint hard. 4 Remove masonry protrusions extending 1/2 inch or more into cells or cavities to be grouted.
CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CDCR-SDD 20150313 04 22 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
5 Form mortar joints flush where masonry is indicated to receive veneer plaster or ceramic tile. 6 Rake out joints where sealant or pointing mortar is indicated. 7 Buttering corners of joints or excessive furrowing of mortar joints are not permitted. 8 Do not fill head joints by slushing with mortar. 9 Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has achieved initial set. Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace. 10 Where fresh masonry joins masonry that is partially or totally set, clean and lightly wet the contact surface of the set masonry. Remove loose mortar. 11 Remove excess mortar as the Work progresses.
J. Collar Joints: Unless otherwise required, solidly fill collar joints less than 3/4 inch wide with mortar as the job progresses.
K. Hollow Units: 1. Place hollow units so: a. Face shells of bed joints are fully mortared. b. Webs are fully mortared in all courses of piers, columns and pilasters, in the starting course on foundations, and when necessary to confine grout or loose-fill insulation. c. Head joints are mortared, a minimum distance from each face equal to the face shell thickness of the unit. d. Vertical cells to be grouted are aligned and unobstructed openings for grout are provided in accordance with the Drawings.
L. Solid Units: 1. Unless otherwise required, solidly fill bed and head joints with mortar. 2. Construct head joints by shoving mortar tight against the adjoining unit. 3. Do not deeply furrow bed joints.
M. All Units: 1. Place clean units while the mortar is soft and plastic. Remove and relay in fresh mortar any unit disturbed to the extent that initial bond is broken after initial positioning. 2. Cut exposed edges or faces of masonry units smooth, or position such that exposed faces or edges are unaltered manufactured surfaces. 3. When the bearing of a masonry wythe on its support is less than two-thirds of the wythe thickness, notify the Architect/Engineer.
3.6 LINTELS
A. Install lintels over openings as detailed.
B. Construct masonry lintels from bond beam units without solid bottoms, reinforced with bars, and filled with grout. Surface texture and joint pattern must match the adjoining concrete masonry units.
C. Use single piece reinforcing bars only.
D. Allow masonry lintels to attain specified strength before removing temporary supports.
E. Maintain minimum 8 inches bearing on each side of opening.
CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CDCR-SDD 20150313 04 22 00- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.7 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS
A. Chord reinforcing must be continuous through control joints, unless otherwise indicated. Other horizontal reinforcing must terminate at each side of control and expansion joints.
B. Install preformed control joint device in continuous lengths. Seal butt and corner joints in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
C. Unless otherwise detailed on Drawings, size control joints in accordance with Section 07 90 00 for sealant performance.
D. Form expansion joints as detailed on Drawings.
3.8 GROUTING
A. In accordance with Section 04 05 16.
3.9 FINISHES
A. Pointing: 1. Exterior faces of CMU raked joints shall be flush for installation of EIFS. 2. Install pointing mortar in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions to a slightly concave surface. 3. Finished joints must be smooth and cleanable.
B. Surfaces of masonry to receive flashing must be smooth and free from projections.
C. Sack Finish: 1. Dampen masonry walls prior to application. 2. Scarify each coat to ensure full bond to subsequent coat. 3. Apply in two uniform coats of mortar to a total thickness of 1 inch. 4. Steel trowels surface smooth and flat with a maximum surface variation of 1/8 inch per 10 feet.
3.10 SITE TOLERANCES
A. Erect masonry within the following tolerances from the specified dimensions: 1. Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/32 inch. 2. Plane of Wall: 1/4 inch in 10 feet and 1/2 inch in 20 feet or more. 3. Plumbness: 1/4 inch per story noncumulative; 1/2 inch maximum in two stories or more. 4. Variation from Level Coursing: 1/8 inch in 3 feet; 1/4 inch in 10 feet; 1/2 inch maximum in 30 feet or more. 5. Variation in Continuous Joint Thickness: 1/8 inch in 3 feet. 6. Cross Sectional Thickness of Walls: 1/4 inch. 7. Variation from Dimensioned Position of Reinforcement: 1/2 inch.
B. If the above conditions cannot be met due to previous construction, notify the CDCR Representative.
3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CDCR-SDD 20150313 04 22 00- 7 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
A. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperatures to minimum 40 degrees F prior to, during, and 48 hours after completion of Work.
B. Construct masonry during cold weather in accordance with CBC Section 2104A.3.
C. Construct masonry during hot weather in accordance with CBC Section 2104A.4.
3.12 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. The CDCR Representative, or his assignee, will provide the required testing and inspection.
B. Testing and inspection will be in accordance with the Verification and Inspection Schedules provided in Section 01 45 23.
C. Provide notification to CDCR Representative when masonry construction operation is ready for required testing or inspections in accordance with 01 45 23.
3.13 CLEANING
A. Before closing up pipe spaces or similar inaccessible areas or shafts with masonry, remove rubbish and sweep out the area to be enclosed.
B. Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution of type recommended by masonry unit manufacturer.
C. Use nonmetallic tools in cleaning operations.
3.14 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. Masonry not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances, finishes, strength, or other specified requirements is considered defective. Notify the CDCR Representative upon discovery of these conditions.
B. Required repair or replacement of defective masonry will be determined by the CDCR Representative.
C. Do not patch, fill, touchup, repair, or replace masonry except upon express direction of the CDCR Representative for each individual area.
D. Defective masonry must be repaired or replaced as recommended by the CDCR Representative at no additional expense to CDCR.
3.15 PROTECTION
A. As the Work progresses upwards, provide suitable coverings to protect mortar and grout from direct exposure to sun and rain. Maintain as long as necessary to develop proper hydration of cement.
B. When the Work is not in progress, keep tops of walls covered with securely anchored, non- staining, waterproof covering overhanging minimum 2 feet on each side.
C. Protect masonry from damage from subsequent construction operations.
CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CDCR-SDD 20150313 04 22 00- 8 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
D. Without damaging the completed Work, provide protective boards at exposed external corners that may be damaged by construction activities.
END OF SECTION
CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CDCR-SDD 20150313 04 22 00- 9 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 05 05 55
TAMPER PROOF METAL FASTENINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Removable and non removable tamper proof metal fasteners. 2. Thread adhesive. 3. Tools for installation and removal.
B. Related Sections: 1. Additional requirements for the installation of tamper proof metal fasteners may be in individual Sections throughout this specification manual.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Product Data 1. Product data for each of products and materials indicated. 2. Indicate finish, head design, strength, and corrosion resistance. 3. Manufacturer’s technical bulletins and installation/application instructions. 4. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS).
C. Samples: Submit three samples of each type of tamper proof fastener proposed for use.
D. Qualification Data: For manufacturer.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Inmate Accessible Areas: All areas within the State Prison property are considered Inmate Accessible, except as specifically listed below. 1. All areas more than ten feet above adjacent finished floor or grade. 2. Interior of electrical, mechanical, and communications rooms or vaults. 3. Areas above suspended ceilings; behind access panels; and within plumbing chases. 4. Roofs and equipment thereon, except roof hatches or access doors. 5. Interior of control rooms, except control consoles are considered exposed. 6. Areas more than 4 feet from the inside of fences enclosing equipment pads.
B. Tamper Proof Metal Fasteners: Metal fasteners of size and type best suited for intended application, having head design requiring special tools, of controlled availability, for removal.
C. Security Fasteners: Same as Tamper Proof Metal Fasteners.
TAMPER PROOF METAL FASTENINGS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 05 55- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
D. Exposed Fasteners 1. Fasteners not completely concealed by earthwork, paving, or by the finish of a structure. 2. Fasteners which may be accessed and removed, without the prior removal of other fasteners designated as tamper proof or security.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company regularly and presently engaged in the manufacture of products of the type specified within minimum five years experience.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the required locations, finishes, delivery schedule, and installation of tamper proof metal fastenings with the Work of the Sections requiring the fasteners.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle packaged materials in the manufacturer’s original, sealed containers, each clearly identified with the manufacturer’s name, and name and type of product.
B. Store materials subject to damage by dirt and moisture in a clean, dry location, off the ground, and suitably protected.
C. Store, protect, and handle installation/removal tools to prevent unauthorized use or duplication.
1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Tamper Proof Metal Fasteners 1. Provide 100 of each type and size, sorted, to the CDCR Representative. 2. Clearly identify contents of each package; indicate type, size, and name, address and phone number of California distributor where additional fasteners may be obtained.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Corrosion resistant, hardened, high strength, plated or stainless steel.
B. Nonferrous metal where exposed to weather, moisture, or high humidity.
C. Plating: Cadmium, zinc, nickel, phosphate, or chrome to match adjacent materials.
2.2 FASTENERS
A. Non Removable 1. Twist-off head type, dressed smooth. 2. Allen or similar recessed drive type, drilled to remove drive surfaces, filled with body putty.
TAMPER PROOF METAL FASTENINGS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 05 55- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Removable 1. Allen head (hexagon) with center pin reject, button head, or flat head as required by application. 2. Torx drive (star) with center pin reject, button head, or flat head as required by application. 3. Spanner Head Screws or one-way removable screws: Not permitted. 4. Removable only by tools produced by fastener manufacturer or other licensed fabricator specifically for individual tamper proof fastener. 5. Limit size and shape variations such that no more than six different tools are required for each type of tamper proof fastener used on project.
C. Structural 1. Where tamper proof fastening is required in structural connections, unless otherwise indicated fastening may be accomplished by either: a. Installing high strength bolts with a torque wrench. b. Tack welding nuts.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Tools: Provide ten complete sets of manual drive tools required for installation and removal of removable tamper proof fasteners. Package each set in an individual kit and deliver to the CDCR Representative.
B. Screw-thread Adhesive Sealant 1. Manufacturers a. Henkel; Loctite No. 271 Thread Locker. b. Devcon; PermaTek High Strength Thread Locker Red. c. Master Bond, Inc.; Master Bond Adhesive/Sealants.
C. Expansion Shields, One-Way Sex Bolts, Toggle Bolts, Tamp-ins, and Miscellaneous Accessories: Size and type as indicated, best suited to intended application, and as required for complete installation.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive the Work. Notify the CDCR Representative, in writing, of any conditions requiring corrective action.
B. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate tamper proof metal fastener material, finish, size, type, and threads with requirements of other Sections.
TAMPER PROOF METAL FASTENINGS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 05 55- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install tamper proof metal fasteners in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, using tools designed for fastener installation and removal.
B. Set removable tamper proof metal fasteners with screw thread adhesive sealant in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
3.4 SCHEDULE
A. This schedule applies to the Work of all Sections unless specifically exempted in the individual Section.
B. In accordance with the definitions set forth above, all exposed fasteners in inmate accessible areas must be the tamper proof metal type specified herein.
C. Provide removable type tamper proof metal fasteners unless otherwise indicated.
D. Provide tamper proof metal fasteners for all consoles, panels, and enclosures located in the following areas: 1. Central Control. 2. Complex Control. 3. Housing Unit Control Rooms. 4. Ad Seg Gun Posts. 5. Perimeter towers. 6. Yard Observation Posts. 7. Dining Room Gun Post. 8. Gym Gun Post. 9. Work Change Building. 10. Door Gate Intercom. 11. Public Address System.
END OF SECTION
TAMPER PROOF METAL FASTENINGS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 05 55- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 05 12 00
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Fabrication and erection of structural steel framing members.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 45 23 - Testing and Inspection Services. 2. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements. 3. Section 03 60 00 - Grouting. 4. Section 05 05 55 - Tamper Proof Metal Fastenings. 5. Section 05 30 00 - Metal Decking. 6. Section 05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications. 7. Section 05 52 00 - Metal Railings. 8. Section 07 81 00 - Applied Fireproofing. 9. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. AISC - Manual of Steel Construction.
B. ANSI B18.22.1 - Plain Washers.
C. ANSI B18.23.1 - Beveled Washers.
D. ASTM A36 - Carbon Structural Steel.
E. ASTM A53 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless.
F. ASTM A108 - Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold-Finished.
G. ASTM A123 - Zinc (Hot Dipped Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
H. ASTM A153 - Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware.
I. ASTM A307 - Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000-psi Tensile Strength.
J. ASTM A325 - Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 KSI Minimum Tensile Strength.
K. ASTM A449 - Hex Cap Screws, Bolts, and Studs, Stell, Heat Treated, 120/105/90 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength, General Use.
L. ASTM A490 - Structural Bolts, Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, 150 KSI Minimum Tensile Strength.
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 12 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
M. ASTM A500 - Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes.
N. ASTM A501 - Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing.
O. ASTM A572 - High Strength Low Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Structural Steel.
P. ASTM A992 - Structural Steel Shapes.
Q. ASTM F1554 - Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105-ksi Yield Strength.
R. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination.
S. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel.
T. SSPC PM-SET B/PM-SET C - Society for Protective Coatings: Painting Manuals Volume 1 and 2.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Shop Drawings 1. Indicate markings, quantities, materials, and shapes. 2. Indicate profiles, cambers, dimensions, spacing, and locations. 3. Indicate openings, cuts, and holes 4. Indicate attachments, connections, threaded fasteners, rivets, and welds, including methods of connecting, anchoring, fastening, bracing, and attachment to the Work of other Sections. 5. Indicate shop and erection details. 6. Indicate shop and field welds by welding symbols in accordance with AWS A2.4. Indicate net weld lengths.
C. Written Welding Procedures
D. Product Data 1. Product data for products and materials indicated. 2. Manufacturer’s technical bulletins and installation/application instructions. 3. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). 4. For products having recycled content, documentation indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content, the manufacturer, and the source of the recycled content data.
E. Certificates 1. Manufacturer’s Mill Certificate: Submit certificate that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 2. Mill Test Reports: Submit manufacturer’s certificates, indicating structural strength, destructive and nondestructive test analysis. 3. Welder’s Certificates: Submit certificates for welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualifications within the previous 12 months.
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 12 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
F. Qualification Data 1. For Fabricator 2. For Erector
1.4 SECURITY REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide tamper proof fasteners in accordance with Section 05 05 55.
B. Structural steel framing systems within the inner perimeter security ring of the prison must not be exposed in inmate accessible areas.
C. Steel framing members not concealed by masonry, plywood, gypsum wallboard, or other similar covering in inmate accessible areas must be fully enclosed with minimum 14 gauge sheet steel with all joints fully welded and ground smooth. Coverage must extend at least 5 feet beyond the accessible area.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Fabricator: Company specializing in performing the Work of this Section with minimum three years experience.
B. Erector: Company specializing in performing the Work of this Section with minimum three years experience.
C. Welding Qualifications: Prior to commencing welding, welding procedures, welding operations, welders must be qualified in accordance with AWS D1.1. 1. Welders who have not performed welding for a period of three or more months must be requalified. 2. Welders whose work fails to pass inspection must be requalified before performing further welding. 3. The costs of certifying qualifications must be paid as part of the Work of this Section.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the design, fabrication, and erection of structural steel with the requirements for openings and support of the Work of other Sections.
B. Coordinate the location and installation of items to be supported by structural steel and provide supports necessary.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver welding electrodes to job site in unbroken containers or packages bearing manufacturer’s name.
B. Ship, store, and handle structural steel in a manner to prevent rusting and deformation. Store steel products off grade and positioned to drain rain water readily.
C. Deliver bolts, nuts, and washers in bags or boxes, properly tagged for identification.
D. Store other metal products in a weather-tight and dry place until ready for use in the Work.
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 12 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Structural Steel Members: ASTM A36, A572 and A992, Grade 36 or 50 as indicated.
B. Structural Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B.
C. Steel Pipe: ASTM A501 or ASTM A53, Type S, Grade B, E, or S; galvanized where indicated, black elsewhere.
2.2 FASTENERS
A. Shear Stud Connectors: ASTM A108 Grade 1010 through 1020, forged steel, headed, uncoated. 1. Manufacturers a. Nelson Stud Welding, Inc. b. Tru-Weld Division, Tru-Fit Products Corporation. c. Stud Welding Associates, Inc.
B. Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A325 galvanized to ASTM A153 for galvanized members.
C. Plain Washers: ANSI B18.22.1 Type A, galvanized.
D. Beveled Washers: ANSI B18.23.1 galvanized.
E. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A307, ASTM A490, or ASTM F1554 as indicated.
F. Post-Installed Anchors: Proprietary type, designed for intended uses, and ICC ESR evaluated. 1. Manufacturers a. Simpson. b. Hilti Co.
G. Shims and Leveling Devices: Type required for temporary support of base plates; of sufficient size and capacity to support dead load of structure without deformation.
H. All steel and metal fasteners exposed to damp conditions or the weather, except stainless steel, must be hot-dip galvanized unless otherwise indicated.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Welding Electrodes: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded.
B. Nonshrink Grout: In accordance with Section 03 60 00.
C. Temporary Supports, Staying, and Bracing: As required by the conditions of installation.
2.4 FINISHES
A. Shop and Touch-Up Primer 1. Manufacturers a. Tnemec; Tnemec Primers Series V10.
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 12 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
b. Rust-Oleum ; Red Rusty Metal Primer. c. Benjamin Moore & Co.; M07 Universal Metal Primer.
2.5 SHOP FABRICATION
A. Fabricate structural steel in accordance with AISC Specifications, and as indicated.
B. Splices: Locate only as indicated on approved shop drawings or approved by the CDCR Representative.
C. Preparation 1. Prior to fabrication, straighten all materials by methods which will not damage material. Do not straighten any material until methods have been approved by theCDCR Representative. 2. Prior to assembling component parts of a connection, thoroughly clean all contract surfaces of loose rust, scale, and burrs.
D. Shop Welding 1. Provide welded connections in shop where possible, unless otherwise indicated, in accordance with AWS D1.1. 2. Welding must be performed by welders certified to perform the Work. 3. Weld by shielded-arc method, submerged-arc method, flux-coated arc method, or other method approved by AWS. Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. 4. Welds exposed to weather or damp conditions in the finished Work must be continuous and watertight and must be treated by hot or cold (field) galvanization.
E. Bolted Connections 1. Bolted connections must have not less than two bolts. 2. Punch, drill, or ream holes 1/16 inch larger than bolt diameter. 3. Ream unfair holes, but only up to next larger bolt size. Comply with General Notes on Structural Drawings. 4. If types of fastener are not indicated, use ASTM A325 bolts.
F. Shear Stud Connectors 1. Automatically end weld in accordance with AWS D1.1, Section 7, and the stud manufacturer’s instructions.
2.6 SHOP FINISHING
A. Surface Preparation 1. Grind smooth weld spatter and sharp edges prior to cleaning. 2. Prior to application of primer or delivery from shop, clean surfaces as follows: a. SSPC SP-2 where structural steel is to receive cementitious fireproofing, or to be encased in cast-in-place concrete, or to be concealed by other construction in the completed Work. b. SSPC SP-7 where structural steel is to remain exposed in the completed Work.
B. Shop Primer 1. Shop coat surfaces of structural steel with 3 mil minimum dry film thickness of primer, unless otherwise specified.
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 12 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Do not apply primer to within 2 inches of surfaces to be field welded, or to surfaces to receive cementitious fire-proofing, or to be encased in cast-in-place concrete. 3. Apply two coats of primer to surfaces of steel assemblies that will remain permanently concealed after assembly. 4. Apply shop primer within eight hours of surface cleaning. 5. Shop primer, of poor quality or insufficient thickness must be touched-up or recoated by the fabricator, and to a condition acceptable to the CDCR Representative.
C. Temporary Coating 1. Coat contact faces of steel which will be grouted for bearing, such as column base plates and similar items, with an oil-based, rust-inhibitive temporary coating containing no metallic pigment. 2. Manufacturers a. Houghton International Company; Rust-Veto 342. b. Lanco; Polyurethane Oil Red Oxide Primer MM-100. c. Columbia Paint & Coatings; Industrial Acrylic DTM Polyurethane.
2.7 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Materials and fabrication procedures are subject to inspection and test in mill, shop, and field. Such inspections and tests will not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for providing materials and fabrication procedures in compliance with specified requirements. Promptly remove and replace materials or fabricated components that do not comply.
2.8 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. Testing and inspection must be in accordance with CBC Section 1704A.3.
B. Independent Testing Laboratory must provide the following testing: 1. Perform testing in accordance with Section 01 45 23. 2. Perform nondestructive weld testing in accordance with CBC, Section 1704A.3.1. 3. Shear Stud Connectors a. At the beginning of each day’s Work, make a minimum of two test stud welds to metal which is the same as the actual work piece, using the automatic welding equipment to be used for production welds. b. Bend each stud 90 degrees by striking with a heavy hammer, and verify that there is no tearing out or cracking of the weld section.
C. CDCR Representative will provide the following inspections: 1. Inspect material tags and mill certifications. 2. Review written welding procedures. 3. Verify welding materials and welder certifications. 4. Continuously inspect welding in accordance with CBC, Section 1704A.3.1. 5. Inspect high strength bolts, nuts and washers in accordance with the CBC Section 1704A3.3 and AISC 360 Section M2.5.
2.9 TOLERANCES
A. Tolerances must be in accordance with AISC Code.
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 12 00- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive the Work. Notify the CDCR Representative, in writing, of any conditions requiring corrective action.
B. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on Drawings and approved shop drawings. Report discrepancies to the CDCR Representative for clarification or resolution prior to starting erection.
B. Anchor Bolts 1. Upon completion of concrete placement, anchor bolts must be rechecked for correct location and elevations; make necessary corrections. 2. Projecting portion of anchor bolts must be wire brushed, the washers and nuts replaced, and the bolt protected from dust and other foreign materials by a wrapping of a waterproof material.
3.3 ERECTION
A. Install and erect structural steel in accordance with AISC Code and Specifications.
B. Allow for erection loads and provide temporary bracing to maintain structure safe, plumb, and in true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing.
C. Column or column base plates must be set on a steel shims or otherwise supported and the structure aligned and plumbed prior to grouting under the base plates.
D. Place temporary bracing necessary for erecting before bolting in accordance with AISC recommendations. Additional or temporary bracing must be provided wherever design loads may be exceeded during erection or placing of equipment.
E. Welding 1. Welding will be permitted only as indicated on the approved shop drawings. 2. Welding must be performed by welders certified to perform the Work. 3. Weld by shielded-arc method, submerged-arc method, flux-coated arc method, or other method approved by AWS. Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. 4. Welds exposed to weather or damp conditions in the finished Work must be continuous and watertight and must be treated by hot or cold (field) galvanization.
F. Bolted Connections 1. Bolted connections must have not less than two bolts. 2. Ream unfair holes, but only up to next larger bolt size. 3. As erection progresses, bolt up the Work to assume dead loads, lateral forces, and erection stresses.
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 12 00- 7 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
G. Assembly Using Standard Threaded Fasteners 1. Beveled Washers: Provide under bolt heads or nuts riding on surfaces exceeding 5 percent slope with respect to head or nut. 2. Tighten bolts for full bearing under heads and nuts and to snugtight condition.
H. Shear Stud Connectors: Automatically end weld in accordance with AWS D1.1, Section 7, and the stud manufacturer’s instructions.
I. Dissimilar metals must be protected from galvanic corrosion by means of pressure tapes, coatings, or isolators. Aluminum in contact with concrete or grout must be protected with a heavy coat of bituminous paint or two coats of zinc chromate.
J. After steel is aligned, grout under base plates and elsewhere indicated in accordance with Section 03 60 00.
K. Tack weld the nut and washer to base plate of columns where nut is exposed to view in completed construction in accordance with Section 05 05 55.
3.4 FINISHES
A. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed except surfaces to be in contact with concrete and surfaces to receive spray-on fireproofing or insulation.
B. Field paint unpainted field connections, bolts, and similar parts with primer.
3.5 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Erection tolerances must be in accordance with AISC Code.
B. Anchor Bolts: Setting Tolerances must be in accordance with AISC Code of Standard Practice, Section 7.5.
C. Individual members must be considered plumb or level where the error does not exceed 1:750.
D. Vertical dimensions shown as story height measured from the top of the beams at their connections at each column must not vary by more than plus or minus 1/4 inch per story exclusive of column shortening due to dead load.
E. Plumb displacement of the center line of columns from the established column line must be no more than 1/4 inch per story, noncumulative.
F. Floor framing must be considered level if floor framing members on each floor, measured from the top of column connections, do not vary more than plus or minus 1/4 inch.
G. Horizontal dimensions must not vary more than plus or minus 1/4 inch per 100 feet for the length or width of the structure, But mot to exceed a total of one inch.
H. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch.
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 12 00- 8 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.6 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. Testing and inspection must be in accordance with CBC Section 1704A.3.
B. Independent Testing Laboratory must provide the following testing: 1. Perform testing in accordance with of Section 01 45 23. 2. Perform nondestructive weld testing in accordance with CBC, Section 1704A.3.1. 3. Shear Stud Connectors a. At the beginning of each day’s Work, make a minimum of two test stud welds to metal which is the same as the actual work piece, using the automatic welding equipment to be used for production welds. b. Bend each stud 90 degrees by striking with a heavy hammer, and verify that there is no tearing out or cracking of the weld section.
C. CDCR Representative will provide the following inspections: 1. Inspect placement of all steel for conformance with Drawings and approved shop drawings to confirm member size and installation. 2. Review written welding procedures. 3. Verify welding materials and welder certifications. 4. Continuously inspect welding in accordance with CBC, Section 1704A.3.1. 5. Inspect high strength bolts, nuts and washers in accordance with the CBC Section 1704A3.3 and AISC 360 Section M2.5.
3.7 CLEANING
A. After erection, thoroughly clean surfaces of foreign a deleterious matter such as dirt, mud, oil, and grease that could impair bonding of finishes, concrete, or fireproofing.
3.8 REPAIR AND ADJUSTMENTS
A. Structural members must not be cut or altered without prior approval of the CDCR Representative.
B. Flame cutting will be permitted only as specifically approved by the CDCR Representative.
C. Only light drifting will be permitted to draw parts together.
D. Draft punching to match unaligned holes will not be permitted. Enlargement of holes necessary to make connections resulting from misfit must be performed by the reaming or drilling, and the proper size bolt must then be used. Ream unfair holes only up to next larger bolt size.
E. Repair abraded areas of shop-applied coatings, and areas of weld where the shop-applied coating has been damaged with a primer or galvanizing repair compound, as applicable, that is compatible with the shop coating.
3.9 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. Structural steel not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances, finishes, strength, or other specified requirements must be considered defective. Notify the CDCR Representative upon discovery of these conditions.
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 12 00- 9 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Required repair or replacement of defective steel will be determined by the CDCR Representative.
C. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace steel except upon express direction of the CDCR Representative for each individual area.
D. Defective steel must be repaired or replaced as recommended by the CDCR Representative at no additional expense to the CDCR.
3.10 PROTECTION
A. Protect structural steel from damage from subsequent construction operations.
END OF SECTION
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 12 00- 10 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 05 30 00
METAL DECKING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Steel roof decking and accessories.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 45 23 – Testing and Inspection Services. 2. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements. 3. Section 05 12 00 - Structural Steel Framing. 4. Section 07 81 00 - Applied Fireproofing.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. AISC - Manual of Steel Construction.
B. AISI - Specifications for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members.
C. AISI - Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual.
D. ASTM A36 - Carbon Structural Steel.
E. ASTM A108 - Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold Finished, Standard Quality.
F. ASTM A123 - Zinc (Hot Dipped Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
G. ASTM A653 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.
H. ASTM A924 - General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process.
I. ASTM A1008 - Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable.
J. ASTM D1056 - Flexible Cellular Materials - Sponge or Expanded Rubber.
K. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
L. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel.
M. AWS D1.3 -Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel.
N. FS DOD-P-21035 - Paint, High Zinc Dust Content, Galvanizing Repair.
METAL DECKING CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 30 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
O. SDI Design Manual for Composite Decks, Form Decks, and Roof Decks.
P. SDI Manual of Construction with Steel Deck.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Shop Drawings 1. Show layout of decking units, anchorage details, every condition requiring closure units, supplementary framing, special joint, and other accessories. 2. Indicate temporary shoring of decking where required. 3. Show type, shape, gauge, finish, dimensions, welds, lap details, and other pertinent information.
C. Product Data 1. Product data for products and materials indicated. 2. Manufacturer’s technical bulletins and installation/application instructions including any specific installation sequences or other special instructions. 3. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). 4. For products having recycled content, documentation indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content, the manufacturer, and the source of the recycled content data.
D. Certificates 1. Manufacturer’s Mill Certificate: Submit certificate that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 2. Mill Test Reports: Submit manufacturer’s certificates, indicating structural strength, destructive and nondestructive test analysis. 3. Welder’s Certificates: Submit certificates for welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualifications within the previous 12 months.
1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Layout decking units to be continuous for not less than three spans and to rest on minimum of four supports where structural steel layout permits. Cantilevered units must have the cantilever and at least the adjacent span in one length.
B. Provide 18-gauge minimum tight fitting closure strips for installation at open ends, edges, and around openings.
C. Provide additional metal reinforcement and closure pieces as required for strength, continuity of decking, and support of other Work as shown on Drawings.
D. Provide slotted ventilating type decking where insulating concrete fill is indicated above. Do not use slotted decking except where required with insulating concrete.
METAL DECKING CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 30 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Welder Qualifications: Prior to commencing welding, welding procedures, welding operations, and welders must be qualified in accordance with AWS D1.1 and D1.3. 1. Welders who have not performed welding for a period of three or more months must be requalified. 2. Welders whose work fails to pass inspection must be requalified before performing further welding. 3. The costs of certifying qualifications must be paid as part of the Work of this Section.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the design, fabrication, and erection of metal decking with the requirements for openings, blockouts, and support of the Work of other Sections.
B. Coordinate the edge of decking, openings, and blockout closure requirements.
C. Coordinate the location and installation of items to be supported by metal decking and provide supports necessary.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, handle, and store metal decking in a manner to prevent damage to or distortion of the units.
B. Do not permit the metal decking to come into contact with the ground.
C. Protect the metal decking from moisture.
D. Do not overload decking during construction period, and do not use decking for storage or working platform prior to welding in position.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Painted Sheet Steel 1. Minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi, ASTM A1008, Grade C. 2. Thickness: Minimum 18 gauge.
B. Galvanized Sheet Steel 1. Minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi, ASTM A653, Grade A. 2. Roof Decking with Concrete Fill: 18 gauge unless otherwise indicated.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Galvanized Sheet Metal Accessories: ASTM A924, commercial quality.
B. Flexible Closure Strips: Manufacturer’s standard vulcanized, closed cell, foamed chloroprene ASTM D1056, Grade SCE 41, with ASTM E84 flammability rating of 25 or less.
METAL DECKING CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 30 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. Adhesive: Chloroprene based as recommended by closure strip manufacturer.
D. Miscellaneous Steel Shapes: ASTM A36, galvanized.
E. Galvanizing for Metal Accessories: ASTM A653, G60 coating designation.
F. Shear Stud Connectors: ASTM A108 Grade 1010 through 1020, forged steel, headed, uncoated. 1. Manufacturers a. Nelson Stud Welding, Inc. b. Tru-Weld Division, Tru-Fit Products Corporation. c. Stud Welding Associates, Inc.
2.3 FINISHES
A. Painted Sheet Steel: Manufacturer’s standard, baked on, rust inhibitive, applied to chemically cleaned, phosphate coated surface.
B. Galvanized Sheet Steel 1. Galvanized Finish: ASTM A653, G60. 2. Galvanized Repair Paint: FS DOD-P-21035, high zinc dust content paint.
C. Finish for Decking to Receive Fireproofing: Galvanized, ASTM A653, 1.25 ounce commercial coating. Coordinate finish with Section 07 81 00.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate in accordance with SDI, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Fabricate in lengths to be continuous for not less than three spans and to rest on minimum of four supports where structural steel layout permits. Cantilevered units must have the cantilever and at least the adjacent span in one length.
C. Fabricate in lengths to span support spacing, with flush, telescoped, or nested 3-inch end laps and nesting side laps unless otherwise shown or specified.
D. Fabricate metal closure strips for openings between decking and other construction and perimeter closure plates from not less than 18-gauge sheet steel of the same quality as the decking. Form to the configuration required to provide tight fitting closures at open ends of cells or flutes and sides of the decking.
E. Provide hanger holes in metal decking where finished ceilings are indicated below.
F. Shop-cut or field-cut units to fit around openings, along building perimeter, and around columns.
2.5 TOLERANCES
A. 1/4 inch to 10 feet, noncumulative.
METAL DECKING CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 30 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive the Work.
B. Verify steel supports are installed, properly aligned, and sufficiently level to permit proper bearing of the metal decking.
C. Notify the CDCR Representative, in writing, of any conditions requiring corrective action.
D. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate with other the Work supporting, contacting, or adjoining metal decking; and verify requirements for cutting, fitting, and attaching.
B. Coordinate the Work with installation of hanger wires for suspended ceilings.
C. Verify field dimensions and locations at site.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Place decking on supporting steel framework, and adjust to final position with ends bearing on supporting members and accurately aligned end-to-end before being permanently fastened.
B. Place decking flat and square, secured to adjacent framing without warp or excessive deflection.
C. Locate extreme ends and edges over structural supports with positive, solid, complete bearing over full width of support for full width or length of unit without deforming units.
D. Cut and fit metal decking and accessories around other Work projecting through or adjacent to the roof decking. Provide neat, square, and trim cuts.
E. Provide minimum 2-inch bearing at all supports.
F. Locate end joints over supporting members.
G. Locate butted ends tight at center line of structural support with positive, solid, complete bearing over full width of unit without deforming units.
H. Do not stretch or contract side-lap interlocks.
3.4 FASTENING
A. Permanently fasten decking to steel supporting members by welds as indicated.
B. At butted joints, weld each unit to support as indicated.
METAL DECKING CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 30 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. Welds must be free of share points and edges.
D. Button punching or crimping in lieu of welding for metal decking which do not receive concrete topping slabs will not be permitted.
E. Welding Procedure 1. Perform welding in accordance with AISI and AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.3. 2. Ensure surfaces to receive weld metal are clean and dry. 3. Weight units with sand bags near welding points to secure firm contact of surface welded. 4. Surfaces with temperature below 32 degrees F: Preheat to minimum 70 degrees F and maintain during welding. 5. Maintain long arc while electrode is moved in circular direction until a proper hole size is burned in sheet metal. Shorten arc, and deposit metal around complete circumference of hole.
F. Clean welds immediately by wire brushing, and touch up with paint before covering with succeeding unit.
G. Take special care to secure solid welds where unit is warped, curved or meets supporting member at angle.
3.5 TOLERANCES
A. 1/4 inch to 10 feet, noncumulative.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Locate decking bundles to prevent overloading of structural members.
B. Do not use decking for storage or working platforms until permanently secured in position.
3.7 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. Testing and inspection must be in accordance with CBC Section 1704A.3 and 2219A.3.
B. Independent Testing Laboratory must provide the following testing: 1. Perform testing in accordance with Section 01 45 23. 2. Decking welding in accordance with AWS D1.3
C. CDCR Representative will provide the following inspections: 1. Inspect decking and closure placement for conformance to Drawings and approved shop drawings. 2. Review mill analysis and certificates of compliance. 3. Provide periodic inspection of decking welding, including prior fit up, welding equipment, and welder certification.
3.8 REPAIR AND ADJUSTMENT
A. Repair abraded areas of the shop-applied coating, areas of weld where the shop-applied coating has been damaged and rust spots on the bottom surfaces of decking, with a
METAL DECKING CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 30 00- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
galvanizing repair compound in accordance with the metal decking manufacturer’s printed instructions.
B. Comply with AWS requirements for the methods used in correcting the welding Work.
3.9 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. Metal decking not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances, finishes, strength, or other specified requirements must be considered defective. Notify the CDCR Representative upon discovery of these conditions.
B. Required repair or replacement of defective metal decking will be determined by the CDCR Representative.
C. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace metal decking except upon express direction of the CDCR Representative for each individual area.
D. Defective metal decking must be repaired or replaced as recommended by the CDCR Representative at no additional expense to the CDCR.
3.10 PROTECTION
A. Protect metal decking from damage from subsequent construction operations.
B. Provide protection in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
END OF SECTION
METAL DECKING CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 30 00- 7 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 05 50 00
METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Shop fabricated metal items.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 45 23 – Testing and Inspection Services. 2. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements. 3. Section 05 05 55 - Tamper Proof Metal Fastenings. 4. Section 05 12 00 - Structural Steel Framing. 5. Section 05 30 00 - Metal Decking. 6. Section 05 52 00 – Metal Railings. 7. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. AISC - Manual of Steel Construction.
B. AISI - Design of Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual.
C. ANSI A14.3 - Ladders-Fixed: Safety Requirements.
D. ANSI B18.22.1 - Plain Washers.
E. ANSI B18.23.1 - Beveled Washers.
F. ASTM A36 - Carbon Structural Steel.
G. ASTM A53 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless.
H. ASTM A108 - Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold-Finished.
I. ASTM A123 - Zinc (Hot-Dipped Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
J. ASTM A153 - Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware.
K. ASTM A167 - Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip.
L. ASTM A283 - Low and Intermediate Tensile strength Carbon Steel Plates.
M. ASTM A307 - Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000-psi Tensile Strength.
N. ASTM A500 - Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes.
METAL FABRICATIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 50 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
O. ASTM A501 - Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing.
P. ASTM A527 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by Hot-Dip Process, Lock Forming Quality.
Q. ASTM A563 - Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts.
R. ASTM A653 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.
S. ASTM A706 - Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
T. ASTM A1011 - Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low- Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength.
U. ASTM E2016 - Industrial Woven Wire Cloth.
V. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing and Nondestructive Examination.
W. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel.
X. AWS D1.3 -Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel.
Y. SSPC PM-SET B/PM-SET C - Society for Protective Coatings: Painting Manuals Volume 1 and 2.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Shop Drawings 1. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. 2. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. 3. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths.
C. Product Data 1. Product data for products and materials indicated. 2. Manufacturer’s technical bulletins and installation/application instructions. 3. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS).
D. Certificates 1. Manufacturer’s Mill Certificate: Submit certificate that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 2. Mill Test Reports: Submit manufacturer’s certificates, indicating structural strength, destructive and nondestructive test analysis. 3. Welder’s Certificates: Submit certificates for welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualifications within the previous 12 months.
E. Qualification Data 1. For Fabricator
METAL FABRICATIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 50 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1.4 DESIGN AND SECURITY REQUIREMENTS
A. Sheet metal exposed on building interiors and accessible to inmates (within 10 feet of finish floor) must not be less than 14 gauge.
B. Walking surfaces must be of skid resistant construction when exposed to weather.
C. Fasteners must be concealed, where possible. Where exposed, provide tamper proof fasteners in accordance with Section 05 05 55.
D. Structural steel framing systems within the inner perimeter security ring of the prison must not be exposed in inmate accessible areas.
E. Steel framing members not concealed by masonry, plywood, gypsum wallboard, or other similar covering in inmate accessible areas must be fully enclosed with minimum 14-gauge sheet steel with all joints fully welded and ground smooth. Coverage must extend at least 5 feet beyond the accessible area.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Fabricator: Company specializing in performing the Work of this Section with minimum three years experience.
B. Welding Qualifications: Prior to commencing welding, welding procedures, welding operations, and welders must be qualified in accordance with AWS D1.1. 1. Welders who have not performed welding for a period of three or more months must be requalified. 2. Welders whose work fails to pass inspection must be requalified before performing further welding. 3. The costs of certifying qualifications must be paid as part of the Work of this Section.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the design, fabrication, and erection of the Work with the requirements for openings and support of and by the Work of other Sections.
B. Provide templates required for accurately locating anchorages and fasteners required to anchor or attach items to the Work of other Sections. Supply the templates in a timely fashion so as not to delay the Work of other Sections.
C. Where items specified under this Section are built into the Work of other Sections, provide those items to those Sections in a timely fashion to avoid delay of the Work of other Sections. Coordinate placement to verify accurate locations and correct installation.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver welding electrodes to job site in unbroken containers or packages bearing manufacturer’s name.
B. Ship, store, and handle fabricated items in a manner to prevent rusting and deformation. Store items off grade and positioned to drain rain water readily.
METAL FABRICATIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 50 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. Deliver bolts, nuts, and washers in bags or boxes, properly tagged for identification.
D. Store other metal products in a weather-tight and dry place until ready for use in Work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Steel Sections: ASTM A36.
B. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B.
C. Stainless Steel: ASTM A167, Type 302 or 304.
D. Plates: ASTM A36 or A283.
E. Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B.
F. Woven Wire Mesh: ASTM E2016, Enhanced strength, corrosion-resistant alloys. 1. Approved crimp lock style with maximum 2 x 2-inch square openings and used for Dry Storage and Equipment Storage. 2. Grind exposed welds smooth; firmly anchor as indicated. 3. Manufacturers a. Flynn and Enslow. b. McNichols.
G. Expanded Metal: Galvanized Carbon steel/flattened, 3/4 inch maximum opening; 14-gauge unless otherwise indicated. 1. Manufacturers a. Niles Expanded Metals. b. McNichols Co. c. Amico.
H. Pegboard paneling: Stainless steel sheet factory punched for standard Peg Board hooks and hangers. Panel to be minimum of 20 ga. stainless steel with factory finished edges on all sides. Panel size to be single sheet to fit the maximum dimension required. 1. Manufacturers a. McNichols Co. b. Diamondlife c. Alligator Board
2.2 FASTENERS
A. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers 1. Bolts: ASTM A307, Grade A. 2. Nuts: ASTM A563, Grade A. 3. Anchor Bolts: Heavy Hex. 4. Elsewhere: Hex or Heavy Hex. 5. Washers: ANSI B18.22.1 or ANSI B18.23.1.
METAL FABRICATIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 50 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Post-Installed Anchors: Proprietary type, designed for intended uses, and ICC ESR evaluated. 1. Manufacturers a. Simpson. b. Hilti Co.
C. Embed Anchors: ASTM A36 (or) ASTM F1554 Gr 36.
D. Shear Stud Connectors: ASTM A108 Grade 1010 through 1020, forged steel, headed, uncoated. 1. Manufacturers a. Nelson Stud Welding, Inc. b. Tru-Weld Division, Tru-Fit Products Corporation. c. Stud Welding Associates, Inc.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Welding Electrodes: AWS D1.1 or D1.3; type required for materials being welded.
B. Temporary Supports, Staying and Spacing: As required by project conditions.
C. Shims and Leveling Devices: As required by project conditions.
2.4 FINISHES
A. Shop and Touch-Up Primer 1. Manufacturers a. Tnemec Co., Tnemec Primers Series V10. b. Rust-Oleum Co., Red Rusty Metal Primer. c. Benjamin Moore & Co.; M07 Universal Metal Primer.
B. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Zinc rich type.
C. Rust Protection: In accordance with Section 05 12 00.
2.5 METAL SOFFIT ENCLOSURES
A. Manufactured security enclosure system which incorporates a concealed snap-lock assembly connection which, once assembled, renders the cover essentially irremovable with the use of ordinary tools.
B. Manufacturers 1. Grice Engineering; Soffi-Steel. 2. In/Ex Systems, Inc. 3. DecoShield Systems, Inc.
C. Support/Attachment Devices 1. Spring steel shield clips of the size recommended by manufacturer, for securing the cover. 2. Clips must be produced from heavy-gauge zinc-plated spring steel. 3. Each clip must be demonstrated as being able to resist a force of 200 pounds uplift at the free end.
METAL FABRICATIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 50 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
4. Test results must be available upon request.
D. Soffit/Cover 1. Material: Cold-Rolled Steel: 16 gauge. 2. Finish: Zinc-galvanized Paintgrip (treated to accept painting but not painted) of ASTM A653 Coating Class G90. 3. The cover must be sized in accordance with requirements to accommodate the specific application size as indicated. 4. L-Design and/or U-Design shield cover for sidewall and/or pendant installations respectively. 5. Cover joints must be interlocking integral joints with provision for securing utilizing stainless steel rivets. Rivet spacing must be at no greater than 2-inch intervals along the joint and positioned at a distance no greater than 1 inch from the end of the overlapping section. 6. Cover design must include a roll formed groove at the interfacing of the cover and the adjacent construction surface to facilitate the application of sealant/adhesive compounds and enhance the security of such compounds from dislodging. 7. Cover manufacturer must be staffed with a licensed engineer having a minimum of five years experience with such systems.
E. Accessories 1. The system must include tamper-resistant end caps, prefabricated corners, wall flanges, couplings, and other items which may be necessary to complete the system, and must be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 2. When used to conceal sprinkler systems, the assembly must include a spacer ring at the point of each sprinkler outlet to preclude intentional gapping between the escutcheon and the cover.
2.6 LADDERS
A. Ladders must comply with safety requirements of ANSI A14.3 and CCR, Title 8, General Safety Orders, Sec. 3277.
B. Finish 1. Prime paint finish for interior locations. 2. Galvanized for exterior use.
C. Steel Ladder 1. Solid rungs fitted into holes drilled in side rails, plug welded both sides. Space rungs 7 inches from wall surface unless otherwise indicated. 2. Bracket supports at top, bottom, and intermediate points, maximum 60 inches on center.
D. Steel Ships Ladder (Not Used)
2.7 GUARDRAILS AND HANDRAILS
A. Guardrails must comply with CCR, Title 8, General Safety Orders, Section 3209.
B. Steel pipe, sized and anchored as indicated, maximum diameter allowed per code.
METAL FABRICATIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 50 00- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. Finish 1. Prime paint finish for interior locations. 2. Galvanized for exterior use.
2.8 GRATING
A. Safety Grating: Aluminum alloy 5052-H32, 0.080 inch thick, mill finish. 1. Size: 11-3/4-inch width, 2-inch depth, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Accessories: Aluminum anchoring devices and splice kits for joining adjacent sections. 3. Manufacturers a. USG Corporation. b. Ohio Grating. c. G.S. Metals Corp.
B. Exterior Trench Grates: 12-inch width. 1. Manufacturers a. Grating Pacific; Type W-19-4. b. Barry Craft; Model BH20 G-C. c. Zurn; Model Z-812.
C. Interior Trench Grates: 12-inch width. 1. Manufacturers a. Grating Pacific. b. Barry Craft; Model BH10A with Type L frame. c. Zurn.
D. Mechanical Chase Grating: (Not Used)
E. Mild Steel Bar Grills: ASTM A36, except as otherwise indicated. 1. Provide at openings in excess of 5 inches square in all walls, floors, and ceilings, including openings for ductwork and louvers, at locations indicated on Drawings. 2. Grate a. Round Bars: 7/8-inch diameter, 2-ribbed steel bars, ASTM A36, maximum 5 inches clear between bars. b. Flat Bars: 3/8 x 2-1/4-inch flat steel bars, ASTM A36, maximum 12 inches on center. c. Pass round bars continuously through flat bars and continuously weld each intersection. 3. Frame: 3/8 x 2-1/4-inch steel bar continuous around perimeter. 4. Intermediate Member: WT4x6.5. Provide on frame openings over 2 feet in least dimension. 5. Continuously weld corners and intersections of vertical and horizontal members. 6. Flat bars must be in least dimension of bar grilles, unless otherwise indicated.
2.9 SOFFIT VENTS (NOT USED)
2.10 TRENCH DRAINS
A. In accordance with Sections 22 14 13 and 22 40 00.
B. Interior Locations: H10 Loading: Cast Aluminum.
METAL FABRICATIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 50 00- 7 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. Exterior Locations: H20 Loading: Cast Iron.
2.11 DOOR FRAMES AND CORNER GUARDS
A. Overhead Door Openings and Wall Openings: Channel sections; prime paint finish.
B. Door Frames: Steel shapes as indicated; corners fully welded, uniform, square, and true; grind exposed welds smooth; firmly anchor as indicated.
C. Corner Guards: Steel shapes as indicated; grind exposed welds smooth; firmly anchor as indicated.
2.12 BOLLARDS
A. Galvanized steel pipe; concrete filled, crowned cap.
2.13 TOILET PARTITION HANGERS (NOT USED)
2.14 EXPANSION JOINT COVER PLATES
A. Bent plate fabrications as indicated on Drawings.
B. Steel angles and embed plates as indicated on Drawings.
C. Prime paint finish.
2.15 SHOP FABRICATION
A. Preparation 1. Prior to fabrication, straighten all materials by methods which will not injure material. Do not straighten any material until methods have been reviewed by the CDCR Representative. 2. Prior to assembling component parts of a connection, thoroughly clean all contact surfaces of loose rust, scale, burrs; remove all local twists and bends.
B. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site.
C. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured.
D. Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds.
E. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius.
F. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, unless otherwise indicated.
G. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings 1. Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of component, except where specifically noted otherwise. 2. Tamper proof metal fasteners: Under provisions of Section 05 05 55 for exposed locations in inmate accessible areas.
METAL FABRICATIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 50 00- 8 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
H. Shop Connections: Welded wherever possible, unless otherwise indicated.
I. Field Connections 1. Bolted unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide bolts and holes for field connections.
J. Bolted Connections 1. Bolted connections must have not less than two bolts. 2. Drill, punch, or ream holes 1/16 inch larger than bolt diameter. 3. Ream unfair holes, but only up to next larger bolt size.
K. Assembly Using Standard Threaded Fasteners 1. Provide beveled washers under bolt heads or nuts riding on surfaces exceeding 5 percent slope with respect to head or nut. 2. Tighten bolts for full bearing under heads and nuts and to snugtight condition.
L. Shop Welding 1. Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. 2. Provide welds of size indicated. 3. Where weld size is not indicated, use AWS minimum weld size, but not less than 3/16-inch fillet welds. 4. Make all welds exposed to the weather or damp conditions in the finished Work continuous and watertight. 5. Rust protection in accordance with Section 05 12 00.
M. Close exposed ends of pipe and tube railings with continuously welded steel caps.
2.16 SHOP FINISHING
A. Surface Preparation 1. Grind weld spatter and sharp edges smooth prior to cleaning. 2. Prior to application of primer, clean surfaces as follows: a. Steel to be encased in masonry or concrete SSPC SP-2. b. Steel to remain exposed in the completed Work SSPC SP-7.
B. Shop Primer 1. Apply shop primer within 8 hours of surface cleaning. 2. Apply minimum 3 mils dry film thickness of primer to steel, unless otherwise specified. 3. Do not apply primer within 2 inches of steel assemblies which are embedded in concrete. 4. Apply two coats of primer to steel assemblies which are concealed in the finish Work. 5. Touch-up shop primer of poor quality or insufficient thickness to a condition acceptable to the CDCR Representative.
C. Galvanized Finish: Minimum 1.25 oz/sq. ft. zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A123.
2.17 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Materials and fabrication procedures are subject to inspection and test in mill, shop, and field. Such inspections and tests will not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for providing
METAL FABRICATIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 50 00- 9 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
materials and fabrication procedures in compliance with specified requirements. Promptly remove and replace materials or fabricated components that do not comply.
2.18 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. Testing and inspection must be in accordance with CBC Section 1704A.3.
B. Independent Testing Laboratory must provide the following testing: 1. Perform testing in accordance with Section 01 45 23. a. Perform nondestructive weld testing as required in accordance with CBC, Section 1704A.3.1.
C. CDCR Representative will provide the following inspections: 1. Inspect material tags and mill certifications. 2. Review written welding procedures. 3. Verify welding materials and welder certifications. 4. Provide inspection of welding in accordance with CBC, Section 1704A.3.1.
2.19 TOLERANCES
A. Tolerances must be in accordance with AISC Code.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive the Work. Notify the CDCR Representative, in writing, of any conditions requiring corrective action.
B. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings and approved shop drawings. Report discrepancies to the CDCR Representative for clarification or resolution prior to starting fabrication for the area affected.
B. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required.
C. Supply items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry with setting templates, to appropriate Sections.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects.
B. Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments.
METAL FABRICATIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 50 00- 10 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. Field weld components indicated on Drawings and approved shop drawings. 1. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1.
D. Bolted Connections 1. Bolted connections must have not less than two bolts. 2. Ream unfair holes, but only up to next larger bolt size. 3. As erection progresses, bolt up the Work to assume dead loads, lateral forces, and erection stresses.
E. Assembly Using Standard Threaded Fasteners 1. Provide beveled washers under bolt heads or nuts riding on surfaces exceeding 5 percent slope with respect to head or nut. 2. Tighten bolts for full bearing under heads and nuts and to a snug tight condition.
F. Metal Soffit Installation 1. Comply with approved shop drawings and manufacturer’s printed and video instructions. 2. Concealed Fire Sprinkler Systems: As indicated.
3.4 FINISHES
A. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed except surfaces to be in contact with concrete and surfaces to receive spray-on fireproofing or insulation.
B. Field paint unpainted field connections, bolts, and similar parts with primer.
3.5 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story, noncumulative.
B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch.
3.6 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. Testing and inspection must be in accordance with CBC Section 1704A.3.
B. Independent Testing Laboratory must provide the following testing: 1. Perform testing in accordance with of Section 01 45 29. 2. Perform nondestructive weld testing as required in accordance with CBC, Section 1704A.3.1.
C. CDCR Representative will provide the following inspections: 1. Inspect placement of all items for conformance with Drawings and approved shop drawings. 2. Review written welding procedures. 3. Verify welding materials and welder certifications. 4. Provide welding inspection in accordance with CBC, Section 1704A.3.1.
3.7 CLEANING
A. After erection, thoroughly clean surfaces of foreign a deleterious matter such as dirt, mud, oil, and grease that could impair bonding of concrete, finishes, or fireproofing.
METAL FABRICATIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 50 00- 11 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.8 REPAIR AND ADJUSTMENTS
A. Items must not be cut or altered without prior approval of the CDCR Representative.
B. Repair abraded areas of shop-applied coatings, and areas of weld where the shop-applied coating has been damaged with a primer or galvanizing repair compound, as applicable, that is compatible with the shop coating.
3.9 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. Work not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances, finishes, strength, or other specified requirements must be considered defective. Notify the CDCR Representative upon discovery of these conditions.
B. Required repair or replacement of defective the Work will be determined by the CDCR Representative.
C. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace items except upon express direction of the CDCR Representative for each individual area.
D. Defective Work must be repaired or replaced as recommended by the CDCR Representative at no additional expense to the CDCR.
3.10 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed items from damage from subsequent construction operations.
END OF SECTION
METAL FABRICATIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 50 00- 12 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 05 52 00
METAL RAILINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Fabricated handrails, guardrails, and safety chains.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 45 23 - Testing and Inspection Services. 2. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements. 3. Section 05 05 55 - Tamper Proof Metal Fastenings. 4. Section 05 12 00 - Structural Steel Framing. 5. Section 05 50 00 - Metal Fabrication. 6. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. AISC - Manual of Steel Construction.
B. AISI - Specifications for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members.
C. AISI - Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual.
D. ASTM A36 - Carbon Structural Steel.
E. ASTM A53 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless.
F. ASTM A108 - Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold-Finished.
G. ASTM A193 - Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High-Temperature Service.
H. ASTM A194 - Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High-Pressure or High-Temperature Service, or Both.
I. ASTM A500 - Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes.
J. ASTM A501 - Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing.
K. ASTM C881 - Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete.
L. ASTM C882 - Standard Test Method for Bond Strength of Epoxy-Resin Systems Used with Concrete by Slant Sheer.
M. ASTM E 985 - Permanent Metal Railing Systems and Rails for Buildings.
METAL RAILINGS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 52 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
N. ASTM F593 - Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs.
O. ASTM F594 - Stainless Steel Nuts.
P. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination.
Q. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel.
R. AWS D1.3 -Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel
S. SSPC PM-SET B/PM-SET C - Society for Protective Coatings: Painting Manuals Volume 1 and 2.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 2300.
B. Shop Drawings 1. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. 2. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. 3. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. 4. Show railings and toeboards including splices, attachments, and dowel lengths. Show all railings in related and dimensional position with scale plans and elevations and coordinate these with local codes and project requirements prior to fabrication.
C. Calculations for Guardrails: Sealed by a Professional Structural Engineer licensed in the State of California.
D. Product Data 1. Product data for products and materials indicated. 2. Manufacturer’s technical bulletins and installation/application instructions. 3. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). 4. Guardrail Data a. Catalog data and design information on guardrail system or components used meet the requirements of CBC Sections 509 and 509.3, Exceptions 1 and 2. b. Manufacturer’s written recommendations describing procedures for maintaining guardrails including cleaning materials, application methods, and precautions as to use of materials which may be detrimental to finish when improperly applied. c. Manufacturer’s assembly and installation instructions. 5. Contractor shall source products having recycled content and provide, documentation indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and preconsumer recycled content. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content, the manufacturer, and the source of the recycled content data.
E. Certificates 1. Manufacturer’s Mill Certificate: Submit certificate that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 2. Mill Test Reports: Submit manufacturer’s certificates, indicating structural strength, destructive and nondestructive test analysis.
METAL RAILINGS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 52 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3. Welder’s Certificates: Submit certificates for welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualifications within the previous 12 months.
1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Design must be performed under the direct supervision of and sealed by a Professional Structural Engineer licensed in the State of California and experienced in the design of this Work.
B. Calculations must include the following: 1. Bending stress in, and deflection of, railing and post system meets requirements of ASTM E985. 2. Stress in post base connection. 3. Calculation of anchorage forces. 4. Post-installed concrete anchors. a. Allowable anchor loads from ICC reports are determined using a minimum safety factor of four on ultimate pullout and shear. b. 12-anchor diameters spacing and 6-anchor diameters edge distance is required for full use of the allowable pullout and shear value. c. For lesser spacing less or edge distance, a reduction must be taken in allowable pullout and shear values.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Welding Qualifications: Prior to commencing welding, welding procedures, welding operations, and welders must be qualified in accordance with AWS D1.1, D1.2, and D1.3. 1. Welders who have not performed welding for a period of three or more months must be requalified. 2. Welders whose work fails to pass inspection must be requalified before performing further welding. 3. The costs of certifying qualifications must be paid as part of the Work of this Section.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the design, fabrication, and erection of the Work with the requirements for openings and support of and by the Work of other Sections.
B. Provide templates required for accurately locating anchorages and fasteners required to anchor or attach items to the Work of other Sections. Supply the templates in a timely fashion so as not to delay the Work of other Sections.
C. Where items specified under this Section are built into the Work of other Sections, provide those items to those Sections in a timely fashion to avoid delay of the Work of other Sections. Coordinate placement to verify accurate locations and correct installation.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver bolts, nuts, and washers in bags or boxes, tagged for identification.
B. Store other metal products in a weather tight and dry place until ready for use in the Work.
METAL RAILINGS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 52 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. Guardrail sections must be adequately packaged and wrapped so as to prevent scratching and denting during shipment, storage, and installation. Wrapping must be left intact, insofar as possible, until railing is completely installed.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Steel and Iron: Recycled Content of Steel Products: Provide products with an average recycled content of steel products such that the post-consumer recycled content plus one-half of pre-consumer recycled content is not less than 25 percent.
2.2 FASTENERS
A. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers 1. Bolts: ASTM F593, Type 316. 2. Nuts: ASTM F594, Type 316. 3. Washers: Same material as nuts.
B. Locknuts, Washers, and Screws 1. Elastic Locknuts, Steel Flat Washers, RHMS Round Head Machine Screws: AISI Type 316 stainless steel. 2. Flat Washers: Molded nylon. 3. Stainless Steel Bolts and Nuts for Bolting Guardrail to Metal Beams: ASTM A193 and A194, AISI Type 316 with minimum yield strength for bolts of 95,000 psi, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Post-Installed Anchors: Proprietary type, designed for intended uses, and ICC ESR evaluated. 1. Bolt Size: Minimum 1/2-inch diameter unless otherwise indicated. 2. Manufacturers a. ITW Ramset/Red Head. b. Simpson. c. Hilti d. Powers
D. Embed Anchors: AISI Type 316 Stainless Steel.
E. Anchor Bolts: AISI Type 316 stainless steel with minimum yield strength of 30,000 psi, 1/2 inch minimum diameter with hex nuts, unless otherwise indicated.
F. Adhesive Anchors 1. Anchor Rod: AISI Type 316 stainless steel threaded rod free of grease, oil, or other deleterious material with a 45 degrees chisel point. 2. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C881, Type 1, Grade 3, Class A, B, or C. a. Two-component, 100 percent solids, nonsag, paste, insensitive to moisture, designed to be used in adverse freeze/thaw environments and gray in color. b. Cure Temperature, Pot Life, and Workability: Compatible for intended use and environmental conditions.
METAL RAILINGS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 52 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3. Mixed Epoxy Adhesive: Nonsag paste consistency with ability to remain in a 1-inch diameter overhead drilled hole without runout, holding the following properties: 1) Slant Shear Strength, ASTM C881/882, No Failure In Bond Line, Dry/Moist Conditions: 5,000 psi. 2) Compressive Strength, ASTM D695: 14,000 psi minimum. 3) Tensile Strength, ASTM D695: 4,500 psi. 4) Heat Deflection Temperature, ASTM D648: 135 degrees F, minimum 4. Epoxy Adhesive Packaging a. Disposable, self-contained cartridge system capable of dispensing both epoxy components in the proper mixing ratio, and fit into a manually or pneumatically operated caulking gun. b. Dispense components through a mixing nozzle that thoroughly mixes components and places epoxy at base of predrilled hole. 5. Mixing Nozzles: Disposable, manufactured in several sizes to accommodate sizes of anchor rods. 6. Cartridge Markings: Include manufacturer’s name, batch number, mix ratio by volume, product expiration date, ANSI hazard classification, and appropriate ANSI handling precautions. 7. Manufacturers a. HILTI b. ITW Ramset/Red Head. c. Simpson.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.2; type required for materials being welded.
B. Temporary Supports, Staying and Spacing: As required by project conditions.
C. Shims and Leveling Devices: As required by project conditions.
D. Handrail Safety Chains: Stainless steel, Type 316. 1. Chains must be proof coil style, 3/16 inch in diameter, with at least 12 links per foot and a snaphook at each end. 2. Snaphooks must be stainless steel, Type 316.
2.4 ALUMINUM HANDRAIL AND GUARDRAIL SYSTEMS
A. Not used on this project
2.5 FINISHES
A. Hot-dipped galvanized.
2.6 FABRICATION
A. Preparation 1. Prior to fabrication, straighten all materials by methods which will not injure material. Do not straighten any material after fabrication and assembly. 2. Prior to assembling component parts of a connection, thoroughly clean all contact surfaces of loose rust, scale, burrs; remove all local twists and bends.
METAL RAILINGS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 52 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site.
C. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured.
D. Seal shop joined members by continuous welds where required.
E. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius.
F. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise.
G. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings 1. Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of component. 2. Tamper proof metal fasteners: In accordance with Section 05 05 55 for exposed locations in inmate accessible areas.
H. Shop Connections 1. Welded wherever possible, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Make all welds exposed to the weather or damp conditions in the finished Work continuous and watertight.
I. Field Connections 1. Bolted unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide bolts and holes for field connections.
J. Bolted Connections 1. Bolted connections must have not less than two bolts. 2. Connection design must consider the bolt to have the threads in the shear plane. 3. Drill, punch, or ream holes 1/16 inch larger than bolt diameter. 4. Unless otherwise indicated, holes may be punched if material is not thicker than bolt diameter plus 1/16 inch. 5. Ream unfair holes, but only up to next larger bolt size.
K. Assembly Using Standard Threaded Fasteners 1. Provide beveled washers under bolt heads or nuts riding on surfaces exceeding 5 percent slope with respect to head or nut. 2. Tighten bolts for full bearing under heads and nuts and to snugtight condition.
L. Shop Welding 1. Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1.1, D1.2, and D1.3. 2. Provide welds of size indicated on the shop drawings. 3. Where weld size is not indicated, use AWS minimum weld size for materials to be connected.
M. Close exposed ends of pipe, tube, and guard railing with aluminum caps and screws.
N. Perform the Work according to approved shop drawings by workmen experienced in fabrication and erection of aluminum railing systems of type and quality specified.
METAL RAILINGS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 52 00- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
O. Guardrail Post to be Bolted to Metal or Concrete 1. Furnish longer than needed and field cut to exact dimensions required to satisfy any vertical variations on actual structure. 2. In lieu of field cutting, provide an approved base fitting that provides plus or minus 1/4 inch vertical adjustment inside the base fitting.
2.7 SHOP FINISHING
A. Surface Preparation 1. Grind weld spatter and sharp edges smooth prior to cleaning. 2. Prior to application of primer, clean surfaces as follows: a. Steel to be encased in masonry or concrete SSPC SP-2. b. Steel to remain exposed in the completed Work SSPC SP-7. 3. Shop Primer a. Apply shop primer within eight hours of surface cleaning. b. Apply minimum 3 mils dry film thickness of primer to steel, unless otherwise indicated. c. Do not apply primer within two inches of steel assemblies which are embedded in concrete. d. Apply two coats of primer to steel assemblies which are concealed in the finish Work. e. Touch-up shop primer of poor quality or insufficient thickness to a condition acceptable to the CDCR Representative.
B. Galvanized Finish: Minimum 1.25 ounces per square foot zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A386.
2.8 FIELD FINISHING
A. Refer to Section 09 90 00 – Painting and Coating.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive the Work. Notify the CDCR Representative, in writing, of any conditions requiring corrective action.
B. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings and approved shop drawings. Report discrepancies to the CDCR Representative for clarification or resolution prior to starting fabrication.
B. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required.
METAL RAILINGS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 52 00- 7 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. Supply items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry with setting templates, to appropriate Sections.
3.3 GUARD INSTALLATION
A. Guards, as defined by building codes, must be installed where required by codes.
B. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects.
C. Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments.
D. Perform installation in accordance with manufacturer’s written recommendations for installation and as indicated.
E. Protection from Entrapped Water: 1. Make provisions in exterior and interior installations subject to high humidity to drain water from railing system. 2. When posts are mounted in concrete or when bends or elbows occur at low points, drill weep holes 1/4 inch in diameter at lowest possible elevations, one hole per post or rail, in the plane of the rail.
F. Setting Posts (Surface Mounted) 1. Post bolted baseplate connectors must sit solidly on concrete, stair stringer, or other material as indicated. 2. Do not use shims, wedges, grout, etc., for guardrail post alignment or other reasons. 3. Accurately field measure for correct length, cut and secure to the post baseplate connector. 4. If approved adjustable post base is provided, adjust post as required but do not raise beyond the bottom of the lowest setscrew in the base fitting.
G. Posts and Rails 1. Install posts and rails in same plane. 2. Offset rail is acceptable for use on stairs and platforms if the post is attached to the web of the stringer or structural platform support.
H. Field weld components indicated on Drawings and shop drawings. 1. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1, D1.2, and D1.3.
I. Bolted Connections 1. Bolted connections must have not less than two bolts. 2. Ream unfair holes, but only up to next larger bolt size. 3. As erection progresses, bolt up the Work to assume dead loads, lateral forces, and erection stresses.
J. Assembly Using Standard Threaded Fasteners 1. Provide beveled washers under bolt heads or nuts riding on surfaces exceeding 5 percent slope with respect to head or nut. 2. Tighten bolts for full bearing under heads and nuts and to snugtight condition.
METAL RAILINGS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 52 00- 8 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Set posts plumb and aligned to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet.
B. Set rails horizontal or parallel to rake of steps to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet.
3.5 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. Testing and inspection must be in accordance with CBC Section 1704A.3.
B. Independent Testing Laboratory must provide the following testing: 1. Perform testing in accordance with of Section 01 45 23. 2. Perform nondestructive weld testing as required in accordance with CBC, Section 1704A.3.1. 3. Perform testing of post-installed concrete anchors.
C. CDCR Representative will provide the following inspections: 1. Inspect placement of all items for conformance with Drawings and approved shop drawings. 2. Review written welding procedures. 3. Verify welding materials and welder certifications. 4. Provide welding inspection in accordance with CBC, Section 1704A.3.1. 5. Provide inspection of installation and testing of post-installed concrete anchors.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Wash thoroughly using clean water and soap. Rinse with clean water.
B. Do not use acid solution, steel wool, or other harsh abrasive.
3.7 REPAIR AND ADJUSTMENT
A. Items must not be cut or altered without prior approval of the CDCR Representative.
B. Repair abraded areas of shop-applied coatings, and areas of weld where the shop-applied coating has been damaged with a primer or galvanizing repair compound, as applicable, that is compatible with the shop coating.
C. Remove projections or irregularities that present a hazard or prevent users from sliding their hands continuously along top rail.
D. If stains remains after cleaning, restore in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations or replace with material meeting specified finish.
3.8 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. These Specifications require field fit-up. Do not use shims or grout under baseplates. Misfits must be considered defective and will be rejected.
B. Work not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances, finishes, strength, or other specified requirements must be considered defective. Notify the CDCR Representative upon discovery of these conditions.
METAL RAILINGS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 52 00- 9 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. Required repair or replacement of defective Work will be determined by the CDCR Representative.
D. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace items except upon express direction of the CDCR Representative for each individual area.
E. Defective Work must be repaired or replaced as recommended by the CDCR Representative at no additional expense to the CDCR.
3.9 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed items from damage from subsequent construction operations.
END OF SECTION
METAL RAILINGS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 52 00- 10 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 05 58 00
FORMED METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Fabricated sheet metal items, for interior applications.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements. 2. Section 04 22 00 – Concrete Masonry Unit. 3. Section 05 05 55 - Tamper Proof Metal Fastenings. 4. Section 07 60 00 – Flashing and Sheet Metal. 5. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. AISC - Manual of Steel Construction.
B. AISI - Specifications for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members.
C. AISI - Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual.
D. ANSI B18.22.1 - Plain Washers.
E. ANSI B18.23.1 - Beveled Washers.
F. ASTM A36 - Carbon Structural Steel.
G. ASTM A167 - Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip.
H. ASTM A307 - Standard Specifications for Carbon Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength.
I. ASTM A480 - Flat-Rolled Stainless and Heat Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip.
J. ASTM A563 - Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts.
K. ASTM A653 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.
L. ASTM A1011 - Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength, Low- Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength.
M. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination.
N. AWD D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel.
O. AWS D1.3 - Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel.
FORMED METAL FABRICATIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 58 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
P. SSPC PM-SET B/PM-SET C - Society for Protective Coatings: Painting Manuals Volume 1 and 2.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Shop Drawings 1. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. 2. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. 3. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols and terms. Indicate net weld lengths. 4. Indicate methods and materials for any material to be straightened.
C. Product Data 1. Product data for products and materials indicated. 2. Manufacturer’s technical bulletins and installation/application instructions. 3. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS).
D. Certificates 1. Manufacturer’s Mill Certificate: Submit certificate that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 2. Mill Test Reports: Submit manufacturer’s certificates, indicating structural strength, destructive and nondestructive test analysis. 3. Welder’s Certificates: Submit certificates for welders employed on Work, verifying AWS D1.3 qualifications within the previous 12 months.
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Welding Qualifications: Prior to commencing welding, welding procedures, welding operations, and welders must be qualified in accordance with AWS D1.3. 1. Welders who have not performed welding for a period of three or more months must be requalified. 2. Welders whose work fails to pass inspection must be requalified before performing further welding. 3. The costs of certifying qualifications must be paid as part of Work of this Section.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the design, construction, and installation of Work with the requirements of Work of other Sections.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Ship, handle, and store items in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
B. Store products subject to damage by dirt and moisture in a clean, dry location, off the ground, and suitably protected.
C. Store products to prevent rusting, deformation, and other damage.
FORMED METAL FABRICATIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 58 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
D. Deliver bolts, nuts, and washers in bags or boxes, properly tagged for identification.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Sheet Metal: Flat, rolled metal product, rectangular in cross section and form, of thickness between 0.0134 and 0.1681 inch, with sheared, slit or sawn edges.
B. Stainless Steel: ASTM A167, Type 302 or 304. 1. Backsplashes: 16 gauge, # 4 finish. 2. Counters and Vertical Separators: 10 gauge; # 4 finish. 3. Support Brackets: 7 gauge; # 4 finish. 4. Wall Finish Panels: 16 gauge, unless otherwise indicated; # 4 finish. 5. Beam Cover: 14 gauge, galvanized steel closure. 6. Cladding: 12 gauge Type 304 with #4 finish. a. Installed over gypsum sheathing substrate with locked seams.
C. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A653, coating designation G90.
2.2 FASTENERS
A. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers 1. Bolts: ASTM A307, Grade A. 2. Nuts: ASTM A563, Grade A. 3. Anchor Bolts: Heavy Hex. 4. Elsewhere: Hex or Heavy Hex. 5. Washers: ANSI B18.22.1 or ANSI B18.23.1.
B. Post-Installed Anchors: Proprietary type designed for intended uses ICC ESR evaluated. 1. Manufacturers a. ITW Ramset/Red Head. b. Simpson. c. Hilti
C. Embed Anchors: ASTM A36.
D. Welding Materials: AWS D1.3; type required for materials being welded.
E. Screws 1. Types a. Allen Head Fasteners. b. Torx Head Socket Fasteners. c. Spanner Fasteners.
2.3 FINISHES
A. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Zinc-rich type.
FORMED METAL FABRICATIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 58 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Prior to fabrication, straighten all materials and remove all twists and bends by methods which will not injure material.
B. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site.
C. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. Weld connections whenever possible, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius.
E. Provide components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise.
F. Welded Connections 1. Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1.3. 2. Provide welds of size indicated. Where weld size is not indicated, use AWS D1.3 recommended minimum weld size. 3. Welds must be continuous. 4. Make all welds exposed to damp conditions watertight.
G. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings 1. Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of component, in locations as indicated on Drawings. 2. Bolted connections must have not less than two bolts. 3. Provide beveled washers under bolt heads or nuts riding on surfaces exceeding 5 percent slope with respect to head or nut. 4. Tighten bolts for full bearing under heads and nuts and to snugtight condition. 5. Provide tamper proof metal fasteners, in accordance with Section 05 05 55, for exposed locations in inmate accessible areas.
2.5 SHOP FINISHING
A. Grind weld spatter and sharp edges smooth prior to cleaning.
B. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing.
C. Apply sealer, conditioner to fabricated sheet metal.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive Work. Notify CDCR Representative, in writing, of any conditions requiring corrective action.
B. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
FORMED METAL FABRICATIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 58 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings and shop drawings. Report discrepancies to CDCR Representative for clarification or resolution prior to starting fabrication for the area affected.
B. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
B. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects.
C. Field bolt and weld to match shop bolting and welding. Joints must be butted tight, flush, and hairline.
D. Field weld components in accordance with Drawings and shop drawings. 1. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.3. 2. Grind welds smooth and flush.
E. Field bolt components in accordance with Drawings and shop drawings. 1. Conceal bolts and screws whenever possible. 2. Where not concealed, use flush countersunk fastenings in accordance with Section 05 05 55.
3.4 FINISHES
A. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed except surfaces to be in contact with concrete and surfaces to receive spray-on fireproofing or insulation.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean, leaving exposed surfaces free from stains, discoloration, oil and grease.
3.6 REPAIR AND ADJUSTMENTS
A. Items must not be cut or altered without prior approval of CDCR Representative.
B. Repair abraded areas of shop-applied coatings, and areas of weld where the shop-applied coating has been damaged with a primer or galvanizing repair compound, as applicable, that is compatible with the shop coating.
3.7 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. Work not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances, finishes, strength, or other specified requirements must be considered defective. Notify the CDCR Representative upon discovery of these conditions.
B. Required repair or replacement of defective Work will be determined by the CDCR Representative.
FORMED METAL FABRICATIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 58 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace items except upon express direction of the CDCR Representative for each individual area.
D. Defective Work must be repaired or replaced as recommended by the CDCR Representative at no additional expense to the CDCR.
3.8 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed assemblies from damage from subsequent construction operations.
END OF SECTION
FORMED METAL FABRICATIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 05 58 00- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 06 10 00
ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Roof curbs and cants. 2. Blocking, nailers, and shims. 3. Peg Board equipment storage. 4. Telephone and electrical panel boards. 5. Preservative treatment of wood.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 23 05 00 - Common Work Results for HVAC.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. AITC - American Institute of Timber Construction.
B. ALSC - Softwood Lumber Standards PS 20.
C. ANSI/AF&PA NDS - National Design Specification for Wood Construction.
D. ASTM F1667 - Driven Fasteners: Nails, Spikes, and Staples.
E. AWPA C1 - Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process.
F. AWPA C20 - Structural Lumber Fire-Retardant Treatment by Pressure Process.
G. AWPA UI - User Specification for Treated Wood.
H. FSC STD-01-001 - Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship.
I. 40 CFR, Part 59, Subpart D - National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Product Data 1. Product data for products and materials indicated. 2. Manufacturer’s technical bulletins and installation/application instructions. 3. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). 4. Products a. Wood preservatives. b. Proprietary connection devices.
ROUGH CARPENTRY CDCR-SDD 20141118 06 10 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1.4 DESIGN AND SECURITY REQUIREMENTS
A. The use of exposed wood and plastic materials is prohibited in Level II, III, IV, and Administrative Segregation housing units. 1. Specifically approved exceptions a. PIA benches. b. Floor officers work station. c. Control rooms.
B. Exposed wood and plastic used in all other locations is subject to requirements of applicable codes, and the approval of the CDCR and the State Fire Marshal.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the design, construction, and installation of rough carpentry with the requirements of the Work of other Sections
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Handle, stack, and store lumber off the ground in such a manner that it will be protected from damage and prevented from absorbing moisture. Protect with waterproof covering that provides adequate air circulation. Secure covering to prevent blow-off and prevent damage.
B. Do not store seasoned materials in wet or damp locations.
C. Protect fire-retardant materials against high humidity and moisture during storage and erection.
D. Deliver fasteners in bags or boxes, properly tagged for identification.
E. Store fasteners and attachment devices off the ground in a dry location, protected from dirt, damage, and the elements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Forest Certification: Provide members produced from wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC STD-01-001.
B. Lumber: Douglas Fir; S4S; WCLIB grade marked or by an agency certified by WCLIB; each mill shipment must be accompanied by a WCLIB certificate of inspection; size must be in accordance with PS 20; free of boxed heart; maximum 19 percent moisture content at time of installation; of the following minimum grades. 1. Studs: No. 1 Grade. 2. Structural Joists and Planks (2 to 4 inches thick x 5 inches and wider): No. 1 Grade. 3. Beams and Stringer, Posts and Timbers (5 x 5 inches and larger): Select Structural Grade. 4. Miscellaneous Light Framing (2 to 4 inches thick x 2 to 4 inches wide): Construction Grade. 5. Blocking: No. 2 Grade.
ROUGH CARPENTRY CDCR-SDD 20141118 06 10 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
6. Grounds: Straight and free from loose knots and knot holes. 7. Load Carrying Members: Minimum of No. 2 Grade.
C. Each piece of fire retardant lumber must be labeled to show compliance with the UL requirement specified and must be grade stamped with the applicable AWPA quality mark indicating the preservative and retention.
2.2 FASTENERS
A. Provide all nails, screws, bolts, washers, lag screws, joist hangers, tie straps, clips, and similar items as required to the complete Work.
B. Nails: Use types and sizes as indicated, and in accordance with CBC Chapter 23 - Nailing Schedule, except sizes must not be smaller than indicated.
C. Powder Actuated Fasteners 1. Types and Sizes: As indicated or appropriate for the Work required and materials involved. 2. Uses: Limited to those indicated, specified, or approved by CDCR Representative.
D. Anchors 1. Expansion shield and lag bolt type for anchorage to solid masonry or concrete.] 2. For fastenings secured to hardened concrete or masonry, inserts and sleeves must be metal only. 3. Bolt or ballistic fastener for anchorages to steel.
E. Fastener Finishes 1. Fasteners in contact with pressure treated products must be hot-dipped galvanized. 2. Fasteners exposed to moisture, high humidity, or to the exterior must be hot-dipped galvanized or cadmium-plated, unless otherwise indicated or specified. 3. Nails and screws must be corrosion resistant for exterior or damp areas. 4. Finish nails and screws must be bright finished for other interior Work. 5. Machine bolts and washers must be corrosion resistant.
F. Adhesives: Epoxy for structural bonding rough carpentry. 1. Manufacturers a. BASF Construction Chemicals; “Sonneborn 400”. b. OSI Pro-Series; SF-565 VOC Compliant Sub-Floor Adhesive. c. Liquid Nails Adhesive; Subfloor & Deck Construction Adhesive LN-902.
2.3 WOOD TREATMENTS
A. Wood must be treated with appropriate fire retardant or preservative as necessary in accordance with exposure, wood species, and applicable codes.
B. VOC Content of Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide products that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Fire-Retardant Coatings: VOC content for coating category for which coating is formulated. 2. Wood Preservatives: 350 g/L.
ROUGH CARPENTRY CDCR-SDD 20141118 06 10 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3. Flat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC content of not more than 50 g/L. 4. Non-Flat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC content of not more than 150 g/L. 5. Floor Coatings: VOC not more than 100 g/L. 6. Shellacs, Clear: VOC not more than 730 g/L. 7. Shellacs, Pigmented: VOC not more than 550 g/L. 8. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: VOC content of not more than 200 g/L. 9. Clear Wood Finishes, Varnishes: VOC content of not more than 350 g/L. 10. Clear Wood Finishes, Lacquers: VOC not more than 550 g/L.5. 11. Stains: VOC not more than 250 g/L.
C. Chemical Components of Field-Applied Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide products that comply with the following chemical restrictions: 1. Aromatic Compounds: Paints and coatings must not contain more than 1.0 percent by weight of total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings). 2. Restricted Components: Paints and coatings must not contain any of the following: a. Acrolein. b. Acrylonitrile. c. Antimony. d. Benzene. e. Butyl benzyl phthalate. f. Cadmium. g. Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate. h. Di-n-butyl phthalate. i. Di-n-octyl phthalate. j. 1,2-dichlorobenzene. k. Diethyl phthalate. l. Dimethyl phthalate. m. Ethylbenzene. n. Formaldehyde. o. Hexavalent chromium. p. Isophorone. q. Lead. r. Mercury. s. Methyl ethyl ketone. t. Methyl isobutyl ketone. u. Methylene chloride. v. Naphthalene. w. Toluene (methylbenzene). x. 1,1,1-trichloroethane. y. Vinyl chloride.
D. Where used for exposed locations, treatment materials must be types guaranteed to not adversely affect durability and appearance of applied finishes.
E. Treatment materials having a highly persistent, noticeable residual odor will not be permitted.
F. After treatment, kiln or air dry lumber and plywood to a moisture content of 19 percent or less.
ROUGH CARPENTRY CDCR-SDD 20141118 06 10 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
G. Pressure Treatment 1. Items requiring pressure treatment a. Wood used in conjunction with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. b. Wood in contact with masonry or concrete. c. Wood subject to insect attack. d. Wood in contact with ground or water. e. Additional locations required by codes, the CDCR, or accepted standard construction practice. 2. Pressure treat items after fabrication where possible. Use surface applied treatment for items cut after pressure treatment. 3. Do not mill or trim pressure treated items beyond limits recommended by treatment manufacturer. 4. Surface-Applied Wood Preservative (Type A) a. Nonaqueous solution containing not less than 5 percent pentachlorophenol, commercially prepared and formulated to repel water and inhibit decay. b. Suitable for application by either brush or dip methods. c. Integral coloring to allow visual inspection of treated members. 5. Pressure-Treated Wood Preservative (Type B) a. Required for lumber and plywood where indicated or specified and not otherwise required to be fire-retardant pressure treated (Type C). b. Provide for lumber and plywood in contact with concrete, masonry, or grout. c. Concealed Locations: Any process acceptable in accordance with AWPA Standard C1 and meeting specified requirements. d. Exposed Locations: Treated members must be milled smooth within limits permitted by process manufacturer.
H. Fire-retardant Treatment 1. Items requiring Fire-retardant treatment a. Wood used in Type I and II buildings. b. Exposed wood. c. Wood used in fire-rated assemblies. d. Wood requiring reduced flame/fuel/smoke ratings. e. Communications Backboards. f. Electrical mounting boards. g. Additional locations required by codes, the CDCR, or accepted standard construction practice. 2. Fire-Retardant Pressure Treatment(Type C) a. Processes must meet requirements of CBC Part 2, Section 207, definition entitled “Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood,” and requirements specified herein. b. UL listed and labeled in accordance with UL BMD Section “Lumber, Treated (BPVV).” c. Treated lumber must be UL classified FR-S.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready for installation of rough carpentry. Notify the CDCR Representative, in writing, of any conditions requiring corrective action.
ROUGH CARPENTRY CDCR-SDD 20141118 06 10 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 NAILING
A. Predrill undersize holes as necessary to prevent splitting.
B. Drive nails straight and free from bends.
C. At multiple or grouped nailing, set alternate nails at slightly different angles to improve strength.
D. For trim or similar members, side-stagger alternate nails to prevent warp and twist.
E. Where concealed, set nail heads flush to avoid interference with installation of materials to be applied next.
F. Where exposed, set nail heads recessed for proper putty stopping.
3.3 FRAMING
A. Construct and secure rough carpentry as indicated.
B. Construction details, connections, and fastenings not otherwise indicated must be in accordance with the requirements of CBC.
C. Provide solid backing and blocking as indicated and required.
D. Set members level and plumb, in correct position.
E. Place horizontal members with crown side up.
F. Cut and prepare ends and surfaces to effect full bearing, and as otherwise necessary for proper fit.
G. Cut notches without overcutting inside corners.
H. Curb Members 1. Curb roof openings, except where prefabricated curbs are provided. 2. Construct curb members of single pieces. 3. Form corners by alternating lapping side members. 4. Coordinate curb installation with other Sections whose Work affects or is affected by the Work of this Section.
3.4 BACKBOARDS
A. Install telephone and electrical panel backboards.
B. Size backboards as indicated; where not indicated, over-size the backboards by 12 inches on all sides.
C. Sand to leave paintable surface.
ROUGH CARPENTRY CDCR-SDD 20141118 06 10 00- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.5 FIELD-APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT
A. Surface Applied Preservative (Type A) 1. Treat members after cutting, shaping, and bolting. 2. Application a. Apply in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. b. Dip members for 15 minutes, or saturate by brushing on two complete coats at 10 minute intervals. c. Air-dry two hours before setting treated members into place.
B. Fire-Retardant Pressure Treatment(Type C) 1. After cutting, shaping, and boring, retreat surfaces using materials and methods in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
3.6 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. Testing and inspection must be in accordance with CBC Section 1704A.6.
B. CDCR Representative will provide the following inspections: 1. Inspect wood structural elements and assemblies to ensure conformance with the Contract Documents. 2. Inspect timber connectors to ensure conformance with the Contract Documents.
3.7 DEFECTIVE WORK
A. When complete, rough carpentry must be free from unnecessary cuts, holes, and other damage and defects.
B. Rough carpentry not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances, finishes, strength, or other specified requirements must be considered defective. Notify the CDCR Representative upon discovery of these conditions.
C. Required repair or replacement of defective rough carpentry will be determined by the CDCR Representative.
D. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace rough carpentry except upon express direction of CDCR Representative for each individual area.
E. Defective rough carpentry must be repaired or replaced as recommended by the CDCR Representative at no additional expense to the CDCR.
3.8 PROTECTION
A. Protect rough carpentry from damage from subsequent construction operations.
END OF SECTION
ROUGH CARPENTRY CDCR-SDD 20141118 06 10 00- 7 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 07 19 00
WATER REPELLENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Fluid applied repellant for surfaces of concrete and masonry walls exposed to the exterior.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete 2. Section 04 22 00 – Concrete Unit Masonry. 3. Section 09 90 00 – Painting and Coating.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C140 - Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units and Related Units.
B. ASTM E96 - Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General Performance: Water repellents must meet performance requirements indicated without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, or installation. 1. Water Repellents: Comply with performance requirements specified, as determined by testing on manufacturer's standard substrate assemblies representing those indicated for this Project.
B. Water Absorption: Minimum 90 percent reduction of water absorption after 24 hours in comparison of treated and untreated specimens. 1. Cast-in Place Concrete: ASTM C 6532. 2. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 140.
C. Water-Vapor Transmission: Comply with the following: 1. Maximum 2.0 grains/h ft2 with a maximum permeance of 5 in accordance with ASTM D6490.
D. Water Penetration and Leakage through Masonry: 100 percent reduction in leakage rate in comparison of treated and untreated specimens, according to ASTM E 514.
E. Durability: Maximum 18 percent loss of water-repellent properties after 2500 hours of weathering according to ASTM G 154 in comparison to water-repellent-treated specimens before weathering.
WATER REPELLENTS CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 19 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1.4 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING
A. Preconstruction Testing: Installed water repellents must comply with performance requirements indicated, as evidenced by reports of tests performed on manufacturer's standard substrate assemblies by a qualified testing agency.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Indicate manufacturer, product, composition, limitations, and other related data.
B. Manufacturer’s application instructions.
C. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator: Approved by water repellent manufacturer.
1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with applicable statutory health and environmental requirements.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver and store materials in the manufacturer’s unopened containers, clearly labeled with the manufacturer’s name and address and the date of material manufacture.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which both the manufacturer and Applicator agree to repair or replace materials that fail to maintain water repellency specified in "Performance Requirements" Article within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty must include coverage for removal and replacement of materials concealing water repellents. 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Project completion. .
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. BASF; Hydrozo Coating
B. Rainguard International., Micro-Seal.
C. Prosoco; Siloxane WB Concentrate.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. The water repellent must be noncombustible, and must not darken, stain, or discolor the surface of the specified areas.
WATER REPELLENTS CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 19 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. The coating must not change the reflectivity of the surface to which it is applied by giving a sheen or a gloss when dry.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for the installation of water repellent.
B. Verify concrete has been cured at least 28 days prior to application of water repellant, or longer if recommended by manufacturer.
C. Verify joint sealants are installed and cured.
D. Verify surfaces to be coated are dry, clean, and free of efflorescence, oil, film-forming curing compounds, or other matter detrimental to application or performance or coating.
E. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Remove loose particles and foreign matter.
B. Remove oil or foreign substance with chemical solvent which will not affect coating, substrate, or other adjacent materials.
C. Scrub and rinse surfaces with water and let dry.
D. Protect adjacent surfaces not scheduled to receive coating.
E. If applied on unscheduled surfaces, remove immediately by approved methods.
F. Equipment must be water-free prior to use for applying water repellent.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Apply coating in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
B. Minimum coverage must be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended application rate for the substrate to which the coating is to be applied.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. A technical representative of the manufacturer must be present at the jobsite during the application of the water repellent.
WATER REPELLENTS CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 19 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.5 TESTING
A. After installation of water repellent, test a representative wall area with a garden spray nozzle located approximately 10 feet from the wall so the water will strike the wall at approximately a 45-degree angle.
B. Spray water on the wall for 2 hours.
C. If inside face of representative wall shows traces of moisture, apply an additional coat of water repellent to the entire area and re-test.
D. Repeat procedure until no indication of moisture is present on inside face of representative wall.
END OF SECTION
WATER REPELLENTS CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 19 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 07 21 00
THERMAL INSULATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Rigid insulation under slabs at walk-in refrigerators and freezers. 2. Related accessories.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements. 2. Section 07 22 00 - Roof and Deck Insulation. 3. Section 07 24 00 – Exterior Insulation and Finish System 4. Section 07 26 00 - Under-Slab Vapor Retarders. 5. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping. 6. 7.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C272 - Test Method for Water Absorption of Core Materials for Structural Sandwich Constructions.
B. ASTM C578 - Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation.
C. ASTM D2103 - Polyethylene Film and Sheeting.
D. ASTM D4397 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene Sheeting for Construction, Industrial, and Agricultural Applications.
E. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
F. ASTM E96 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: 1. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 2. For glass-fiber products, include printed statement of VOC content and ASTM D 5116 emission test results.
B. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for each product.
C. Research/Evaluation Reports: For foam-plastic insulation from ICC-ES for the specific manufacturer selected.
THERMAL INSULATION SDD 20141218 07 21 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. For Fire-Rated Assemblies, insulation shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E84. Flame-spread rating of insulation materials must not exceed 25, smoke density must not exceed 450.
B. Materials used in fire-rated assemblies must bear the U.L. or other approved testing laboratory classification marking.
1.5 DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE
A. Deliver and store insulation in the manufacturer’s original packaging, clearly identified with manufacturer’s name, and name, type, and thickness of insulation.
B. Store insulation indoors, protected from moisture and other sources of damage.
C. Follow additional requirements of the manufacturer.
D. Delivery, handling and storage must be in accordance with Section 01 65 00 – Product Delivery Requirements.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Do not install insulation of types specified herein in lieu of materials specified in Section 07 84 00 – Firestopping or Section 07 84 43 – Fire-Resistant Joint Sealants.
B. Do not install insulation until building is sufficiently enclosed or protected against absorption of moisture by the insulation, and do not install insulation unless supporting framing and surrounding construction is complete and in a thoroughly dry condition.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSTAINABILITY REQUIREMENTS
A. Indoor Air Quality: Provide glass-fiber blanket insulation complying with either of the following: 1. Free of Formaldehyde: Insulation manufactured with 100 percent acrylic binders and no formaldehyde. 2. Low Emitting: Insulation tested according to ASTM D5116 and shown to emit less than 0.05-ppm formaldehyde.
B. Recycled Content: Provide blankets with recycled content such that postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content constitutes a minimum of 20 percent by weight.
2.2 RIGID INSULATION
A. Extruded- Polystyrene Board (XPS) Insulation: ASTM C578, Type VII, 60-psi minimum compressive strength; maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 450, respectively, per ASTM E 84. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers/Products:
THERMAL INSULATION SDD 20141218 07 21 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
a. Owens-Corning; Foamular 600 High Compressive Strength Rigid Foam Insulation. b. Dow Styrofoam HIGHLOAD 60. c. Approved Equal..
2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS
A. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: 1. Type recommended by insulation manufacturer, compatible with insulation and substrate, with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates without damaging insulation and substrates, and complying with requirements for fire performance characteristics of insulation with which used. 2. VOC Content: Not more than 80 g/L when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
B. Mechanical Fasteners: 1. Type recommended by insulation manufacturer and capable of securely and rigidly fastening insulation in place. 2. Adhesively Attached, Spindle-Type Anchors: Plate welded to projecting spindle; capable of holding insulation of specified thickness securely in position with self- locking washer in place. a. Plate: Perforated, galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 2 inches square. b. Spindle: Copper-coated, low-carbon steel; fully annealed; 0.105 inch diameter; length to suit depth of insulation. c. Acceptable Manufacturers/Products: 1) AGM Industries, Inc. 2) Gemco. 3) Approved Equal.
C. Vapor Retarder Sheet at Walk-In Units: Polyethylene Vapor Retarders: ASTM D 4397, 10 mil thick sheet. 1. Permeability: ASTM E96, 0.1 perms maximum.
D. Slip Sheet at Walk-In Units: ASTM D 4397, 6 mil thick polyethylene sheet.
E. Vapor Retarder Tape: Pressure-sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor-retarder manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder sheet.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that surfaces to receive thermal insulation are satisfactory for their installation.
B. Verify that substrate, adjacent materials, and insulation are dry.
C. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
THERMAL INSULATION SDD 20141218 07 21 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Rigid Insulation Under Slab at Walk-In Refrigerators and Freezers: 1. Install vapor retarder sheet over the slab-on-grade, carried up the wall a sufficient height in order that it can be properly joined to the wall vapor retarder and affect a tight seal. Overlap wall vapor retarder minimum 6 inches and tape continuously. Tape gaps and tears to ensure continuous seal. 2. Insulation must be 4 inches thick, applied in two or more layers. All layers of insulation must have tightly fitted and staggered joints. 3. Cover insulation with a slip sheet. Extend slip sheet up the inside of the side wall at least the height of the base. Lap slip sheet joints 6 inches minimum. 4. Coordinate installation with placing of concrete topping over insulation.
END OF SECTION
THERMAL INSULATION SDD 20141218 07 21 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 07 22 00
ROOF AND DECK INSULATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Insulation materials.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05 30 00 - Metal Decking. 2. Section 07 21 00 - Thermal Insulation. 3. Section 07 54 00 - Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C1280 - Application of Gypsum Sheathing Board.
B. ASTM C578 - Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation.
C. UL - Underwriters Laboratories: Fire Hazard Classifications; Fire Resistance Directory; Assemblies.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Roof Insulation System: Rigid board system consisting of gypsum sheathing, vapor barrier, and insulation; approved by roofing manufacturer, meeting requirements of CCR Title 24, specified requirements, and Reference Standards.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance criteria, limitations.
C. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions: 1. Indicate special environmental conditions required for installation. 2. Indicate adhesive recommendations. 3. Indicate fastener recommendations and attachment rate. 4. Indicate installation techniques.
D. Manufacturer’s Certificate: 1. Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 2. Certify that insulation is approved by manufacturer for use with specified roofing membrane materials.
ROOF AND DECK INSULATION CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 22 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with three years documented experience.
B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with three years documented experience and approved by manufacturer.
1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to CCR Title 24 for roof assembly fire hazard requirements.
B. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): Conform to requirements of indicated UL Assembly.
1.7 MOCK-UP
A. Provide mock-up of materials of this Section and roofing materials of Section 07 54 00 in accordance with Section 01 45 00
B. Location and Size of Mock-Up: As directed by the CDCR Representative.
C. Mock-up may remain as part of the Work.
1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE
A. Convene one week prior to commencing work of this Section 01 31 13 - Project Coordination.
B. Review installation procedures and coordination required with related Work.
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 01 65 00.
B. Deliver products in manufacturer’s original containers, dry, undamaged, seals and labels intact.
C. Do not deliver foam-plastic insulation materials to Project site before installation time.
D. Store products in weather protected environment, clear of ground and moisture.
E. Protect against ignition at all times.
F. Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment.
G. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction.
ROOF AND DECK INSULATION CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 22 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Do not install adhesives when temperature or weather conditions are detrimental to successful installation, or are not in compliance with manufacturers’ recommendations.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS
A. General: Flame-spread rating must not exceed 25 and smoke density must not exceed 450, in conformance with CBC requirements.
B. Insulation: ASTM C578 Type IV; Polystyrene, extruded cellular type, conforming to the following: 1. Thermal Resistance: K of 0.20 at 75 degrees F, aged value. 2. Thickness: Thickness required to achieve R-28 value. 3. Layers: Two 2” layers, minimum. 4. Board Size: Manufacturer’s standard board size. 5. Density: Maximum 2.5 pounds per cubic foot. 6. Compressive Strength: Minimum 25 psi. 7. Water Absorption: 0.3 percent by volume maximum. 8. Edges: Square edges.
C. Tapered Insulation: ASTM C578, Type IV; factory tapered extruded polystyrene; conforming to the following: 1. Thermal Resistance: K of 0.20 at 75 degrees F, aged value. 2. Thickness: Maximum 4 inches per layer. 3. Board Size: Manufacturer’s standard board size, tapered at specified slope. 4. Density: Maximum 2.5 pounds per cubic foot. 5. Compressive Strength: Minimum 25 psi. 6. Water Absorption: 0.3 percent by volume maximum.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Dow Chemical
B. Owens-Corning
2.3 FASTENERS, ASPHALT GLAZE COAT, AND/OR ADHESIVES
A. Appropriate for each component, purpose intended, and approved by UL, FM, and in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Installation of materials specified in this Section is specified in Section 07 54 00, “Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing.”
ROOF AND DECK INSULATION CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 22 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
END OF SECTION
ROOF AND DECK INSULATION CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 22 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 07 24 00
EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Composite wall cladding of rigid insulation and applied finishes.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements. 2. Section 04 22 00 - Concrete Masonry Unit. 3. Section 07 60 00 - Flashing and Sheet Metal. 4. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement.
B. ASTM C578 - Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation.
C. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
D. ASTM E96 - Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.
E. ASTM E119 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
F. ASTM E2098 - Tensile Breaking Strength of Glass Fiber Reinforcing Mesh for use in Class PB Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS), after Exposure to Sodium Hydroxide Solution.
G. ASTM E2134 - Tensile-Adhesion Performance of Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems.
H. ASTM E2430 - Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) Thermal Insulation Boards for use in Exterior Insulation and Finish System.
I. ASTM E2485 - Freeze-Thaw Resistance of Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems and Water-Resistive Barrier Coatings.
J. ASTM E2486 - Impact resistance of Class PB and PI Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type and component of EIFS indicated, including installation instructions. 1. For adhesives and sealants used inside the weatherproofing system, include printed statement of VOC content.
EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20150312 07 24 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Samples: Submit 3-inch square samples of color and texture for selection and acceptance.
C. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions: Indicate preparation required, installation techniques, jointing requirements, and other pertinent requirements.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum 5 years experience; approved in writing or licensed by system manufacturer.
1.5 FIELD SAMPLES
A. Provide field sample in accordance with Section 01 45 00.
B. Provide one field sample area of system. 1. Minimum Size: 4 feet by 4 feet. 2. Location: As directed by the CDCR Representative. 3. Accepted Field Sample: Standard for rest of work. 4. Accepted Field Sample: May remain part of completed project.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in original unopened containers and store off ground and under cover.
B. Store at temperatures not less than 40 degrees F.
C. Protect metal accessories from rusting during storage.
D. Rusted and water damaged materials are subject to rejection.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Cold Weather Protection 1. Do not apply materials to surfaces frozen or containing frost. Do not use frozen materials. 2. If artificial heat is used, locate heater to prevent concentration of heat or fumes on finish surface. 3. Do not apply if ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F. Maintain this temperature 48 hours prior to application, during application, and for 24 hours after application. 4. Provide temporary heat and enclosure if necessary.
B. Hot Weather Protection 1. Protect against uneven or excessive evaporation during dry hot weather and from strong blasts of dry air, either natural or artificial.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Dryvit System, Inc.; Outsulation.
EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20150312 07 24 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. ISPO Inc.; R-Wall.
C. STO. Industries, Inc. Thermal Systems.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Primer/Sealer: EIFS manufacturer's standard substrate conditioner with VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), designed to seal substrates from moisture penetration and to improve the bond between substrate of type indicated and adhesive used for application of insulation.
B. Adhesive: 1. Insulation Adhesive: EIFS manufacturer's standard formulation designed for indicated use; compatible with substrate; with VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24); and complying with the following: a. Job-mixed formulation of portland cement complying with ASTM C 150, Type I, and polymer-based adhesive specified for base coat. 2. Manufacturers a. Dryvit; AP Adhesive. b. Sto; TurboStick. c. Parex; WeatherDry.
C. Insulation Board 1. Type: Expanded polystyrene. 2. Flame Spread: Less than 25. 3. Average Density: 1.0 lbs/cu ft. 4. R-Value: R-7 per inch of thickness. Total R-value and thickness shall be R-13 minimum and 2 inches of total thickness. 5. Insulation Manufacturer: Approved by system manufacturer.
D. Reinforcing Mesh: 1. Manufacturers a. Dryvit; Panzer 20 Reinforcing Mesh b. Sto; Armor Mat, 20 oz. c. Approved Equal.
E. Finish: 1. Manufacturers a. Dryvit; acrylic based factory mixed coating with integral color and texture. b. Approved Equal.
F. Cement: ASTM C150 Portland Cement Type I.
G. Water: Clear and potable.
H. Finish: Color and sand finish as selected by the CDCR Representative.
I. Trim: As indicated on Drawings.
EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20150312 07 24 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that surfaces to receive exterior insulation and finish system are satisfactory for their installation.
B. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide drapes, drop cloths and other protection required to protect adjacent surfaces from damage during finish operations.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install insulation, reinforcing mesh, trim and finish coat in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
B. Insulation 1. Install insulation with adhesive in running bond with joints staggered and interlocked at corners. 2. Align edges to produce flat surfaces. 3. Let dry 24 hours. 4. Sand high areas to produce flat surfaces.
C. Base Coat 1. Apply 1/16 inch coat of adhesive and immediately embed reinforcing mesh into wet adhesive and smooth surface until mesh is not visible. 2. Lap mesh edges 2½ inches. 3. Allow to dry 24 hours.
D. Finish Coat 1. Apply with clean stainless trowel in continuous operation without cold joints in color and texture to match accepted sample. 2. Form to special shapes and lines as indicated.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent surfaces splattered with materials from installation under this Section.
END OF SECTION
EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20150312 07 24 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 07 26 00
UNDER-SLAB VAPOR RETARDERS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Vapor barrier - slab on grade. 2. Accessories.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing. 2. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 3. Section 31 20 00 - Earthwork.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM E96/E96M - Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.
B. ASTM E1745 - Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Under-slab vapor barrier system
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Product Data: Indicate conformance to specified requirements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Minimum 15-mil thick polyolefin geomembrane.
B. Manufactured with ISO certified virgin resins.
C. Membrane Properties: 1. Water Vapor Barrier: ASTM E1745 Meets or exceeds Class B. 2. Water Vapor Transmission Rate ASTM E96 0.006 gr./ft2/hr. or lower 3. Permeance Rating: ASTM E96 0.01 gr./ft2/hr. or lower. 4. Puncture Resistance: ASTM E1745 minimum 1970 grams. 5. Tensile Strength: ASTM E1745 minimum 45.0 lbf/in.
UNDER-SLAB VAPOR RETARDERS CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 26 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. STEGO INDUSTRIES LLC; Stego Wrap (15 mil) Vapor Barrier.
B. Fortifiber Corp; Moistop Ultra 15.
C. W.R.Meadows; Perminator 15 mil.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Seam Tape: 1. High Density Polyethylene Tape with pressure sensitive adhesive. Minimum width 4 inches.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive the Work. Notify the CDCR Representative, in writing, of any conditions requiring corrective action.
B. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Place vapor barrier using widest practical width of film. 1. Use vapor barrier over base material in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 2. Install proprietary products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 3. Where laps are required, lap not less than 12 inches, and seal with vapor barrier tape. 4. Extend to extremities of area. 5. Turn up 2 inches at perimeter walls, apply adhesive and tape in place. Box fold at inside corners; do not cut. 6. Cut film around pipes and conduit piercing barrier with undersized holes and apply vapor barrier tape to ensure maximum barrier effectiveness. 7. Repair damage to film with vapor barrier and vapor barrier tape prior to the placement of concrete. Provide a patch of same material at all punctures or tears with a minimum 12” overlap in all directions from damaged point, seal with vapor barrier tape.
B. Protect vapor barriers so that other trades do not puncture, damage or otherwise cause deterioration of vapor barrier.
C. Coordinate with other Sections for the placement of welded wire fabric, reinforcing steel, pipes, conduits, and other items on top over vapor barrier to prevent punctures.
END OF SECTION
UNDER-SLAB VAPOR RETARDERS CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 26 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 07 54 00
THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Roofing membrane and assembly components. 2. Base flashings. 3. PVC laminated flashings. 4. Accessory products. 5. Installation of roof insulation materials specified in Section 07 22 00.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry. 2. Section 07 22 00 - Roof and Deck Insulation. 3. Section 07 54 20 – Roof Walkway 4. Section 07 60 00 - Flashing and Sheet Metal. 5. Section 07 72 55 – Rooftop Support Systems. 6. Section 23 05 00 – Common Work Results for HVAC. 7. Section 26 05 00 – Common Work Results for Electrical
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM D570 - Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics. 2. ASTM D751 - Test Methods for Coated Fabrics. 3. ASTM D1079 - Terminology Relating to Roofing, Waterproofing, and Bituminous Materials. 4. ASTM D1203 - Test Methods for Volatile Loss from Plastics using Activated Carbon Methods. 5. ASTM D1204 - Test Method for Linear Dimensional Changes. 6. ASTM D2136 - Test Method for Coated Fabrics - Low Temperature Bend Test. 7. ASTM D2565 - Operating Xenon Arc-Type Light-Exposure Apparatus. 8. ASTM D3045 - Practice for Heat Aging of Plastics without Load. 9. ASTM D4263 - Test Method for Indicating Moisture in Concrete by the Plastic Sheet Method. 10. ASTM D4434/D4434M - Polyvinyl Chloride Sheet Roofing. 11. ASTM E96/E96M - Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 12. ASTM E108 - Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings. 13. ASTM E119 - Test Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 14. ASTM E1980 - Standard Practice for Calculating Solar Reflectance Index of Horizontal and Low-Sloped Opaque Surfaces.
B. CCR - California Code of Regulations.
THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING CDCR-SDD 20150323 07 54 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. FMG - Factory Mutual Global and Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation: Roof Assembly Classifications.
D. NRCA - National Roofing Contractors Association: Roofing and Waterproofing Manual.
E. SPRI - Single Ply Roofing Institute:
F. SPRI IA-1 - Standard Field Test Procedure for Determining the Mechanical Uplift Resistance of Insulation Adhesives over Various Substrate.
G. SPRI RP-4-02 - Wind Design Standard for Ballasted Single-Ply Roofing Systems.
H. SPRI/ANSI/ES-1-03 - Wind Design Standard for Edge Systems Used with Low Slope Roofing Systems.
I. UL - Underwriters Laboratories: Fire Hazard Classifications; Fire Resistance Directory; Assemblies.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Adhered thermoplastic sheet roofing system: 1. PVC membrane. 2. Protection (cover) board. 3. Extruded polystyrene insulation. 4. Vapor retarder for roof sections subject to risk of vapor flow or accumulation of condensation. (Locations as indicated on Drawings.) 5. Thermal protection (substrate) board for roof sections built on metal deck.
1.4 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
A. General: 1. Provide installed roofing membrane and base flashings that remain watertight; do not permit the passage of water; and resist specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure. 2. Comply with manufacturer details for PVC Single Ply Membrane, following basic NRCA recommended details, as approved by membrane manufacturer. 3. External Fire Resistance: UL Class A. 4. Wind Uplift: FM I-90. 5. Corner Uplift Pressure: 90 lbf/sq. ft. 6. Perimeter Uplift Pressure: 90 lbf/sq. ft. 7. Field-of-Roof Uplift Pressure: 90 lbf/sq. ft. 8. Completed installation must comply with indicated CBC Design Number, where occurs. 9. Completed roof surfaces must not pond water. 10. Roofing materials to be compatible with one another under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roofing membrane manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
B. Installation and materials approved by roofing manufacturer, meeting requirements of CCR Title 24, specified requirements, and Reference Standards.
THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING CDCR-SDD 20150323 07 54 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. FMG Listing: 1. Provide roofing membrane, base flashings, and component materials that comply with requirements in FMG 4450 and FMG 4470 as part of a membrane roofing system and that are listed in FMG’s “Approval Guide” for Class 1 or noncombustible construction, as applicable. 2. Identify materials with FMG markings. 3. Wind uplift: FM I-90.
D. Conform to CCR Title 24 for roof assembly fire hazard requirements.
E. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): Conform to requirements of indicated UL Assembly.
F. Energy Star Listing: Roofing system shall be listed on the DOE's ENERGY STAR "Roof Products Qualified Product List" for low-slope roof products.
G. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: 1. Provide membrane roofing materials with the fire-test-response characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products per test method below by UL, FMG, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Materials must be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 3. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: Class A; ASTM E108, for application and roof slopes indicated.
H. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Comply with fire-resistance-rated assembly designs indicated. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance criteria, limitations.
B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: 1. Indicate special environmental conditions required for installation. 2. Indicate adhesive recommendations. 3. Shop Drawings. a. Indicate fastener patterns and attachment rate meeting FM I-90 requirements. b. Provide calculations signed by a licensed structural engineer confirming the type of fasteners and spacing. c. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other Work. d. Base flashings and membrane terminations. 4. Indicate installation techniques.
C. Manufacturer's Certificate: 1. Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 2. Certify that the roof membrane system has been installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s directions. 3. Certify that insulation is approved by manufacturer for use with specified roofing membrane materials. 4. Certify that material thickness for the supplied material is within 2 mils of ASTM designation.
THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING CDCR-SDD 20150323 07 54 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
5. Signed by roofing manufacturer certifying that roofing system complies with requirements specified in “System Description” article above. 6. Submit evidence of meeting design requirements.
D. System Performance: Provide documentation that the roofing components submitted meet or exceed the system performance requirements as an assembly.
E. Maintenance Data: Provide documentation for maintenance of roofing system to be included in maintenance manuals.
F. Inspection Report: Provide copy of roofing system manufacturer’s inspection report of completed roofing installation. Submittal Schedule:
R=Required Literature MSDS Sample 1. Roofing Membrane and Flashing Sheets (reinforced and non-reinforced) R R R 2. Walkway Protection (each type) R R R 3. Adhesive – Membrane R R 4. Fastener(s) – Preclad Metal R R 5. Securement / Termination Bar R 6. PVC cord R 7. Sealant (and primer) R R 8. Pipe Supports R 9. Tape Separator R R 10. Manufacturer sample warranty R 11. Manufacturer approved applicator letter R 12. Manufacturer confirmation of specification review and acceptance, and R intent to warrant 13. Intended Roof Membrane Layout (Plan) R 14. Intended Rigid Roof Insulation Layout (Plan) R 15. Rigid Roof Insulation (all types) R R 16. FM Global Approval Listing R 17. UL Approval Listing R 18. Adhesion Test Results R
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with three years documented experience and has FMG approval for membrane roofing system identical to that used for this project.
B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with three years documented experience and approved by manufacturer.
THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING CDCR-SDD 20150323 07 54 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain components for membrane roofing system from or approved by roofing membrane manufacturer.
B. Preliminary Roofing Conference: 1. Before starting roof deck construction and/or one week prior to commencing work of this Section, conduct conference at Project site. 2. Prepare an agenda, preside over the conference, and record minutes, and distribute copies within two days after the conference to participants, with two copies to the CDCR Representative. 3. Meet with the CDCR Representative, Subcontractor, testing and inspecting agency representative, roofing installer, roofing system manufacturer’s representative, deck installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing including installers of roof accessories and roof-mounted equipment. 4. Review methods and procedures related to roof deck construction and roofing system including. 5. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer’s written instructions, approved submittals, and Contract Documents. 6. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer’s personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 7. Examine deck substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements, including flatness and fastening. 8. Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during and after roofing. 9. Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect roofing system. 10. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 11. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation. 12. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer’s name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, and directions for storing and mixing with other components.
B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. 1. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight. 2. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life.
C. Roof Insulation: 1. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. 2. Store in a dry location. 3. Comply with insulation manufacturer’s written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation.
THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING CDCR-SDD 20150323 07 54 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
D. Handle and store roofing materials and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck.
1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Do not install materials when existing or forecasted temperature or weather conditions are detrimental to successful installation, or are not in compliance with manufacturers' recommendations, written instructions or warranty requirements.
1.10 WARRANTY
A. Comply with all warranty procedures required by manufacturer, including notifications, scheduling, and inspections.
B. Manufacturer’s Special Warranty: 1. Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 2. Special warranty includes membrane roofing, base flashings, walkway products, roof insulation, cover boards, substrate boards, roofing accessories, roof pavers, and other components of roofing system. 3. Warranty must be Non-Prorated and provide No Dollar Limit (NDL). 4. Warranty Period: 20 years.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 BASE PRODUCTS
A. Products name or identified by make or model number, or other designation and described below are base products. Base products establish the standards of type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, warranty, cost, and other characteristics required by the Project.
B. Products of manufacturers not listed may be proposed for substitution subject to the requirements of Section 01 25 00 Substitution Procedures.
2.2 PRODUCTS
A. PVC Roofing Membrane with Backing: 1. Manufacturers/Products: a. Sika Sarnafil; G410 FB Adhered Feltback Single Ply Roofing Membrane. b. GAF: EverGuard PVC Fleece Backed Adhered Single Ply Roofing Membrane 1) PVC Sheet: ASTM D4434, Type III, fabric reinforced 2) Thickness: 80 mils 3) Backing: Factory applied felt backing c. Exposed Face Color: White 2. Membrane: ASTM D4434, Type III, Grade 1; reinforced Polyvinyl Chloride sheet; 0.080 inch thick, 72 inch nominal roll width; white exposed face color; with factory- applied felt backing; conforming to the following criteria:
THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING CDCR-SDD 20150323 07 54 00- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
Properties Test Min. Results Tearing Strength, lbf (N) ASTM D1004 45 lbf min. Weight Change After Immersion in Water ASTM D570 3.0 % max. Seam Strength, min., (% of breaking strength) ASTM D751 75% Retention of Properties After Heat Aging ASTM D3045 -- Tensile Strength, min., (% of original) ASTM D751 90% Elongation min. (% of original) ASTM D751 90% Low Temperature Ben, -40 deg. F (-40 deg C) ASTM D2136 Pass Accelerated Weathering Test ASTM G154 Cracking (7x magnification) -- None Discoloration (by observation) -- Negligible Crazing (7x magnification) -- None Static Puncture Resistance, 33 lbf ASTM D5602 Pass Dynamic Puncture Resistance, 14.7 ft-lbf ASTM D5635 Pass Breaking Strength (lbf/in.) ASTM D751 200 lbf/in Elongation at break of fabric, min. ASTM D751 15% Tear Resistance, min. (lbf) ASTM D1004 10 lbf Linear Dimensional Change (shrinkage) % ASTM D1204 0.5% typical Solar Reflectance: ASTM C1549 0.70 min. Thermal Emissivity: ASTM E903 0.75 min. Solar Reflective Index: ASTM E1980 78 min. for<2:12 29 min. for>2:12 Energy Smart Color: White.
B. Sheet Membrane Flashing: Manufacturer’s standard sheet flashing of same material, type, reinforcement, thickness, and color as PVC sheet membrane.
C. PVC-Coated Sheet Metal Flashing: 25 gauge G90 galvanized steel sheet laminated to 20 mil non-reinforced membrane in soft white color used for flashing and edge metal detailing.
D. Protection (Cover) Board: 1. Protection board: ASTM C1177 must be 1/2 inch thick siliconized gypsum sheathing board with fiberglass facer mat. 2. Approved Manufacturers: a. Georgia Pacific; DensDeck Prime. b. USG; Securock Gypsum Fiber Board c. Approved equal by CDCR Represent.
E. Insulation: As specified in Section 07 22 00 Roof and Deck Insulation.
F. Vapor Retarder: Fire Resistant Sheet Vapor Retarder: 1. Conform to UL and FM requirements for the product and the roof assembly. 2. Permeability rating to be 0.03 perms maximum.
G. Adhesives: Chemically compatible with roof system components. 1. Manufacturer’s recommended bonding adhesives for fully adhered membrane. 2. Adhesives and sealants that are used inside the weatherproofing system must comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated in accordance with 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): a. Plastic Foam Adhesives: 50 g/L.
THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING CDCR-SDD 20150323 07 54 00- 7 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
b. Gypsum Board and Panel Adhesives: 50 g/L. c. Multipurpose Construction Adhesives: 70 g/L. d. Fiberglass Adhesives: 80 g/L. e. Contact Adhesives: 80 g/L. f. Plastic Cement Welding Compounds: 350 g/L. g. PVC Welding Compounds: 510 g/L. h. Other Adhesives: 250 g/L. i. Single-Ply Roof Membrane Sealants: 450 g/L. j. Non-membrane Roof Sealants: 300 g/L. k. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. l. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. n.
H. Sealants: Manufacturer’s recommended sealants for fully adhered membrane.
I. Walkway Protection: 1. Gridded PVC Roof Walkway: A rolled-out walkway protection mat used to protect roofing membrane from mechanical abuse. Walkway must be 36 inches wide minimum. a. Manufacturers/Products: 1. Sika Sarnafil; Crossgrip XTRA. 2. Weldable membrane with embossed surface: A rolled-out walkway used to protect roofing membrane from mechanical abuse. Walkway must be 36 inches wide minimum; 72 inches wide minimum at mechanical unit access panels and at locations of routine maintenance. a. Manufacturers/Products: 1. Sika Sarnafil; SarnaTred.
J. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide pourable sealers, preformed cone and vent sheet flashings, preformed inside and outside corner sheet flashings, T-joint covers, termination reglets, cover strips, neoprene washers at fastener penetrations, and other accessories for complete weather tight installation.
K. Equipment: 1. Screw guns: Depth, and torque sensitive. 2. Generator. 3. Drills for concrete fasteners. 4. Membrane heat welder.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with the following requirements and other conditions affecting performance of roofing system: 1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place and set and braced and that roof drains are securely clamped in place. 2. Verify that minimum concrete drying period recommended by roofing system manufacturer has passed. 3. Verify that concrete substrate is visibly dry and free of moisture. Test for capillary moisture by the plastic sheet method in accordance with ASTM D4263.
THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING CDCR-SDD 20150323 07 54 00- 8 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
4. Verify that concrete curing compounds that will impair adhesion of roofing components to roof deck have been removed. 5. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence application until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning application means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation in accordance with roofing system manufacturer’s written instructions. Remove sharp projections.
B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast.
C. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing.
3.3 VAPOR RETARDER APPLICATION
A. Apply vapor retarder to deck surface in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
B. Extend vapor retarder under blocking to deck edge.
3.4 INSULATION APPLICATION
A. Ensure substrate and insulation is clean and dry.
B. Install field insulation in two layers minimum.
C. Attach insulation boards: Install each layer of insulation and adhere to to substrate as required by listed assembly requirements and as follows: 1. Attach first layer of insulation boards to concrete deck in accordance with insulation manufacturer’s instructions, approved shop drawings, and assembly listing. 2. Attach subsequent layers of insulation boards to the previous layer of insulation boards with joints staggered minimum 24 inch from joints of previous layer in accordance with insulation manufacturer’s instructions, approved shop drawings, and assembly listing.
D. Place the constant thickness layers first and the tapered thickness insulation layers second for required slope pattern in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and approved shop drawings.
E. Minimum Total Insulation Thickness: As required to achieve a minimum R-28 insulation value.
F. Lay boards with edges in moderate contact without forcing, 1/4 inch maximum joint width. Cut insulation to fit neatly to perimeter blocking and around penetrations through roof.
G. Tapered Insulation: 1. Install tapered insulation to form slopes or crickets as indicated or required.
THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING CDCR-SDD 20150323 07 54 00- 9 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Lay tapered boards for a distance of 24 inches back from roof drains for positive drainage. 3. Attach to base insulation as required to prevent shifting. 4. Minimum Slope: 1/2 inch per foot. 5. Provide smooth transitions. Abrupt or vertical drops not allowed at joints.
H. Apply no more insulation than can be covered with membrane in same day and before approaching precipitation.
I. Tape joints of insulation in accordance with insulation manufacturer’s instructions.
J. Install temporary water cutoffs at completion of work each day and remove upon resumption of work.
3.5 PROTECTION BOARD APPLICATION
A. Install one layer protection board over thermal/tapered insulation in accordance with roof membrane manufacturer’s recommendations and approved shop drawings.
B. Butt joints to ensure gaps less than 1/8 inches wide.
3.6 ADHERED ROOFING MEMBRANE INSTALLATION
A. Install roofing membrane over area to receive roofing in accordance with membrane roofing system manufacturer’s written instructions and approved shop drawings. 1. Unroll roofing membrane and allow it to relax before installing.
B. Start installation of roofing membrane in presence of membrane roofing system manufacturer’s technical personnel.
C. Accurately align roofing membrane and maintain uniform side and end laps of minimum dimensions required by manufacturer. Stagger end laps.
D. Bonding Adhesive: 1. Apply bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of roofing membrane at rate required by manufacturer and allow to partially dry before installing roofing membrane. 2. Do not apply bonding adhesive to splice area of roofing membrane.
E. Adhesively fasten roofing membrane securely at terminations, penetrations, and perimeter of roofing.
F. Apply roofing membrane with side laps shingled with slope of roof deck where possible.
G. Seams: 1. Clean seam areas, overlap roofing membrane and hot-air weld side and end laps of roofing membrane in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions to ensure a watertight seam installation. 2. Test lap edges with probe to verify seam weld continuity. Apply lap sealant to seal cut edges of roofing membrane. 3. Verify field strength of seams a minimum of twice daily and repair seam sample areas.
THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING CDCR-SDD 20150323 07 54 00- 10 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
4. Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in roofing membrane that does not meet requirements.
H. Spread sealant or mastic bed over deck drain flange at deck drains and securely seal roofing membrane in place with clamping ring.
3.7 BASE FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. Install sheet flashings and preformed flashing accessories and adhere to substrates in accordance with membrane roofing system manufacturer’s written instructions and approved shop drawings.
B. Apply bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of sheet flashing at required rate and allow to partially dry. Do not apply bonding adhesive to seam area of flashing.
C. Flash penetrations and field-formed inside and outside corners with sheet flashing.
D. Clean seam areas and overlap and firmly roll sheet flashings into the adhesive. Weld side and end laps to ensure a watertight seam installation.
E. Terminate and seal top of sheet flashings and mechanically anchor to substrate through termination bars.
F. Where membrane terminates at sheet metal flashing, provide two piece flashings to accommodate future reroofing.
3.8 WALKWAY INSTALLATION
A. Gridded PVC Roof Walkway: Walkway must be secured to the roofing membrane with loops of the roofing membrane welded to the field sheet. Do not adhere walkway directly to roofing membrane. Consult manufacturer’s Product Data Sheet for additional information.
B. Weldable membrane with embossed surface: Apply continuous coat of adhesive to roofing membrane and back of walkway material in accordance with roofing manufacturer’s written instructions. Apply uniform pressure with roller. Weld entire perimeter of walkway to roofing membrane.
3.9 MANUFACTURER’S FIELD SERVICES
A. Before start, during, and upon completion of installation, membrane manufacturer’s technical representative must conduct inspections to ensure that roofing system is installed in accordance with membrane manufacturer’s recommended specifications and details.
B. A minimum of three site visits per building are required by manufacturer’s technical representative.
C. Notify the CDCR Representative 48 hours in advance of date and time of each site visit.
D. Final Roof Inspection: 1. At least one of the manufacturer’s site visits must be after completion of the installation. 2. Submit written report after Final Roof Inspection to the CDCR Representative.
THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING CDCR-SDD 20150323 07 54 00- 11 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
E. Provide certification in accordance with above paragraph 1.5 - Submittals.
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform field testing under provisions of Section 01 45 00.
B. Testing Agency: 1. Contractor must engage an independent qualified testing agency to perform the following tasks: a. Inspect substrate conditions, surface preparation, membrane application, flashings, protection, and drainage components. b. Provide all inspections listed herein and as required by CDCR. c. Perform EFVM testing as required and described below. d. Inspect for water intrusion after all tests described below. e. Prepare written reports after each inspection and submit - reports to CDCR Representative.
C. Water and EFVM Testing: Provide the following tests: 1. All tests as required by roofing manufacturer and to obtain manufacturer’s warranty as specified herein. 2. Temporarily plug all roof drains and flood area with enough water to completely cover clamping ring and area surrounding drains to achieve a minimum of two inches of water head at drain. Use dams if required. Leave water in place for 48 hours. 3. Water test scuppers similar to roof drains as required by roofing inspector or CDCR. 4. Monitor weather conditions to prevent damage to building caused by accumulation of water during a rain event. 5. Arrange for testing agency to inspect for water intrusion. 6. On the same day, after inspection, remove drain plugs and, wet entire roof membrane, flashings and roof accessories by means of soaker hose at the rate of not less than one inch per hour rain equivalent for a duration of not less than two hours. 7. Arrange for testing agency to inspect for water intrusion in these areas. 8. Where solar panels or overburden, such as ballast, pavers, green roofs and similar, occur on roofs, perform Electronic Field Vector Mapping (EFVM) tests by testing agency over the completed waterproof roof membrane to test for capillary defects and/or breaches in the roof membrane. EVFM testing must be performed 24 hours or more after water tests and prior to installation of solar panels and/or overburden. 9. Arrange for roofing manufacturer’s representative to perform inspections as required to achieve specified warranty(ies). 10. Locate and correct all identified leaks, defects and irregularities. 11. Repeat tests until no water intrusion is found. 12. Remove temporary plugs and dams and restore roofs at conclusion of tests.
D. Repair or remove and replace components of membrane roofing system where test results or inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. Contractor is solely responsible for all repairs or replacement of roofing assembly and all other items damaged by water intrusion.
E. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor’s expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING CDCR-SDD 20150323 07 54 00- 12 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.11 PROTECTING AND CLEANING
A. Waterstops: 1. Install temporary cutoffs around incomplete edges of the roofing assembly at the end of each workday and when work must be postponed because of inclement weather. 2. Straighten the insulation line using pieces of insulation loosely laid, and seal the roofing systems sheet membrane to the deck or existing membrane. 3. Use a heavy application of roof cement at least 6 inches in width, overlaid with an embedded reinforcement. 4. Remove the temporary seals completely when work resumes, cutting out the contaminated membrane. 5. Remove all sealant, contaminated membrane, insulation fillers, etc. from the work area and properly dispose off-site.
B. Protect membrane roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When remaining construction will not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to the CDCR Representative.
Correct deficiencies to or remove membrane roofing system that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall membrane roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and in accordance with warranty requirements.
THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING CDCR-SDD 20150323 07 54 00- 13 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 07 60 00
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Galvanized sheet metal. 2. Fasteners. 3. Fabrications. 4. Finish.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05 05 55 - Tamper Proof Metal Fasteners. 2. Section 05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications. 3. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking, nailers, and grounds. 4. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coatings.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. AISI (American Iron and Steel Institute) - Stainless Steel - Uses in Architecture.
B. ASTM A167 - Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip.
C. ASTM A240/A240M - Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications.
D. ASTM A653/A653M - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.
E. ANSI/ASTM B32 - Solder Metal.
F. FS O-F-506 - Flux, Soldering, Paste and Liquid.
G. NRCA - National Roofing Contractors Association: Roofing Manual.
H. SMACNA - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator: Company specializing in sheet metal flashing work with minimum three years experience.
B. Pre-installation Conference: 1. Convene pre-installation conference in accordance with Section 01 31 19 - Project Meetings. 2. Attend conference with roofing installer, roofing manufacturer’s representative, General Contractor and the CDCR Representative.
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 60 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Indicate overall layout of sheet metal work; type, thickness, and details of sheet metal components; joints, expansion joints, attachment and anchoring of sheet metal components.
B. Warranties: Sample of special warranties.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver flashing and sheet metal wrapped for protection and marked to facilitate identification.
B. Stack preformed material to prevent twisting, bending, or abrasion, and to provide ventilation.
C. Prevent contact with materials during storage which may cause discoloration, staining, or damage.
D. Store and handle in protective wrapping until ready for use.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Before fabricating sheet metal, verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered.
1.7 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate Work of this Section with work of other Sections whose work affects or is affected by the Work of this Section.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace sheet metal flashing and trim that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214. 2. c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Project completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Sheet Metal: 1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A240/A240M, Type 304, 2D (dull, cold rolled) annealed finish, soft except where harder temper is required for forming or performance, 16 gauge unless otherwise indicated on Drawings.
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 60 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Other sheet metal, unless otherwise specified or indicated, must be 22 gauge zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet conforming to ASTM A653/A653M, G90 (Z275) coating designation; structural quality, mill phosphatized for field painting. 3. Provide associated trim, corner plates, clips, joint covers, and similar items, as required for a complete and watertight installation.
B. Fasteners: 1. Material: a. Non-corrosive or hot-dipped galvanized compatible with flashing and sheet metal material. b. Provide stainless steel fasteners for stainless steel sheet metal. c. Provide tamper proof metal fasteners at exposed locations in accordance with Section 05 05 55. 2. Type and Size: a. Nails, rivets, sheet metal screws as indicated and as required to hold flashing and sheet metal securely in place. b. Where sheet metal is installed over other sheet metal, fasten through 1-inch diameter tinned discs. 3. Spacing: 3-inches on center, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Solder: ASTM B32, Alloy Grade 50A.
D. Flux: FS O-F-506.
E. Sealant: Type specified in Section 07 90 00.
F. Reglets: 1. Standard or surface mounting types, as indicated; of either galvanized steel or plastic, unless otherwise indicated. 2. For embedded types, provide with strippable tape covers or with channel prefilled with sealant. 3. Manufacturers a. Fry Reglet Corp; Springlock Flashing System Type ‘CO’ b. MM Systems Corp. c. O’Keeffe’s Inc.
2.2 FABRICATION
A. Field-fabricate only those items that cannot be fabricated in the shop.
B. Fabricate products in accordance with the reviewed approved Shop Drawings and the SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual referenced standard, and NRCA Roofing Manual.
C. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects.
D. Form pieces in longest practical lengths.
E. Form flashing and sheet metal to fit snugly and without sharp edges.
F. Form seams neatly, and make straight.
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 60 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
G. Hem exposed edges on underside 1/2 inch; miter and seam corners.
H. Fabricate corners from one piece with minimum 18 inch long legs; seam for rigidity, seal with sealant.
I. Fabricate flashings vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward 1/4 inch and hemmed to form drip.
J. Joints 1. Make joints watertight and allow for expansion. 2. Reinforce sheet metal corners as required. 3. Conceal reinforcement within finished assembly.
K. Fastenings: Use concealed hook strips and fasteners. Exposed hook strips and fasteners not acceptable.
2.3 FINISH
A. Galvanized Items: Mill phosphatized for painted finish in accordance with Section 09 90 00.
B. Back paint concealed metal surfaces with one coat protective backing paint.
C. Coat contacting dissimilar metals with protective compound.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for the installation of flashing and sheet metal.
B. Verify roof openings, curbs, pipes, sleeves, ducts, and vents through roof are solidly set, cant strips and reglets are in place, and nailing strips located.
C. Verify roofing membrane termination and base flashings are in place, sealed, and secure.
D. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Remove dirt, foreign objects, and foreign materials from surfaces to receive flashing and sheet metal.
B. Surfaces must be clean, smooth, even, and free from defects prior to installation.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Soldering: 1. Clean contact surfaces before soldering. 2. Perform soldering so as to thoroughly heat sheet metal and completely sweat solder through full seam width to produce joint of flowed solder 1-inch wide.
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 60 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3. Sweat lock seams full of solder flat and straight; clean with acid flux after soldering, and wash thoroughly.
B. Mechanical Fastening: 1. Join parts with concealed rivets or sheet metal screws, type and spacing in accordance with manufacturer installation instructions, NRCA Roofing Manual and approved shop drawings. 2. Place sheets together before drilling.
C. Lap Joints: 1. Where lap joints are used, lap sheets at least 4 inches. 2. Provide bead of sealant across lapped joints, placed 1 inch from exposed edge of joint.
D. Butt Joints: 1. Where butt joints are used, provide concealed backing alignment plates or sleeves fitted to one side of joint.
E. Perform cutting, fitting, drilling, and similar work as required to accommodate the Work of other Sections.
F. Gravel Stops: 1. Fabricate gravel stops of galvanized steel. 2. Provide prefabricated mitered and soldered internal and external corners. 3. Leave joints between sections open 1/4 inch and back with formed back-up plates lapping each section and a minimum of 3 inches. 4. Seal laps with butyl sealer. 5. Fold back exposed edges 1/2 inch on the underside. 6. Place gravel stops on roofs after roofing felts have been laid. 7. Place in position on a 1/8 inch thick bed of black plastic cement the full width of the flange and nail not to exceed 12-inches on center.
G. Parapet Caps: 1. Fabricate of 22 gauge galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide prefabricated mitered internal and external corners. 3. Leave joints open 1/4 inch between sections, back with formed back-up plates lapping each section and a minimum of 3 inches. 4. Seal laps with butyl sealer.
H. Expansion Joints: 1. Fabricate of 22 gauge galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated. 2. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Plate No. 76.
I. Hanging Gutters: 1. Fabricate of 24 gauge galvanized steel, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Lap joints between sections 1-1/2 inches, rivet and solder. 3. Provide loose locked expansion joints midway between outlet tubes to provide for 1-1/2 inches movement in both directions. 4. Provide expansion joints with cover strips in a manner to provide free movement and watertight connection. 5. Form outlet tubes of same material and thickness as gutter and lock and solder the longitudinal seam.
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 60 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
6. Flange the upper end of tubes and rivet and solder to the lining. 7. Extend tubes into downspouts at Support Gutters with 20 gauge strap hangers and install spreaders at midpoint between hangers.
J. Downspouts: 1. Fabricate downspouts of 24 gauge galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated. 2. Telescope end joints 1-1/2 inches and lock longitudinal joints. 3. Hold downspouts in position 1 inch clear of the wall with 1/16 inch by 1 inch galvanized steel downspout straps spaced not more than 10 feet on center and securely fasten to the wall with expansion anchors.
K. Conductor Heads: 1. Construct conductor heads of 24 gauge galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated. 2. Use flat-locked and soldered seams. 3. Provide 4 inch long outlet tubes. 4. Close tops of conductor heads with a removable type 1/2 inch mesh stainless steel wire screen.
L. Scupper Linings: 1. Unless otherwise indicated, line scuppers with galvanized steel extending through the walls and projecting into conductor heads. 2. Join scupper linings to wall and roof flanges with locked and smoldered seams. 3. Prime concrete surfaces to receive the scupper lining and coat with plastic cement.
M. Reglets and Counter flashings: 1. Install reglets and counter flashings in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed installation drawings and instructions as indicated, and approved shop drawings.
N. Completed installation must be weather tight.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Following installation, clean exposed surfaces of flashing and sheet metal of excess solder and dirt; remove grease and oil with appropriate solvent; wipe surfaces with clean rags, and leave in condition suitable for the application of paint.
END OF SECTION
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 60 00- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 07 72 33
ROOF HATCHES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Roof hatches with curbs, hardware, and related accessories.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05 05 55 - Tamper Proof Metal Fasteners. 2. Section 05 50 00 – Metal Fabrications 3. Section 06 10 00 – Rough Carpentry 4. Section 07 54 00 - Fully Adhered PVC Roofing. 5. Section 07 60 00 - Flashing and Sheet Metal.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. FM - Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation: Roof Assembly Classifications.
B. UL - Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc.: Fire Hazard Classifications.
C. ASTM A568 - Steel Sheet, Carbon and High Strength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled and Cold- Rolled.
D. ASTM A653/A653M - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate manufacturer, model, materials, size, operation, components, hardware, finish and installation details.
C. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions: Indicate installation criteria, interface with adjacent components.
D. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate installation of roof hatches with installation of roofing, flashing, and other associated work.
ROOF HATCHES CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 72 33- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty on Painted Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finishes or replace roof accessories that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Fluoropolymer Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214. c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. 2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Project completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS
A. Roof Hatch 1. Manufacturers a. BILCO; Security” Series. b. Babcock-Davis; Type BRHSG_X_S1T. c. JL Industries; Type RHG. 2. Description a. Service stair roof hatch, custom size 3’-0” x 3’-0” minimum. b. Provide security hardware reinforcing plates and security fasteners as indicated for attachment of security hardware to cover. c. Opening and Closing Criteria: The roof hatch must be spring loaded and require no more than 15-lbs of force to open the latch mechanism and 30-lbs of force to open the roof hatch.
2.2 FABRICATION - ROOF HATCHES
A. Fabricate components free of visual distortion or defects; fit components for weathertight assembly.
B. Cover: Minimum 14-gauge, galvanized steel with 3-inch beaded, welded flange, backed with 1-inch thick fiberglass insulation.
C. Curb 1. 12 inches high, of minimum 14 gauge galvanized steel, and formed with a 3-1/2-inch flange with holes provided for securing to the roof deck. 2. Curb must be equipped with integral metal cap flashing of the same material and gauge as the curb, fully welded at the corners for weather tightness and insulated with 1 inch thick rigid fiberboard.
D. Hardware: Stainless steel.
E. Assembly 1. Hatch must be completely assembled with heavy pintle hinges, compression spring operators enclosed in telescopic tubes, positive snap latch with turn handles and Folger Adam deadbolts with keying to both sides, and neoprene draft seal.
ROOF HATCHES CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 72 33- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Cover must be equipped with an automatic hold/open arm complete with vinyl grip handle to permit easy release with one hand. 3. Hold/open assembly must be capable of maintaining cover in position at any point through entire range of movement.
F. Finish: Factory finish with manufacturer’s standard prime coat.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for the installation of roof hatches.
B. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install hatches in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instructions and approved shop drawings.
B. When complete, hatch covers must operate smoothly, quietly, and free from binding; exposed surfaces must be clean and free from dents or other defects and damage; and each assembly must be watertight.
END OF SECTION
ROOF HATCHES CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 72 33- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 07 81 00
APPLIED FIREPROOFING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Fireproofing, spray applied.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05 12 00 - Structural Steel Framing. 2. Section 05 30 00 - Metal Decking.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
B. ASTM E119 - Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
C. ASTM E605 - Test Methods for Thickness and Density of Sprayed Fire-Resistive Material Applied to Structural Members.
D. ASTM E736 - Test Method for Cohesion/Adhesion of Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials Applied to Structural Members.
E. ASTM E759 - Test Method for Effect of Deflection on Sprayed Fire-Resistive Material Applied to Structural Members.
F. ASTM E760 - Test Method for Effect of Impact on Bonding of Sprayed Fire-Resistive Material Applied to Structural Members.
G. ASTM E761 - Test Method for Compressive Strength of Sprayed Fire-Resistive Material Applied to Structural Members.
H. ASTM E859 - Test Method for Air Erosion of Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials Applied to Structural Members.
I. ASTM E937 - Test Method for Corrosion of Steel by Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials Applied to Structural Members.
J. ICC - (International Code Council).
K. UL (Underwriter’s Laboratories) - Fire Resistance Directory.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. SFRM: Sprayed fire-resistive material.
APPLIED FIREPROOFING CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 81 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Fireproofing must provide the fire-resistive rating indicated.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Shop Drawings: Structural framing plans indicating the following: 1. Location and types of surface preparations required before applying SFRM. 2. Extent of SFRM for each construction and fire-resistance rating, including the following: a. Applicable fire-resistance design designations of a qualified testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. b. Minimum thicknesses needed to achieve required fire-resistance ratings of structural components and assemblies.
C. Product Data: Include manufacturer’s literature indicating product characteristics, performance and limitation criteria.
D. Manufacturer’s installation instructions.
E. Certificates: Certified test reports from independent testing laboratories indicating conformance to performance characteristics specified.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Applicator: Applicator must be licensed by the manufacturer of the fireproofing material.
B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Sprayed fireproofing must be evaluated and accepted by ICC Evaluation Service, Inc., in accordance with ASTM E119. 2. Sprayed fireproofing must comply with the requirements of the indicated UL Assembly. Where spray applied fireproofing is required, but no UL Assembly is indicated, conform to the schedule at the end of this Section. 3. Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to test for compliance with requirements for specified performance and test methods. a. Test for bond in accordance with ASTM E736 and requirements in UL’s “Fire Resistance Directory” for coating materials. Provide bond strength indicated in referenced fire-resistance design, but not less than specified in Part 2. b. Verify that manufacturer, through its own laboratory testing or field experience, has not found primers or coatings to be incompatible with SFRM.
1.7 MOCK-UP
A. Provide field samples of each type of fireproofing in accordance with Section 01 45 00. 1. Sizes a. Structural Steel Framing: Minimum 8 linear feet. b. Steel Deck: Minimum 4 feet by 8 feet. 2. Locations: As directed by the CDCR Representative. 3. Accepted Field Samples: Appearance standard for rest of the Work.
APPLIED FIREPROOFING CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 81 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
4. Accepted Field Samples: May remain part of completed Project.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver fireproofing material in manufacturer’s original, unopened packaging, clearly identified with manufacturer’s name, brand, and UL label.
B. Store, intact, off the ground, in a dry location, protected from moisture and contamination. Discard material that has been exposed to moisture prior to mixing for use.
C. Remove from storage and discard fireproofing material that has not been used prior to its expiration date.
1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements 1. Temperature of substrate and ambient air must be a minimum of 40 degrees F for a minimum of 24 hours before and after application of fireproofing. 2. Comply with additional requirements of manufacturer.
B. Protection 1. In the absence of natural ventilation, provide ventilation by mechanical means in areas to receive fireproofing, introducing fresh air and exhausting air continuously during and 24 hours after application to maintain nontoxic, unpolluted, safe working area. 2. Provide temporary enclosures, as necessary, to prevent spray from contaminating air. 3. Protect adjacent surfaces and equipment from damage by over-spray, fallout, and dusting off of sprayed fireproofing.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Spray Fireproofing: Factory mixed, asbestos free, material blended for uniform texture; conforming to the following requirements: 1. Bond Strength: The material when applied to uncoated and galvanized steel must have 200 psf bond strength. 2. Impact Resistance: No cracking or delamination when subjected to impact tests in accordance with ASTM E760. 3. Dry Density: Not less than average and minimum density required by applicable UL Assembly listing when tested in accordance with ASTM E605. 4. Compressive Strength: Must not deform more than 10 percent when subjected to 500 psf compressive forces in accordance with ASTM E761. 5. Deflection: No cracking or delamination when subjected to deflection tests in accordance with ASTM E759. 6. Air Erosion: When tested in accordance with ASTM E859, not more than 0.025 grams per square foot air erosion when exposed to an 80.0 fpm air stream for not less than six hours. 7. Corrosion Resistance: ASTM E937: No evidence of corrosion to bare, galvanized, or coated steel. 8. Flame Spread: ASTM E84, 0.
APPLIED FIREPROOFING CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 81 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
9. Smoke Development: ASTM E84, 0.
B. Water: Potable and free of substances which could adversely affect fireproofing and its bond.
C. Hard Coat and Sealer: In the following locations, provide hard coat or sealer of type recommended by the fireproofing manufacturer: 1. Exposed fireproofing above dining areas. 2. Exposed fireproofing 8 feet or less above floor.
D. Primer Adhesive: If required, provide type as recommended by fireproofing manufacturer.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. W.R. Grace & Co.; Monokote MK-6
B. Isolatek International Corp; Cafco 300 Series.
C. Carboline/Southwest Fireproofing Products, Type 5 GP
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for the installation of spray applied fireproofing.
B. Verify clips, hangers, supports, sleeves, and other items required to penetrate fireproofing are in place.
C. Verify ducts, piping, equipment, or other items which would interfere with application of fireproofing are not positioned until fireproofing work is complete.
D. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means installer accepts existing surfaces.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrate of rust, dirt, dust, grease, oil, and other substances which could affect the bond of fireproofing. Sandblast surfaces if normal cleaning methods fail to remove adhering substances.
B. Provide test application on painted steel surfaces to determine that the paint will not impair adhesion. 1. Primer Adhesive: If required, apply in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 2. Remove incompatible materials which affect bond by scraping, brushing, scrubbing, or sandblasting
3.3 PROTECTION
A. Mask off adjacent areas not receiving fireproofing to protect from overspray.
APPLIED FIREPROOFING CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 81 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Provide drop cloths as required to protect materials below.
C. Close off and seal openings in ductwork, piping and conduit to prevent infiltration by fireproofing.
3.4 APPLICATION
A. Mix and apply fireproofing system in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instructions and the fire-resistive ratings specified.
B. Do not use fireproofing mix that has partially set, or that contains lumps, or that is frozen or caked.
C. Apply fireproofing as required by Code and as indicated in Drawings to structural steel framing, and metal decking, and to designated precast concrete panels.
D. Prior to the application of fireproofing to the underside of roof decks, roof construction must be complete and roof traffic prohibited until fireproofing materials have cured. Concrete work above metal decking must be complete prior to commencement of fireproofing application.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform inspections to verify compliance with requirements.
B. Correct unacceptable work and provide further inspection to verify compliance with requirements.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Upon completion of fireproofing application, clean fireproofing from surfaces not specifically required to be fireproofed that will be exposed to view in the completed Work.
3.7 PATCHING AND REPAIRING
A. After other work adjacent to fireproofing is completed, but prior to concealment, original installer must patch and repair damaged sprayed fireproofing.
3.8 SCHEDULES
A. Fireproofing: Provide fireproofing per UL Design # S735. Where spray applied fireproofing is required, but no UL Assembly is indicated, provide fireproofing to achieve the minimum fire resistance rating indicated 2013 CBC Table 601 and 2013 CBC Chapter 7. 1. Roof/Ceiling assembly per UL Design # S735. 2. Wall framing is Concrete Masonry Units, fully grouted, equal to 4 hour construction.
END OF SECTION
APPLIED FIREPROOFING CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 81 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 07 84 00
FIRESTOPPING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Fireproof firestopping materials and related accessories.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 07 81 00 - Applied Fireproofing. 2. Section 07 84 43 - Fire-Resistant Joint Sealants. 3. Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
B. ASTM E119 - Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
C. ASTM E 814 - Fire Test of Penetration Firestop Systems.
D. ASTM E1966 - Fire-Resistive Joint Systems.
E. ASTM E2174 - On-Site Inspection of Installed Fire Stops.
F. UL - Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc.
G. FMG 4991 - Factory Mutual Global Approval Standard for Firestop Contractors.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Fireproofing Materials: Designed as a complete system to retard the passage of heat and smoke for intended application.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Shop Drawings: For each fire-stopping system, show each kind of construction condition in which fire-stopping systems are installed; also show relationships to adjoining construction. Include fire-stopping system design designation of testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that demonstrates compliance with requirements for each condition indicated.
FIRESTOPPING CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 84 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1. Submit documentation, including illustrations, from a qualified testing and inspecting agency that is applicable to each fire-stopping systems configuration for construction and penetrating items.
C. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer and inspecting agency.
D. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions: Indicate preparation and installation instructions.
E. Certificate: Certify that system and installation meet or exceed specified requirements.
F. Field quality-control inspection reports.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator/Installer: Company approved by manufacturer and approved by FMG according to FMG 4991 “Approval of Firestop Contractors” or evaluated by UL and found to comply with its “Qualified Contractor Program Requirements.”
B. Materials must have been tested to provide fire rating at least equal to that of the construction.
C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and accredited according to International Accreditation Service Acceptance Criteria AC 291 for the field quality testing and inspection indicated.
1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in the manufacturer’s original, unopened containers or packages with manufacturer’s name, labels, product identification, lot numbers, and mixing and installation instructions, as applicable.
B. Store materials in the original, unopened containers or packages, and under conditions recommended by manufacturer.
1.7 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for temperature, ventilation, and other conditions for mixing and installing foam seals.
B. Follow manufacturer’s precautions when using materials considered toxic or otherwise hazardous.
C. Do Not Install Firestopping Until: 1. Cementitious fireproofing Work has been completed, including repairs thereof. 2. Building is sufficiently enclosed or protected against adverse weather conditions. 3. Supporting framing and surrounding construction is thoroughly dry.
1.8 SEQUENCING
A. Sequence work to permit firestopping materials to be installed after adjacent and surrounding work is complete.
FIRESTOPPING CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 84 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General
1. Materials must be as listed and tested in UL Building Materials Directory. 2. When tested in accordance with ASTM E84, ASTM E119 flame-spread and smoke developed ratings must not exceed 25.
B. Form materials to remain in place in the completed Work and sealant used for firestopping Work must be UL listed.
C. Miscellaneous firestopping materials include: fire rated gypsum board, metal, wood, etc. Appropriate sizes and configurations in accordance with specified tested UL system.
2.2 MINERAL-FIBER FIRESTOPPING
A. Manufacturer: Semi-rigid mineral-fiber insulation; minimum 4 pcf density. 1. Thermafiber; Thermafiber Safing Insulation. 2. Industrial Insulation Group LLC; MinWool Safing. 3. 3M: Fire Barrier Packing Material.
B. Support Clips: Custom design and fabricated from galvanized sheet steel to suit project conditions.
1. Thermafiber; Thermafiber Safing Impaling Clips. 2. CDCR approved equal.
2.3 FOAM FIRESTOPPING
A. Manufacturer: Two-component silicone elastomer. 1. 3M; Fire Barrier Rated Foam. 2. Dow Corning Corp.; 3-6548 Silicone RTV Foam. 3. Tremco; SuperStrap.
B. Accessories 1. Forming/Damming Materials: Mineral fiberboard or other type recommended by foam manufacturer. 2. Primer, Sealant, and Solvent Cleaner: As recommended by foam manufacturer.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Inspect openings and voids to be sealed to determine if conditions are satisfactory for the proper installation of firestopping.
B. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence Work until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning application indicates acceptance of conditions.
FIRESTOPPING CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 84 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, and other matter which may adversely affect products or performance.
B. Install backing materials to arrest liquid material leakage.
C. Where firestopping is installed at locations which will remain exposed in the completed Work, provide protection as necessary to prevent damage to adjacent surfaces and finishes, and protect firestopping as necessary against damage from other construction activities.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Prepare and install firestopping applicable to Project conditions in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instructions, specified tested UL system and approved shop drawings.
B. Mineral Fiber Firestopping 1. Provide in units of sufficient thickness to allow compression for a tight friction fit when installed. 2. Provide in units of width sufficient to fill the depth of the void space using single width pieces only. 3. Install units with ends tight against terminal end construction, and with intermediate joints well compressed together and tight. 4. For vertical void spaces, provide support clips near each end of each mineral-fiber unit, spaced at not over 24-inches on center.
C. Foam Firestopping 1. Provide form materials as necessary to retain foam when placed. 2. Prime contact surfaces when required by foam manufacturer. 3. Inject foam into void spaces with sufficient care and attention to assure that foam develops full and complete contact with adjoining surfaces, and that space is filled free from air pockets. 4. Cure foam 24 hours, remove form materials not required to remain, and inspect foam in place. 5. Provide additional foam or sealant as necessary to fill insufficient depth of foam and remaining voids.
D. Finish surfaces of firestopping which is to remain exposed in the completed Work to a uniform and level condition.
3.4 IDENTIFICATION
A. Clearly label, mark or otherwise identify fire-resistive-rated firestopping systems in accordance with FMG 4991, supplementing regulatory-required identification specified in other Project specification sections.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Installer of firestopping systems must implement “demonstrated quality control plan” required by FMG 4991.
FIRESTOPPING CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 84 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Inspecting Agency: CDCR representative will engage a qualified independent inspecting agency to inspect firestopping systems, according to ASTM E2174 and prepare inspection reports.
C. Testing Services: Inspecting of completed installations of firestopping systems must take place in successive stages as installation of firestopping systems proceeds. Do not proceed with installation of firestopping systems for the next area until inspecting agency determines completed work shows compliance with requirements. 1. Inspecting agency must state in each report whether inspected firestopping systems comply with or deviate from requirements.
D. Remove and replace firestopping systems where inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements.
E. Additional inspecting, at Contractor’s expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
F. Proceed with enclosing firestopping systems with other construction only after inspection reports are issued and firestopping systems comply with requirements.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Remove spilled and excess materials adjacent to firestopping without damaging adjacent surfaces.
B. Leave finished work in neat, clean condition with no evidence of spillovers or damage to adjacent surfaces.
3.7 SCHEDULE
A. Provide firestopping for conditions specified whether or not firestopping is indicated, and if indicated, whether such material is designated as insulation, Safing, or otherwise.
B. Insulation types specified in other Sections must not be installed in lieu of firestopping materials specified herein.
C. Building Exterior Perimeters 1. Where exterior facing construction is continuous past a structural floor and a space would otherwise remain open between the inner face of the wall construction and the outer perimeter edge of the structural depth of the structural floor, exclusive of supporting girders or beams. 2. Firestopping must be provided whether or not there are clips, angles, plates, or other members bridging or interconnecting the facing and floor systems, and whether or not such items are continuous.
D. Interior Walls and Partitions 1. Where a wall or partition is continuous past a structural floor, such as at vertical shafts, and a space would otherwise remain open between the wall face and perimeter edge of the adjoining structural floor, provide firestopping to completely fill such space for the full depth of the structural floor, exclusive of supporting girders or beams.
FIRESTOPPING CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 84 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Provide firestopping whether or not there are clips, angles, plates, or other members bridging or interconnecting the wall and floor systems, and whether or not such items are continuous. 3. Where the top edge of a fire-rated wall or partition abuts and is at right angles to fluted-type metal decking, and the construction is such that would otherwise leave the flute spaces open, provide firestopping to completely fill such open flute spaces for the full depth or width of the wall or partition.
E. Penetrations 1. Penetrations include conduit, cable, wire, pipe, duct, or other elements which pass through one or both outer surfaces of a floor roof, wall, or partition. 2. Except for floors on grade, where a penetration occurs through a structural floor or roof and a space would otherwise remain open between the surfaces of the penetration and the edge of the adjoining structural floor or roof, provide firestopping to completely fill such spaces, and for the full depth of the structural floor or roof. 3. Where penetrations occur at fire-rated walls or partitions of solid-type construction, requiring protected openings, provide firestopping to completely fill spaces around the penetration, and for the full depth of the wall or partition. 4. Where penetrations occur at fire-rated walls or partitions of hollow-type construction, requiring protected openings, provide firestopping to completely fill spaces around the penetration, on each side of the wall or partition, and for a depth not less than the thickness of the wall or partition finish materials. 5. These requirements for penetrations must apply whether or not sleeves have been provided, and whether or not penetrations are to be equipped with escutcheons or other trim.
F. Provide firestopping to fill miscellaneous voids and openings in fire-rated construction.
END OF SECTION
FIRESTOPPING CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 84 00- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 07 90 00
JOINT PROTECTION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Preparing sealant substrate surfaces. 2. Sealant and backing.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements 2. Sealants used in conjunction with Building Components as indicated in all divisions.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C732 - Aging Effects of Artificial Weathering on Latex Sealing Compounds.
B. ASTM C834 - Latex Sealing Compounds.
C. ASTM C881 - Epoxy-Resin Base Bonding Systems for Concrete.
D. ASTM C882 - Test Method for Bond Strength of Epoxy - Resin Systems Used with Concrete by Slant Shear.
E. ASTM C920 - Elastomeric Joint Sealants.
F. ASTM D695 - Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics.
G. ASTM D2240 - Test Method for Rubber Property-Durometer Hardness.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data
B. Samples: Submit showing the standard colors available for each sealant material intended for installation in an exposed location.
C. Certificates: Submit certificate that materials specified and proposed for use are suitable for intended application.
D. Manufacturer’s installation instructions.
E. Warranties: Sample of special warranties.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator: Company with minimum 3 years experience in the application of materials of the type specified in this Section.
JOINT PROTECTION CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 90 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Regulatory Requirements: Joint Sealers shall meet all current limits set by regulatory agencies regarding Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC).
1.5 FIELD SAMPLES
A. Provide field samples in accordance with Section 01 45 00.
B. Construct field sample panel of size reviewed by the CDCR Representative, illustrating sealant types, colors, and tooled surfaces.
C. Locate as directed.
D. Accepted sample may remain as part of the Work.
1.6 MOCK-UPS
A. Provide sealant and related accessories for mock-ups in accordance with Section 01 45 00.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in the unopened, original containers or unopened packages with manufacturer’s name, labels, product identification, and lot numbers where appropriate.
B. Store materials in the original, unopened containers or packages, and under conditions recommended by manufacturer.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Special Installer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include but are not limited to the following: a. Air and/or water penetration. b. Loss of adhesion or cohesion. c. Failure to cure. 2. Warranty Period: 5 years from date of Project completion.
B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which joint-sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include but are not limited to the following: a. Loss of adhesion or cohesion. b. Failure to cure. 2. Warranty Period: 5 years from date of Project completion.
C. C. Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint sealants from the following: 1. Movement of the structure caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression.
JOINT PROTECTION CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 90 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. A. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Provide sealants and sealant primers for use inside the weatherproofing system that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Architectural Sealants: Not more than 250 g/L. 2. Nonmembrane Roof Sealants: 300 g/L. 3. Single-Ply Roof Membrane Sealants: 450 g/L. 4. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: Not more than 250 g/L. 5. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: Not more than 775 g/L. 6. Modified Bituminous Sealant Primers: 500 g/L.
2.2 SEALANTS
A. Type A Sealant: 1. Manufacturers: a. Euclid Chemical Company; Eucolastic II - Pourable. b. Tremco; THC 900. c. Pecora Corp.;Urexpan NR-200. d. Sika Corp.; Sikaflex 2C-SL. e. Sonneborn Building Products; Sonolastic SL II. 2. Multiple components, self-leveling polyurethane based sealant in accordance with ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25.
B. Type B Sealant: Not used
C. Type C Sealant: (No-Pick) 1. Manufacturers: a. Euclid Chemical Company; Euco #452 Gel. b. Sika Corporation; Sikadur 31 Hi-Mod Gel. c. Pecora Corporation; Dyna-Poxy EP-1200. 2. High solids, two component epoxy resin; ASTM C881, Type 1, Grade 3, Classes B and C. 3. Compressive Strength: 10,000 psi in 7 days when tested in accordance with ASTM D695 at 75 degrees F and 50 percent relative humidity. Material shall attain 75 percent ultimate strength within 16 hours.
D. Type D Sealant: 1. Manufacturers: a. Adco Seal; No. B-100. b. Pecora Corp.; BC-158. c. PTI Sealants; No. 707. d. Tremco; Butyl Sealant.
JOINT PROTECTION CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 90 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Butyl rubber based sealant in accordance with ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 7.5.
E. Type E Sealant: 1. Manufacturers: a. Pecora Corp.; AC-20. b. Sonneborn Building Products; Sonolac. c. Tremco; Acrylic Latex Caulk. 2. Latex acrylic based sealant in accordance with ASTM C834.
F. Type F Sealant: 1. Manufacturers: a. Dow Corning Corp.; No. 795. b. General Electric Co.; Silpruf. c. Pecora Corp.; 864. d. Sonneborn Building Products; Omniseal. e. Tremco, Spectrem 1. 2. Low-modulus silicone sealant in accordance with ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50.
G. Type G Sealant: Not used
H. Type H (Acoustical) Sealant: Not used
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Backer Rod: 1. Material: Closed-cell foam, nonstaining, nongassing, resilient material such as neoprene, butyl, or polyurethane, compatible with sealant to be used. 2. Sized and shaped to control depth of sealant and to provide 20 percent to 50 percent compression upon insertion.
B. Joint Cleaner:
1. For metal and glass: Xylol, xylene, toluol, or toluene. 2. For removing lacquer coatings: Lacquer thinner.
C. Primer: As recommended by sealant manufacturer for use intended.
D. Masking Tape: Pressure-sensitive adhesive paper type.
E. Bond Breaker: Pressure-sensitive adhesive polyethylene tape.
2.4 SEALANT COLORS
A. Sealant color for use in exposed locations shall be as selected by the CDCR Representative from manufacturer’s standard colors.
B. Wherever sealants are not exposed to view, provide manufacturer’s standard color which has the best overall performance characteristics for the application indicated.
JOINT PROTECTION CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 90 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Inspect joints to be sealed to determine if conditions are satisfactory for the proper installation of joint sealants.
B. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence Work until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 GENERAL
A. Provide sealant wherever necessary to: 1. Prevent light leakage. 2. Prevent moisture leakage. 3. Facilitate cleaning and sanitation. 4. Seal exposed joints around door and window frames, signs, display boards, casework, fire extinguisher cabinets, fire alarm boxes, plumbing fixtures, electrical device cover plates, light fixtures, and other items indicated to be set in sealant.
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Cleaning: Clean joint surfaces, using joint cleaner as necessary, of dust, dirt, oil, grease, rust, lacquers, laitance, release agents, moisture, and other matter which could adversely affect adhesion of sealants.
B. Masking: Mask areas adjacent to joints.
C. Priming: Apply primer, if required, in accordance with manufacturer’s printed instructions.
D. Joints shall enclose sealant on three sides. 1. Where adequate joints for sealants have not been provided, suitable joints shall be cleaned out to the depth required, or as indicated, and ground to a minimum width of 1/4 inch without damage to the adjoining Work, unless otherwise specified or indicated. 2. No grinding shall be performed on metal surfaces.
3.4 APPLICATION
A. Install sealant and backing materials in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
B. Apply in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions regarding ambient temperature for application and curing.
C. Install backing materials in joints using blunt instrument to avoid puncturing. 1. Do not twist backing while installing. 2. Install backing so that joint depth is 50 percent of joint width, minimum ¼ inch deep.
D. Apply sealants in joints using pressure gun with nozzle cut to fit joint width.
E. Place sealants in uniform, continuous beads without gaps or air pockets.
F. Tool joints to required configuration within 10 minutes of sealant application.
JOINT PROTECTION CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 90 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
G. If masking materials are used, remove immediately after tooling.
H. Seal joints adjacent to painted Work before the final coat of paint is applied.
I. Verify adhesion of sealants to substrates.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Remove spilled and excess materials adjacent to joints without damaging adjacent surfaces.
B. Leave finished Work in neat, clean condition with no evidence of spillovers or damage to adjacent surfaces.
3.6 SCHEDULE
A. Type A: 1. Joints in concrete and tile floors and paved surfaces subject to foot traffic.
B. Type B: Not Used.
C. Type C: (No Pick) 1. All construction joints, window and metal frame perimeters, and bedding of furnishings, equipment, plumbing fixtures, electrical fixtures, and other items fastened to wall, ceiling, and floor surfaces in the following locations: a. Inmate toilets where all walls (with the exception of chase walls) are of CMU and/or concrete construction. b. Bedding of plumbing fixtures and equipment in housing unit dayrooms. c. Other locations indicated. 2. Do not apply Type C sealant until all building wall and roof loads have been imposed for a period of not less than 7 days.
D. Type D: 1. Interior wall penetrations for pipe and conduit that will be concealed by escutcheons and other trim and plate, and for lap joints in sheet metal.
E. Type E: 1. Joints, voids and penetrations not otherwise specified for interior surfaces exposed to view and requiring painting. 2. Bedding of fixtures, partitions, equipment and accessories fastened to walls and floors, and flanges and escutcheons of items penetrating surfaces in the following locations: kitchens, dining rooms, staff and public toilet rooms, inmate toilet rooms except as otherwise specified, change rooms, and other areas requiring sanitary conditions to eliminate any open joints between contact surfaces.
F. Type F: 1. Exterior and interior vertical joints in concrete, except as otherwise specified. 2. Exterior joints in masonry and portland cement plaster. 3. Around metal door, window and louver frames penetrating exterior concrete, masonry and portland cement plaster surfaces, except as otherwise specified.
G. Type G: Not Used
JOINT PROTECTION CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 90 00- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
H. Type H: Not Used
I. Conflicts: 1. In the event of conflict between the above Schedule and sealant type indicated on Drawings, notify the CDCR Representative. 2. The CDCR Representative will determine sealant type to be installed in location in question. 3. Install sealant type directed by the CDCR Representative, complete with all necessary joint preparation and accessories.
END OF SECTION
JOINT PROTECTION CDCR-SDD 20141117 07 90 00- 7 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 08 11 00
METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Steel doors. 2. Steel frames.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 04 05 16 – Masonry Grouting 2. Section 05 05 55 – Tamper Proof Metal Fastenings 3. Section 07 90 00 – Joint Protection 4. Section 08 70 00 - Hardware. 5. Section 08 88 53 – Security Glazing. 6. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Steel Door Institute (SDI): 1. ANSI A250.8 - Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors & Frames. 2. SDI-105 - Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel frames. 3. SDI-111 - Recommended Standard Details for Steel Doors & Frames and Accessories. 4. SDI-113 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Apparent Thermal Performance for Steel Door and Frame Assemblies. 5. ASTM A568 - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, and High-Strength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled. 6. ASTM A653 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. 7. ASTM A659 - Standard Specification for Commercial Steel, Sheet and Strip Carbon (0.16 percent Maximum, to 0.25 Percent Maximum), Hot-Rolled. 8. ASTM A794 - Standard Specification for Commercial Steel, Sheet, Carbon, (0.16 percent Maximum to 0.25 percent Maximum) Cold-Rolled. 9. ASTM A924 - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Sheet Steel, Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. 10. ASTM D2201 - Standard Practice for Preparation of Zinc-Coated and Zinc Alloy- Coated Steel Panels for Testing Paint and Related Coating Products. 11. ASTM F1577 - Standard Test Methods for Detention Locks for Swinging Doors. 12. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives. 13. NFPA 105 - Standard for the Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies and Other Opening Protectives. 14. U.L. - Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 15. Certification Listings; Warnock Hersey International Inc. 16. ANSI 250.10 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames.
METAL DOORS AND FRAMES CDCR-SDD 20141030 08 11 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer’s standard details and catalog data demonstrating compliance with referenced standards. Provide installation instructions.
C. Certificates: 1. Provide manufacturer’s certification that products are in accordance with referenced standards. 2. Provide evidence of manufacturer’s membership in the Steel Door Institute.
D. Product Test Reports: For each labeled fire-rated metal door and frame assembly and each labeled smoke- and draft-control gasket, submit test reports performed by a qualified testing agency.
E. Fire Resistance Certificates: For each unlabeled fire-rated metal door and frame assembly, submit manufacturer’s signed certificate in compliance with Regulatory Requirements herein and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide certificates in an organized binder as approved by CDCR Representative. Include a comprehensive chart of all fire-rated doors and frames and identify each certificate in the binder with corresponding door and frame number as listed on the Drawings or Door Schedule.
F. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval the following: 1. Door, frame, and hardware schedule in accordance with SDI-111D.
G. Samples: Submit for approval the following: 1. 6 inch x 6 inch samples of each color of factory finish specified.
1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire-Rated Doors and Frames: Provide an assembly listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and complying with NFPA 80 for fire- protection ratings and temperature rise limits indicated, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C. 1. Labels must be BoPET (biaxially-oriented polyethylene terephthalate) plastic, trade name Mylar, Melinex or Hostaphan, and must be affixed to the top of each door requiring fire-rating. Metal labels are not acceptable. 2. For each door and frame assembly that needs to be fire-rated, but has not been fire-tested by the manufacturer or testing agency, and a fire label on the door is therefore not possible, provide a manufacturer’s signed certificate stating that the door and frame assembly has been constructed in accordance with all other applicable requirements for labeled door and frame construction and meets or exceeds the fire and smoke requirements of the State Fire Marshal. For additional requirements, refer to “Submittals”, “Fire-Resistance Certificates” herein.
B. Smoke- and Draft Control Assemblies: Provide an assembly with gaskets listed and labeled for smoke and draft control by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on testing according to UL 1784 and installed in compliance with NFPA 105.
METAL DOORS AND FRAMES CDCR-SDD 20141030 08 11 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. Welding: Conform to AWS D1.1 for steel shapes, AWS D1.3 for sheet steel, and AWS D1.6 for stainless steel.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Provide all products from a single manufacturer who is a member of the Steel Door Institute.
B. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Units that comply with NFPA 80, are identical to door and frame assemblies tested for fire-test-response characteristics per ASTM E1577, and are labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect products from moisture, construction traffic, and damage. 1. Store under cover. 2. Place units on 4-inch high wood sills or in a manner that will prevent rust or damage. 3. Do not use non-vented plastic or canvas shelters. 4. Should wrappers become wet, remove immediately. 5. Provide 1/4 inch space between doors to promote air circulation.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Steel Sheet for Doors and Frames: 1. Cold rolled steel: ASTM A 794 and A 568. 2. Hot rolled, pickled, and oiled steel: ASTM A 659 and A 568. 3. Hot dipped zinc coated steel: ASTM A 924 and A 653; Class A40 for alloyed coatings or G60 for spangled coatings, minimum.
B. Steel Sheet for Anchors and Accessories: Electrolytically deposited zinc coated steel: ASTM D2201 and A 568; Class B (0.075 oz/sf), minimum.
2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS
A. Comply with ANSI A 250.8.
B. Provide Grade and Model as follows: 1. Grade I, Model 1 (standard-duty, full flush design). 2. Grade III, Model 1 (extra heavy-duty, full flush design). a. Doors: 16 gauge, minimum. b. Frames: 14 gauge, minimum.
C. Provide units of galvanized steel equal to G90 coating.
D. Provide glazing stops and beads where glazed lights are indicated.
METAL DOORS AND FRAMES CDCR-SDD 20141030 08 11 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2.3 STEEL DOORS
A. Door Type: Seamless steel doors with composite construction.
B. Interior Doors: ANSI 250.8 Grade II, Model 2, heavy duty, minimum 16 gauge cold-rolled steel, 1 3/4 inches thick.
C. Exterior Doors: ANSI 250.8 Grade III, Model 2, extra heavy duty, minimum 14 gauge galvanized sheet steel, 1 3/4 inches thick.
D. Finish: Factory primed in accordance with ANSI A224.1 and field painted.
E. Construct doors of mitered corners fully welded and ground smooth in accordance with ANSI 250.8.
F. Exterior doors:
1. Provide insulated construction with U-value of at least 0.48 when tested in accordance with SDI-113.
G. Construct full flush and seamless door cores as follows:
1. Fire-rated doors: In accordance with listed construction. 2. Polystyrene foam core. 3. Steel stiffeners core.
H. Provide inserted louvers of gauge equal to that of door face panel in accordance with SDI- 111C where indicated of Type:
1. Inverted “V” blade. 2. Fusible link.
2.4 STEEL FRAMES
A. Interior Frames: Welded type, 16 gauge sheet steel, mitered, corners and fully welded.
B. Exterior Frames: Welded type, 16 gauge galvanized sheet steel, mitered, corners and fully welded.
C. Finish: Factory primed and field painted.
D. Provide welded unit type frames.
E. Terminate stops at a 45-degree angle, 6 inches above floor; cover stop with welded metal filler plate.
1. Exception: Light-proof doors, sound-rated doors, lead-lined doors, and double egress doors.
F. All frames are to be factory fabricated with masonry wall anchors pre-installed
METAL DOORS AND FRAMES CDCR-SDD 20141030 08 11 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. The installer must verify that project conditions are suitable before beginning installation of frames. 1. Verify that completed masonry openings to receive butt type frames are of correct size.
B. Correct unsatisfactory condition before proceeding with installation.
C. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install frames in accordance with: 1. Non-Rated Doors and Frames: Install doors and frames according to SDI-105. 2. Fire-Rated Doors and Frames: Install doors and frames according to NFPA 80.
B. Install doors plumb and in true alignment and fasten to achieve the maximum operational effectiveness and appearance of the unit. Maintain clearances in accordance with ANSI 250.8 or NFPA 80.
C. Fill welded wrap-around frames in masonry construction with mortar as masonry is laid-up.
D. Fill welded wrap-around frames in plaster construction with plaster as work progresses.
E. If additives are used in masonry or plaster work during cold weather, field coat the inside of steel frames with a bituminous compound to prevent corrosion.
3.3 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Adjust doors for smooth and balanced movement through full swing (170 degrees). 1. Maximum effort to manually operate doors must not exceed 5 pounds for exterior and interior doors; such pull or push effort being applied at right angles to hinged doors, and at the center plane of sliding doors. 2. Maximum effort to manually operate fire-rated doors may be increased to 15 pounds maximum.
B. Adjust doors for proper operation, free from binding or other defects.
C. Clean and restore soiled surfaces. Remove scraps and debris, and leave site in a clean condition.
END OF SECTION
METAL DOORS AND FRAMES CDCR-SDD 20141030 08 11 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 08 31 13
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Wall access doors. 2. Ceiling access doors. 3. Related hardware.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 04 22 00 - Concrete Unit Masonry. 2. Section 05 05 55 - Tamper Proof Metal Fasteners. 3. Section 07 90 00 – Joint Protection 4. Section 08 70 00 - Hardware. 5. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating. 6. Section 21 05 00 – Common Work Results for Fire Suppression 7. Section 22 05 00 – Common Work Results for Plumbing 8. Section 23 05 00 – Common Work Results for HVAC 9. Section 26 27 26 – Wiring Devices 10. Section 28 31 00 – Fire Detection and Alarm
1.2 REFERENCES
A. UL - Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc.: Fire Hazard Classifications.
B. ASTM A568 - Steel Sheet, Carbon and High Strength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled and Cold- Rolled.
C. ASTM A653/A653M - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process
D. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
E. ASTM E162 - Test method for Surface Flammability of Materials Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Product Data: Manufacturer’s standard descriptive literature.
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate locations, materials, dimensions, product configuration, finish, fire ratings, and attachment to adjacent construction.
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 31 13- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
D. Manufacturer’s installation instructions.
E. Submit request for Substitution for access panels attached with tamper proof metal fasteners proposed for use in lieu of hinged ceiling access panels.
1.4 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
A. Access Doors: Provide wall and ceiling access doors as indicated on the drawingsand as required for access to equipment.
B. Coordinate locations of equipment with access doors of size and type appropriate for the use and location.
C. Minimum requirements for ceiling access doors:
1. Provide a minimum of one lockable access door for each 150 SF of ceiling area with a minimum of one per room. 2. Ceiling access doors must be a minimum of 12 inches x 12 inches and a maximum of 24 inches x 48 inches unless directed otherwise by the CDCR Representative. Where areas above ceilings are otherwise inaccessible, at least one access door must be a minimum of 24 inches by 24 inches.
1.5 MOCK-UP
A. Provide mock-up of access panel in suspended acoustic ceiling grid in accordance with Section 01 45 00.
B. When accepted, mock-up will demonstrate minimum standard for the Work. Mock-up may remain as part of the Work.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer: Company with minimum 5 years experience in the manufacture of products of the type specified; regularly and presently engaged in product manufacture.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver and store products in manufacturer’s standard protective packaging.
B. Do not remove protective packaging until ready for installation.
C. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for storage and handling.
1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate the Work of this Section with other Sections whose work affects or is affected by the Work of this Section.
B. Coordinate the building-in of anchors and similar items.
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 31 13- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 WALL ACCESS DOORS
A. Type AD1 : Not Used.
B. Type AD3 : High security non-rated access panels; flush mounted for installation in masonry, plaster, gypsum wallboard partitions and ceramic tile walls.
1. Use: In all wall locations show on the Drawings 2. Size: Nominal 16-inches square, or as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Material: 10-gauge Type 304 stainless steel door and frame (2 inch by 2 inch) 4. Finish: Number 4 satin finish. 5. Hardware: a. Concealed continuous piano hinge allowing opening to 165 degrees. b. Lock as scheduled. 6. Anchor: Masonry anchors secure the panel when installed in masonry.
2.2 CEILING ACCESS DOORS
A. Type AD10 : High security non-rated access panels; flush mounted for installation in gypsum wallboard ceiling.
1. Use: In all ceiling locations shown on the Drawings. 2. Size: Nominal 16-inches square, or as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Material: 16-gauge Type 304 stainless steel door and frame (2 inch by 2 inch) 4. Finish: Number 4 satin finish. 5. Hardware: a. Concealed continuous piano hinge. b. Lock as scheduled.
B. Type AD11: Not Used.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Manufacture each access panel assembly as an integral unit ready for installation.
B. Welded construction: Furnish with a sufficient quantity of 1/4-inch mounting holes to secure access panels to types of supports indicated.
C. Furnish number of latches required to hold door in flush, smooth plane when closed.
2.4 MANUFACTURERS
A. Williams Brothers.
B. Bilco.
C. Milcor.
D. Nystrom.
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 31 13- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2.5 KEYING
A. All keyways must be the same. Key as directed by the CDCR Representative.
B. Provide six keys per building and one blank per lock.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify rough openings for doors and frames are correctly sized and located for access to items behind frames.
B. Verify correct placement of built-in frames and accessories.
C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for the installation of doors.
D. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install access doors in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and approved shop drawings.
B. Secure rigidly in place in accordance with approved shop drawings.
C. Install frames plumb and level in wall and ceiling openings, parallel to building lines.
D. Position to provide convenient access to valves, ductwork, and other mechanical and electrical work requiring access as indicated and directed.
3.3 CLEANING, ADJUSTMENTS, AND PROTECTION
A. Clean and adjust for smooth, even operation.
B. Protect finished installation.
END OF SECTION
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 31 13- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 08 33 23
OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Overhead coiling doors with operating hardware.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 04 22 00 – Concrete Masonry Unit 2. Section 05 05 55- Tamper Proof Metal Fastenings. 3. Section 05 50 00 – Metal Fabrications 4. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection. 5. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coatings. 6. Section 23 34 33 – Air Curtains
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A568 - Steel Sheet, Carbon and High Strength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled and Cold- Rolled.
B. ASTM A653/A653M - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process
C. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
D. ASTM E162 - Test method for Surface Flammability of Materials Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source.
E. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Other Protective Openings.
F. UL - Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc.: Fire Hazard Classifications.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Electric motor operated units with manual override in case of power failure.
B. Surface mounted.
1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Design door assembly to withstand wind/suction load of 20 psf, without undue deflection or damage to door or assembly components.
B. Fire rated doors and assemblies must meet ratings scheduled and must be labeled accordingly by UL or accepted labeling authority.
OVERHEAD COILING DOORS CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 33 23- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. Insulation Value: R 6.33.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate gauges and finish of metals, methods of joining members, location and reinforcement for hardware, bracing and anchorage, jamb side and head clearances required, pertinent dimensions, and installation details including bracing details.
C. Product Data: Provide general construction, component connections and details; include information on materials and finishes.
D. Samples: Submit two door slats, 12 inch in size illustrating shape, color and finish texture.
E. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions: Indicate installation sequence and procedures, adjustment and alignment procedures.
1.6 MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 78 23.
B. Maintenance Data: Indicate lubrication requirements and frequency, periodic adjustments required.
1.7 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings.
1.8 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the Work with installation of support framing.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Curtain 1. Slats: Interlocking, flat face, Stainless Steel; sandwich slat construction with insulated core of expanded polyurethane type insulation. 2. Slat Ends: Alternate slats fitted with end locks to act as wearing surface in guides and to prevent lateral movement. 3. Curtain Bottom: Fitted with angles to provide reinforcement and positive contact with floor in closed position.
B. Guides: Stainless Steel angles, continuous, vertical mounted.
C. Mounting Brackets: Stainless steel; minimum 1/4-inch thick.
OVERHEAD COILING DOORS CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 33 23- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
D. Roller Shaft Counterbalance: Steel pipe and helical steel spring system, capable of producing torque sufficient to assure smooth operation of curtain from any position; with adjustable spring tension.
E. Gears: Cast iron; gear ratio designed for 30-pound manual effort.
F. Hood Enclosure:24-gauge galvanized steel internally reinforced to maintain rigidity and shape.
G. Hardware: Electronic drive motor with manual override for use in power outage. Remote keyed switch for door operation. Manufacturer’s standard chain lock.
H. Weather-stripping: Moisture, rodent, and rot proof; resilient type; located at door bottom, jamb edges, and where curtain enters hood enclosure.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Overhead Door - 625
B. Wayne-Dalton Commercial – 800C
C. The Cookson Company- FMWI
D. Cornell Iron Works, Inc. - ESD-20
2.3 ELECTRIC OPERATORS
A. Electric Operator: UL approved; side mounted; 120V, 1-phase, 60-Hz supply to 1-1/2-hp electric motor; adjustable friction clutch; brake system actuated by independent full line voltage solenoid controlled by motor starter; fully enclosed positive gear driven limit switch; fully enclosed magnetic crossline voltage starter.
B. Control Station: Standard three button (open-close-stop) control for each operator; 24-volt circuit; surface mounted. Provide remote station switch per Drawings.
C. Safety Device: Located at bottom of doors, full width; pneumatic electro-mechanical type; wired to stop and reverse door upon striking object; neoprene, rubber covered to provide weather seal.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Roll-up Doors: Standard assemblies, factory fabricated for opening sizes, conditions, and other requirements indicated and specified. Insulated slats with weather stripping around full perimeter of opening.
B. Barrel: Sized to limit deflection to 0.03 inch per foot maximum deflection.
2.5 FINISHES
A. #4 stainless steel.
OVERHEAD COILING DOORS CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 33 23- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify conditions are satisfactory for the installation of the Work of this Section.
B. Verify that opening sizes, tolerances and conditions are acceptable.
C. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not begin installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install door unit assembly with electric operators and controls in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and approved shop drawings. Coordinate installation with electric service.
B. Fasten (without distortion or stress).assembly to wall construction and building framing with anchors and/or other fasteners in accordance with approved shop drawings
C. Brace components suspended from structure in accordance with approved shop drawings. Secure guides to structural members only.
D. Fit and align assembly including hardware; level and plumb, to provide smooth operation.
E. Coordinate installation of sealants and backing materials at frame perimeter as specified in Section 07 90 00.
F. Install perimeter trim and closures in accordance with approved shop drawings.
3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent work.
B. Maximum variations: Do not exceed manufacturer’s standards.
3.4 MANUFACTURER’S FIELD SERVICE
A. Manufacturers furnish maintenance and call-back service for the duration of Contractor’s warranty period.
B. Perform service by manufacturer’s trained employees during regular working hours. Provide emergency service when requested.
C. Service 1. Include examination of equipment, adjustments, supplies, lubrication and parts necessary to keep equipment in proper operation. 2. The cost of adjustments, parts, and repairs made necessary by abuse, misuse, and other cause beyond manufacturer’s control will be paid by the CDCR at manufacturer’s standard hourly rate. 3. CDCR will pay for emergency service, except where attributable to faulty materials or equipment.
OVERHEAD COILING DOORS CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 33 23- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.5 ADJUSTMENTS
A. Test each assembly for proper operation.
B. Adjust and lubricate door, hardware and operating assemblies for smooth, quiet operation, free from binding.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Clean door and components.
B. Exposed surfaces must be free from scratches, dents, tool marks, stains, discoloration, other defects and damage.
C. Remove labels and visible markings.
END OF SECTION
OVERHEAD COILING DOORS CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 33 23- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 08 51 23
STEEL WINDOWS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Custom fabricated steel frame fixed windows for casting into concrete.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 04 05 16 – Masonry Grouting. 2. Section 04 22 00 – Concrete Masonry Unit 3. Section 05 05 55 - Tamper Proof Metal Fastenings. 4. Section 07 90 00 – Joint Protection 5. Section 08 88 53 - Security Glazing. 6. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A36 - Carbon Structural Steel.
B. ASTM A653 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.
C. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing and Nondestructive Examination.
D. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code -Steel.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate materials, profiles, sizes, finishes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. 2. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. 3. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths.
C. Welders’ Certificates: Submit in accordance with Division 05 Section 05 12 00, certifying welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualification within the previous 12 months.
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Welders must be qualified in accordance with AWS D1.1. 1. Welders who have not performed welding for a period of three or more months must be requalified.
STEEL WINDOWS CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 51 23- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Welders whose work fails to pass inspection must be requalified before performing further work.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Package, brace, and ship frames and stops to prevent bending and twisting.
B. Store materials dry, flat, and level.
C. Do not stack materials in a manner which will cause bending, twisting, nicking or other damage or deformation.
1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Provide an additional quantity of fasteners which equals 6 percent of fasteners required for stop preparation specified.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Steel: ASTM A36/A36M.
B. Galvanizing: ASTM A123, or A653; G90 finish.
C. Fasteners: 1. Tamper proof metal fasteners in accordance with Section 05 05 55. 2. #14 x 5/8 inch Flush Head Pin Socket Security Screws.
2.2 FABRICATION
A. Shop primed steel at all windows. Primer to cover all faces of frames and stops weather exposed in final installation or not.
B. Prepare windows to receive finish paint in the field.
C. Fill, grind and finish to conceal seams where fabrication of parts occurs.
D. Fabrication Standards: AWS Code for welding in building construction.
E. Before fabrication of windows, coordinate actual glazing size with glazing manufacturer.
F. Window Frames: 1. Factory assembled, miter corners and weld. Dress welds smooth. 2. Fabricate frames square at corners, and with members containing bow or twist not to exceed plus/minus 1/16 inch.
G. Steel Angle Frame: 1. 3 inches x 2 inches x 1/4 inch x length as required. 2. Weld 1/2 inch diameter x 6 inches long anchor studs to angle frame, located as indicated.
STEEL WINDOWS CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 51 23- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3. Provide a continuous 3/4 inch by 14-gauge steel bent plate angle, welded to angle frame. Field tap and drill to match glazing stop fastener preparation after installation in the wall.
H. Glazing Stops: 1. Size: 3/16 inch Z” stop with 1” leg onto glazing. Coordinate size with glazing thickness and door/frame dimensions. 2. Factory fabricate stops so ends match and align with minimal seams; miter corners. 3. Factory tap and drill for stop fasteners, maximum 2 inches from end of stop and 6 inches on center. 4. Members are to be true and straight, not to exceed twisting or bending of plus or minus 1/16 inch.
I. Fasteners: Set in Loctite.
J. Glazing: As Specified in Section 08 88 53 - Security Glazing.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify suitability of substrate to accept installation, clean surfaces of rust prior to embedment into concrete, and repair finish damage prior to window installation.
B. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for the installation of steel windows
C. Verify field measurements are as indicated on Drawings.
D. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install steel windows in accordance with the approved shop drawings.
B. Ensure that frames are true and straight prior to pouring of concrete, and that frames remain stable until concrete has been placed and is set.
C. Coordinate with precast concrete fabricator and installer.
END OF SECTION
STEEL WINDOWS CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 51 23- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 08 62 00
UNIT SKYLIGHTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Thermal glazed curb mounted skylights.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 05 05 55 - Tamper Proof Metal Fastenings. 2. Section 05 30 00 - Metal Decking. 3. Section 06 10 00 – Rough Carpentry 4. Section 07 22 00 – Roof and Deck Insulation 5. Section 07 54 00 – Fully Adhered PVC Roofing 6. Section 07 60 00 - Flashing and Sheet Metal. 7. Section 07 90 00 – Joint Protection 8. Section 08 88 53 – Security Glazing 9. Section 09 21 16 – Gypsum Board Assemblies 10. Section 09 22 00 – Supports for Plaster and Gypsum Board
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate.
B. ASTM B221 - Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wires, Profiles and Tubes.
C. ASTM C920 - Elastomeric Joint Sealants
D. ASTM D256 - Test Methods for Determining the Izod Pendulum Impact Resistance of Plastics.
E. ASTM D635 - Test method for Determining the Rate of Burning and / or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position.
F. ASTM D1929 - Test Method for Determining Ignition Temperature of Plastics.
G. ASTM D2843 - Test Method for Density of Smoke from the Burning or Decomposition of Plastics.
H. ASTM D4802 - Poly (Methyl Methacrylate) Acrylic Plastic Sheet.
I. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
UNIT SKYLIGHTS CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 62 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer: Company with minimum 5 years experience in the manufacture of products of the type specified.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate materials, finishes, sizes, components, and installation details.
C. Product Data: Indicate sizes, materials, and finishes.
D. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of unit skylights that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Uncontrolled water leakage. b. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. c. Yellowing of acrylic glazing. d. Breakage of polycarbonate glazing. e. Deterioration of insulating-glass hermetic seal.
2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Project completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SKYLIGHTS
A. Skylights: Double plastic dome on self-curbing aluminum frame; white translucent outside dome, tinted transparent inner dome.
B. Accessories: As required for complete installation.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. OldCastle – Versalite
B. O’Keeffe’s Inc.– Custom Skylights
C. Bristol.lite Daylighting Systems – Tufflite
D. Wasco – Pinnacle 300
UNIT SKYLIGHTS CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 62 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2.3 SKYLIGHT UNITS
A. Glazing Panels: Double Hip – Insulated Glazing 1. Refer to Section 08 88 53 – Security Glazing
B. Frame: 1. ASTM B 221 extruded aluminum frame with extruded aluminum dome retaining angle, Insulated thermal break, and integral condensate gutter. 2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard mill finish. 3. Provide pre-installed 1 1/2 inch (38mm) x 1/4 inch (6mm) foam rubber gasket between frame and curb. 4. Provide weather sweep attached to frame. 5. Curb Dimensions: Determined by skylight manufacturers inside dimension of extruded aluminum. See details in Construction Drawings.
C. Curb: 1. Premanufactured insulated curbs of galvanized sheet metal skins surrounding minimum 1 1/2" Polystyrene insulation and integral wood anchor strips. Height and attachments as shown in the details of the Construction Drawings.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify conditions are satisfactory for the installation of skylights.
B. Do not begin installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install skylights in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions and approved shop drawings.
B. Completed installation must be watertight, with all exposed surfaces free from defects and damage.
END OF SECTION
UNIT SKYLIGHTS CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 62 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 08 70 00.10
HARDWARE (FURNISH & INSTALL)
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Hardware for hollow metal doors and frames. 2. Thresholds. 3. Gasketing. 4. Related accessories and components.
B. Related Documents and Sections: 1. Section 05 05 55 - Tamper Proof Metal Fasteners. 2. Section 08 11 00 – Metal Doors and Frames 3. Section 08 31 13 - Access Doors and Frames 4. Section 08 33 23 – Overhead Coiling Doors 5. Section 10 22 13 – Wire Mesh Partitions 6. Section 10 22 29 – Chain Link Partitions 7. Division 27. 8. Division 28.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ANSI A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings.
B. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Fire Windows.
C. ANSI A156 - Builders Hardware Standards.
D. ASTM A307 - Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength.
E. NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers.
F. SDI - Steel Door Institute.
G. UL - Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate Work of this Section with other affected Sections involving manufacturer of internal reinforcement for door hardware.
B. Coordinate installation with finishing operations.
C. Coordinate hardware specified below with the requirements of Federal ADA regulation and CDCR Design Criteria Guidelines.
HARDWARE (FURNISH & INSTALL) CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 70 00.10- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Finish Hardware Installer: Must be the Contractor or a sub-contractor under the Contractor, and must be responsible for the installation of the equipment specified in this Section.
B. Door Control System Installer: Must be either the Building Electronics Sub-Contractor or the Site Electronics Contractor, in accordance with Division 28. Local Door Controls must be installed by the Building Electronics Sub-Contractor; Regional Door Controls must be installed by the Site Electronics Contractor. Local Door Controls and Regional Door Controls are indicated on Drawings.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Materials and Finishes: ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.18.
B. Work installed under this Section must be installed under the direction of an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC).
C. Spare Parts: Stock in California.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Indicate locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware.
C. Product Data: Include data for all hardware items.
D. Shop Drawing Hardware Schedule: 1. Organize hardware schedule in sets arranged by Bid Packs. 2. Indicate complete hardware schedule by door number indicated on Drawings, including complete list of products, model numbers, and ANSI or BHMA number. 3. Provide complete bitting list upon completion of installation.
E. Samples: When substitutions are proposed, submit samples of both specified item and proposed item for comparison.
F. Operating and Maintenance Data: Include data on operating hardware, lubrication requirements, inspection procedures related to preventative maintenance, parts catalog, and keying records.
G. Submit manufacturer’s certificate that products meet or exceed specified requirements, and bear UL label where required.
H. Submit sample of each lock and lock function without operators.
I. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions: 1. Include instructions for handling, storage, and protection of each product. 2. Submit two additional copies to each installing Bid Pack contractor.
J. Submit hardware templates for door and frame preparation. Submit two additional copies to each installing Bid Pack contractor.
HARDWARE (FURNISH & INSTALL) CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 70 00.10- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
K. Submit copies of itemized receipts showing delivery of items furnished to other Bid Pack contractors.
L. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver items indicated to be installed in other Bid Packs to the respective Bid Pack contractor. 1. Deliver within the milestone dates indicated in Section 00 73 00. 2. Inspect all components for damage upon receipt, and remove and replace (or repair if authorized by the CDCR Representative) damaged items prior to delivery to the receiving Bid Pack contractor. 3. Obtain itemized receipt from the receiving Bid Pack contractor, with an indication that all items have been received in an undamaged condition.
B. Tag or package each item. Indicate for each item: 1. Building and door number as shown on Drawings. 2. Hardware size, handing, and type. 3. Template.
C. Keys: 1. Arrange shipment of permanent keys, construction keys, and two extractor keys in crates of individual packets direct from lock manufacturer to the CDCR Representative by registered mail. 2. Identify each packet with building number and key number. 3. The CDCR Representative will be responsible for key issue during construction.
D. Protect finishes by temporary coverings as required.
1.8 SEQUENCING, SCHEDULING, AND COORDINATION
A. Where items specified under this Section are to be built into work specified under other Sections or constructed under other Bid Packs, provide those items to such other Sections and Bid Packs in a timely fashion to avoid delay of work. Coordinate placement; verify accurate locations and correct installation.
B. Coordinate the Work of this Section with other Sections and other Bid Packs affecting or affected by the Work of this Section.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard or custom form in which manufacturer, Installer, and Contractor jointly and severally agree to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. b. Faulty operation of operators and door hardware. c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering and use. 2. The warranty must be signed by officers of each company.
HARDWARE (FURNISH & INSTALL) CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 70 00.10- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Project completion except as follows: a. Electromagnetic Locks: Five years from date of Project completion. b. Exit Devices: Two years from date of Project completion. c. Closers: 10 years from date of Project completion. .
1.10 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware.
B. Maintenance Service: Beginning at Project completion, provide 12 months' full maintenance by skilled employees of door hardware Installer. Include quarterly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper door hardware operation. Provide parts and supplies same as those used in the manufacture and installation of original products.
1.11 SPARE PARTS
A. Provide hardware, including spares, required by hardware schedule on Drawings.
B. Furnish six sets of lock tools.
C. Deliver spare parts and lock tools, boxed and identified, to the CDCR Representative.
1.12 ELECTRICAL WORK
A. The responsibilities of the Finish Hardware Installer must include but not be limited to the following: 1. Install door locks, door position switches, limit switches, keyswitches, and lock feature switches as required for the system to perform the functions as defined herein. 2. Interconnect all components described herein to include cable harnesses where applicable, and provide a single point of interconnection for the Door Control System Installer at the lock pocket. 3. Provide a wiring interface for the Door Control System Installer to make connections to the control systems. The wiring interface must be a connector type (Molex type). The mating connector to which the Door Control System conductors are connected must be furnished as part of the connector assembly and must be furnished with conductor “pigtail” having a minimum length of 6 inches. 4. Furnish wiring drawings and other information as required for design and installation of the Door Control System. If the Door Control System is installed by a contractor in another Bid Package, submit the required information to the other Bid Package contractor through the CDCR Representative. 5. Provide power supplies to the Door Control System Installer as required to power equipment supplied by Division 8, but requiring control by the Door Control System. 6. If locking hardware has direct current (DC) solenoids, ensure the solenoids include diodes for transient protection. 7. Coordinate with the frame manufacturer to provide boxes or pockets in the door frame as required to accommodate door position switches, locks, power transfer hinges, etc.
HARDWARE (FURNISH & INSTALL) CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 70 00.10- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
8. Coordinate with the frame manufacturer to provide interconnecting conduit in the door frame between all feature switches and monitoring devices and the lock pocket. 9. After installation, adjust all locks and switches for proper mechanical alignment. The door position switch must be adjusted to provide an open indication before the door is opened far enough to provide a 1/16 inch gap between the strike plate and the lock.
B. The responsibilities of the Door Control System Installer must include the following unless noted otherwise: 1. For electrical mechanical locks and devices and exterior electrical mechanical locks and devices at pedestrian and vehicular gates, furnish and install conductors and cables required from the equipment cabinet in the equipment room to the field device. 2. Furnish and install all conduit systems as shown on the SC series drawings. Note that when the Door Control System Installer is from a Bid Package other than this Bid Package, part or all of the conduit system for the Door Control System must be installed by the Contractor as shown elsewhere in this Bid Package. 3. Ensure that adequate conduit facilities are installed to support the intended functions of the Door Control System. 4. Furnish and install relay interface equipment in the Custody Officer’s office as required to interface the Door Control Systems with the door hardware specified in Sections08 11 00, 08 33 23, Division 27 and Divisions 28. 5. For electrical mechanical locks and devices and exterior electrical mechanical locks and devices at pedestrian and vehicular gates, connect the mating connector “pigtails” to the control conductors at the locks and devices and connect to Door Control System in the security equipment rooms. 6. Provide all control hardware and systems including power supplies as required to control or monitor each door in accordance with the requirements of Division 28 and the wiring diagrams provided by the Detention Equipment Installer and Finish Hardware Installer. 7. Some Division 8 equipment may require a specific power supply that is ether listed or packaged with the Division 8 hardware. These power supplies must be furnished by the Finish Hardware Installer but installed by Door Control System Installer. Where allowed by code, install these power supplies in the electronics equipment room. 8. After installation, verify proper control and monitoring operation of all doors. 9. Coordinate with specific hardware used by Division 8 Section08 33 23 and Division 28, or builders hardware and/or security hardware. 10. Coordinate with Division 26for the exact locations and requirements for electrical power provided to the security equipment. 11. Coordinate all interfaces with the Fire Alarm System that may be required for the Door Control Systems. Connect Fire Alarm System door release circuits to the door lock and device power supplies as required to release specific doors upon alarm notification in designated building areas.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MORTISE LOCKSETS AND LATCHSETS
A. Lever Handle Mortise Lock Devices. 1. The Lever Mortise Lock Devices must pass the Lever Handle Strength Test. a. Lever Handle Strength Test: The mortise lock, when installed on door with lever hardware, must not sustain damage, and must prevent damage to the lock assembly,
HARDWARE (FURNISH & INSTALL) CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 70 00.10- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
spindle, and lever handle assembly when a 500 pound force is applied in the following manners: 1) Parallel to the plane of the door and tangentially to the lever handle end farthest from the spindle centerline, in each direction of handle rotation, with the lock spindle active. 2) Perpendicular to the plane of the door, at a point on the lever handle farthest from the spindle centerline. Apply force outward from door. 2. Manufacturers: a. Southern Steel, 10500 Institutional Mortise Lock. b. No Substitutions. c. 3. Description: Institutional Mortise Lock. Minimum and medium security mortise lock sets, 1-1/8” H x 3/4” thick stainless steel latchbolt, 3/4” throw, stainless steel lever handles and high security rose. 4. Lock types (as indicated on the Drawings): a. Office and Inner Entry Lock: ANSI Function 04. 1) Southern Steel; 10504. 2) No substitutions. b. Storeroom Lock: ANSI Function 07. 1) Southern Steel; 10507. 2) No substitutions. c. Store/Utility Room Lock: ANSI Function 14. 1) Southern Steel; 10514. 2) No substitutions.
B. Mortise Lock Mechanism. 1. Manufacturers/Products: a. Schlage Lock Co.; LV9000 Series with 03 Lever and B escutcheon. b. No substitutions. 2. Description: ANSI A156.13, Grade 1, mortise with antifriction latchbolt with 1 inch throw with 2-3/4 inch backset. Provide with strikes appropriate to location and function. a. Levers at all Electrical and Mechanical Rooms must have Tactile Warning. 3. Cylinders: a. Manufacturer’s standard cylinder body with cylinder plug removable only by removal of cylinder body from lock case. b. Cylinder Plug: Open at rear to allow clearing of obstructions. c. Key Cutting, Cylinder Maintenance, Rekeying: Possible using industry standard equipment. Cylinders requiring manufacturer-specific equipment will not be accepted. d. Keying and key identification shall be in accordance with schedule to be provided by CDCR during Submittal review period. Each key shall be imprinted with stamped identification numbers per the CDCR provided schedule e. Interchangeable cores removable by use of special change key will not be accepted. 4. Keys: a. Provide Schlage Primus High-Security-Restricted Keys. b. All keys must have “Access Bow.” c. All keys must be stamped “Do Not Duplicate.” 5. Lock Types (as indicated on the Drawings): a. Passage Latch: ANSI Function 01. 1) Schlage Lock Company; LV9010.
HARDWARE (FURNISH & INSTALL) CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 70 00.10- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2) No substitutions. b. Office and Inner Entry Lock: ANSI Function 04. 1) Schlage Lock Company; LV9050. 2) No substitutions. c. Corridor/Exit Lock: ANSI Function 13. 1) Schlage Lock Company; L9456. 2) No substitutions. d. Hotel Lock: ANSI Function 15. 1) Schlage Lock Company; L9486 with Hotel Indicator Feature (HF) with “OCCUPIED” indicator. 2) No substitutions.
2.2 MISCELLANEOUS ACCESS CONTROL DEVICES
A. Three Position Maintained Keyswitch: 1. Operation of motorized roll-up doors 2. Manufacturers: a. Southern Steel: 936 b. No substitutions.
B. Gate Latch: 1. Solenoid Operated Electro-Mechanical Gate Lock 2. Mount to 2” tub steel gate frame. 3. Manufacturers: a. Southern Steel: 1050SD b. No substitutions.
2.3 LOCK PROTECTORS
A. Manufacturers. 1. Lock Protector: LG7: a. Ives; LG7 (indicated on Drawings).
2.4 DOOR CLOSERS
A. Exterior and interior door closers must be ADA compliant with an opening force of not more than five pounds.
B. Fire-rated doors must have an opening force of not more than 15 pounds.
C. Closer – Door. 1. Manufacturers: a. LCN; Model 2011. b. 2. Description: a. Adjustable; concealed in head. b. Provide back check on closers at exterior doors swinging out. c. ADA compliant for push pressure 3. Additional Packages for Inmate Areas: a. Screw (torx) package required with Loctite used for tamper resistance at set screw.
HARDWARE (FURNISH & INSTALL) CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 70 00.10- 7 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
D. Closer – Gate:
1. Manufacturer / Model a. Kant-Slam Hydraulic Gate Closer b. Hoover Fence Co. TB100 2. Closer to be fully adjustable for speed and closing force. 3. Closer to be equipped with a hydraulic cylinder and dual steel springs.
2.5 HINGES
A. General: Provide hinges in accordance with the following:
1. Hinge Width: Sufficient to clear frame and trim when door swings 170 degrees.
B. Butt Hinges.
1. Description: Slim line barrel design; non-rising pin; hospital tips. 2. Provide butt hinges in accordance with the following: a. Height of Hinges: Doors up to 41 inches wide – 4 1/2 inches; doors 42 inches to 48 inches wide – 5 inches. b. Quantity: Three hinges per leaf for doors up to 80 inches in height. 1) Add one hinge for each additional 24 inches in height. 2) Provide additional hinges for doors greater than 36 x 80 inches as required to achieve maximum opening force of 5 pounds (15 pounds for fire-rated doors). c. Location: Comply with SDI recommendations, unless noted otherwise. 1) Top hinge located maximum of 11-3/4 inches from top of door (measured from rabbet section of frame to centerline of hinge); 2) Bottom hinge located maximum of 13 inches from finished floor (measured from bottom of frame to centerline of hinge); 3) Intermediate hinge(s) equally spaced between top and bottom hinges. 3. Provide Manufacturer’s instructions for proper procedures and frequency of hinge lubrication for all hinges with bushings and where recommended by hinge manufacturer.
C. Type 1 - IHTAB850.
1. Manufacturers: a. Hager Hinge Co.; IHTAB850. b. No substitutions. c. 5 x 4 1/2 2. Description: a. Finish: Stainless steel.
D. Type 2 – (Gate Hinge)
1. Manufacturers: a. Hoover Fence Co.: Adjustable Arm Hinge – galvanized Pressed Steel b. Pre-approved substitution c. Sized for gate frame and post diameters. 2. Finish: a. Heavy galvanized coating
HARDWARE (FURNISH & INSTALL) CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 70 00.10- 8 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2.6 DOOR STOPS & HOLDER
A. Each door to receive a stop. Where door swings against a wall of CMU, provide a wall stop. Where door does not or is obstructed by equipment etc., provide floor stop. No stop is allowed to protrude or be located more than 4” from face of wall. 1.
B. Stop - Floor Stop 1. Manufacturers: a. Hager; Model 269F b. Ives; FS18S. c. Trimco; 1209 HA. d. No substitutions. 2. Description: a. Heavy rubber bumper floor stop for interior doors. b. 1-3/4 inch high x 2-inch diameter cylindrical rubber bumper. c. Stem Bolt: 5/8-inch diameter x 4 inch long with 3/4-inch long anti-twist pin at the base. 2-1/2-inch minimum embedment in epoxy.
C. Stop – Wall Stop: 1. Manufacturers: a. Hager: Model BL232W-US32D b. Ives: WS406CVX-630 c. Trimco: 1270WX-SS d. No substitutions 2. Description: a. Convex rubber bumper wall stop for interior doors. b. 1 inch high x 2 1/2 inch diameter cylindrical wall bumper. c. Provide one (1) 3/16” x 1 1/2" concrete screw for anchoring to wall.
D. Stop 1. Manufacturers: a. Ives: FS42 b. Trimco: 1265 2. Description: a. Automatic door holder ideal for heavy-traffic situations. b. Unit is activated automatically when door is opened. c. Strikes accommodate different door to floor clearances. d. Finish to be equal to 626
2.7 DEADBOLTS, STRIKES AND EXIT DEVICES
A. Exit Devices. 1. Exit Device FL 2808: Concealed vertical rod exit device. a. Precision; Model Apex Series, FL-2808 with V4908A trim. b. Sargent; Model 8600-839-PRK-TB. c. No substitutions. 2. Exit Device FL 2308: Mortise Lock exit device. a. Precision; Model Apex Series, FL-2308 with V4908A. b. Sargent; Model 8900-839-PRK-TB.
HARDWARE (FURNISH & INSTALL) CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 70 00.10- 9 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
c. No substitutions.
2.8 BOLTS AND COORDINATORS
A. Flush Bolts - FB458. 1. Manufacturers: a. Ives; FB458 (indicated on Drawings). b. No substitutions. 2. Manual operation. 3. Pair for both floor and head engagement. 4. Provide dustproof strikes at floor and strike boxes for door head.
B. Door Coordinators – COR. 1. Manufacturers: a. IVES; COR (indicated on Drawings). b. No substitutions. 2. If coordinator is provided for door which has stop that lacks enough surface area to allow proper mounting; provide shims, bars, and other accessories required for installation.
2.9 THRESHOLDS, WEATHERSTRIPPING, AND SMOKE GASKETS
A. Thresholds. 1. Manufacturers: a. Pemko; Models 170, and 158. b. Reese Enterprises; S104A and S514A. c. Zero; 654 and 102. d. No substitutions. 2. Description: a. Extruded Aluminum. b. Set thresholds in mastic and fasten with flat head security screws on six inch centers. c. Provide required bolt cutouts. 3. At accessible doors, entire assembly meets all accessible design requirements.
B. Weatherstripping / Smoke Gaskets - 1. Manufacturers: a. Pemko; Model S88D. b. Reese Enterprises; Model 797B. c. Zero; Model 188N. d. No substitutions. 2. Description: a. Surface applied on stop with pressure sensitive adhesive at: 1) Jambs and head. 2) Meeting edge of exterior door pairs. b. Provide set of smoke gaskets on all labeled doors.
C. Astragal: 1. UL listed for labeled doors. 2. Flat steel 10 gauge x 2 inch wide minimum.
HARDWARE (FURNISH & INSTALL) CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 70 00.10- 10 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3. Weld to active leaf door using 3/4 inch plug welds at 6 inches on center.
D. Door Sweeps: 1. 12 gauge steel cover; 1 inch x 3/8 inch with 1-1/2 inch x door width; 40 durometer neoprene gasket, as detailed in the Drawings. 2. Weld sweeps to door with 1-1/2 inch stitch weld at 6 inches on center. 3. Fasten neoprene gasket with security screws at 8 inches on center. 4. Surface-mounted door sweep must not be installed on push side of door where door is required to be accessible.
E. Door Bottoms . 1. Manufacturers: a. Pemko; Model 420 AV. b. Reese; Model 372A. c. Zero; Model 364FSA. d. No substitutions. 2. Description: a. Automatic door bottom with ½ inch to 1 inch drop; vinyl drop seal. b. Factory installed where indicated.
2.10 EXIT ALARM SYSTEMS
A. AC-Powered Exit Alarms. 1. Manufacturers: a. Detex; Model EA-2500, flush mount. 2. Description: a. Announce the unauthorized use of door with 95db alarm. b. Special key allowing free use of door. c. Adjustable time delay. d. Alarm sounds if cover is removed without use of authorized key. e. Stand-by battery back-up. f. LED indicating unit is on. g. Remote reset/bypass enabling unit to be reset or momentarily disarmed from a remote location. 3. Accessories: a. Magnetic switch. b. 5-pin Rim Cylinder; spacer for 6 or 7-pin cylinder. c. 12-volt transformer.
B. Remote Indicating Panel. 1. Manufacturers: a. Detex; Model RIP-1100L. 2. Description: a. Battery back-up. b. Power status/low battery indicator. c. Bi-colored zone indication. d. Audible indication of violation. e. Alarm reset, self-test, and silence buttons. 3. Accessories: a. Magnetic switch.
HARDWARE (FURNISH & INSTALL) CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 70 00.10- 11 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
b. 12-volt transformer.
2.11 DOOR POSITION SWITCH
A. Position Indicator . 1. Manufacturers: a. Southern Steel; Model 200MRS-TB (indicated on Drawings as 200MRS). b. No Substitutions.
2. Description: a. Built-in triple biased switch. b. Device must be wired to provide a single contact to the Door Control System. The contacts must be “closed” when the door is shut, otherwise, the contacts must be open, displaying a red light when the door is in every condition but closed and locked.
2.12 DOOR PULL
A. Vandal Resistant Pull: 1. Manufacturers: a. Ives; VR814-DT b. No Substitutions 2. Description: a. Sex-bolt through door with thread lock on bolts. b. Install at accessible height.
2.13 FASTENERS AND ADHESIVES
A. Fasteners: 1. Exposed Screws, Bolts, and Nuts: ASTM A307 Grade A; in accordance with Section 05 05 55. 2. Screw Thread Adhesive Sealant: Loctite No. 271; in accordance with Section 05 05 55. 3. Exposed screws must match hardware finish or, if exposed in surfaces of other work, match finish of other work.
B. Adhesives: 1. Epoxy; minimum 2300 psi. 2. Manufacturers: a. Hilti; C100.
2.14 GATE ACCESSORIES
A. Padlock: 1. Padlocks shall be Master Padlock #6230
B. Sliding trolley hardware: 1. Box rail of minimum 16 ga. rolled steel, galvanized 2. Hanger trolley of galvanized or heavy zinc coated steel. Each trolley to have four wheels with ball bearing. 3. Provide bottom guide of zinc plated hot rolled steel.
HARDWARE (FURNISH & INSTALL) CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 70 00.10- 12 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
4. End caps and carrier brackets of same gauge and finish of steel as the main rail. 5.
C. Cane Bolt: 1. Per Section 05 50 00 and details in the Construction Drawings
2.15 MANUFACTURED UNITS
A. Provide hardware for fire rated openings in compliance with UL and NFPA 80.
B. Furnish items of hardware for proper door swing.
C. On doors which might prove dangerous to visually-impaired persons, provide knurling on knobs or lever handles. Doors include, but are not limited to, doors to mechanical rooms, electrical closets, loading platforms or stairs.
2.16 FINISHES
A. Provide US32D/BHMA 630 finish on all hardware, unless otherwise indicated.
2.17 KEYING
A. Keying Schedule will be provided by the CDCR Representative after Shop Drawing Hardware Schedule has been approved.
B. Provide for up to six cut keys plus one blank key per lock. Do not cut keys prior to receipt of keying schedule. Final quantities of each key must be determined by the keying schedule.
C. Keys must be delivered to the CDCR Representative, who will be responsible for key issue during construction.
D. Keys must be engraved with up to 5-digit identification as directed by the CDCR Representative. No other identifying characters must appear on key.
E. Provide and set up complete visible card indexed system with key tags and control slips.
F. Construction Keying: 1. Furnish split key construction master keying with four construction master keys. 2. Upon completion of any portion of Project and when directed by the CDCR Representative, the Contractor must extract split key inserts in the presence of the CDCR Representative and determine that permanent keys operate their respective locks. 3. After permanent key is tested, return keys in packets to the CDCR Representative for storage. 4. Turn split key inserts and extractor keys over to the CDCR Representative for future use.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify existing conditions are suitable for installation of the Work of this Section.
HARDWARE (FURNISH & INSTALL) CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 70 00.10- 13 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Verify existing conditions in other Bid Packs are suitable for installation of items furnished to such other Bid Packs for installation. Notify the CDCR Representative in writing of improper conditions noted.
C. Do not begin installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and approved shop drawings, under direction of an Architectural Hardware Consultant.
B. Use the templates provided by hardware item manufacturer.
C. Protect hardware from final painting and finishing operations.
D. Permanently install hardware after finishing operations are complete. Exposed fasteners in permanent installation must be tamper proof type in accordance with Section 05 05 55.
E. Unless otherwise indicated: 1. Use SDI mounting heights for hardware; in accordance with CCR, Title 24, Part 2, Section 11B-309.4 & 11B-404.2.7 for hand activated locking and latching devices. 2. On pairs of doors, active leaf must be right side as viewed from keyed side of doors.
F. Install floor mounted door stops using epoxy in pre-drilled holes in concrete.
3.3 FIELD TESTING
A. All door locks, door position switches, limit switches, keyswitches, and lock feature switches installed by the Detention Equipment Installer must be in perfect operating order prior to the Door Control System Installer’s System Test and Final Acceptance Test.
B. When the Door Control System Installer is from a Bid Package other then this Bid Package, the locks, door position switches, limit switches, keyswitches, and lock feature switches that are connected to the other Bid Package contractor’s Door Control System must be in perfect operating order at least 50 days prior to project completion. 1. At least 50 days prior to project completion provide written notification to the CDCR Representative stating that the locks, door position switches, limit switches, keyswitches, and lock feature switches that are connected to the other Bid Package contractor’s Door Control System are in perfect operating order. The written notification must include a list of the doors that are connected to the other Bid Package contractor’s Door Control System. The CDCR Representative will use this time period to notify the other Bid Package contractor that the locks, door position switches, limit switches, keyswitches, and lock feature switches are ready to be tested with the door controls. The CDCR Representative will schedule a date during the 50-day period in which the Detention Equipment Installer must demonstrate jointly with the Door Control System Installer the successful operation of the locks, door position switches, limit switches, keyswitches, and lock feature switches for witness by the CDCR Representative. 2. The Detention Equipment Installer must connect test jigs to the locks, door position switches, limit switches, keyswitches, and lock feature switches to ensure that they are in
HARDWARE (FURNISH & INSTALL) CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 70 00.10- 14 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
perfect operating order prior to demonstration with the other Bid Package contractor’s Door Control System. 3. The Detention Equipment Installer must carefully plan and coordinate the required activities of the Door Control System Installer. If the demonstration with the other Bid Package contractor’s Door Control System is deemed a failure and is required to be rescheduled due to the fault of the Detention Equipment Installer, the Contractor must be responsible for all additional expenses incurred for the other Bid Package contractor who installed the Door Control System.
3.4 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Adjust doors for smooth and balanced movement through full swing (170 degrees). 1. Maximum effort to manually operate doors must not exceed force allowed by code. 2. The maximum effort required to operate fire rated doors may be increased where approved by a CDCR representative. 3. Door opening force must be listed on the door schedule.
B. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware to ensure proper operation or function. 1. Lubricate moving parts with lubricant recommended by manufacturer. 2. Replace units which cannot be adjusted and lubricated to operate smoothly.
C. When hardware is installed more than one month prior to final acceptance, during week prior to acceptance, check and adjust all hardware items.
3.5 DEMONSTRATION
A. Instruct Owner’s personnel in accordance with Section 01 79 00.
B. Provide instruction for five people.
C. Duration: Two working days.
D. Provide instruction pertaining to: 1. Operating and maintenance procedures. 2. Key control system.
3.6 SCHEDULE
A. Hardware is scheduled on the Drawings.
END OF SECTION
HARDWARE (FURNISH & INSTALL) CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 70 00.10- 15 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 08 88 53
SECURITY GLAZING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY 1. Section Includes: Security glass and glazing for hollow metal work, doors, windows, and other items referencing this Section shall consist of laminated glazing/polycarbonate. 2. CDCR Security Glazing Standards are defined in the DCG document 860 Appendix H. CDCR is the authority upon which categories of security transparence type/configurations are based. Only those manufacturers whose products have been submitted for testing are eligible to furnish products. Any Manufacturer whose products have not been previously tested and desires marketing consideration must qualify their product in accordance with CDCR 860 prior to their product being approved for use. Cost of such testing is to be paid by the soliciting manufacturer
B. Related Documents and Sections: 1. Section 00 31 00 - Available Project Information. 2. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection. 3. Section 08 11 00 - Metal Doors and Frames. 4. Section 08 51 23 - Steel Windows. 5. Section 08 62 00 - Unit Skylights.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ANSI Z26.1 - Safety Glazing Material.
B. ANSI Z97.1 - Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety Glazing Used in Buildings.
C. ASTM C1036 - Flat Glass.
D. ASTM C1048 - Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Flat Glass - Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass.
E. ASTM D256 - Standard Test Method for Determining the Izod Pendulum Impact Resistance of Plastics.
F. ASTM C-1349 - Standard Specification for Architectural Flat Glass Clad Polycarbonate.
G. ASTM E-2190 - Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation.
H. ASTM E-2189 - Standard Test Method for Testing Resistance to Fogging in Insulating Glass Units.
I. ASTM E-2188 - Standard Test Method for Insulating Glass Unit Performance.
SECURITY GLAZING CDCR-SDD 20141218 08 88 53- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
J. ASTM D635 - Standard Test Method Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position.
K. ASTM E-119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
L. ASTM F-1915 - Standard Test Method for Glazing For Detention Facilities.
M. DCG Appendix H - CDCR Design Criteria Guidelines Manual, Appendix H, including Design Change Supplements specified in Section 00 31 00.
N. GANA - Glass Association of North America: Glazing Manual.
O. GANA - Sealant Manual.
P. Laminators Safety Glass Association - Standards Manual.
Q. UL 752 - Standard for Bullet-Resisting Equipment.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Security Glass: 1. Multiple-ply, glass and polycarbonate laminate, in which all plies are bonded together with polyurethane. 2. Single layer polycarbonate. 3. Glass types indicated as Class C, per DCG Appendix H.
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Meet or Exceed the Following: 1. DCG Appendix H. 2. ANSI Z97.1 – Safety Performance Specification and Test Method for Safety Glazing used in Buildings. 3. ANSI Z26.1 AS9 for light, stability, luminous transmittance, bake, humidity, boil, weatherometer, dimensional stability, and impact. 4. ASTM D635.
B. Provide air-tight and water-tight installation in all openings.
C. Each completed installation must withstand normal temperature changes and wind loading without failure. Failure includes: 1. Loss or breakage of glass. 2. Failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight. 3. Deterioration of glazing materials. 4. Other defects.
D. Each installation must withstand vandalism to a degree consistent with the classification of the glazing panel.
E. Fire-Rated Glazing: Provide a fire-rated glazing assembly manufactured, fabricated and installed to maintain performance criteria without defects, damage, or failure. 1. Fire Rating: Meet fire protection rating per design and regulatory requirements.
SECURITY GLAZING CDCR-SDD 20141218 08 88 53- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Testing Laboratory: Fire test must be conducted by a nationally recognized independent testing lab.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Product Data: 1. Manufacturer’s standard descriptive product literature for each product type. Include test results indicating modulus of rupture for each type and thickness of glass. 2. Submit technical data describing assembly, fabrication, glazing methods, and glazing products to be used for installation.
C. Samples: 1. Three samples 12 inch x 12 inch square of each type, glass and thickness. 2. Each sample must bear permanent product marking. Markings must conform to the marking requirements of DCG Appendix H.
D. Shop Drawings: Show full size glazing details for each type of glass and framing condition.
E. Testing Laboratory Reports: 1. Submit evidence of Independent Testing Laboratory accreditation per ISO/IEC 17020. 2. Submit certified Test Report from an Independent Testing Laboratory with Product Certification (per ISO/IEC 17065) of each glazing class required. Indicate materials and test results are in compliance with DCG Appendix H. 3. Certification testing is required for each manufacturer and limited to each class of fabricated panel on this project.
F. Manufacturer’s Certificate: 1. Stating that products conform to specified requirements. 2. Verify materials proposed to be used under the Work of this Section are compatible with each other in the combinations to be used in the Work. Prior to submittal of Product Data, submit data indicating anticipated incompatibilities and unfavorable reactions.
G. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions: Indicate special precautions required.
H. Manufacturer’s Maintenance Instructions: Indicate cleaning requirements.
I. Warranties: Sample of special warranties.
1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire-Rated Glazing: Listed and labeled by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire-protection ratings indicated, based upon testing according to NFPA 252 for door assemblies and NFPA 257 for window assemblies. Labels must be submitted to the CDCR representative in lieu of being affixed to doors or frames.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer of Strengthened Glass: Minimum 5 years’ experience in the manufacture of products of the type specified in this Section.
SECURITY GLAZING CDCR-SDD 20141218 08 88 53- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Exterior and interior glass and glazing must contain a minimum of 25 percent recycled content.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Protect edges of glazing panels with cushioned tape during shipment and storage prior to installation.
B. Ship glazing panels and materials to site in original packaging, seals unbroken.
C. Ship lights of glass to site bearing product marking. Markings must conform to the marking requirements of DCG Appendix H.
D. Store glass and glazing under conditions which protect the materials from breakage, scratching or other damage.
E. Store materials on blocking at a lean of 5 to 7 degrees off vertical, or as recommended by manufacturer, against broad and sturdy uprights capable of supporting material load.
F. Glazing assemblies containing intumescent interlayer cannot be allowed to freeze at any time during transport, storage, or installation.
G. Maintain protective conditions at all times.
1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Do not install glazing when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F.
B. Maintain minimum 40 degree F temperature 24 hours after installation of glazing compounds.
1.10 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the Work of this Section with Sections specifying work to receive security glazing.
1.11 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Laminated Glass: 1. Manufacturer's standard form in which laminated-glass manufacturer agrees to replace, including the cost of labor and materials, laminated-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of laminated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning laminated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include edge separation, discoloration, cracking of polycarbonate products, delamination materially obstructing vision through glass, and blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced laminated-glass standard. 2. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Project completion.
B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Abrasion- and UV-Resistant, Polycarbonate: 1. Manufacturer's standard form, made out to Owner and signed by polycarbonate manufacturer, in which manufacturer agrees to replace polycarbonate products that break or develop defects from normal use that are attributable to manufacturing process
SECURITY GLAZING CDCR-SDD 20141218 08 88 53- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
and not to practices for maintaining and cleaning plastic glazing contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include coating delamination, haze, excessive yellowing, and loss of light transmission beyond the limits stated in plastic glazing manufacturer's standard form. 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Project completion.
C. Manufacturer’s Special Warranty for Intumescent Interlayer: 1. Manufacturer’s standard form, made out to Owner and signed by manufacturer, in which manufacturer agrees to replace intumescent interlayer products that develop defects from normal use that are attributable to manufacturing process and not to practices for maintaining and cleaning the glazing assembly contrary to manufacturer’s written instructions. Defects include delamination, haze, and loss of light transmission beyond the limits stated in manufacturer’s standard form. 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Project completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS (SEE TABLE AT END OF SECTION FOR MAKE-UP)
A. Flat Glass DCG Appendix H: 1. Float Glass: ASTM C1036, Type I, Class 1, Quality q3; minimum Average Modulus of Rupture: 6,000 psi. 2. Heat Strengthened Glass: ASTM C1422; Type I, Class 1, Quality q3; immersed in a molten salt bath to produce surface compression and internal tension; minimum average Modulus Rupture 28,000 psi for 3.16 inch thickness. a. Manufacturers: 1) PPG Industries, Inc. Pilkington North America, Inc. 2) Guardian Industries Corp, SunGuard Marketing Department, 14600 Romine Road, Carleton, MI 48117, (866) 482-7374, www.na.en.sunguardglass.com. 3. Chemically Strengthened Glass: ASTM C1422; Type I, Class I, Quality q3 immersed in a molten salt bath to produce surface compression and internal tension; minimum average Modulus of Rupture 28,000 psi for 3/16 inch thickness.
B. Plastic Sheet Materials: DCG Appendix H. 1. Manufacturers: a. SABIC Polymershapes; Lexan. b. Arkema Inc. c. Sheffield Plastics, Inc. d. Cyro Industries. 2. Hardcoating: DCG Appendix H.
C. Interlayers: DCG Appendix H.
2.2 GLAZING ACCESSORIES
A. Setting Blocks and Spacers: Shore A hardness 70 plus/minus 3 durometer. Neoprene setting blocks or spacers meeting the same Shore A hardness requirements are acceptable where located between the steel frame and the Santoprene glazing gasket (neoprene setting blocks or spacers must not be in direct contact with security glazing).
SECURITY GLAZING CDCR-SDD 20141218 08 88 53- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Glazing Gasket: 1. Santoprene by Monsanto; vulcanized thermoplastic rubber, Shore A hardness 70 plus/minus 3 durometer. 2. Extruded “U” shape, continuous the length of each side of the glass sheet, width as required for glazing. 3. 1/8 inch wall thickness each side of glazing, height of each leg to match stop height. 4. Fabricators: a. Fabricated Extrusions, Modesto, California. 5. All security glazing shall use a “U” shaped rubber gasket. This gasket shall be continuous and material hardness shall be 70+5 durometers. In those windows which are exposed to the exterior, a silicone sealant shall be used on the exterior side to prevent moisture penetration. 6. Security glazing stops shall be applied in such a manner as to compress the “U” shaped rubber gasket and hold the glazing firmly. 7. Each leg of the glazing gasket shall match the stop height.
C. Glazing Sealants: 1. General: Provide products of type indicated, complying with the following requirements: a. Non-sag silicone; acetoxy cured. b. VOC Content: For sealants used inside of the weatherproofing system, not more than 250 g/L when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2. Manufacturers: a. General Electric Company; Construction 1200. b. Dow Corning; 999. c. Tremco; Proglaze.
2.3 ASSEMBLED GLAZING PANELS
A. Glazing Panel Fabricators including but not limited to: 1. Old Castle Building Envelope, 5631 Ferguson Dr., Los Angeles, CA, 90022, Phone (866) 653-2278, http://www.oldcastlebe.com. 2. Global Security Glazing, 616 Selfield Rd., Selma, AL 36703, Phone (800) 633-2513, Fax (334) 875-2704, http://www.security-global.com. 3. Hehr Glas Company, 1021 Walnut Ave, Pomona, CA 91766, Phone (909) 628-5557, Fax (909) 613-0857, http://www.hehrintl.com. 4. Dlubak Corporation, 520 Chestnut St., Blairsville, PA 15717, Phone (724) 459-9540 Fax (724) 459-0866, www.dlubakglass.com. 5. North American Specialty Glass, 2175 Kumry Rd., Trumbauersville, PA 18970 Phone (215) 536-0333, Fax (215) 536-6872, http://www.naspecialtyglass.com. 6. SAFTIFIRST, 325 Newhall Street, San Francisco, CA 94124, Phone (888) 653-3333 Fax (415) 230-6707, http://www.safti.com.
B. Heat Treated Glazing: Tong marks are not permitted unless concealed behind stops in final installation.
C. Polycarbonate: Exposed surfaces must be hardcoated.
D. Multiple Layer Laminated Products: DCG Appendix H.
SECURITY GLAZING CDCR-SDD 20141218 08 88 53- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
E. Skylight Glazing: 1. Outer layer: 7/16” laminated = 3/16” clear / 0.075” interlayer – 3/16” clear with Low-E #4 coating 2. Insulating space: min. 1/2" thick filled with inert gas 3. Inner lens: 1/4” clear heat treated glazing 4. Energy Requirements: Glazing material must have a maximum light distribution characteristic with minimal heat gain. 5. Light Transmittance: 65.0 percent minimum. 6. Diffusion / Haze Factor: 100 percent min. 7. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC): 0.53 maximum. NFRC 200 8. “U” Value: 0.30 or lower (glazing and framing) in accordance with NFRC 100 or “unlabeled skylight” default requirements of ASHRAE 90.1 - 2004 9. High Velocity Huricane Zone Approvals (HVHZ): Safety laminated as tested by certified engineering firm.
2.4 TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation from Indicated Glazing Panel Thickness: Notwithstanding provisions of referenced ASTM and other Standards, only tolerances indicated in DCG Appendix H will be permissible in the thickness of components of glazing panels.
2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. CDCR-approved Independent Laboratory must perform Plant Inspection and production observation in accordance with DCG Appendix H and ISO/IEC standards 17020, 17025, and 17065.
B. Identification of Glazing Panels: 1. Each glazing panel class must bear permanent marking in accordance with DCG Appendix H. a. Class A - Not Used. b. Class B - Not Used c. Class C - Maximum/Medium Security: Includes those areas of either medium or maximum security where penetration would present a significant threat to security. d. Class D - Not Used. e. Class E - Not Used. f. Class F - Covers glazing where security is of minimal concern. (Not covered by DCG Appendix H) g. Class R – Roof location Skylights: See 2.3-E above.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify sizes of openings for security glazing before ordering or delivering to the site.
B. Examine surfaces adjacent to glazing components, backing, stop design, and conditions under which glazing is to be installed. Verify that surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions, and ready to receive glazing.
SECURITY GLAZING CDCR-SDD 20141218 08 88 53- 7 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. Inspect each piece of glass immediately prior to installation. 1. Verify glass is not damaged or defective. 2. Verify glass has required security rating markings permanently affixed. 3. Verify Class A glass has bullet resistance marking permanently affixed.
D. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean and remove dirt, oil, grease or other material affecting proper installation of the glazing.
B. Clean contact surfaces with cleaner recommended by glazing manufacturer and wipe dry.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Perform work in accordance with GANA Glazing Manual, GANA Sealant Manual, manufacturer’s instructions and approved shop drawings. Notify the CDCR Representative in writing in case of conflict between the above criteria.
B. Gasket Glazing: Use gasket glazing method, continuous for each straight run, for glazing installed under this Section. Miter-cut and bond ends together at corners to prevent gaskets from pulling away at corners. Protect glass where welding must be done in place.
C. Install glass with security rating identifying marks in lower corner, visible after installation of all glazing stops and gaskets.
D. Do not install glass with edge damage.
E. Do not field cut, nip, or abrade glass.
F. To unify the appearance of each series of lights, set each piece to match others, as nearly as possible, with pattern, draw, and bow oriented in the same direction.
G. Install setting blocks at the quarter points in adhesive or sealant.
H. Provide 3/16 inch head clearance.
I. Install glass to provide 1 inch frame coverage around entire perimeter of opening.
J. Install glazing to drain off water in glazing channel in exterior locations, skylight locations and interior locations subject to high moisture conditions.
K. Glazing Tape Installations: 1. Install tape continuously, placed so that when compressed exposed face will be flush with face of framing. 2. Do not use joints in tape, except at corners; seal joints with compatible sealant. 3. After installation of stops, apply fillet bead of compatible glazing sealant over exposed tape on both sides of glazing. 4. Tool exposed surfaces of glazing sealants to provide a substantial “wash” away from the glass on the side of windows with exterior exposure.
SECURITY GLAZING CDCR-SDD 20141218 08 88 53- 8 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
5. Clean and trim excess glazing materials from glass, stops, and frames promptly after installation to eliminate potential stains and discoloration.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Comply with glass manufacturer’s recommendations.
B. Maintain glass clean during construction, so that it will not be damaged by corrosive action and will not contribute to deterioration of other materials.
C. Remove glazing materials from finish surfaces.
D. Remove temporary labels after work is complete.
E. Wash and polish glass on both faces not more than seven days prior to acceptance of Work.
3.5 CURING AND PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Protect glass, glazing sealants, and compounds from damage from all sources, including alkaline wash from uncured concrete surfaces. Do not apply anything to the surface of the glass.
B. Cure glazing sealants and compounds in accordance with manufacturers’ written instructions.
C. Remove, and replace damaged glass.
3.6 TABLE OF GLAZING MAKE-UPS Type Total Components: Materials and Thickness (Inches) Thickness 1 Int 2 Int 3 (Inches) C1 Max. 0.626 Mat’l S U P U S Min. 0.544 Max 0.134 0.055 0.248 0.055 0.134
Abbreviations: Int = Interlayer U = Polyurethane P = Polycarbonate S = Strengthened
END OF SECTION
SECURITY GLAZING CDCR-SDD 20141218 08 88 53- 9 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 08 91 19
FIXED LOUVERS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Louvers and frames. a. Fixed, drainable formed-metal louvers.
2. Accessories.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05 05 55 - Tamper Proof Metal Fastenings. 2. Section 05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications. 3. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection. 4. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A653 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy- Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.
B. NAAMM (National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers): Metal Finishes Manual AMP 500, 501, 502, 503, 504, and 505.
1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
A. Fixed Louvers: 1. Installed louver to permit passage of air without blade vibration or noise, with maximum static pressure loss of .15 inches measured at 900 ft/min. 2. Fabricate louver to permit 50 percent free area.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate elevations, dimensions and tolerances; head, jamb, and sill details; blade configuration; frames; accessories and attachments.
C. Provide product data on preassembled louvers describing design characteristics, maximum recommended air velocity, free area, materials, and finishes.
D. Manufacturer’s installation instructions.
FIXED LOUVERS CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 91 19- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS - FIXED, DRAINABLE, FORMED METAL LOUVERS
A. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653, G90 (Z275) zinc coating, mill phosphatized.
B. Fasteners and Anchors: Corrosion resistant, conforming to applicable requirements of Section 05 05 55.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Airolite, 6774 and 6776.
B. American Warming and Ventilating, Inc.
C. Industrial Louvers, Inc.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Provide all necessary accessories needed to complete installation of louvers..
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Provide structural supports and anchorage in accordance with reviewed shop drawings.
B. Formed Metal Louvers: 14-gauge; fixed blade; shapes and configurations indicated on Drawings. 1. Louver Depth: 4-inch and 6-inch, as indicated.
C. Blades: Drainable.
2.5 FINISHES
A. Steel: Manufacturer’s standard baked enamel coating; minimum 1.0-mil dry coating thickness. 1. Color as selected from manufacturer’s full range. (Verify color with the CDCR Representative)
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify conditions are satisfactory for installation of louvers.
B. Verify prepared openings and flashings are ready to receive work.
C. Verify opening dimensions are as indicated on approved shop drawings.
D. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not begin installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation constitutes acceptance of existing conditions.
FIXED LOUVERS CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 91 19- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install louvers, flashings, and accessories in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, approved engineering calculations and approved shop drawings.
B. Install louvers level and plumb.
C. Secure louvers in openings with tamper proof metal fasteners in accordance with Section 05 05 55.
D. Align louver assembly to ensure moisture is shed to the exterior.
E. Install perimeter sealant in accordance with Section 07 90 00.
3.3 CLEANING
A. Clean surfaces and components and leave ready for field finishing in accordance with Section 09 90 00, where indicated.
END OF SECTION
FIXED LOUVERS CDCR-SDD 20141113 08 91 19- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 09 21 16
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Gypsum board. 2. Abuse- and impact-resistant gypsum board. 3. Fire-rated gypsum board. 4. Wallboard accessories.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements. 2. Section 07 84 00 – Firestopping 3. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection. 4. Section 08 31 13 - Access Doors and Frames. 5. Section 08 62 00 – Unit Skylights 6. Section 09 22 00 - Supports for Plaster and Gypsum Board. 7. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating. 8. Division 21 9. Division 23 10. Division 26 11. Division 28
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A653 - Sheet Steel Galvanized or Zinc–Iron Alloy Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot–Dip Process.
B. ASTM C423 - Test Method for Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method.
C. ASTM C475 - Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board.
D. ASTM C840 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board.
E. ASTM C954 - Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board or Metal to Steel Studs from 0.033 inches to 0.112 inches in Thickness.
F. ASTM C1002 - Steel Self–Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs.
G. ASTM C1047 - Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base.
H. ASTM C1278 - Fiber–Reinforced Gypsum Panel.
I. ASTM C1396 - Gypsum Board.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES CDCR-SDD 20150114 09 21 16- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
J. ASTM C1629 - Classification for Abuse (Impact) Resistant Gypsum Board.
K. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
L. ASTM E90 - Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements.
M. ASTM E119 - Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
N. ASTM E413 - Classification for Rating Sound Insulation.
O. GA–223 - Gypsum Panel Products Types, Uses, Sizes, and Standards.
P. GA–216 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Panel Products.
Q. GA-600 - Gypsum Association Fire Resistance Design Manual.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacture: Gypsum wallboard, including accessories and fasteners, must be the products of the same manufacturer.
B. Fire–Resistance–Rated Assemblies: For fire–resistance–rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E119 by an independent testing agency.
1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with fire–resistance ratings indicated on the Contract Documents.
B. Materials, accessories, and application procedures must be listed by UL or tested in accordance with ASTM E119 for the type of construction indicated.
C. The Work must comply with the applicable requirements of ASTM C840.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
B. Product Data: Indicate materials, sizes, fire ratings, and other applicable data.
C. Submit manufacturer’s certification that materials comply with the requirements of this Section.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: 1. Deliver materials to the Project site with manufacturer’s labels intact and legible. 2. Deliver fire–rated materials bearing the testing agency’s label and classification identification.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES CDCR-SDD 20150114 09 21 16- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Storage: 1. Store materials indoors in a dry area, under cover, and stacked flat, off the floor. 2. Stack wallboard so that long lengths are not over short lengths. 3. Store flammable adhesives away from fire, sparks or smoking areas.
C. Handle wallboard in a manner to avoid damaging face and edges of sheets.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Maintain temperature range between 55 and 70 degrees F. for 24 hours before, during, and after gypsum wallboard and joint treatment applications.
B. Do not install panels that are wet, those that are moisture damaged, and those that are mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.
C. Ventilation: 1. Provide ventilation during and following adhesive and joint treatment applications. 2. Use temporary air circulators in enclosed areas lacking natural ventilation. 3. Under slow drying conditions, allow additional drying time between coats of joint treatment. 4. Protect installed materials from drafts during hot and dry weather.
D. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer’s written recommendations, whichever are more stringent.
E. Do not install interior products until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PANELS, GENERAL
A. Recycled Content: Provide gypsum panel products with recycled content such that postconsumer recycled content plus one–half of preconsumer recycled content constitutes a minimum of 75 percent by weight.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Gypsum Wall Board Products and Accessories: Listed products establish standard of quality and must be manufactured by a single manufacturer from the following: 1. United States Gypsum Co. (USG). 2. Georgia–Pacific Gypsum, LLC, Gypsum Wallboard Products (GP), DENS product line. 3. National Gypsum Company (NGC).
2.3 GYPSUM BOARD
A. Fire Rated Board: Type ‘X’, 5/8 inch thick; ASTM C1396; tapered and wrapped long edges; typical for all boards unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Documents.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES CDCR-SDD 20150114 09 21 16- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1. Firecode C Rated: Where required by Code or as indicated on Drawings.
B. Non-Fire-Rated Board: Thickness as indicated on Drawings; ASTM C1396; tapered and wrapped long edges.
C. Abuse- and Impact-Resistant Gypsum Board: Panel designed for wall assemblies in high– traffic areas requiring resistance to abuse, impact, moisture, mold and fire. 1. Comply with requirements of ASTM C1396, ASTM C 1629 Level 3 and ASTM C3273. 2. Basis-of-Design Product: USG; “Sheetrock Mold Tough VHI Firecode Core Interior Panels.” a. Comparable (or equal) products as follows will be acceptable if approved by CDCR and if in compliance with all requirements herein. 1) National Gypsum Co.; “Hi-Impact XP”. 2) GP; “DensArmor Plus Impact-Resistant”. 3. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 4. Core: Water-resistant core for use in intermittently wet areas with imbedded fiberglass mesh for increased impact resistance. 5. Mold- and moisture-resistant: Water-repellant facing and a mold resistance value of 10 when tested per ASTM D3273. a. This board is not suitable for showers or frequent exposure to water. 6. Smooth, paintable surface suitable for painting or tile application. 7. Long Edges: Tapered and wrapped. 8. Meets requirements of Type X fire resistance where required.
D. Square-Edge Board: Used in lieu of tapered board at Contractor’s option as backing for glue- on acoustic tile or similar wall finishes; thickness as indicated on Drawings and required by Code; ASTM C1396; square and wrapped long edges.
2.4 WALLBOARD ACCESSORIES
A. General: Wallboard accessories must be from the same manufacturer as the wallboard system used.
B. Fasteners: 1. General: a. ASTM C954 for fastening to 20 gauge and thicker supporting metal. b. ASTM C1002 for connection to 22 gauge and thinner metal. c. Type G or W Screws with corrosion–resistant coating for attachment to wood. 2. Lengths: Per ASTM C840. a. Sufficient for point penetration through supporting metal framing of not less than 3/8 inch or more than 5/8 inch. b. Sufficient for minimum 3/4 inch penetration into wood studs.
C. Metal Trim: In conformance with ASTM C1047. 1. Corner Bead: Fine mesh expanded steel wing type, zinc coated in conformance with ASTM A653, G90 coating designation. 2. Control Joint: Steel, perforated flange wing type, with single bead, zinc coated in conformance with ASTM A653, G90 coating designation. 3. Edge Trim: Steel, of configuration and size dictated by Project conditions, zinc coated in conformance with ASTM A653, G90 coating designation.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES CDCR-SDD 20150114 09 21 16- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
D. Joint Treatment Materials: In conformance with ASTM C475. 1. Joint Tape: Heavy Duty. 2. Joint Compounds: As recommended by wallboard manufacturer. a. All-Purpose Type: Ready mixed drying compound for typical locations. b. Setting Type: For all locations where mold- and moisture-resistant boards are used. 3. Prefill Joint Compound: Powdered, setting type. 4. Drywall Primer: See Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating. 5. Skim Coat: All-purpose joint compound.
E. Miscellaneous Items: Furnish components not specified herein but indicated and required for a complete installation. 1. Laminating Adhesive: Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2. Acoustical Sealant: Provide sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for the installation of gypsum wallboard and associated accessories: 1. Check framing for accurate spacing and alignment. 2. Verify that spacing of installed framing does not exceed maximum allowable for thickness of wallboard to be used. 3. Verify that door frames are set for thickness of wallboard to be used. 4. Repair protrusions of framing, twisted framing members, and unaligned members before installation of wallboard commences. 5. Verify openings and backing for recessed and surface mounted accessories and equipment.
B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation indicates acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 APPLICATION OF GYPSUM BOARD
A. Apply materials in conformance with ASTM C840, GA–216, GA–223, the manufacturer’s printed installation instructions, and as indicated or specified. Install gypsum board for fire– rated assemblies in accordance with UL or other design numbers indicated on the Contract Documents.
B. Apply gypsum panels to the supporting framing as follows, unless otherwise indicated: 1. On vertical surfaces, apply panels with long edges parallel to supporting framing members and with abutting panel edges centered on a framing member. Make abutting edge joints occur at different studs for panels on opposite sides of partitions, and in successive layers of multiple layers on the same side of partitions.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES CDCR-SDD 20150114 09 21 16- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
a. To minimize joints, panels may be applied with long edges parallel or perpendicular to framing members on vertical surfaces above ceilings, above 10 feet, or where concealed behind plywood finish surfaces. Long edges must be applied parallel to supporting framing where required to meet provisions of applicable codes or to conform to listings for required fire ratings. 2. On horizontal surfaces, apply panels with long edges perpendicular to supporting framing members and with abutting panel ends centered on a framing member. Stagger end joints in adjacent panel rows.
C. Use sheets of maximum lengths practicable to minimize joints.
D. Neatly fit edges and stagger joints.
E. Cut and fit neatly around outlets and switches. Back–to–back wall penetrations must be at least one stud space apart for acoustical insulation.
F. Isolation of Wallboard from Other Construction: 1. Provide perimeter relief where wallboard abuts structural decks, ceilings, vertical structural elements, or window sections. 2. Finish wallboard edge with metal casing bead of type indicated or specified. Casings may be omitted in concealed areas above ceilings. 3. Seal space between casing bead and structure with continuous sealant bead in accordance with Section 07 90 00. 4. Seal around electrical boxes and conduit and pipe penetrations. 5. Seal at base of wallboard sheets as indicated.
G. Installation of Fasteners: 1. Do not locate fasteners less than 3/8 inch from edges or ends of sheets. 2. Fire–Rated Partitions: Provide fasteners along perimeter edge bearings at not over 8 inches on center, and along field area bearings at not over 12 inches on center, unless otherwise required or indicated on the Contract Documents. 3. Non–Fire–Rated Partitions: Unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Documents, provide fasteners along perimeter edge and field area bearings at not over 12 inches on center. Do not install fasteners on any bearing partition closer than 8 inches below top track of partition secured to overhead structures. 4. Drive shank perpendicular to wallboard surface. 5. Drive fasteners with power driven oval hammer as recommended by wallboard manufacturer. Do not hammer screws. Install using screw guns with magnetic bit and depth locator. 6. Set fastener heads slightly below surface of wallboard, but do not break or strip paper face around fasteners. 7. Stagger fasteners opposite each other on adjacent ends or edges.
H. Installation of Metal Trim: 1. Provide metal corner bead at vertical and horizontal external corners and angles. 2. Install metal edge trim at junctions of wallboard and other materials and at exposed edges. 3. Provide control joints where indicated and at intervals not to exceed 30 feet in each direction in continuous vertical and horizontal surfaces. 4. Reveal Trim:
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES CDCR-SDD 20150114 09 21 16- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
a. Provide for locations indicated, set to straight lines, joints neatly fitted, mitered at corner returns. b. Secure each piece into place using full and continuous bed of adhesive. 5. Metal trim may be omitted behind plywood wall finishes and where permitted by listings for fire–rated assemblies.
3.3 TAPING AND FINISHING
A. Mix joint and finishing compounds in accordance with referenced standard and manufacturer’s printed instructions.
B. Joints: 1. Center tape over joint and embed in uniform layer of joint compound of sufficient width and depth to provide firm and complete bond. 2. Apply skim coat while embedding tape.
C. Treat angles with reinforcing tape and metal trim folded to conform to adjacent surfaces for straight and true angles and edges.
D. Allow a minimum of 24 hours drying time between applications of compounds. Longer drying times may be required based on temperature and humidity.
E. Apply minimum of two coats of finishing compound over joint compound and tape unless otherwise specified. Apply as many coats as required to assure that joints and depressions will be invisible after application of finish. 1. Spread first coat evenly and feather out beyond edges of tape and embedding compound, so that camber is 1/32 inch or less. 2. After first finishing coat is thoroughly dry, cover with second coat with edges out beyond the preceding coat. 3. Do not apply finishing compound to joints of water resistant wallboard in areas to receive ceramic tile finish.
F. Give dimples at fastener heads and marred spots on surface of wallboard one coat of joint compound and minimum of three coats of finishing compound, applied in same manner as specified hereinbefore.
G. Treat metal trim applications as follows: 1. Conceal exposed flanges of metal trim with a minimum of two coats of compound. 2. Extend compound 8 inches to 10 inches each side of metal nosing or trim.
H. After each application of joint or finishing compound has dried, lightly sand joints.
I. Finish gypsum panels in conformance with ASTM C840 and GA-216. Finish surfaces must be plumb and straight with no waves or buckles, and must be free of unevenness at joints. Gypsum board wall and ceiling surfaces scheduled to be painted (per the Room Finish Schedules) must have Level 4 or Level 5 gypsum board finish per ASTM C840, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Level 1: Surfaces scheduled to receive no finish. This level is often specified in the plenum area above ceilings, in attics, and similar areas not exposed to view. 2. Level 2: a. Surfaces scheduled to receive other finish materials such as tile, FRP or similar.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES CDCR-SDD 20150114 09 21 16- 7 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
b. Surfaces, unless otherwise indicated, are typically in garages, warehouse storage areas, and other similar areas where final surface appearance is not a concern. 3. Level 3: a. Surfaces scheduled to receive a medium or heavy, hand or spray applied texture or heavy-grade wall coverings. b. Before applying final decorative finish, roller apply drywall primer as recommended by finish material manufacturer. c. Do not use Level 3 where surfaces are to be painted or are to receive light textures, or light to medium weight wall coverings; use Level 4 or 5 as applicable. 4. Level 4: a. Surfaces scheduled to receive flat or eggshell paint. b. Before applying final decorative finish, roller apply drywall primer as recommended by finish material manufacturer. 5. Level 5: a. Surfaces scheduled to receive gloss, semi-gloss, or epoxy paint. b. Before applying final decorative finish, roller apply drywall primer as recommended by finish material manufacturer.
J. At electrical closets and other areas indicated to be fire–taped, perform minimum taping and cementing of joints and fastener heads to meet applicable code requirements.
3.4 ALLOWABLE TOLERANCES
A. Gypsum wallboard surfaces must have no measurable variation in any 24 inch direction and a maximum variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet when a straightedge is laid on the surface in any direction.
B. Shim Work as required to comply with specified tolerances.
C. Do not exceed 1/16 inch offset between planes of abutting sheets at edges or ends.
D. Finish surfaces shall be monolithic in appearance under normal lighting conditions.
3.5 REPAIR, CLEAN–UP
A. Repair fastener pops by driving a new fastener approximately 1 1/2 inches from the fastener pop and reset the popped fastener. When face paper is punctured, drive a new fastener approximately 1 1/2 inches from the defective fastener. Fill damaged surfaces with compound.
B. Upon completion of installation, remove from adjacent surfaces overspray, splatter, and daubs of taping and finish compound.
3.6 PROTECTION
A. Maintain temperature and humidity conditions required by manufacturer to protect the installation. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES CDCR-SDD 20150114 09 21 16- 8 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination or discoloration.
C. Protect completed Work from damage or deterioration until Final Acceptance.
END OF SECTION
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES CDCR-SDD 20150114 09 21 16- 9 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 09 22 00
SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Formed non-bearing metal stud framing. 2. Channel framing of vertical and horizontal surfaces. 3. Suspended framing for gypsum board or plywood ceilings. 4. Associated accessories.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 45 23 - Testing and Inspection Services. 2. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements. 3. Section 07 84 00 – Fireproofing 4. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection. 5. Section 08 62 00 – Unit Skylights 6. Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies
1.2 REFERENCES
A. AISI - Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members.
B. ASTM A924 - General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process.
C. ASTM C645 - Nonstructural Steel Framing Members.
D. ASTM A653 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.
E. ASTM C754 - Installation of Steel Framing members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products.
F. ASTM A780 - Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings.
G. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement.
H. ASTM C404 - Aggregates for Masonry Grout.
I. ASTM C954 - Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 inches (0.84mm) to 0.113 inches (2.84mm) in thickness.
J. ASTM C1002 - Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases Wood Studs or Steel Studs.
SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD CDCR-SDD 20150327 09 22 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
K. ASTM C1107 - Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Non-Shrink).
L. ASTM C153 - Steel Tapping Screws for Cold-Formed steel Framing Connections.
M. ASTM E119 - Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
N. ASTM E1190 - Standard Test Methods for Strength of Power-Activated Fasteners Installed in Structural Members.
O. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel.
P. AWS D1.3 - Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel.
Q. DSA IR Manual - Interpretations of Regulations, IR 25-1 to IR 25-3, Attachment of Hanger and Bracing Wires to Metal Decking.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General: Provide metal studs and furring installations that are plumb, true, straight, and rigid.
B. Design Criteria: Ceiling support system must limit deflection of finished ceilings to less than L/360.
C. Welder’s Qualifications: AWS D1.1 and D1.3 as applicable.
D. Fire Resistance Ratings: Comply with fire resistance ratings indicated. Furnish materials and accessories, and install in accordance with procedures listed by UL or tested in accordance with ASTM E119.
E. Perform work in accordance with ASTM C754. Maintain one copy of Document on site.
F. Comply with AISI’s “North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members” and its “Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing - General Provisions”.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Product Data: Indicate materials and finish, product criteria, load charts, and limitations. Indicate typical methods for securing components, splicing, blocking and reinforcement to framing connections.
C. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories.
D. Manufacturer’s installation instructions.
E. Structural engineering calculations with the seal of a professional structural engineer registered in the State of California. Provide cold-formed metal framing capable of withstanding design loads indicated on Drawings and compliant with structural performance requirements of the current edition of the California Building Code.
SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD CDCR-SDD 20150327 09 22 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver products in the original unopened packages, containers, or bundles with manufacturer’s label intact and legible. Labels must identify manufacturer’s name, brand, type and gauge.
B. Remove products delivered in broken, damaged, rusted, or unlabeled condition from Project site immediately.
C. Store in dry ventilated space.
D. Metal Joists: In manufacturer’s bundles or containers. Store flat, and protect from damage.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 NON-LOAD-BEARING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL
A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Provide products with average recycled content of steel products such that postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content is not less than 25 percent.
B. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C754 for conditions indicated.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. ClarkDietrich Building Systems;.
B. Super Stud Building Products, Inc;.
C. CEMCO Steel Framing and Metal Lath; .
2.3 MATERIALS
A. Non-Load Bearing Metal Studs: ASTM C645; knurled faces; punched openings in webs or solid web as required. 1. Provide the greater thickness of: a. Thickness required by manufacturers published load tables to achieve deflection of L/360 at partitions with finished surface of plaster, gypsum wallboard, or ceramic tile, L/120 at other finishes. b. Thickness as indicated on Drawings by “gauge” or SSMA designation. c. Minimum 20 gauge. 2. Exterior: Galvanized in accordance with ASTM A653, G60 coating designation. 3. Interior: Galvanized or coated with factory-applied, rust-inhibitive primer for interior use. 4. Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches minimum, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Runner Tracks: Material and finish same as studs; minimum 1-1/4 inches high flanges; not less than 20 gauge.
C. Ceiling/Soffit Joist Framing
SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD CDCR-SDD 20150327 09 22 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1. Steel Ceiling Joists: Manufacturer’s standard C-shaped steel sections, of web depths indicated, punched with enlarged service holes, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: a. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: As indicated on Drawings by “gauge” or SSMA designation. b. Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches unless otherwise indicated. c. Furring Channels: 25 gauge, electro-galvanized, roll-formed steel, hat- or trough- shaped channels, 7/8-inch deep, conforming to ASTM C645.
D. Shaft Wall Studs and Runners 1. Floor and Ceiling Runners: “J” shape; 3-1/2 inches wide with unequal legs of 1 inch and 2 inches; fabricated from 24 MSG galvanized steel. Or as indicated on the drawings 2. Metal Joists: Load bearing joist; ASTM A653; galvanized in accordance with ASTM A924, 18 gauge minimum unless otherwise indicated.
E. Metal Channels: ASTM C645; galvanized in accordance with ASTM A653, G60 coating designation. 1. Framing, Furring, and Stiffening. 2. Sizes: As indicated on Drawings.
F. Screw Furring Channels: Minimum 25 gauge with knurled faces; hat-shaped or Z-section as required.
G. Hanger Wire: 1. Suspended Gypsum Board Ceilings: Galvanized, softer, mild annealed steel; 8 gauge minimum unless otherwise indicated. Comply with CCR Title 24 and DSA IR Manual.
H. Diagonal Bracing Wire: Galvanized, soft, mild annealed steel; 12 gauge minimum unless otherwise indicated. Comply with CCR Title 24 and DSA IR Manual.
I. Tie Wire: 16 gauge, galvanized, single-strand, annealed steel or 18 gauge, galvanized double- strand, annealed steel.
J. Screws: 1. General: ASTM C1002 or ASTM C1513, corrosion resistant, for attachment to metal framing 25 gauge and lighter; ASTM C954 for attachment to metal framing 20 gauge and heavier. 2. Thread and low-profile head beneath sheathing designs and lengths as recommended by manufacturer for uses and materials involved.
K. Runner Track Fasteners: 1. Tempered-steel pins with corrosive-resistant plating or coating. 2. Pins must have guide washers to accurately control penetration, minimum 1-1/4 inches. 3. Fastening must be accomplished by low-velocity, piston-driven, powder-actuated tool. 4. Pins and tool must be as manufactured by: a. Hilti Corporation. b. Impex Tool Corporation. c. Approved equal.
L. Hanger and Bracing Wire Fasteners: 1. Concrete and Metal Deck: Post-installed anchors as described below.
SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD CDCR-SDD 20150327 09 22 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Wood Framing: 1/4 inch diameter screw eye with minimum 1-1/4 inches embedment, with threads in direction of wire. 3. Non-Filled Metal Deck: Steelcon Fastening System, 3 inches x 4 inches long by 14 gauge steel strap clips with two #8 x 1/2 inch self-tapping sheet metal screws or equal in accordance with IR 25-1 to 25-3.
M. Post-Installed Anchors: 1. Proprietary type, designed for intended uses, and ICC ESR evaluated. 2. Manufacturers: a. ITW Ramset/Red Head. b. Simpson. c. Hilti Co.
N. Power Actuated Anchors: 1. Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated. 2. Must be fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials. 3. Use of power actuated systems (powder actuated, pneumatic, or other) is restricted and must be approved by the CDCR Representative prior to use. 4. Request for approval to use power actuated systems must be submitted to the CDCR Representative at least 10 days prior its planned use in the construction area.
O. Backing Plates: 12 gauge steel.
P. Light Gauge Angles, Bent Plates, Z-Clips, and Other Shapes: Steel, painted, shape and gauge as indicated; 16 gauge minimum.
Q. Furring Channel Clips: Fabricated from cold rolled steel, shape and gauge as indicated, for attaching furring channels to cold-rolled channels.
R. Welding Electrodes: Conform to requirements of AWS; rod number and diameter as recommended by stud manufacturer.
S. Compression or Isolation Strips: Fiberglass, 1/2 inch nominal thickness, width equal to width of tracks or studs where use; density such that material will compress to one half or less of loose thickness.
T. Provide additional components or materials not specified or indicated, but required for a complete installation.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS METALS
A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20 or DOD-P-21035.
B. Cement Grout: Portland Cement, ASTM C150, Type I; and clean, natural sand, ASTM C404. Mix at ratio of 1 part cement to 1-1/2 parts sand, by volume, with minimum water required for placement and hydration.
C. Nonmetallic, Nonshrink Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout containing selected silica sands, Portland cement, shrinkage-compensating agents, and plasticizing and water-reducing agents, complying with ASTM C1107, with fluid consistency and 30-minute working time.
SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD CDCR-SDD 20150327 09 22 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
D. Shims: Load bearing, high-density multimonomer plastic, nonleaching.
E. Sealer Gaskets: Closed-cell neoprene foam, 1/4 inch thick, selected from manufacturer’s standard widths to match width of bottom track or rim track members.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for the installation of metal support systems.
B. Verify field measurements are as shown on Drawings.
C. Verify that rough-in utilities are in proper location.
D. Do not commence the installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means installer accepts existing conditions.
3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Install non-load bearing steel framing members in accordance with ASTM C754 and as specified.
B. Welding: 1. Perform welding by welders previously qualified for horizontal, vertical, and overhead positions in accordance with D1.1 and D1.3, as applicable. 2. Provide type and size of welds indicated.
C. Cutting: 1. Cut framing components squarely or on angle as may be required to fit tightly with proper bearing against abutting members. 2. If stud web is cut more than 50 percent or stud flanges are cut, restore stud to original strength by wire tying, screwing, or welding on steel reinforcement.
D. Before sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, attach continuous angles, supplementary framing, or tracks to structural members indicated to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials.
E. Install fire-rated assemblies per UL or other indicated design number.
F. After applying sprayed fire-resistive materials, remove only as much of these materials as needed to complete installation of cold-formed framing without reducing thickness of fire- resistive materials below that are required to obtain fire-resistance rating indicated. Protect remaining fire-resistive materials from damage.
3.3 NON-LOADING BEARING VERTICAL METAL FRAMING
A. Runner Tracks: 1. Align at top and bottom; use same gauge as studs. 2. Fit runners under and above openings. Provide headers when indicated. 3. When walls extend to the underside of the structure, secure at the top with a continuous slip track to accommodate 1/2 inch deflection.
SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD CDCR-SDD 20150327 09 22 00- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
a. Provide firesafing between top track of wall and slip track under provisions of Section 07 84 43. b. Fasten slip track to concrete structure with 5/32 inch diameter shot pins at 48 inches on center. c. Where slip track runs perpendicular to flutes of metal deck, fasten slip track to structure with #8 screws at 24 inches on center. d. Where slip track runs parallel to flutes of metal deck, fasten slip track to 20 gauge 12” square plates which span the flutes at 24 inches on center. Fasten square plates to deck with four #8 screws.
B. Metal Studs: 1. Install studs spaced 16 inches on center, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Attach studs to runner tracks. 3. Do not locate studs more than 2 inches from intersection partitions and other construction. 4. Partition Openings: a. Reinforce framing for openings interrupting one or more studs by using two studs at each side of opening. b. Install double studs in box configuration with webs to the outside. c. Continue jamb studs at openings larger than 48 inches to track at structure. 5. Fasten studs at end of walls which intersect exterior walls to exterior wall at 24 inches on center. 6. Bracing of Walls at Ceiling Height Walls: a. Provide a double “column” stud to structure at 8 foot maximum intervals. Install “column” studs in box configuration with webs to the outside. b. Provide a minimum 20 gauge top track at the top of the column studs. Place top track into slip track which is fastened to the structure as described above. 7. Align stud web openings.
C. Chase-Wall Framing: 1. Align two parallel rows of floor and ceiling runners according to partition layout. 2. Position steel studs vertically in runners with flanges in same direction, with studs on opposite side of chase directly across from each other. Anchor to runners in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 3. Cross brace chase studs with 12-inch gypsum wallboard gussets or minimum 2-1/2 inch steel studs. Attach web-to-web with screws. If chase wall studs are not opposite, brace with horizontal runners and braces.
3.4 SUSPENDED CEILING GRILLAGE
A. Install in accordance with ASTM C754 and manufacturer’s instructions.
B. Coordinate location of hangers with the work of other Sections.
C. At control joints, provide discontinuous lap in main runners occurring over joints. Do not bridge joints with cross-furring where joints run perpendicular to furring. Where joints run parallel to furring, provide furring to support each side of joint.
SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD CDCR-SDD 20150327 09 22 00- 7 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
D. Provide recesses and openings where indicated for lighting fixtures, registers, access panels, and other items to be installed in ceilings; provide additional furring channels where required by opening.
E. Ceiling and Soffit Framing: 1. Erect components in accurate locations, true to line, level and plumb and in accordance with applicable ASTM standards. 2. Adjust supports, spans and other details for installation within specified tolerances. 3. Bridging: a. Description: 1-1/2 inches deep stiffener channel stud on top of and perpendicular to joists and 2 inches x 20 gauge strap (parallel) on the bottom of each stud. b. Use one bridge at mid-span for spans up to ten feet. c. Use bridges at third points for spans larger than ten feet. 4. Hanger Wires: a. Use cast-in or post-installed anchors for wires attached to concrete; powder- actuated fasteners are not allowed. Use 14 gauge steel clips screwed to decking flutes for wires attached to steel decking. b. Provide for main runners and cross runners within 8 inches of ceiling perimeter and breaks in ceiling plane. Space 3 feet 6 inches maximum on center each way. c. Provide counterbraced wires for hanger wires more than 1:6 out of plumb. d. Secure hanger wires with three tight turns. 5. Testing: a. Field test 1 out of 10 anchors for hanger wires and 1 out of 2 for bracing wires. b. If any anchor fails, test all anchors. 1) Hanger Wires Test Load: 200-pounds tension. 2) Brace Wires Test Load: 440-pounds tension. 6. Bracing Wires: a. Provide set of four of splay wires at a maximum of 45 degrees for each 96 square feet unless other specifically designed and detailed bracing is provided. b. Provide first set of splay wires at 48 inches from walls. c. Use cast-in or post installed anchors for wires attached to concrete; powder- actuated fasteners are not allowed. Use 12 gauge steel clips screwed to decking flutes for wires attached to steel decking. d. Wires: Taut without causing ceiling to lift. e. Secure bracing wires with four tight turns for 12 gauge and three tight turns for 8 gauge. 7. Separate hanger and bracing wires from unbraced ducts, pipes, and other obstacles. 8. Ceiling Grid: a. Attach perimeter trim to adjacent walls. b. Interconnect cross runners over 12 inches long and main runners not connected to walls. Interconnect near free end with 16 gauge tie wire or metal strut securely attached to prevent spreading. 9. Light Fixtures: a. Secure light fixtures to ceiling grid to resist horizontal force equal to weight of fixture. b. Flush or Recessed Light Fixtures, Air Terminals, and Services: Independently support by not less than four taut 12 gauge wires; assembly capable of supporting four times load.
SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD CDCR-SDD 20150327 09 22 00- 8 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
c. Surface Mounted Light Fixtures: Support with at least two positive clamp devices made of minimum 14 gauge steel surrounding ceiling runner and supported from structure above with 12 gauge wire. Rotational spring clips not allowed. d. Pendant Mounted Light Fixtures: Support directly from structure above with hanger wires through each pendant; assembly capable of supporting four times load.
3.5 BACKING PLATES
A. Blocking: Provide blocking in framing for wall-mounted finish hardware and equipment, including door stops.
B. Install backing plates as indicated for support of wall-hung cabinets, toilet partitions and accessories, and other items to be mounted on vertical surfaces.
C. Where plywood is required at stud walls the backing plates may be omitted for loads up to 50 pounds per linear foot.
D. Welding: AWS D1.3.
E. Paint welds with rust-inhibitive paint.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field and shop welds will be subject to testing and inspection.
B. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to the CDCR Representative.
C. CDCR Representative will report test results promptly to the contractor.
D. Remove and replace work where test results indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements.
E. Additional testing and inspection, at Contractor’s expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
3.7 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold-formed metal framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A780 and manufacturer’s written instructions.
B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and installer that ensure that cold-formed metal framing is without damage or deterioration at time of Project Completion.
END OF SECTION
SUPPORTS FOR PLASTER AND GYPSUM BOARD CDCR-SDD 20150327 09 22 00- 9 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 09 61 00
EXPOSED CONCRETE FLOORING TREATMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Clear penetrating-type sealer/densifier/hardener for interior horizontal exposed concrete flooring surfaces. Provide one of the following for the entire project; do not mix systems. a. Sodium-silicate type. b. Lithium-silicate type.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements. 2. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-In-Place Concrete.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C642 - Standard Test Method for Density, Absorption, and Voids in Hardened Concrete.
B. ASTM C779 - Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Horizontal Concrete Surfaces.
C. ASTM C1353 - Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Dimension Stone Subject to Foot Traffic Using a Rotary Platform, Double-Head Abraser.
D. ASTM D4541 - Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Strength of Coatings Using Portable Adhesion Testers.
E. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
F. ASTM E96 – Standard Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.
G. ASTM E303 - Standard Test Method for Measuring Surface Frictional Properties Using the British Pendulum Tester.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
B. Product Data: 1. Indicate manufacturer, product, and conformance with specified requirements.
C. Manufacturer’s written application instructions.
EXPOSED CONCRETE FLOORING TREATMENT CDCR-SDD 20150416 09 61 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
D. Manufacturer’s written maintenance instructions.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator Qualifications: Approved by floor sealer manufacturer and has successfully performed applications of similar scope and scale to this Project for minimum of 3 years.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Comply with manufacturer’s instructions. Store at temperatures above 40 degrees F.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements: Maintain ambient air temperature between 60- and 110- degrees F during installation and for at least 24 hours after installation. Provide enclosure and conditioning if required by CDCR or manufacturer’s installation instructions.
B. Ensure adequate illumination, ventilation, and dust free environment during application and curing of materials.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
A. Comply with Section 01 81 13 – Sustainable Design Requirements or the following VOC Content and Chemical Components paragraphs, whichever is more restrictive.
B. VOC Content of Field-Applied Interior Coatings: Provide products that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Floor Coatings: VOC not more than 100 g/L.
C. Chemical Components of Field-Applied Interior Coatings: 1. Aromatic Compounds: Coatings must not contain more than 1.0 percent by weight of total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing 1 or more benzene rings). 2. Restricted Components: Paints and coatings must not contain any of the following: a. Acrolein. b. Acrylonitrile. c. Antimony. d. Benzene. e. Butyl benzyl phthalate. f. Cadmium. g. Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate. h. Di-n-butyl phthalate. i. Di-n-octyl phthalate. j. 1,2-dichlorobenzene. k. Diethyl phthalate. l. Dimethyl phthalate. m. Ethylbenzene.
EXPOSED CONCRETE FLOORING TREATMENT CDCR-SDD 20150416 09 61 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
n. Formaldehyde. o. Hexavalent chromium. p. Isophorone. q. Lead. r. Mercury. s. Methyl ethyl ketone. t. Methyl isobutyl ketone. u. Methylene chloride. v. Naphthalene. w. Toluene (methylbenzene). x. 1,1,1-trichloroethane. y. Vinyl chloride.
2.2 SODIUM-SILICATE TYPE PENETRATING SEALER/DENSIFIER/HARDENER
A. Manufacturers/Products: Subject to compliance with requirements herein, provide the Basis of Design product listed below, or provide equivalent product by one of the other listed manufacturers. 1. Basis of Design: Euclid Chemicals; EUCO Diamond Hard. 2. L+M Construction Chemicals Inc.; Seal Hard. 3. Dayton Superior; Sure Hard Densifier J17. 4. W.R. Meadows;Liqui-Hard.
B. Materials: 1. Penetrating Type Sealer/Densifier/Hardener: Manufacturer’s silicate and siliconate polymer blend or proprietary alkaline compound methylsilicate blend. a. Active ingredients: Sodium silicate. b. Breatheable, non-film forming. c. Zero VOC, odorless. d. Non-yellowing, colorless. e. Must not alter concrete appearance nor slip resistance/coefficient of friction. f. Abrasion and Wear Resistance: ASTM C779; not less than 100 percent increase. g. Coefficient of Friction: ASTM E303; greater than 0.6 dry or wet. h. Water Vapor Transmission Rate: ASTM E96; not less than 5 perms. i. Moisture Absorption: ASTM C642, 81% reduction in 24 hours. 2. Accessory Materials: Fillers, thinners, and other materials of type recommended by sealer manufacturer for intended application. 3. Fire Hazard Classification: Class A in accordance with ASTM E84.
2.3 LITHIUM-SILICATE TYPE PENETRATING SEALER/DENSIFIER/HARDENER
A. Manufacturers/Products: Subject to compliance with requirements herein, provide the Basis of Design product listed below, or provide equivalent product by one of the other listed manufacturers.
1. Basis of Design: Prosoco Inc.; Consolideck LS. 2. L+M Construction Chemicals Inc.; LiON HARD. 3. L.M. Scofield Company; Formula One Lithium Densifier MP. 4. Sinak Corporation; Lithium Cure 1000.
EXPOSED CONCRETE FLOORING TREATMENT CDCR-SDD 20150416 09 61 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Materials: 1. Penetrating Type Sealer/Densifier/Hardener: Manufacturer’s proprietary lithium-silicate formulation that penetrates and reacts with concrete substrate to produce insoluble calcium silicate hydrate within the concrete pores. a. Active ingredients: 100% lithium silicate. b. Breatheable, non-film forming. c. Zero VOC, odorless. d. Non-yellowing, colorless. e. Must not alter concrete appearance nor slip resistance/coefficient of friction. f. Abrasion and Wear Resistance: ASTM C1353, not less than 40 percent increase. g. Coefficient of Friction: ASTM E303, greater than 0.6 dry or wet. h. Water Vapor Transmission Rate: ASTM E96, not less than 5 perms. i. Moisture Absorption: ASTM C642, 75% min. reduction in 24 hours. 2. Accessory Materials: Fillers, thinners, and other materials of type recommended by sealer manufacturer for intended application. 3. Fire Hazard Classification: Class A in accordance with ASTM E84.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify existing conditions are suitable to receive the Work of this Section.
B. Do not begin application until unsuitable conditions have been corrected. Beginning application means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Remove or protect items not required to be coated.
B. Clean and prepare substrate surfaces in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
C. Remove any membrane-forming cure and seal products from existing concrete substrate.
D. Remove dust, dirt, loose and foreign materials.
E. Ensure new concrete has properly cured for at least 7 days in accordance with ACI 302 before applying sealer/densifier/hardener, unless being used also as a concrete curing agent in a manner recommended by manufacturer.
F. Fill hairline cracks, holes, and similar defects with filler compatible with finish treatment.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Mix and apply sealer/densifier/hardener in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, using brush, roller, or spray. Avoid ponding. Remove excess after application of each coat; then allow to dry. 1. First Coat: As densifier/hardener. 2. Second Coat: As sealer.
B. Apply each coat at coverage rate recommended by manufacturer.
EXPOSED CONCRETE FLOORING TREATMENT CDCR-SDD 20150416 09 61 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. Edges abutting other materials must be sharp and clean without overlapping.
D. After drying, remove residue with broom or dry buffer.
E. Finish surfaces must be uniform in finish and appearance.
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. For sodium-silicate type, clean residue per manufacturer’s recommendations, to a clean usable surface, and dispose of residue in a safe manner.
B. During progress of the Work, and upon completion, clean adjacent surfaces and materials of spills, splatters, spills, and stains resulting from application. Remove using methods recommended by manufacturer and approved by the CDCR Representative, exercising care to prevent damage to finish surfaces and materials.
C. Touch up damaged surfaces before final acceptance.
D. Protect finished Work from traffic for at least the period recommended by sealer/densifier manufacturer’s written recommendations.
END OF SECTION
EXPOSED CONCRETE FLOORING TREATMENT CDCR-SDD 20150416 09 61 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 09 67 23
RESINOUS FLOORING AND WAINSCOT SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Included in this Section: 1. Epoxy-Based Resinous Flooring. a. System characteristics, components and physical properties. 2. Epoxy-Based Resinous Wainscot Systems. a. System characteristics, components and physical properties. 3. Accessories.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements. 2. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. 3. Section 03 41 00 - Pre-cast Structural Concrete. 4. Section 03 41 13 - Tilt-Up Concrete. 5. Section 04 22 00 - Concrete Masonry Unit. 6. Section 07 19 00 - Water Repellents. 7. Section 09 22 00 - Supports for Plaster and Gypsum Board. 8. Section 09 28 13 - Cementitious Backing Boards.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C109 - Standard Test method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-in. Cube Specimens).
B. ASTM C307 - Standard Test Method for Tensile Strength of Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts and Monolithic Surfacings.
C. ASTM C348 - Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength of Chemical-Resistant Mortars.
D. ASTM C413 - Standard Test Method for Absorption of Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes.
E. ASTM C531 - Standard Test Method for Linear Shrinkage and Coefficient of Thermal Expansion of Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes.
F. ASTM C579 - Standard Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacing and Polymer Concretes.
G. ASTM C580 - Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength and Modulus of Elasticity of Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings and Polymer Concretes.
H. ASTM D635 - Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning Plastics in a Horizontal Position.
RESINOUS FLOORING AND WALL SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20150323 09 67 23 - 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
I. ASTM D638 - Standard Test Method for Tensile Strength of Plastics.
J. ASTM D2047 - Standard Test Method for Static Coefficient of Friction of Polish-Coated Flooring Surfaces as Measured by the James Machine (Note: This test is not appropriate for surfaces that will frequently be subjected to wet conditions).
K. ASTM D2240 - Standard Test Method for Rubber Property-Durometer Hardness.
L. ASTM D2794 - Standard Test Method for Resistance of Organic Coatings to the Effects of Rapid Deformation (Impact).
M. ASTM D4060 - Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by the Taber Abraser.
N. ASTM D4263 - Standard Test Method for Indicating Moisture in Concrete by the Plastic Sheet Method.
O. ASTM D4541 - Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Strength of Coatings Using Portable Adhesion Testers.
P. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
Q. ASTM F1869 - Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emissions Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride.
R. ASTM F2170 - Standard Test method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Using in situ Probes.
S. MIL-D-3134 - Military Standard for Deck Covering Material by Naval Sea Systems Command.
T. ANSI/NFSI - B101.0 Walkway Surface Auditing Procedure for the measurement of Walkway Slip Resistance as Measured by the BOT 3000 Testing Device for Wet and Dry Surfaces (Note: Surfaces of products to be applied shall be tested under wet and dry conditions). In accordance with ANSI/NFSI the following “Traction Levels” and “Risk Classifications” shall be applied to all walking surfaces with regards to slip resistance and their risk factors: 1. Traction Levels: a. High Traction Level (Risk Class “C”) (.60+) SCOF for areas subject to frequent wet conditions or other contaminants. b. Moderate Traction Level (Risk Class “B”) (0.40 – 0.60) SCOF for areas subject to intermittent wet conditions or other contaminants. c. Low Traction Level (Risk Class “A”) (<.040) SCOF for areas normally dry and free of contaminants. 2. Risk Classes: a. Risk Class “A”: Walkways Normally Dry and Free of Contaminants. 1) Test Method: Dry SCOF using a leather sensor (slider). 2) Test in four directions with a minimum of 3 sample sites per zone. 3) Criteria: Dry SCOF 0.5 per ANSI/ASSE A1264.2-(most current version) Section E11.2. b. Risk Class “B”: Walkway Areas Occasionally Wet or Contaminated.
RESINOUS FLOORING AND WALL SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20150323 09 67 23 - 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1) Test Methods: #1. Perform test method for Risk Class “A” as above. 2) #2. Perform wet SCOF test using a Neolite® sensor. 3) Test in four directions with a minimum of 3 sample sites per zone. 4) Criteria: Wet SCOF 0.60 per ANSI/NFSI B101.1-(most current version). c. Risk Class “C”: Walkway Areas Normally Wet and Where Shoes Are Normally Worn. 1) Perform wet SCOF test using a Neolite® sensor. 2) Test in four directions with a minimum of 3 sample sites per zone. 3) Criteria: Wet SCOF 0.60 per ANSI/NFSI B101.1-(most current version).
U. California Health and Safety Code, Part 7. California Retail Food Code for materials to be used in food service areas.
V. ANSI 137.1 – Dynamic Coefficient of Friction (DCOF) Standards. Products must achieve a >.42 DCOF on wet surfaces, per the BOT 3000 testing method.
W. CSP – Concrete Surface Profile Scale by the International Concrete Repair Institute.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include manufacturer’s technical data, application instructions, and recommendations for each resinous flooring component required.
C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of exposed finish required.
D. Samples for Verification: For each resinous flooring system required, 6 inches (150 mm) square, applied to a rigid backing by Installer for this Project.
E. Product Schedule: Use resinous flooring designations indicated in Part 2 and room designations indicated on Drawings in product schedule.
F. Installer Certificates: Signed by manufacturer certifying that installers comply with specified requirements.
G. Material Certificates: For each resinous flooring component, signed by manufacturer.
H. Maintenance Data: For resinous flooring to include in maintenance manuals.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Installer to provide proof of the successful completion of a minimum of three comparable jobs of similar size and scope within a 100 mile radius of the job site within the past five years. Installer also to provide letter from manufacturer as an acceptable installer of manufacturer’s product.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain primary resinous flooring materials, including primers, resins, hardening agents, aggregates, grouting coats, and topcoats, through one source from a single manufacturer. Provide secondary materials, including patching and fill material, joint sealant,
RESINOUS FLOORING AND WALL SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20150323 09 67 23 - 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
and repair materials, of type and from source recommended by manufacturer of primary materials.
C. Federal Agency Approvals: Where indicated, provide resinous flooring systems approved by the USDA for use indicated.
D. Resinous flooring must be formaldehyde free and low VOC requirement.
1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Slip Resistance: Finish flooring must comply with ANSI/NFSI B101.0, B101.1, B101.3; ANSI 137.1; ASTM D2047.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in original packages and containers, with seals unbroken, bearing manufacturer’s labels indicating brand name and directions for storage and mixing with other components.
B. Store materials to prevent deterioration from moisture, heat, cold, direct sunlight, or other detrimental effects.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with resinous flooring manufacturer’s written instructions for substrate temperature, ambient temperature, moisture, ventilation, and other conditions affecting resinous flooring application.
B. Lighting: Provide permanent lighting or, if permanent lighting is not in place, simulate permanent lighting conditions during resinous flooring application.
C. Close spaces to traffic during resinous flooring application and for not less than 24 hours after application, unless manufacturer recommends a longer period.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 URETHANE-BASED RESINOUS FLOORING SYSTEM
A. Manufacturers/Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Stonhard, Inc.; Stoneclad UT including finish coat. 2. Crossfield Products Corp.; Tek-Crete TT with Aero-Flor 100 finish coat. 3. Dur-A-Flex Inc.; Poly-Crete HF with Poly-Crete TF finish coat. 4. Neogard; Neocrete including finish coat.
B. System Characteristics: 1. Color and Pattern: As selected by the CDCR representative from manufacturer’s full range. 2. Wearing Surface: Orange Peel texture. 3. Complete System: All components to be compatible and provided by one manufacturer as one complete system.
RESINOUS FLOORING AND WALL SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20150323 09 67 23 - 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
4. Integral Cove Base: Height per Drawings. 5. Overall System Thickness: 1/4 inch nominal. 6. VOC Content: Less than 100 g/L when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 7. Federal Agency Approvals: USDA approved for food-processing environments.
C. System Components: Manufacturer’s standard components that are compatible and as follows: 1. Body Coat: a. Resin: Urethane. b. Formulation Description: 100 percent solids. c. Application Method: Troweled or screeded. 1) Thickness of coats: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) minimum. 2) Number of Coats: Manufacturer’s standard based on substrate. d. Aggregates: Manufacturer’s standard. 2. Primer: Type recommended by manufacturer for substrate and body coat(s) indicated a. Formulation Description: 100 percent solids. 3. Waterproofing Membrane; For Above-Grade Flooring Locations: Type recommended by manufacturer for substrate, primer and body coat(s) indicated. a. Formulation Description: 100 percent solids. 4. Top Coat: Chemical-resistant sealing or finish coat(s). a. Resin: Urethane. b. Formulation Description: 100 percent solids. c. Type: Clear. d. Finish: Matte. e. Number of Coats: One. f. Minimum Thickness: 4 mils. g. Texture: Orange Peel.
D. System Physical Properties: Provide resinous flooring system with the following minimum physical property requirements when tested according to test methods indicated:
Property Test Method URETHANE TOP COAT BODY COAT Hardness (Shore D) ASTM D2240 80-85 70-75 Compressive Strength ASTM C579 7,500 psi ASTM C109 4,000 psi Tensile Strength ASTM D638 950 psi ASTM C307 800 psi Flexural Strength ASTM C580 2000 psi 1,200 psi ASTM C348 1,200 psi Bond Strength to ASTM D4541 >400 psi > 400 psi Concrete (* Concrete failure) Impact Resistance ASTM D2794 >160 in/lbs Water Absorption ASTM C413 <1% Flammability ASTM D635 Self-Extinguishing Flame Spread/NFPA ASTM E84 Class B 101 Slip Resistance ASTM F1679 >1.0
RESINOUS FLOORING AND WALL SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20150323 09 67 23 - 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
Property Test Method URETHANE TOP COAT BODY COAT Heat Resistance 200°F Continuous Limitations exposure 250°F Intermittent Spills
2.2 EPOXY-BASED RESINOUS WAINSCOT SYSTEM
A. Manufacturers/Products: 1. Epoxy Mortar Wall System. a. Stonhard Inc.; Stonglaze VSE. b. Dur-A-Flex Inc.; Dur-A-Wall. c. Crossfield Products; Dex-O-Tex Wallcote E.
B. System Characteristics: 1. Color and Pattern: As selected by the CDCR Representative from manufacturer’s full range of colors. 2. Wearing Surface: Manufacturer’s standard orange-peel texture. 3. Overall System Thickness: 1/8 inch minimum, 1/4 inch maximum. 4. VOC Content: Less than 100 g/L when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 5. Acceptable Substrates: a. Concrete Masonry Units. b. Pre-Cast Concrete. c. Poured-in-Place Concrete. d. Cementitious Backing Board.
C. System Components: Manufacturer’s standard components that are compatible with each other and as follows: 1. Waterproofing Membrane; where indicated on Drawings or where waterproofing is required: a. Type recommended by manufacturer for substrate and primer and body coat(s) indicated. b. Formulation Description: 100 percent solids. 2. Primer: Type recommended by manufacturer for substrate and body coat(s) indicated. a. Formulation Description: 100 percent solids. 3. Body Coat(s); as required for application on masonry and cementitious backing board: a. Type recommended by manufacturer for substrate and top coat system indicated. b. Resin: Epoxy. c. Formulation Description: 100 percent solids. d. Application Method: Troweled. 1) Thickness of Coats: 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch. 2) Number of Coats: Manufacturer’s Standard. e. Aggregates: Manufacturer’s Standard. 4. Topcoat: Chemical-resistant sealing or finish coat(s). a. Resin: Manufacturer’s standard. b. Formulation Description: 100 percent solids. c. Type: Pigmented. d. Finish: Matte. e. Number of Coats: Two.
RESINOUS FLOORING AND WALL SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20150323 09 67 23 - 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
f. Thickness: 10-12 mils. g. Texture: Smooth.
D. System Physical Properties: Provide resinous wall system with the following minimum physical property requirements when tested according to test methods indicated:
Property Test Method EPOXY TOP COAT Hardness (Shore D) ASTM D2240 75-80 Compressive Strength ASTM C579 6,500 psi ASTM C109 Impact Resistance ASTM D2794 >160 in/lbs. Water Absorption ASTM C413 <0.5% Flammability ASTM D635 Self-Extinguishing Flame Spread/NFPA 101 ASTM E84 Class A
2.3 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Patching and Fill Material: Resinous product of, or approved by, resinous flooring manufacturer and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated or as needed.
B. Joint Sealant: Type recommended or produced by resinous flooring manufacturer for type of service and joint condition indicated. 1. Sealants to comply with Section 07 90 00 – Joint Protection. 2. Use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 gram/liter or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
C. Crack Treatment: Products of, or approved, by resinous flooring manufacturer. 1. For filling tension/shrinkage cracks: Epoxy-patching mortar. 2. For isolating dynamic cracks: Flexible resin with fiberglass fabric reinforcement.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. General: Prepare and clean substrates according to resinous flooring manufacturer’s written instructions for substrate indicated. Provide clean, dry, and neutral pH substrate, free of carbonization and dusting, for resinous flooring application.
B. Concrete Substrates: Provide sound concrete surfaces free of laitance, glaze, efflorescence, curing compounds, form-release agents, dust, dirt, grease, oil, and other contaminants incompatible with resinous flooring. 1. Roughen concrete substrates as follows: a. Shot-blast surfaces with apparatus that abrades concrete surface to CSP-3, contains dispensed shot within apparatus, and recirculates shot by vacuum pickup. 2. Repair damaged and deteriorated concrete according to resinous flooring manufacturer’s written recommendations. 3. Testing: Perform tests on the concrete substrates prior to installation of resinous systems as recommended by manufacturer and as follows:
RESINOUS FLOORING AND WALL SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20150323 09 67 23 - 7 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
a. Moisture and Vapor Testing: Verify that concrete substrates are dry and moisture- vapor emissions are within acceptable levels according to manufacturer’s written instructions by performing the following tests. 1) Anhydrous calcium chloride test ASTM F 1869-98. Acceptable substrates must have vapor/moisture emission rate of 3 lbs of water/1000 sf of concrete surface, or less in 24 hours for urethane and epoxy-based systems. 2) Relative humidity test using in-situ probes, ASTM F 2170. Acceptable substrates must have a maximum 75 percent relative humidity level measurement. 3) Plastic sheet test, ASTM D4263. Acceptable substrate must indicate absence of moisture. 4) If results of vapor drive and moisture tests above exceed limits set forth, then CDCR representative must be notified and advised of the possible installation of a vapor/moisture emission control system that has been approved by resinous flooring manufacturer. Install moisture emission control system as approved by CDCR and in accordance with flooring manufacturer’s recommendations prior to application of resinous flooring and wall systems. b. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Verify that substrates have neutral pH and that resinous flooring and wall systems will adhere to them. 1) Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with application only after substrates pass testing.
C. Resinous Materials: Mix components and prepare materials according to resinous flooring manufacturer’s written instructions.
D. Use patching and fill material to fill holes and depressions in substrates according to manufacturer’s written instructions.
E. Treat control joints and other nonmoving substrate cracks to prevent cracks from reflecting through resinous flooring according to manufacturer’s written recommendations.
3.2 APPLICATION
A. General: Apply components of resinous flooring system according to manufacturer’s written instructions to produce a uniform, monolithic wearing surface of thickness indicated. 1. Coordinate application of components to provide optimum adhesion of resinous flooring system to substrate, and optimum intercoat adhesion. 2. Cure resinous flooring components according to manufacturer’s written instructions. Prevent contamination during application and curing processes. 3. At substrate expansion and isolation joints, provide joint in resinous flooring to comply with resinous flooring manufacturer’s written recommendations. Apply joint sealant to comply with manufacturer’s written recommendations.
B. Apply primer over prepared substrate at manufacturer’s recommended spreading rate.
C. Apply waterproofing membrane, where indicated, in manufacturer’s recommended thickness. Apply waterproofing membrane to integral cove base substrates.
D. Apply reinforcing membrane to substrate cracks.
RESINOUS FLOORING AND WALL SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20150323 09 67 23 - 8 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
E. Integral Cove Base: Apply cove base mix to wall surfaces before applying flooring. Apply according to manufacturer’s written instructions and details including those for taping, mixing, priming, troweling, sanding, and top coating of cove base. Round internal and external corners.
F. Apply self-leveling slurry body coat in thickness indicated for flooring system. Broadcast aggregates at rate recommended by manufacturer and, after resin is cured, remove excess aggregates to provide surface texture indicated.
G. Apply troweled or screeded body coat(s) in thickness indicated for flooring system. Hand or power trowel and grout to fill voids. When cured, sand to remove trowel marks and roughness.
H. Apply grout coat, of type recommended by resinous flooring manufacturer to fill voids in surface of final body coat and to produce wearing surface indicated.
I. Apply topcoat(s) in number of coats indicated for flooring system and at spreading rates recommended in writing by manufacturer.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Core Sampling: At the direction of the CDCR Representative and at locations designated by the CDCR Representative, take 1 core sample per 1000 sf. (92.9 sm) of resinous flooring, or portion of, to verify thickness. For each sample that fails to comply with requirements, take two additional samples. Repair damage caused by coring and correct deficiencies.
B. Material Sampling: The CDCR Representative may at any time and any number of times during resinous flooring application require material samples for testing for compliance with requirements. 1. The CDCR Representative will engage an independent testing agency to take samples of materials being used. Material samples will be taken, identified, sealed, and certified in presence of Contractor. 2. Testing agency will test samples for compliance with requirements, using applicable referenced testing procedures or, if not referenced, using testing procedures listed in manufacturer’s product data. 3. If test results show applied materials do not comply with specified requirements, pay for testing, remove noncomplying materials, prepare surfaces coated with unacceptable materials, and reapply flooring materials to comply with requirements.
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Protect resinous flooring from damage and wear during the remainder of construction period. Use protective methods and materials, including temporary covering, recommended in writing by resinous flooring manufacturer.
END OF SECTION
RESINOUS FLOORING AND WALL SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20150323 09 67 23 - 9 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 09 90 00
PAINTING AND COATING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Paint materials. 2. Surface preparation. 3. Exterior painting and finishing schedule. 4. Interior painting and finishing schedule.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements. 2. Section 01 35 43 - Environmental Procedures: Additional Storage Requirements. 3. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Grout Cleaned Finish. 4. Section 09 61 00 - Exposed Concrete Flooring Treatment: Sealers/hardeners applied to exposed concrete. 5. Section 09 61 13 - Slip-Resistant Flooring Treatment. 6. Section 10 14 00 - Signage: Resin-Coated Vinyl Signage. 7. Section 10 14 36 - Non-Illuminated Panel Signage.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM D16 - Definitions of Terms Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Paint: Paint system materials, including primers, emulsions, enamels, stains, sealers and fillers, and other applied materials whether used as prime, intermediate, or finish coats.
B. Exposed: Visible in the completed Work.
C. Unexposed: Concealed in the completed Work.
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Surface preparation and finish painting of interior and exterior surfaces and miscellaneous components.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00. In addition to the number of copies required by Section 01 33 00, submit two extra copies for review by CDCR’s air pollution control consultant. The submittals must include the initial and subsequent submittals.
B. Samples: 1. Samples of manufacturer’s standard colors for color selection.
PAINTING AND COATING CDCR-SDD 20150416 09 90 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Samples of Selected Colors and Finishes: a. Three sets of samples, using materials accepted for the Project, of each color and paint finish selected by the CDCR Representative. b. Prepare on 8 inch by 10 inch hardboard panels in a stair step manner so all required coats show. c. Label and identify each sample as to location and application. 3. Resubmit samples as required until required sheen, color, and texture are achieved. 4. Acceptance of samples for color, gloss, and texture must in no way waive material quality requirements.
C. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
1. For paints include printed statement of VOC content and chemical components.
D. For consideration of products of manufacturers other than those named, in addition to the information required to be submitted for substitutions under the provisions of Division 0, for each product submit current (within the last 6 months) test data from a recognized independent testing laboratory, accompanied by a letter stating that the proposed products are equal to or better than those specified.
E. Manufacturer’s application instructions.
1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
A. Paint Left-Overs: Furnish all paint greater than 1/4 gallon that is left over after work is completed in neat, clean, properly sealed, paint containers with clearly marked labels indicating paint brand, type of paint, finish, and manufacturer’s color name and number.
B. Deliver extra materials to location directed by CDCR Representative.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Paint materials not otherwise specified must be products of one manufacturer regularly producing materials of types specified.
1.8 FIELD SAMPLES
A. Provide field samples in accordance with Section 01 45 00.
B. Construct field sample for each type of finish on each substrate.
C. Paint a sample panel for each color selected.
D. Large Surface Areas, More than 40 sf: Apply to entire surface in one plane, terminating only at corners.
E. Small surface Areas, 40 sf or Less: Apply to minimum 4 sf.
F. Construct field sample using surface preparation method, material, and application of material as specified.
PAINTING AND COATING CDCR-SDD 20150416 09 90 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
G. Review: 1. Request in writing the CDCR Representative’s review after permanent lighting is in operation where field sample has been constructed. 2. At the option of the CDCR Representative, temporary lighting providing illumination of the same intensity, color, and character may be utilized for review of field samples. 3. The CDCR Representative will review field sample no later than four days following receipt of request.
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver paints and stains ready mixed in labeled, tightly covered containers to the Project site.
B. Store materials on pallets or skids in clean, dry, well-ventilated areas, away from heat, sparks, flame, and direct rays of sunshine; maintain storage areas free from fire hazard.
C. Remove used rags and hazardous waste materials at end of work each day, unless properly stored in metal containers with tightly-fitting metal covers.
D. Frequently remove accumulated waste materials.
1.10 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Comply with manufacturer’s recommendations for environmental conditions under which paint and paint systems must be applied.
B. Ensure adequate ventilation during interior painting.
C. Do not apply exterior paint in rain, snow, fog or mist, when temperature is below 45 degrees F, or when relative humidity is above 50 percent.
1.11 WARRANTY
A. Provide warranty under provisions of Section 01 78 00.
B. Colors of surfaces painted as part of the work of this Section must, at the end of one year, have remained free from serious fading.
C. Paint must have its original adherence at the end of one year and there must be no evidence of blisters, running, peeling, scaling, chalking, streaks, or stains at the end of this period.
D. Washing with alkali-free soap and water must remove surface dirt from painted surfaces without producing deteriorating effects.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturer: 1. Dunn-Edwards Paint Co. 2. Frazee/Sherwin Williams. 3. Vista Paint Co.
PAINTING AND COATING CDCR-SDD 20150416 09 90 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
4. Behr Pro.
2.2 MATERIALS - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
A. Wood Filler: Paste filler recommended by manufacturer for wood type used, in color according to color of stain finish scheduled or selected.
B. Cementitious Filler: Nonshrink formulation; white portland cement with fine silicate aggregate, zinc-oxide pigment, and reinforcing chemical binder as approved.
C. General Purpose Filler: Standard spackling compound or gypsum wallboard joint compound or latex patching compound; for patching plaster, gypsum wallboard, and wood surfaces to receive opaque paint finishes.
D. Thinner: As recommended by each manufacturer for his respective product.
E. Equipment: Provide scaffolding, staging, drop cloths, covers, brushes, rollers, and spraying and other equipment of the type, grade, and size required for proper execution of the Work.
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS SURFACE PREPARATION MATERIALS
A. Concrete Cleaner (for the removal of grease and oils): 1. Concrete Wash #17. 2. Concrete Saver 108 Cleaning and Etching Solution. 3. UGL Concrete Etch and Clean.
B. Galvanized Metal Chemical/Acid Etch: 1. Dunn-Edwards Galva-Etch Etching Liquid, GE 123. 2. Approved equal.
2.4 PAINT MATERIALS
A. General; Indoor Environmental Quality: 1. VOC Content of Field-Applied Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide products that comply with the following limits for VOC content, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), or as specified in Section 01 81 13, whichever is more restrictive. These requirements do not apply to paints and coatings that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop. a. Flat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC content of not more than 50 g/L. b. Non-flat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC content of not more than 150 g/L. c. Anti-Corrosive and Anti-Rust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: VOC not more than 250 g/L. d. Floor Coatings: VOC not more than 100 g/L. e. Shellacs, Clear: VOC not more than 730 g/L. f. Shellacs, Pigmented: VOC not more than 550 g/L. g. Stains: VOC not more than 250 g/L. h. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: VOC content of not more than 200 g/L.
B. Chemical Components of Field-Applied Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide topcoat paints and anti-corrosive and anti-rust paints applied to ferrous metals that comply with the following chemical restrictions, or as specified in Section 01 81 13, whichever is more
PAINTING AND COATING CDCR-SDD 20150416 09 90 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
restrictive. These requirements do not apply to paints and coatings that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop. 1. Aromatic Compounds: Paints and coatings must not contain more than 1.0 percent by weight of total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings). 2. Restricted Components: Paints and coatings must not contain any of the following: a. Acrolein. b. Acrylonitrile. c. Antimony. d. Benzene. e. Butyl benzyl phthalate. f. Cadmium. g. Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate. h. Di-n-butyl phthalate. i. Di-n-octyl phthalate. j. 1,2-dichlorobenzene. k. Diethyl phthalate. l. Ethylbenzene. m. Formaldehyde. n. Hexavalent chromium. o. Isophorone. p. Lead. q. Mercury. r. Methyl ethyl ketone. s. Methyl isobutyl ketone. t. Methylene chloride. u. Naphthalene. v. Toluene (methylbenzene). w. 1,1,1-trichloroethane. x. Vinyl chloride.
C. Primer/sealer for interior and exterior concrete masonry, and exterior cement plaster, must contain or have properties which are equivalent to the following: 1. Vehicle: Acrylic and epoxy resins, water and additives. 2. Pigments: Titanium dioxide and reinforcing pigments. 3. Solids by Volume: 34 percent minimum. 4. Solvent Type: Waterborne. 5. Resin Type: Acrylic/epoxy.
D. Primer for interior and exterior non-ferrous metal must contain or have properties which are equivalent to the following: 1. Alkyd Option: a. Vehicle: Alkyd resins, thinners and additives. b. Pigments: Titanium dioxide and reinforcing pigments. c. Solids by Volume: 44 percent minimum. d. Solvent Type: Paint thinner. e. Resin Type: Alkyd. 2. Acrylic Option: a. Vehicle: Acrylic resins, water and additives. b. Pigments: Titanium dioxide, reinforcing, and corrosion inhibiting pigments.
PAINTING AND COATING CDCR-SDD 20150416 09 90 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
c. Solids by Volume: 38 percent minimum. d. Solvent Type: Waterborne. e. Resin Type: 100 percent acrylic.
E. Block filler for interior and exterior concrete masonry must contain or have properties which are equivalent to the following: 1. Exterior (medium aggregate): a. Vehicle: Acrylic resins, water and additives. b. Pigments: Titanium dioxide and reinforcing pigments. c. Solids by Volume: 48 percent minimum. d. Solvent Type: Waterborne. e. Resin Type: 100 percent acrylic. 2. Interior (smooth aggregate): a. Vehicle: Acrylic resins, water and additives. b. Pigments: Titanium dioxide and reinforcing pigments. c. Solids by Volume: 51 percent minimum. d. Solvent Type: Waterborne. e. Resin Type: 100 percent acrylic.
F. Primer for interior and exterior precast and cast-in-place concrete, and interior concrete masonry receiving an alkyd enamel paint finish, must be two component, and must contain or have properties which are equivalent to the following: 1. Vehicle: Epoxy and polyamine resins, water and additives. 2. Pigments: Titanium dioxide and reinforcing pigments. 3. Solids by Volume: 42 percent minimum. 4. Solvent Type: Waterborne. 5. Resin Type: Epoxy.
G. Primer for interior and exterior ferrous metal must contain or have properties which are equivalent to the following: 1. Vehicle: Alkyd resins and oils, thinners and additives. 2. Pigments: Titanium dioxide, rust inhibitive and reinforcing pigments. 3. Solids by Volume: 56 percent minimum. 4. Solvent type: Paint thinner. 5. Resin Type: Alkyd.
H. Sealer for interior gypsum board receiving an acrylic paint finish must contain or have properties which are equivalent to the following: 1. Vehicle: Vinyl acrylic resins, water and additives. 2. Pigments: Titanium dioxide and reinforcing pigments. 3. Solids by Volume: 37 percent minimum. 4. Solvent Type: Waterborne. 5. Resin Type: Acrylic copolymer.
I. Gloss paint for interior and exterior ferrous and non-ferrous metals must be formulated for interior and exterior applications and must contain or have properties which are equivalent to the following: 1. Vehicle: Acrylic resins, water and additives. 2. Pigments: Titanium dioxide. 3. Solids by Volume: 33 percent minimum.
PAINTING AND COATING CDCR-SDD 20150416 09 90 00- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
4. Solvent Type: Waterborne. 5. Resin Type: 100 percent acrylic.
J. Semi-gloss paint for interior and exterior ferrous and non-ferrous metals, and interior wall and ceiling surfaces where indicated, must be formulated for interior and exterior applications and must contain or have properties which are equivalent to the following: 1. Vehicle: Acrylic resins, water and additives. 2. Pigments: Titanium dioxide. 3. Solids by Volume: 34 percent minimum. 4. Solvent Type: Waterborne. 5. Resin Type: 100 percent acrylic.
K. Flat paint for exterior concrete, concrete masonry, and cement plaster wall surfaces must be formulated for exterior applications and must contain or have properties which are equivalent to the following: 1. Vehicle: Acrylic resins, water and additives. 2. Pigments: Titanium dioxide and reinforcing pigments. 3. Solids by Volume: 35 percent minimum. 4. Solvent Type: Waterborne. 5. Resin Type: 100 percent acrylic.
L. Line striping coating for exterior asphalt and concrete roads, walkways, curbs, parking lots, and other areas as indicated, must be formulated for exterior applications and must contain or have properties which are equivalent to the following: 1. Vehicle: Acrylic and epoxy resins, water and additives. 2. Pigments: Titanium dioxide and reinforcing pigments. 3. Solids by Volume: 39 percent minimum. 4. Solvent Type: Waterborne. 5. Resin Type: Acrylic/epoxy.
M. Eggshell paint for interior wall and ceiling surfaces where indicated, and miscellaneous interior wood components where indicated must be formulated for interior applications and must contain or have properties which are equivalent to the following: 1. Vehicle: Acrylic resins, water and additives. 2. Pigments: Titanium dioxide and reinforcing pigments. 3. Solids by Volume: 40 percent minimum. 4. Solvent Type: Waterborne. 5. Resin Type: 100 percent acrylic.
N. Eggshell paint for interior ferrous and non-ferrous metals, and interior wall and ceiling surfaces where indicated, must be formulated for interior and exterior applications and must contain or have properties which are equivalent to the following: 1. Vehicle: Acrylic resins, water and additives. 2. Pigments: Titanium dioxide and reinforcing pigments. 3. Solids by Volume: 35 percent minimum. 4. Solvent Type: Waterborne. 5. Resin Type: 100 percent acrylic.
PAINTING AND COATING CDCR-SDD 20150416 09 90 00- 7 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
O. Semi-gloss paint for interior wall and ceiling surfaces where indicated, and miscellaneous interior wood components where indicated must be formulated for interior applications and must contain or have properties which are equivalent to the following: 1. Vehicle: Acrylic resins, water and additives. 2. Pigments: Titanium dioxide. 3. Solids by Volume: 37 percent minimum. 4. Solvent Type: Waterborne. 5. Resin Type: 100 percent acrylic.
P. Latex flat enamel for interior wall and ceiling surfaces where indicated must be formulated for interior applications and must contain or have properties which are equivalent to the following: 1. Vehicle: Vinyl acrylic resins, water and additives. 2. Pigments: Titanium dioxide and reinforcing pigments. 3. Solids by Volume: 42 percent minimum. 4. Solvent Type: Waterborne. 5. Resin Type: Acrylic copolymer.
Q. Gloss enamel paint for interior wall and ceiling surfaces where indicated, and for mechanical and electrical equipment and/or enclosures, must be formulated for interior and exterior applications and must contain or have properties which are equivalent to the following: 1. Vehicle: Alkyd resins, thinner and additives. 2. Pigments: Titanium dioxide. 3. Solids by Volume: 52 percent minimum. 4. Solvent Type: Paint thinner. 5. Resin Type: Alkyd.
R. Gloss and semi-gloss epoxy coatings for interior wall and ceiling surfaces must be two component, and must contain or have properties which are equivalent to the following: 1. Vehicle: Epoxy and polyamine resins, water and additives. 2. Solids by Volume: 50 percent minimum. 3. Solvent Type: Waterborne. 4. Resin Type: Epoxy.
S. Fire Retardant Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel for telecommunications terminal backboard (TTB). 1. Vehicle: Alkyd resins, thinner and additives. 2. Pigments: Titanium dioxide (TiO2) and reinforcing pigments. 3. Solids by Volume: 55 percent 2 percent minimum. 4. Solvent Type: Paint Thinner. 5. Resin Type: Alkyd.
T. Additional surface preparation and paint materials required by other Sections and not listed herein must be manufacturer’s best quality for the intended purpose.
2.5 PAINT MATERIALS FOR EXTERIOR USE
A. Primers and Undercoats: Dunn-Edwards Product Product / Number Acrylic Masonry Primer/Sealer Eff-Stop W 709
PAINTING AND COATING CDCR-SDD 20150416 09 90 00- 8 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
Acrylic Multi-Purpose Primer M-P Prime W 713 Acrylic Wood Primer (Exterior) E-Z Prime W 708 Concrete Block Filler, Medium Blocfil W 304 Galvanized/Aluminum Primer Galv-Alum QD 43-7 Two Component Waterborne Epoxy Masonry Primer Super-Loc w 718 White Alkyd Corrosion Inhibitive Primer Corrobar 43-5
B. Paint Finish Coats: Dunn-Edwards Product Product / Number 100 percent Acrylic Gloss Paint (Int./Ext.) Permagloss W 960 100 percent Acrylic Low Sheen Paint (Exterior) Enduracryl W 705 100 percent Acrylic Semi-Gloss Paint (Int./Ext.) Permasheen W 901 100 percent Acrylic Wood and Masonry Flat Paint (Ext.) Evershield W 701 Line Striping Coating Vin-L-Stripe W 801-1
2.6 PAINT MATERIALS FOR INTERIOR USE
A. Primers and Undercoats: Dunn-Edwards Product Product / Number Acrylic Enamel Undercoater (Interior) Unikote W 707 Acrylic Masonry Primer Sealer Eff-Stop W 709 Acrylic Multi-Purpose Primer M-P Prime W 713 Alkyd Pigmented Sealer (Interior) Alkylseal E 28-1 Concrete Block Filler, Smooth Blocfil W 305 Galvanized/Aluminum Primer Galv-Alum QD 43-7 Pigmented Sealer (Interior) Vinylastic W 101 Two Component Epoxy Masonry Primer Super-Loc W 718 White Alkyd Corrosion Inhibitive Primer Corrobar 43-5
B. Paint Finish Coats: Dunn-Edwards Product Product / Number 100 percent Acrylic Eggshell Paint (Interior) Decosheen W 440 100 percent Acrylic Eggshell Paint (Int./Ext.) Permashell W 940 100 percent Acrylic Gloss Paint (Interior/Exterior) Permagloss W 960 100 percent Acrylic Semi-Gloss Paint (Interior) Decoglo W 450 100 percent Acrylic Semi-Gloss Paint (Int./Ext.) Permasheen W 901 Latex Flat Enamel (Interior) Durawall W 3447 Quick-Dry Alkyd Gloss Enamel Enduratec QD 42-8
C. Epoxy Coatings: Dunn-Edwards Product (distributed by Dunn-Edwards) Product / Number Gloss Waterborne Epoxy Intergard I 735
D. Fire Retardant Coatings: Dunn-Edwards Product (distributed by Dunn-Edwards) Product / Number
PAINTING AND COATING CDCR-SDD 20150416 09 90 00- 9 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
Interior Fire Retardant Alkyd Enamel Undercoater SUPER U-365 E 22-1V Interior Fire Retardant Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel ARISTOGLO 74
2.7 COLORS
A. The CDCR Representative will select the finish colors and textures and determine the basic colors of surfaces to be painted or stained.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for the application of paint and stain finishes.
B. Before commencing paint applications, have an authorized representative of paint manufacturer inspect work areas and report his findings.
C. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the application until such conditions have been corrected.
D. Application of first coat of finish constitutes acceptance of surface conditions and responsibility for ultimate finish.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Rooms and spaces must be broom-clean before commencement of paint application.
B. Surfaces to be finished must be dry, clean, smooth, and free from rust, scale, oil, grease, grit, frost, sap, and other foreign matter. Shellac and seal marks which might bleed through surface finish.
C. Protect nameplates, switchplates, instruments, gauges, stainless steel, aluminum, and other surfaces which are not to be painted by masking or other means.
D. Hardware, hardware accessories, lighting fixtures, and similar items in place must be sufficiently protected or removed prior to painting, and replaced upon completion of painting of each space.
E. Disconnect heating and other equipment adjacent to walls, and move to permit wall surfaces to be painted. Following completion of painting, replace and reconnect equipment.
F. Locate and install scaffolding and staging to avoid interference with the Work of other Sections.
G. Wood: 1. Clean soiled surfaces. Sand smooth and dust clean. Neatly fill nail holes, cracks, and depressions with filler. When dry, sand flush and smooth. 2. Before finishing, exposed portions must have handling marks or effects of exposure to moisture removed with a thorough, final sanding over surfaces of the exposed portions, using at least 150 grit or finer sandpaper, and must be cleaned before applying sealer or finish.
PAINTING AND COATING CDCR-SDD 20150416 09 90 00- 10 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
H. Gypsum Wallboard: 1. Fill narrow, shallow cracks and small holes with general purpose filler. 2. Rake deep, wide cracks and deep holes. Fill with thin layers of general purpose filler. 3. Allow fill material to dry. 4. Sand smooth after drying. Do not raise nap of paper on wallboard.
I. Metals: 1. Remove mill scale, rust, corrosion, and other foreign matter by wire brushing, scraping, sandblasting, or solvent, as required to produce a clean, smooth surface. 2. Clean oil, grease, and dust from surfaces using mineral spirits. 3. Touch up chipped or abraded areas in shop primer using primer compatible with existing. 4. Pretreat galvanized metal with phosphoric acid etch or vinyl wash. Apply primer within four hours of acid etching.
J. Concrete: 1. Clean concrete surfaces with a solution of trisodium phosphate or as recommended by the paint system manufacturer. 2. Remove grease and oils. 3. Grout clean interior concrete surfaces receiving alkyd paint or epoxy coating, in accordance with Section 03 30 00. 4. Test concrete moisture content with electronic moisture meter. Test alkalinity. If moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceed that permitted in paint manufacturer’s written installation instructions, do not paint surfaces until conditions are corrected. Maximum allowable moisture content is 12 percent, or as specified by paint/coating manufacturer. 5. Prime interior concrete surfaces to be painted. When primer is dry, fill holes, depressions, and pits with cementitious filler. Spot prime filler, when dry, with an additional coat of primer.
K. Ductwork Interiors: Clean visible portion of ductwork interiors with solvent and wipe clean.
L. Cement and/or Gypsum Plaster: Using the PH pencil test for surface alkalinity, verify that the PH of the surface to be painted is within manufacturer’s recommended PH range prior to application. Correct unsatisfactory conditions per paint manufacturer’s recommendations.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Do not apply initial coating until moisture content of surface, as tested with a moisture meter, is within limitations recommended by the coating manufacturer.
B. Apply coatings in accordance with manufacturer’s printed instructions.
C. Methods of Application: Brush (B), Roller (R) or Spray (S) application must be used in accordance with the following schedule: Surface 1st Coat 2nd Coat 3rd Coat Ferrous Metal Primed ---- B, R, S B, R, S Unprimed B, S B, R, S B, R, S Non-Ferrous Metal* Primed ---- B, R, S B, R, S
PAINTING AND COATING CDCR-SDD 20150416 09 90 00- 11 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
Unprimed B, S B, R, S B, R, S Masonry* R, S R, S R, S Gypsum Wallboard R, S R, S R, S Wood* Primed ---- B B Unprimed B B B Concrete and Concrete Masonry Units R, S R, S R, S Cement Plaster R, S** R, S R, S * Does not apply to large wall surfaces. Use sheepskin daubers to reach surfaces which are inaccessible to brushes. ** Back-roll first coat when using a spray application.
D. Coats: 1. Apply coats and undercoats in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. A uniform and opaque painted finish utilizing at least three coats is the minimum requirement. More coats of paint may be required to obtain a finish acceptable to the CDCR Representative. 2. Tint pigmented undercoats to approximately the same shade as the final coat. Perceptibly increase the depth of shade in successive coats. 3. Allow each coat to thoroughly dry before application of succeeding coat; comply with manufacturer’s recommendations for drying time between coats. 4. Sand and dust between each coat to remove defects visible from a distance of 5 feet. 5. Finish coats must be smooth, even and free from brush marks, streaks, laps and pile-up of paints, and skipped and missed areas. 6. Finish mill and shop primed items with materials compatible with prime coat. 7. Paint surfaces of galvanized steel drip moldings, reveal joints and trim, and casing beads that will be exposed in the finished Work.
E. Leave parts of moldings and ornaments clean and true to details with no undue amount of paint in corners and depressions.
F. Edges of paint adjoining other materials and colors must be clean and sharp with no overlapping.
G. Refinish whole surfaces where portion of finish is not acceptable.
H. Pretreatment of Existing Surfaces: Unless specified first coat is suitable for materials and conditions encountered, apply one additional coat of surface conditioner as recommended by paint manufacturer.
I. Priming: 1. Metals: a. Prime surfaces of miscellaneous iron and steel not embedded in concrete, and surfaces of non-galvanized, unprimed sheet steel. b. Time lapse between priming and application of second coat must be as short as possible to provide for proper bonding to prime coat.
J. Spraying: 1. Spray only with airless sprayer.
PAINTING AND COATING CDCR-SDD 20150416 09 90 00- 12 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Apply in fine, even spray without addition of thinner. 3. When necessary, follow by brushing to ensure uniform coverage and to eliminate wrinkling, blistering, and air holes. 4. If spraying becomes detrimental to equipment or objectionable to personnel, brush painting will be required.
K. Steel Framing: 1. Where structural and miscellaneous steel framing will remain concealed in completed Work, provide field-applied second prime coat. 2. Use material compatible with shop-primer material. 3. Apply after completion of steel erection, before being enclosed. 4. Omit where steel is to be encased in concrete or to receive cementitious fireproofing.
L. Exposed Plumbing, Mechanical, and Electrical Items: 1. Finish exposed items without factory finish to match adjacent finished surfaces, unless otherwise directed. Where adjacent surface is unfinished, color will be selected by the CDCR Representative. 2. Finish shop primed and/or factory primed items to match adjacent finished surfaces, unless otherwise directed. Where adjacent surface is unfinished, color will be selected by the CDCR Representative. 3. Wash exposed metal with solvent, then prime and paint as scheduled. 4. Spray-paint wherever practicable. 5. Exposed mechanical and plumbing items that require painting include but are not limited to the following: a. Uninsulated metal piping. b. Uninsulated plastic piping. c. Pipe hangers and supports. d. Tanks that do not have factory-applied final finishes. e. Visible surfaces behind vents, registers, and grilles, which must be painted flat black. When ductwork is exposed, and not otherwise required to be painted, the interior portion of ductwork behind vents, registers, and grilles is not required to be painted. f. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having cotton or canvas insulation covering or other paintable jacket material. g. Mechanical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field painting. h. Access panels. 6. Exposed electrical items that require painting include but are not limited to the following: a. Switchgear. b. Panelboards. c. Electrical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field painting. d. Conduit. e. Access panels.
M. Miscellaneous Painting: Perform as indicated or required and as directed to coordinate appearance and/or color of incidental items or surfaces with adjacent surfaces.
N. Touch-up and restore finish where damaged.
PAINTING AND COATING CDCR-SDD 20150416 09 90 00- 13 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
O. When complete, painted surfaces must be clean, uniform in appearance, and free from holidays, skips, runs, bubbles, streaks, scratches, and other damage and defects.
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Provide barriers and post signs as necessary to protect newly applied finishes.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean up spilled and spattered paint daily.
B. Remove spilled and spattered paint, taking care not to mar surface finish of item being cleaned.
C. Leave the Project site in a clean and orderly condition.
3.6 PAINT SYSTEMS
A. Paint all exterior and interior surfaces not specifically excluded.
B. Only major areas are scheduled, but all miscellaneous items and areas within the room or space must be painted.
C. The number of coats specified is the minimum number acceptable. If full coverage is not obtained with the specified number of coats, apply additional coats as necessary to produce the required finish, at no increase in Contract Price.
D. Acceptance of Final Colors: Final coat of paint for both exterior and interior must not be applied until the colors have been accepted by the CDCR Representative.
3.7 SCHEDULE - ITEMS NOT TO BE PAINTED
A. Do Not Paint the Following Items: 1. Products having factory finish (products which are shop or factory primed only must be painted). 2. Concrete floors to receive finish flooring or with chemical hardener finish as specified in Section 09 61 00. 3. Exterior concrete paving, curbs, gutters, and walks. 4. Pre-finish or factory finished floor, wall and ceiling materials. 5. Plastic laminate-covered surfaces. 6. Copper, stainless steel, aluminum, brass, bronze and chromium-plated surfaces. 7. Elastomeric materials. 8. Glass, glazing compound and sealants. 9. Finish hardware, unless otherwise indicated (hardware which is shop or factory primed only must be painted). 10. Roofing finishing materials. 11. Sprayed fireproofing. 12. Concealed construction such as wall surfaces, mechanical and electrical systems within suspended ceiling spaces, wall shafts, chases and furred spaces. 13. Name plates. 14. UL Labels, fusible links, sprinkler heads.
PAINTING AND COATING CDCR-SDD 20150416 09 90 00- 14 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
15. Gauges, thermometers and other recording devices. 16. Moving parts of mechanical equipment such as shafts and valve stems. 17. Lighting fixtures. 18. Plumbing fixtures. 19. Galvanized stair treads and landings. 20. Other items specifically indicated not to be painted. 21. Interior concrete surfaces within housing unit cells.
3.8 SCHEDULE - EXTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS
A. Ferrous metal surfaces - gloss finish (exposed exterior surfaces and items which are generally not visible from the ground): 1. First Application: White alkyd corrosion inhibitive primer. 2. Second Application: White alkyd corrosion inhibitive primer, half tinted. 3. Third Application: Interior/exterior 100 percent acrylic gloss paint.
B. Ferrous metal surfaces - semi-gloss finish (exposed exterior surfaces and items which are generally visible from the ground): 1. First Application: White alkyd corrosion inhibitive primer. 2. Second Application: White alkyd corrosion inhibitive primer, half tinted. 3. Third Application: Interior/exterior 100 percent acrylic semi-gloss paint.
C. Non-ferrous or galvanized metal surfaces - gloss finish (exposed exterior surfaces and items which are generally not visible from the ground): 1. First Application: Galvanized/aluminum primer or acrylic multi-purpose primer. 2. Second Application: Interior/exterior 100 percent acrylic gloss paint. 3. Third Application: Interior/exterior 100 percent acrylic gloss paint.
D. Non-ferrous or galvanized metal surfaces - semi-gloss finish (exposed exterior surfaces and items which are generally visible from the ground): 1. First Application: Galvanized/aluminum primer or acrylic multi-purpose primer. 2. Second Application: Interior/exterior 100 percent acrylic semi-gloss paint. 3. Third Application: Interior/exterior 100 percent acrylic semi-gloss paint.
E. Precast and cast-in-place concrete wall panel surfaces: 1. First Application: Two component epoxy masonry primer. 2. Second Application: Exterior 100 percent acrylic wood and masonry flat paint. 3. Third Application: Exterior 100 percent acrylic wood and masonry flat paint.
F. Concrete Masonry: 1. First Application: Acrylic masonry primer sealer. 2. Second Application: Concrete block filler - medium aggregate. 3. Third Application: Exterior 100 percent acrylic wood and masonry flat paint. 4. Fourth Application: Exterior 100 percent acrylic wood and masonry flat paint.
G. Cement Plaster: 1. First Application: Acrylic masonry primer sealer. 2. Second Application: Exterior 100 percent acrylic wood and masonry flat paint. 3. Third Application: Exterior 100 percent acrylic wood and masonry flat paint.
PAINTING AND COATING CDCR-SDD 20150416 09 90 00- 15 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.9 SCHEDULE - INTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS
A. Ferrous metal surfaces - gloss finish (exposed interior surfaces and items which are generally subject to wear, including floor curbs and frames, grating, stair treads, risers, and stringers, pipe railings, handrails, and ladders): 1. First Application: White alkyd corrosion inhibitive primer. 2. Second Application: White alkyd corrosion inhibitive primer, half tinted. 3. Third Application: Interior/exterior 100 percent acrylic gloss paint.
B. Ferrous metal surfaces - semi-gloss finish (exposed interior surfaces and items which are generally not subject to wear, including hollow metal frames and doors, vault frames and doors, and mechanical system piping): 1. First Application: White alkyd corrosion inhibitive primer. 2. Second Application: White alkyd corrosion inhibitive primer, half tinted. 3. Third Application: Interior/exterior 100 percent acrylic semi-gloss paint.
C. Ferrous metal surfaces - eggshell finish (underside of exposed metal decks): 1. First Application: White alkyd corrosion inhibitive primer. 2. Second Application: White alkyd corrosion inhibitive primer, half tinted. 3. Third Application: Interior/exterior 100 percent acrylic eggshell paint.
D. Non-ferrous or galvanized metal surfaces - gloss finish (exposed interior surfaces and items which are generally subject to wear, including floor curbs and frames, grating (except where subject to foot traffic), stair risers and stringers, pipe railings, handrails, and ladders): 1. First Application: Galvanized/aluminum primer or acrylic multi-purpose primer. 2. Second Application: Interior/exterior 100 percent acrylic gloss paint. 3. Third Application: Interior/exterior 100 percent acrylic gloss paint.
E. Non-ferrous or galvanized metal surfaces - semi-gloss finish (exposed interior surfaces and items which are generally not subject to wear, including frames and doors, and mechanical system piping): 1. First Application: Galvanized/aluminum primer or acrylic multi-purpose primer. 2. Second Application: Interior/exterior 100 percent acrylic semi-gloss paint. 3. Third Application: Interior/exterior 100 percent acrylic semi-gloss paint.
F. Non-ferrous or galvanized metal surfaces - eggshell finish (underside of exposed metal deck): 1. First Application: Galvanized/aluminum primer or acrylic multi-purpose primer. 2. Second Application: Interior/exterior 100 percent acrylic eggshell paint. 3. Third Application: Interior/exterior 100 percent acrylic eggshell paint.
G. Mechanical and electrical equipment and/or enclosures - machinery enamel (including mechanical equipment, machinery and appliances, motors, starters and control equipment such as pumps, compressors, fans, unit heaters, ventilation and air conditioning units excluding machine parts, and cabinets and enclosures): 1. First Application: White alkyd corrosion inhibitive primer (galvanized/aluminum primer on galvanized surfaces). 2. Second Application: Quick-dry alkyd gloss enamel. 3. Third Application: Quick-dry alkyd gloss enamel.
PAINTING AND COATING CDCR-SDD 20150416 09 90 00- 16 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
H. Concrete wall, ceiling, and column surfaces not otherwise specified and not specifically excluded in kitchens, dishwashing rooms, showers, wash-down areas, and similar wet locations, and/or indicated as gloss finish: 1. First Application: Two-component epoxy masonry primer. 2. Second Application: Quick-dry alkyd gloss enamel. 3. Third application: Quick-dry alkyd gloss enamel.
I. Concrete wall, ceiling, and column surfaces indicated as epoxy painted, epoxy coated, or polyester coated surfaces: 1. First Application: Prime coat(s) per epoxy coating manufacturer’s recommendations. 2. Second Application: Gloss or semi-gloss waterborne epoxy coating. 3. Third Application: Gloss or semi-gloss waterborne epoxy coating.
J. Concrete wall, ceiling, and column surfaces indicated as semi-gloss finish (for second and third applications in kitchen support areas, dining rooms, health service and health service support areas, toilet rooms, and janitor rooms, apply interior/exterior 100 percent acrylic semi-gloss paint): 1. First Application: Two-component epoxy masonry primer. 2. Second Application: Interior 100 percent acrylic semi-gloss paint. 3. Third Application: Interior 100 percent acrylic semi-gloss paint.
K. Concrete wall, ceiling, and column surfaces indicated as eggshell finish (for second and third applications in kitchen support areas, dining rooms, health service and health service support areas, toilet rooms, and janitor rooms, apply interior/exterior 100 percent acrylic eggshell paint): 1. First Application: Two-component epoxy masonry primer. 2. Second Application: Interior 100 percent acrylic eggshell paint. 3. Third Application: Interior 100 percent acrylic eggshell paint.
L. Concrete masonry wall surfaces not otherwise specified and not specifically excluded in kitchens, dishwashing rooms, showers, wash-down areas, and similar wet locations, and/or indicated as gloss finish: 1. First Application: Two-component epoxy masonry primer. 2. Second Application: Concrete block filler - smooth aggregate. 3. Third Application: Quick-dry alkyd gloss enamel. 4. Fourth application: Quick-dry alkyd gloss enamel.
M. Concrete masonry wall surfaces indicated as epoxy painted, epoxy coated, or polyester coated surfaces: 1. First Application: Concrete block filler - smooth aggregate. 2. Second Application: Prime coat(s) per epoxy coating manufacturer’s recommendations. 3. Third Application: Gloss or semi-gloss waterborne epoxy coating. 4. Fourth Application: Gloss or semi-gloss waterborne epoxy coating.
N. Concrete masonry wall surfaces indicated as semi-gloss finish (for third and fourth applications in kitchen support areas, dining rooms, health service and health service support areas, toilet rooms, and janitor rooms, apply interior/exterior 100 percent acrylic semi-gloss paint): 1. First Application: Acrylic masonry primer sealer. 2. Second Application: Concrete block filler - smooth aggregate.
PAINTING AND COATING CDCR-SDD 20150416 09 90 00- 17 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3. Third Application: Interior 100 percent acrylic semi-gloss paint. 4. Fourth Application: Interior 100 percent acrylic semi-gloss paint.
O. Concrete masonry wall surfaces indicated as eggshell finish (for third and fourth applications in kitchen support areas, dining rooms, health service and health service support areas, toilet rooms, and janitor rooms, apply interior/exterior 100 percent acrylic eggshell paint): 1. First Application: Acrylic masonry primer sealer. 2. Second Application: Concrete block filler - smooth aggregate. 3. Third Application: Interior 100 percent acrylic eggshell paint. 4. Fourth Application: Interior 100 percent acrylic eggshell paint.
P. Veneer plaster wall and ceiling surfaces indicated as semi-gloss finish (for second and third applications in kitchens and adjoining support areas, dining rooms, dishwashing rooms, health service and health service support areas, toilet rooms, and janitor rooms, apply interior/exterior 100 percent acrylic semi-gloss paint): 1. First Application: Interior alkyd pigmented sealer. 2. Second Application: Interior 100 percent acrylic semi-gloss paint. 3. Third Application: Interior 100 percent acrylic semi-gloss paint.
Q. Veneer plaster wall and ceiling surfaces indicated as eggshell finish (for second and third applications in kitchens and adjoining support areas, dining rooms, dishwashing rooms, health service and health service support areas, toilet rooms, and janitor rooms, apply interior/exterior 100 percent acrylic eggshell paint): 1. First Application: Interior alkyd pigmented sealer. 2. Second Application: Interior 100 percent acrylic eggshell paint. 3. Third Application: Interior 100 percent acrylic eggshell paint.
R. Gypsum wallboard wall and ceiling surfaces indicated as epoxy painted, epoxy coated, or polyester coated surfaces: 1. First Application: Interior acrylic enamel undercoater. 2. Second Application: Gloss or semi-gloss waterborne epoxy coating. 3. Third Application: Gloss or semi-gloss waterborne epoxy coating.
S. Gypsum wallboard wall and ceiling surfaces indicated as semi-gloss finish (for second and third applications in kitchens and adjoining support areas, dining rooms, dishwashing rooms, health service and health service support areas, toilet rooms, and janitor rooms, apply interior/exterior 100 percent acrylic semi-gloss paint): 1. First Application: Interior pigmented sealer. 2. Second Application: Interior 100 percent acrylic semi-gloss paint. 3. Third Application: Interior 100 percent acrylic semi-gloss paint.
T. Gypsum wallboard wall and ceiling surfaces indicated as eggshell finish (for second and third applications in kitchens and adjoining support areas, dining rooms, dishwashing rooms, health service and health service support areas, toilet rooms, and janitor rooms, apply interior/exterior 100 percent acrylic eggshell paint): 1. First Application: Interior pigmented sealer. 2. Second Application: Interior 100 percent acrylic eggshell paint. 3. Third Application: Interior 100 percent acrylic eggshell paint.
PAINTING AND COATING CDCR-SDD 20150416 09 90 00- 18 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
U. Plywood: Telecommunications terminal backboard (TTB); apply fire retardant paint system to delay ignition and flame spread. 1. Paint the entire backboard, except do not paint over the factory fire label/stamp on the plywood itself. 2. First Application: Interior Fire Retardant Alkyd Enamel undercoater. 3. Second Application: Interior Fire Retardant Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel. 4. Third Application: Same as for Second.
V. Exposed wall and ceiling surfaces not otherwise specified and not specifically excluded: 1. First Application: a. Concrete: Two component epoxy masonry primer. b. Concrete Masonry: Acrylic masonry primer sealer. c. Gypsum Wallboard: Interior latex flat enamel (self-priming on gypsum wallboard). 2. Second Application: a. Concrete: Interior latex flat enamel. b. Concrete Masonry: Concrete block filler - smooth aggregate. c. Gypsum Wallboard: Interior latex flat enamel. 3. Third Application: a. Concrete: Interior latex flat enamel. b. Concrete Masonry: Interior latex flat enamel. 4. Fourth Application: a. Concrete Masonry: Interior latex flat enamel.
3.10 SCHEDULE - PAINTED SIGNAGE
A. Building / Room / Area Identification: 1. Type: As specified or as indicated on Drawings. 2. Paint: As scheduled above under Exterior Paint Systems or Interior Paint Systems. 3. Text style: Helvetica, condensed where necessary to fit field, capital letters, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Locations: Refer to drawings.
END OF SECTION
PAINTING AND COATING CDCR-SDD 20150416 09 90 00- 19 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 10 14 00
SIGNAGE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes 1. Interior resin-coated vinyl signs. 2. Safety signs.
B. Related Sections 1. Section 04 22 00 – Concrete Masonry Unit 2. Section 05 05 55 - Tamper Proof Metal Fastenings. 3. Section 07 90 00 – Joint Protection. 4. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating.
1.2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Accessibility - Perform the Work in accordance with the California Building Code (CBC), Chapter 11B, Accessibility to Public Buildings, Public Accommodations, Commercial Buildings and Public Funded Housing.
B. Signs will also comply with the requirements of the ADA.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Sections 01 33 00 and 01 33 23
B. Samples: Furnish samples showing construction of signs, including thickness, colors, and sample lettering.
C. Shop Drawings 1. Submit schedule showing location and type of sign to be installed. 2. Indicate attachment method for each sign; include detail for each sign to be mechanically attached.
D. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Provide factory wrapping, packaging, and other means necessary to prevent damage or deterioration during shipment, handling, and storage, in accordance with Section 01 65 00.
B. Maintain protective coverings in place and in good repair until removal is necessary for the Work.
C. Store products inside enclosed storage facilities or inside buildings, above grade.
SIGNAGE CDCR 10 14 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
D. Maintain storage spaces and products in dry condition at all times.
E. Protect products against damage during field handling and installation.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of signs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Deterioration of polymer finishes beyond normal weathering. b. Deterioration of embedded graphic image including fading of colors and any cracking or delamination of the materials. 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Project completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 RESIN COATED VINYL (RCV) SIGNS
A. Manufacturers 1. ASI Sign Systems, Inc.- Modulex. 2. Allen Industries. 3. Best Sign Systems.
B. Lettering: Ultraviolet-resistant vinyl; pressure-sensitive; 3.5-mil thickness; carrier mounted; size as indicated in the schedule, 5/8-inch minimum to 2-inch maximum height unless otherwise required by code.
C. Symbols: Vinyl; pressure-sensitive; 3.5-mil thickness; carrier mounted; size as indicated in the schedule.
D. Finish: Resin Coating Manufacturer’s standard.
2.2 SAFETY SIGNS
A. Manufacturers 1. Seton Name Plate Corp. 2. Nutheme Illustrated Safety Company. 3. Best Sign Systems.
B. Minimum 20-gauge steel or minimum 0.032-gauge aluminum.
C. Lettering and Numeral Style: Helvetica Medium; upper case unless otherwise indicated.
D. Characters and symbols: must contrast with sign background; black characters and symbols on white background, and white characters and symbols on medium blue background in accordance with Accessibility requirements.
E. Finish: Non-glare, baked enamel.
SIGNAGE CDCR 10 14 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Mounting Adhesive: Two component epoxy.
B. Metal Fasteners: Stainless Steel; tamper proof type in accordance with Section 05 05 55 where required.
C. Mounting Posts for Safety Signs: Galvanized steel or aluminum.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are satisfactory for the installation of signs. Notify the CDCR Representative, in writing, of any conditions requiring corrective action.
B. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Protect adjacent existing and newly placed construction and finishes as necessary to prevent damage during installation of this Work.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install signs after surfaces are finished, in locations as shown on the Drawings.
B. Install signs square, plumb and level, accurately aligned to position intended, and securely anchored to prevent movement as indicated on the approved shop drawings.
C. Resin Coated Vinyl Signs: After installation of vinyl letters and symbols, mask area around vinyl to provide minimum 1/4-inch wide border all around; apply resin coating to area within mask to minimum thickness of 4.0 mils, level.
D. Safety Signs: 1. Install on posts, walls, doors, piping, or equipment in a location that will allow high visibility, but a minimum restriction of the working area around walkways and equipment. Sign placement and mounting is subject to approval by the CDCR Representative. 2. Install using tamper proof metal fasteners in accordance with Section 05 05 55. 3. Install without damaging structures or equipment to allow removal with hand tools without leaving scars on the structure or equipment. 4. Install on mounting posts only when there is no other suitable surface available.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean and polish.
B. Exposed surfaces must be clean and free from scratches, dents, tool marks, stains, discoloration, and other defects and damage.
SIGNAGE CDCR 10 14 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.5 SCHEDULE
A. See schedule on Drawings sheet A3.1, A3.2, and A3.3.
END OF SECTION
SIGNAGE CDCR 10 14 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 10 22 13
WIRE MESH PARTITIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Screen wire. 2. Expanded sheet metal. 3. Chain link wire fabric.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 04 22 00 – Concrete Masonry Unit 2. Section 05 05 55 - Tamper Proof Metal Fastenings. 3. Section 05 50 00 – Metal Fabrication 4. Section 08 70 00 - Finish Hardware. 5. Section 09 90 00 – Painting and Coating 6. Section 10 22 29 – Chain Link Partitions
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A36 - Carbon Structural Steel.
B. ASTM A123 - Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
C. ASTM A167 - Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip.
D. ASTM A794 - Commercial Steel (CS), Sheet, Carbon (0.16 percent maximum to 0.25 percent maximum), Cold-Rolled.
E. ASTM A653 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot Dip Process.
F. ASTM A500 - Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes.
G. ASTM A501 - Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing.
H. ASTM A510 - General Requirements for Wire Rods and Coarse Round Wire, Carbon Steel.
I. ASTM A580 - Stainless Steel Wire.
J. ASTM C847 - Metal Lath.
K. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code Steel.
L. ASTM A853 - Steel Wire, Carbon, for General Use.
WIRE MESH PARTITIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 10 22 13- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
M. ASTM A818 - Coppered Carbon Steel Wire.
N. ASTM A641 - Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire.
O. SSPC-PAINT25 - Primer, Raw Linseed Oil and Alkyd, Red Iron Oxide, Zinc Oxide.
P. MIL-DTL-24441/20A - Paint, Epoxy-Polyamide, Green Primer, Formula 150, Type III.
Q. TT-P-645B - Primer, Paint, Zinc-Molybdate, Alkyd Type.
1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Design partition system to provide for movement of components without damage, undue stress on fasteners or other detrimental effects, when subject to design loads.
B. Design system to accommodate construction tolerances, deflection of building structural members, and clearances of intended openings.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Sections 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Submit manufacturer’s descriptive literature indicating conformance to specified requirements.
C. Submit samples of manufacturer’s standard colors for color selection.
D. Shop Drawings 1. Indicate plan and vertical dimensions, elevations, component details; head, jamb and sill details, and location of hardware. 2. Indicate component details, framed openings, bearing, anchorage, welds, type and location of fasteners and accessories or items required of related Work.
E. Calculations 1. Submit calculations for components, bracing, and anchorage. 2. Identify loads imposed on the structure by seismic restraints and anchorages. 3. Calculations must be sealed by a Professional Structural Engineer licensed in the State of California.
F. Manufacturer’s installation instructions.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Wire Mesh Partitions: Complete units, manufactured by a single manufacturer, including mounting accessories, fittings, and fastenings.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Provide factory wrapping, packaging, and other means necessary to prevent damage or deterioration during shipment, handling, storage, in accordance with Section 01 65 00.
WIRE MESH PARTITIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 10 22 13- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Maintain protective coverings in place and in good repair until removal is necessary for the Work.
C. Store products inside enclosed storage facilities or inside buildings, above grade.
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate placement of internal wall reinforcement in supporting wall construction when required by manufacturer, or indicated.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURER
A. McNichols Co.
B. Grating Pacific
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Framing Members: ASTM A36, formed steel sections, ASTM A500, Grade B cold formed steel tubing.
B. Screen Wire: ASTM A510, uncoated double crimped steel wire; ASTM A853, ASTM A818, ASTM A641, ASTM A809, uncoated double crimped steel wire. 1. Fill Wire Size: 9 gauge. 2. Mesh Size: 1 x 1 inches. 3. Mesh Weave Design: double crimp design.
C. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded.
2.3 COMPONENTS
A. End Posts and Gate Jambs: 4 x 4 inches size x 3/16 inches wall thickness.
B. Intermediate Posts: 2 x 2 inches size x 3/16 inches wall thickness.
C. Intermediate Horizontal Members: 2 x 2 inches size x 3/16 inches wall thickness welded to vertical member.
D. Top Rail Horizontal Members: 2 x 2 inches size x 3/16 inches wall thickness, welded to vertical member.
E. Hinged Door: Door frame of 1-1/4 x 1/2 x 1/8-inch channel with 1-1/4 x 1/8-inch flat bar cover plate on three sides, and matching 1/8-thick angle strike bar and cover on to door and frame, and bronze mortise type cylinder lock operated by key outside with recessed knob inside. Align bottom of door with bottom of adjacent panels. Cylinders are specified on Section 08 70 00.
F. Sliding Doors and Gates: Of similar construction as hinged door except as required to accommodate additional size and weight of sliding units. Units must be of size indicated,
WIRE MESH PARTITIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 10 22 13- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
complete with manufacturer’s standard sliding hardware assembly for complete, operable units.
2.4 FASTENERS
A. Conform to requirements of Section 05 05 55.
B. Bolts, Nuts and Washers: Hot dip galvanized or Cadmium plated.
C. Anchorage Devices: Drilled expansion bolts or epoxyed threaded rod with matching nuts and washers.
D. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts, unobtrusively located, consistent with design.
2.5 ACCESSORIES
A. Bracing: Formed sheet steel, thickness determined for conditions encountered, same finish as framing members.
B. Plates, Gussets, Clips: Formed sheet steel, thickness determined for conditions encountered, same finish as framing members.
C. Post Caps: All tube steel ends are to have 1/8” steel plate cover cap fully welded in place.
D. Floor and Ceiling Shoe: Steel Plate, sized to suit vertical framing and to provide minimum of 3-inch space on each side of frame members. Provide with leveling with grouting.
E. Primer: SSPC-PAINT25, red; for shop application and field touch-up.
F. Touch-up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: MIL-DTL-24441/20A TT-P-645B.
2.6 HARDWARE
A. Per Section 08 70 00 for hardware components.
2.7 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate assemblies to sizes and profiles required; with framing members fitted, reinforced and braced, to suit design requirements.
B. Provide vertical posts at maximum 20-foot centers, extending from floor to structure above, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Provide cutouts for pipes, ducts, beams, and other items passing through partitions. Finish edges of cutouts to provide neat, protective edge.
D. Fit and assemble in largest practical sections for delivery to site, ready for installation.
E. Securely clinch mesh to frame members.
F. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured.
WIRE MESH PARTITIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 10 22 13- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
G. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius.
H. Make exposed joints flush and hairline.
I. Provide components required for anchorage. Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as framing members.
2.8 FINISH
A. Manufacturer’s standard shop applied enamel finish; color as selected.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for the installation of the Work of this Section.
B. Verify field measurements are as shown on shop drawings.
C. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Protect adjacent existing and newly placed construction and finishes as necessary to prevent damage during installation of this Work.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions and as indicated on the approved shop drawings.
B. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects, accurately aligned, and securely anchored to prevent movement.
C. Provide bracing as required for rigid, secure installation in accordance with approved shop drawings.
D. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1.
E. After installation, touch-up scratched or damaged surfaces with primer.
3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation from Plumb or Level: 1/4 inch.
B. Maximum Misalignment From True Position: 1/4 inch.
WIRE MESH PARTITIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 10 22 13- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Adjust moving components for smooth operation without binding.
B. Clean surfaces in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
C. Exposed surfaces must be clean and free from scratches, dents, tool marks, stains, discoloration, and other defects and damage.
3.6 PROTECTION
A. Protect finish surfaces until Acceptance.
END OF SECTION
WIRE MESH PARTITIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 10 22 13- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 10 22 29
CHAIN LINK PARTITIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Chain link partition system. 2. Gates and gate hardware.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05 05 55 - Tamper Proof Metal Fastenings. 2. Section 08 70 00 - Finish Hardware . 3. Section 09 67 23 – Resinous Flooring 4. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating. 5. Section 32 31 13 - Chain Link Fences and Gates.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A53 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless.
B. CLFMI - Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute.
C. ASTM A121 - Metallic-Coated Carbon Steel Barbed Wire.
D. ASTM A123 - Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
E. ASTM A153 - Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware.
F. ASTM A392 - Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric.
G. ASTM A653 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.
H. ASTM A1011 - Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low- Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength.
I. ASTM A817 - Metallic-Coated Steel Wire for Chain-Link Fence Fabric and Marcelled Tension Wire.
J. ASTM A824 - Metallic-Coated Steel Marcelled Tension Wire for Use With Chain Link Fence.
K. ASTM F1083 - Pipe, Steel, Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Welded, for Fence Structures.
CHAIN LINK PARTITIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 10 22 29- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate plan and vertical dimensions, elevations, component details; head, jamb, and sill details; location and schedule of hardware; anchorage type and location of fasteners.
C. Product Data: Provide manufacturer’s technical data and specifications for products to be installed.
D. Manufacturers’ installation instructions.
E. Certificate of Compliance: Prior to incorporation in construction, submit manufacturer’s certificate that specific products proposed for use meet or exceed specified requirements.
F. Test Reports: Submit results of specified tests indicating compliance with specified requirements.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Like items of materials must be the end products of one manufacturer.
1.5 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on shop drawings.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Framework 1. Unless specified otherwise, framework may be at Type I or Type II at the Contractor’s option. 2. Type I Pipe: ASTM F1083 standard weight (Schedule 40), plain ends. 3. Type II Pipe a. ASTM A1011, or ASTM A653, Grade D; cold formed, electric welded; minimum yield strength 50,000 psi. b. Galvanized in conformance with ASTM A53. 4. Dimensions and Weights Outside Diameter Type I Steel Type II Steel (OD) in inches Weight/Foot Weight/Foot 2.375 3.65 3.12 2.875 5.79 4.64 4.000 9.11 6.56 6.625 17.97 Not Permitted 8.625 28.55 Not Permitted 5. Terminal Posts (End, Corner, and Angle Posts): a. Minimum 4-inch OD at fences with fabric extending 12 feet or less above finish grade.
CHAIN LINK PARTITIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 10 22 29- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
6. Line Posts a. Minimum 2-7/8-inch OD at fences with fabric extending 12 feet or less above finish grade. 7. Gate Posts: Type I Pipe; Minimum 4-inch OD, unless otherwise indicated. 8. Rails (Top, Intermediate and Bottom) and Braces: 2-3/8-inch OD.
B. Fabric 1. Standard a. ASTM A392; Class 2 zinc coating. b. 2-inch diamond-mesh, No.9-gauge wire. c. Knuckled bottom salvage; twisted and barbed top salvage except knuckled top salvage where indicated.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Fittings 1. Malleable steel, cast iron, or pressed steel. 2. Fittings include tension bars and bands, clips, truss rod assemblies, boulevard clamps, hardware, fabric and fastenings and accessories.
B. Tension (Stretcher) Bars: One-piece lengths equal to full height of fabric with a minimum cross-section of 1/4 inch by 3/4 inch. 1. Provide one tension bar for each gate post and end post. 2. Provide two tension bars for each corner post.
C. Tension (Stretcher) Bar Bands: Steel, 3/4 x 0.10-inch nominal to secure tension bars to end, corner, and gate posts.
D. Truss Assembly: 3/8-inch truss rod and turnbuckle; capable of withstanding 2,000 pounds in tension.
E. Boulevard Clamps: Two piece clamp with carriage bolts.
F. Boulevard Bands 1. Bands: 5/8-inch size. 2. Band Bolts: 5/16 x 1-1/2-inch carriage bolts with nuts.
G. Hog Rings: 18-gauge stainless steel at barbed tape; 9-gauge galvanized steel at fence.
H. Tie Wire: 6-gauge galvanized steel wire, unless otherwise indicated.
I. Provide bolts, hardware, and accessories for complete installation.
J. Provide tamper proof metal fasteners in accordance with Section 05 05 55.
2.3 GATES
A. Gate Frames: Type I pipe members, 2-3/3-inch OD unless otherwise indicated.
B. Provide truss rods of 3/8-inch minimum nominal diameter to prevent sag or twist.
CHAIN LINK PARTITIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 10 22 29- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. Provide vertical intermediate bracing of gate leaves, spaced so that members are no more than 8 feet apart.
D. Provide horizontal gate leave braces and 5/16-inch minimum diagonal truss rods as required to provide rigid construction, free from sag or twist.
E. Attach fabric to frame at intervals not exceeding 12 inches. Secure with tension bars, tension bands, and 6-gauge steel wire.
2.4 GATE HARDWARE
A. Hinges 1. Rated heavy duty and sized for the supported gate, with large bearing surfaces for clamping in position. 2. Hinges must not twist or turn under the action of the gate. 3. Hinges must not allow the gate to be lifted without first removing the hinges. 4. The gates must be capable of being opened and closed easily by one person.
B. Latches and Stops 1. Latches must be arranged for locking with specified locking hardware. 2. Gates and posts must be modified as required to receive hardware, including locking and operating mechanisms as herein specified.
C. Hold-Open-Stop 1. Mechanical device which automatically engages the free end of the gate leaf when in the full open position and holds it in the open position until manually released. 2. Provide hold open stops for manually operated swinging vehicle gates.
2.5 FINISHES
A. Components Not Otherwise Indicated: Zinc-coated ASTM A123.
B. Hardware Not Otherwise Indicated: Zinc-coated ASTM A153.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that surfaces and openings to receive partitions are satisfactory for installation.
B. Verify adjacent surfaces are flat to allow construction with maximum one inch gap between partition and surrounding construction.
C. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, rigidly anchored and true to line, free from distortion or defects, in accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions, and as indicated on the approved shop drawings.
CHAIN LINK PARTITIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 10 22 29- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Posts 1. Space posts equidistant not more than 8 feet on centers and in true lines. 2. Set posts plumb.
C. Terminal Posts 1. Terminal posts must be used at beginning and end of each continuous length of partition and at changes in alignment of 15 degrees or more. 2. Diagonally brace terminal posts to adjacent line posts.
D. Tension Wire 1. Pull taut prior to installing chain link fabric. 2. Secure at every post such that there must be no perceivable movement between the wire and the posts when the fabric is flexed. 3. Fasten to posts with wire ties.
E. Rails, Braces, and Truss Rods 1. Install on the side of the fence least accessible to inmates. 2. Connect rails to posts using boulevard clamps. 3. Brace gate, and terminal posts to adjacent line posts with a horizontal compression member and diagonal truss rods used as tension members. 4. Provide additional field bracing as indicated or required for rigid, secure installation.
F. Bottom Rail 1. Anchor bottom rail to floor. 2. Type, size, and spacing of anchors as indicated.
G. Intermediate Rail: Install intermediate rail.
H. Threaded Connectors and Accessories: 1. Peen threaded connectors and accessories after installation.
I. Fabric 1. Fasten fabric to terminal and gate posts with tension bars and tension bar bands. a. Stretch fabric taut at intervals of 100 feet maximum. b. Space bar tension bands not more than 12 inches on center. 2. Secure fabric to rails, and line posts with wire ties at maximum 12 inches on centers. a. Weave tie wire through the fence fabric, completely around the rail or post, and twist wire securely with three twists on the rail or post side of the fence; cut off the tails of the wire to preclude untwisting by hand. b. Twist must be on side of fence least accessible to inmates. 3. Secure fabric to top tension wire with hog rings at 24 inches on center. Cinch hog rings so that ends pass. 4. Horizontal splicing of fabric on partitions over 12 feet high is permitted if both sides of the splice are secured to a horizontal rail at the splice. 5. Vertical splicing of fabric is permitted if both pieces of fabric are woven together. 6. Completed fabric installation must pass Fabric Deflection Test.
J. Gates 1. Provide gates and posts as required to receive hardware as specified. 2. The maximum clearance between the bottom of the gate in closed position and floor must be 1 inch.
CHAIN LINK PARTITIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 10 22 29- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation From Plumb or Level: 1/4 inch.
B. Maximum Misalignment From True Position: 1/4 inch.
3.4 FABRIC DEFLECTION TEST
A. Deflection of fabric must be no greater than 2 inches when a force of 30 pounds is applied in the center of the panel, perpendicular to the plane of the fence fabric.
B. Fabric must return to original position when force is released.
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust operable components for smooth even operation.
B. Field repair damaged galvanized surfaces in accordance with Section 09 90 00.
3.6 SCHEDULE
A. Schedule of gates, hardware, and other components is located on Drawings.
END OF SECTION
CHAIN LINK PARTITIONS CDCR-SDD 20141118 10 22 29- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 10 26 00
WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Wall guards.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 05 05 55 - Tamper Proof Metal Fastenings. 2. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection. 3. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Sections 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Manufacturer’s information on wall guards, and fasteners.
C. Installation instructions.
1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Provide factory wrapping, packaging, and other means necessary to prevent damage or deterioration during shipment, handling, storage, in accordance with Section 01 65 00.
B. Deliver and store corner guards, wall guards and fasteners in manufacturer’s original packaging, identified with manufacturer’s name, brand name and type of product, and size.
C. Store indoors, protected from moisture and other sources of damage.
D. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for additional storage and handling requirements.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate the Work of this Section with other Sections to ensure that required internal wall reinforcement is accurately located.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Inpro Corp. 51SS
B. Approved equal.
WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION CDCR-SDD 20141118 10 26 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2.2 COMPONENTS
A. Wall Guards: Typestainless steel.
1. Returns: Radius. 2. Joint Mandrels: Minimum 12 inches long; solid SBR rubber.
B. Lengths: Maximum available lengths to minimize joints.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Attachment Hardware:
1. Size and Type: Appropriate to component and substrate; stainless steel. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, provide: a. Wedge or expansion shield bolts at concrete and masonry. b. Toggle bolts at metal framed partitions. 2. Concealment: Provide concealed fastenings wherever possible. Where exposed fastenings are unavoidable, provide tamper proof fasteners in accordance with Section 05 05 55.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that surfaces to receive wall and corner guards are satisfactory for installation.
B. Verify application of wall base and wall finish has been completed, and finish is dry, prior to installation of wall and corner guards.
C. Verify internal reinforcement is accurately placed in stud walls.
D. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence installation until such conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Prior to application, clean side of wall and corner guards that will be in contact with wall surfaces.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install wall guards in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions, using attachment hardware of type specified herein.
B. Install wall guards level, using longest practical lengths.
1. Bed in sealant top, bottom, and end of each length, including joints. 2. Install mandrel internally at each joint; install end caps at wall guard terminations. 3. Wall guard and end cap installed adjacent to frames surrounding doors designed to open 180 degrees, must allow door to open fully.
WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION CDCR-SDD 20141118 10 26 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation from Required Height: 1/4 inch.
B. Maximum Variation from Level for Visible Length: 1/4 inch.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean wall and corner guards in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions in manner to avoid damage to guards and adjacent surfaces.
END OF SECTION
WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION CDCR-SDD 20141118 10 26 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 10 28 00
TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes 1. Grab bars, electric hand dryer, accessories as called out on the Drawings. 2. Attachment hardware.
B. Related Sections 1. Section 05 05 55 - Tamper Proof Metal Fastenings. 2. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection. 3. Section 09 77 00 – Special Wall Surfaces. 4. Section 09 90 00 – Painting
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ICC/ANSI A117.1 2009 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities.
B. ASTM A123 2012 - Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
C. ASTM A167 2009 - Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip.
D. ASTM A1008 2012 Steel Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Allow with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened and Bake Hardenable.
E. ASTM B456 2011 - Electrodeposited Coatings of Copper Plus Nickel Plus Chromium and Nickel Plus Chromium.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Sections 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s catalog data complete with descriptions of materials, finishes, fastening and anchoring devices.
C. Manufacturer’s installation instructions.
D. Operation and maintenance data.
1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Accessibility - Perform Work in accordance with the California Building Code (CBC), Chapter 11B version as noted in construction cover sheet, Accessibility to Public Buildings,
TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES CDCR 10 28 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
Public Accommodations, Commercial Buildings and Public Funded Housing and to the Americans with Disabilities Act Standards.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to Accessibility regulatory requirements for materials/products and installation.
B. Design Criteria: Grab bars must be capable of withstanding a force of 900 pounds, minimum, and must be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions unless otherwise indicated.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Provide factory wrapping, packaging, and other means necessary to prevent damage or deterioration during shipment, handling, storage, in accordance with Section 01 65 00.
B. Attach quality designation and guarantee label to each mirror, or submit manufacturer’s certification that mirrors meet specified requirements.
C. Maintain protective coatings or coverings on units until installation is complete.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS - SCHEDULED ACCESSORIES
A. Individual items and acceptable manufacturers are indicated in the schedule at the end of this Section.
B. Grab bars indicated on the Contract Documents as 12 gauge are custom fabricated.
C. Unless otherwise specified, furnish and install component units with trims and accessories necessary for a complete installation.
D. All accessories to meet clear space, reach ranges, and operating for access codes,
E. Manufacturers 1. Bobrick 2. ASI. (American Specialties, Inc.) 3. Bradley Corporation
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A167, Type 304 or 316; minimum 18 gauge.
B. Miscellaneous Accessories: As required for complete installation.
2.3 ATTACHMENT DEVICES
A. Grab Bar Mounting Kits 1. Welded Mounting: Stainless steel plate, 11 Ga. x 3 1/8” dia. pre-punched for fasteners at each end..
TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES CDCR 10 28 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Fasteners, Screws, and Bolts 1. Size and type as required by the manufacturer and best suited for intended substrate. 2. Exposed Fasteners: Stainless steel; tamper proof in accordance with Section 05 05 55.
C. Trim and Closures: Provide continuous 11-gauge stainless steel shims, closures, and trims where accessories are partially mounted on wainscot materials.
2.4 ELECTRIC HAND DRYERS
A. Manufacturers 1. Bobrick; B-700 115V #889. 2. American Specialties, Inc., Model 0165.. 3. Bradley, Model 2889.;
B. Description: UL listed, vandal-resistant, surface mounted electric hand dryers; air intake opening fitted with a tamper-resistant grille; fixed nozzle; 30 to 40 seconds time cycle; 115V, 20A, 2,000 to 2,300 Watts.
C. Finish: Manufacturer’s standard baked enamel on steel, white.
2.5 SHOWER BENCH – NOT USED
2.6 KEYING
A. Keyed (tumbler lock) accessories must be keyed alike with the exception of coin receiving boxes on vending equipment.
B. Provide for each key combination, 6 keys plus 2 blanks.
C. Deliver keys to the CDCR Representative in clearly identified sealed envelopes before Acceptance.
2.7 FABRICATION
A. Weld and grind smooth joints of fabricated components.
B. Form exposed surfaces from single sheet of stock, free of joints.
C. Form surfaces flat without distortion. Maintain flat surfaces without scratches or joints.
D. Backpaint components where contact is made with building components to prevent electrolysis.
E. Shop assemble components and package complete with anchors and fittings.
F. Provide steel anchor plates, adapters, and anchor components for installation.
G. Hot Dip Galvanize exposed and painted ferrous metal and fastening devices.
2.8 FACTORY FINISHING
A. Galvanizing: ASTM A123 to 1.25 oz/sq yd.
TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES CDCR 10 28 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Shop Primed Ferrous Metals: Pretreat and clean, spray apply one coat primer and bake.
C. Enamel: Pretreat to clean condition, apply one coat primer and minimum two coats baked enamel.
D. Chrome/Nickel Plating: ASTM B456, Type SC 2 satin finish.
E. Stainless Steel: No. 4 satin luster finish.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for the installation of accessory items.
B. Verify instructions are as recommended by manufacturer.
C. Verify that supports and reinforcements are in place and proper for accessory installation.
D. Do not begin installation until conditions are satisfactory. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to site at the appropriate time for building-in.
B. Provide templates and rough-in measurements as required.
C. Verify exact location of accessories for installation.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions.
B. Install accessories plumb and level, accurately aligned, and securely attached. Use security fasteners where indicated.
C. Bed components attached to walls in sealant in accordance with Section 07 90 00. Clean up extruded sealant and finish smooth and flush with edges.
D. Grab Bars 1. Install grab bars in lengths and locations as indicated. 2. Install grab bars with concealed mounting in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and as indicated. 3. Secure grab bars located in Inmate Toilets and Cells by welding to wall plates as shown on the contract documents.
3.4 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Remove protective coatings and coverings in accordance with manufacturer’s printed instructions.
TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES CDCR 10 28 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Exposed surfaces must be clean and free from scratches, dents, tool marks, stains, discoloration, and other defects and damage.
C. Adjust accessories for proper operation.
D. After completion of installation, clean and polish exposed surfaces.
3.5 ACCESSORY SCHEDULE
A. Miscellaneous Accessories
Item Description Bobrick ASI Gamco Bradley Acorn CH Clothes Hook B-983 MSA-18 CHV Clothes Hook (Vandal B-981 Resistant) CHVM Clothes Hook (Vandal B-985 SA-39 Resistant - Multiple) GB Grab Bar 6806 3200 150S series series GBS Grab Bar-Special 5806 3200 150C series series Series Grab Bar-Suicide-Resistant MSA-14 SA40 1-1/2-inch O.D. satin finish stainless steel with exposed mounting flanges with 11-gauge stainless steel closure plate extending from underside of bar to wall, in sizes and configurations as indicated. MIR Mirror-Framed 165-1830 0625A183 C-18x30 0
MI- Mirror-Unframed 107 1817 234 (Inmate Security) series MR Mop Rack, 24 inches 223 0796A MS-1 long PTD Paper Towel Dispenser 263 0245-SS TD-5 SD Soap Dispenser 2112 0326 G58AP SH Metal Shelves, 48 inches 298 0692 S-8 by 8 inches series SNV Sanitary Napkin Vendor 282-25 0468 NV-1FS Surface Mounted Free (Staff)
SND Sanitary Napkin 270 0852 ND-1 Disposal SST Shower Seat-Folding 517 8205 SS-4R
STH Security Tissue Holder 9030 MSA-1
TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES CDCR 10 28 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
Item Description Bobrick ASI Gamco Bradley Acorn TPH Toilet Paper Holder 685 0030 TTD-5 (Staff) TSCD Toilet Seat Cover 221 477SM TSC-1 Dispenser-Surface
END OF SECTION
TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES CDCR 10 28 00- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 10 44 00.10
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES (FURNISH & INSTALL)
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Fire extinguishers. 2. Fire extinguisher cabinets. 3. Accessories.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 04 22 00 – Concrete Masonry Units 2. Section 05 05 55 - Tamper Proof Metal Fastenings 3. Section 07 90 00 – Joint Protection
1.2 REFERENCES
A. CCR, Title 19, Division 1, Chapter 3.
B. NFPA 10 - Portable Fire Extinguishers.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Wet Areas: Toilet rooms, kitchens, showers, and other areas exposed directly to water or high humidity, including rooms and spaces with ceramic tile or quarry tile finishes.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Sections 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Shop Drawings 1. Indicate fire hose cabinet and fire extinguisher cabinet physical dimensions, wall bracket mounted measurements, fire hose bracket mounting, and location. 2. Indicate height of operable parts, mounting heights, protrusions, and clear space on shop drawings. 3. Submit two additional copies to each installing Bid Package contractor.
C. Product Data 1. Provide fire hose, extinguisher, and cabinet operational features, color and finish, and anchorage details. 2. Submit two additional copies to each installing Bid Package contractor.
D. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions 1. Indicate special criteria and wall opening coordination requirements. 2. Submit two additional copies to each installing Bid Package contractor.
E. Manufacturer’s Certificate: Certify that Products meet or exceed specified requirements.
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES (FURNISH & INSTALL) CDCR-SDD 20150212 10 44 00.10- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
F. Submit copies of itemized receipts showing delivery of items furnished to other bid package contractors.
1.5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Submit in accordance with Division 01.
B. Maintenance Data: Include test, refill or recharge schedules, and recertification requirements for fire extinguishers, and fire hose care, handling, and maintenance data.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Units listed and approved by UL, and State Fire Marshal.
B. Provide cabinets, fire extinguishers, fire hoses, and accessories by single manufacturer. Ensure extinguishers and hoses fit inside cabinets.
1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Do not install extinguishers when ambient temperature may cause freezing of extinguisher ingredients.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Provide factory wrapping, packaging, and other means necessary to prevent damage or deterioration during shipment, handling, storage, in accordance with Section 01 65 00.
B. Deliver items indicated to be installed in other Bid Packages to the respective Bid Package contractor. 1. Deliver within the milestone dates indicated in the approved Master Construction Schedule. 2. Obtain itemized receipt from the receiving contractor. 3. Tag or package each item. Indicate Bid Package and Building Number for each item.
C. Deliver spare units to the CDCR Representative. 1. Deliver at contract close-out. 2. Tag or package each item.
D. Protect finishes by temporary coverings as required.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 EXTINGUISHERS
A. Manufacturers: 1. J. L. Industries. 2. Larsen’s Manufacturing. 3. Potter-Roemer.
B. Dry Chemical Type: Heavy duty steel tank, with pressure gauge; UL rating 4A-80BC unless otherwise indicated, corrosion and impact resistant finish.
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES (FURNISH & INSTALL) CDCR-SDD 20150212 10 44 00.10- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. Halogenated Type: Heavy duty steel tank with pressure gauge, corrosion and impact resistant finish; UL rating 4A-80BC.
D. Wet Chemical: Heavy duty stainless steel tank with protective nozzle tip orifice seal and non-metallic nozzle tip finger guard. UL rated Class K (WC Series) for use in Kitchens; rating of 2A:K 2.5 Gal.
E. Extinguishers: Conform to CCR, Title 19, Division 1, Chapter 3.
2.2 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS
A. Manufacturers 1. Larsen’s, Detention Series. 2. J. L. Industries, Detention Series. 3. Potter-Roemer, DC Series.
B. Cabinets: Surface mounted, solid flush door without glass; 14 gauge stainless steel at wet areas, 12 gauge steel elsewhere.
C. Operating Hardware 1. Hinges: Continuous heavy duty hinge. 2. Lock a. 5 pin-tumbler Special Purpose Cabinet Lock with solid cam that will not break or bend away. Key must be removable in locked position only. b. Manufacturers 1) Yale Commercial Locks and Hardware, Model C970A. 2) Schlage.
2.3 FIRE HOSE AND ACCESSORIES
A. Not Used.
2.4 KEYING
A. All keyways must be the same.
B. Key all fire hose and fire extinguisher cabinets alike, using the key-cut “15263.”
C. Provide six keys per lock.
2.5 ACCESSORIES
A. Extinguisher Brackets: Formed steel, corrosion resistant finish, size and type to suit extinguisher.
B. Fire extinguisher cabinet, fire hose/standpipe valve cabinet, and standpipe valve cabinet signage: Black painted lettering, one inch high, “FIRE EXTINGUISHER”, “FIRE HOSE”, or “STANDPIPE VALVE”, as appropriate. Place lettering vertically on hinge side of door.
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES (FURNISH & INSTALL) CDCR-SDD 20150212 10 44 00.10- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. Fire extinguisher cabinet, fire hose/standpipe valve cabinet, and standpipe valve cabinet mounting hardware: Appropriate to cabinet and mounting surface, except as otherwise shown on the Drawings.
D. Fasteners: Fasteners exposed in the final installation, with the door open and closed, must be tamper-proof fasteners in accordance with Section 05 05 55.
2.6 FABRICATION
A. Form fire extinguisher cabinet, fire hose/standpipe valve cabinet, and standpipe valve cabinet enclosures with right angle inside corners and seams. Form perimeter trim.
B. Pre-drill for anchors.
C. Hinge doors for 180 degree opening.
D. Weld, fill, and grind components smooth.
2.7 FINISHES
A. Steel: Baked enamel finish, red color.
B. Stainless Steel: No. 4 finish.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify rough openings for cabinet are correctly sized and located.
B. Verify servicing, charging and tagging of fire extinguishers.
C. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions and as indicated on the approved shop drawings.
B. Install fire extinguisher brackets
C. Install cabinet types as indicated, plumb and level.
D. Place extinguishers. Locate one extinguisher in each cabinet and elsewhere as indicated.
3.3 SCHEDULE
A. Provide fire hose/standpipe valve cabinets, standpipe valve cabinets, fire hoses/nozzles, fire hose racks, fire extinguishers, brackets, and fire extinguisher cabinets of types indicated and as shown on the Drawings.
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES (FURNISH & INSTALL) CDCR-SDD 20150212 10 44 00.10- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. In addition to fire extinguishers, brackets, and cabinets furnished and installed under this Section, furnish fire extinguishers, fire hoses/nozzles, hose racks, brackets, and cabinets (including signage, locks, and keys) to other Bid Package contractors for installation under other Bid Packages in accordance with the following Schedule (Quantity - Description).
C. Fire extinguishers must be dry chemical type except as otherwise indicated. All items must be appropriately identified by Bid Package and Building Number. Deliver spare units to the CDCR Representative. 1. Building 330 - Kitchen a. Kitchen, Prep, & Wash areas (per layout on drawings): 1) Fire extinguisher w/ surface mounted cabinet and bracket, stainless steel (wet areas). b. Offices (per layout on drawings): 1) Fire extinguisher w/ surface mounted cabinet and bracket (dry areas). c. Kitchen (per layout on drawings): 1) Fire extinguisher , Type-K w/ surface mounted cabinet and bracket. 2. Building 360 & 359A - Dining a. Serving & Wash (per layout on drawings): 1) Fire extinguisher w/ surface mounted cabinet and bracket (wet area). b. Dining (per layout on drawings): 1) Fire extinguisher w/ surface mounted cabinet and bracket (dry area).
END OF SECTION
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES (FURNISH & INSTALL) CDCR-SDD 20150212 10 44 00.10- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 10 86 00
SECURITY MIRRORS AND DOMES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Convex security mirrors.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 04 22 00 – Concrete Masonry Units 2. Section 05 05 55 - Tamper Proof Metal Fastenings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Sections 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Submit manufacturer’s descriptive literature indicating conformance to specified requirements.
C. Manufacturer’s installation instructions.
1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Provide factory wrapping, packaging, and other means necessary to prevent damage or deterioration during shipment, handling, and storage, in accordance with Section 01 65 00.
B. Maintain protective coverings in place and in good repair until removal is necessary for the Work.
C. Store products inside enclosed storage facilities or inside buildings, above grade.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate placement of internal wall reinforcement in supporting wall construction when required by manufacturer, or as indicated.
B. Do not install miscellaneous specialties until painting is complete within the rooms in which they will be installed.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Convex, shatter resistant Plexiglas mirror, 26-inch diameter with ball swivel bracket for mounting and adjusting 1. Fred Silver & Company, Inc.
SECURITY MIRRORS AND DOMES CDCR-SDD 20141118 10 86 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. C.R. Laurence & Company, Inc. 3. Campus Crafts, Inc.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Internal Wall Reinforcement: Galvanized steel; size and type best suited to intended application.
B. Fastenings: Tamper proof fasteners in accordance with Section 05 05 55.
C. Unless otherwise specified, furnish and install component units with trims and accessories necessary for a complete installation.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for the installation of the Work of this Section.
B. Verify that wall surfaces and internal wall reinforcement are ready to receive the Work.
C. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Protect adjacent existing and newly placed construction and finishes as necessary to prevent damage during installation of this Work.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions.
B. When complete, each unit must be set square, plumb and level, accurately aligned, and securely anchored to prevent movement.
C. Where required, install per protruding object mounting heights per code(s).
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean surfaces in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
B. Exposed surfaces must be clean and free from scratches, dents, tool marks, stains, discoloration, and other defects and damage.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect finish surfaces until Acceptance.
END OF SECTION
SECURITY MIRRORS AND DOMES CDCR-SDD 20141118 10 86 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 11 13 00
LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Loading dock equipment.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 10 00 – Concrete Forming and Accessories 2. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-In-Place Concrete. 3. Section 05 05 55 - Tamper Proof Metal Fastenings. 4. Section 05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Sections 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Product Data: Provide materials and finish, installation details, roughing-in measurements, operation of units.
C. Shop Drawings
D. Structural Calculations
E. Submit manufacturer’s installation instructions.
F. Operation and Maintenance Data 1. Provide service parts manuals and maintenance manuals. 2. Include cleaning instructions and data on care of finished surfaces. 3. Provide operating instructions; identify unit limitations. 4. Provide unit maintenance information, lubrication cycles, spare parts manual. 5. Provide list of service agencies authorized by the manufacturer to service equipment in the State of California. Include telephone number and name of contact person.
G. Test Reports: Submit certified test reports showing compliance of dock scissor lifts by the manufacturer for determining rated capacity of magnitude specified.
H. Furnish anchoring devices with templates, diagrams and instructions for their installation.
I. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. Protect dock equipment before, during and after installation and protect the installed Work of other trades. In the event of damage, immediately make replacements necessary to the approval of the CDCR Representative.
LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141119 11 13 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1.4 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty for Dock Scissor Lifts: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace scissor lifts components that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period of one year after project completion. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including cracked or broken structural support members, load- bearing welds, and front and rear hinges. b. Faulty operation of operators, control system, or hardware. c. Deck plate failures including cracked plate or permanent deformation in excess of 1/4 inch between deck supports. d. Hydraulic system failures including failure of hydraulic seals and cylinders. 2. Warranty must be for unlimited usage of leveler for the specified rated capacity over the term of the warranty.
1.5 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Project completion, provide 12 months' full maintenance by skilled employees of loading dock equipment Installer. Include quarterly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper loading dock equipment operation at rated speed and capacity. Provide parts and supplies the same as those used in the manufacture and installation of original equipment.
B. Continuing Maintenance Proposal: From Installer to Owner, in the form of a standard yearly maintenance agreement, starting on date initial maintenance service is concluded. State services, obligations, conditions, and terms for agreement period and for future renewal options.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Dock Lift Standard: Comply with applicable requirements of OSHA for construction and operation of dock lifts.
B. Provide dock equipment as complete units produced by a single manufacturer, including necessary accessories, fitting and anchorages for a complete and operational system.
2.2 EQUIPMENT
The equipment shall meet the following requirements:
A. Dock lift platform shall be 6 feet wide and 8 feet long. It shall have 45 inches high removable handrails with a mid rail at 21” high. It shall have a non- removable 4” toeboard.
B. The unit shall be surface mounted on concrete (no pit).
C. The fully lowered platform height shall not exceed 8-inches. The maximum raised height shall be minimum 54-inches.
LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141119 11 13 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
D. The minimum evenly distributed load capacity shall be 5,000 pounds.
E. Unit to have a hinged truck bridge 6’ wide x 1’-6” long on the front (truck side) and a hinged ramp on the back side (6’ wide x 1’-6” long) to ramp down from the platform to the finished concrete surface.
F. Unit motor to operate on 208-volt electrical power.
G. The entire assembly shall be factory finished and rated for outdoor use.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings.
B. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive the Work. Notify the CDCR Representative, in writing, of any conditions requiring corrective action.
C. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate installation of scissor lift equipment indicated to be attached to or recessed into concrete.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturers’ written instructions and approved shop drawings.
B. Set square and level. Anchor in accordance with approved shop drawings.
END OF SECTION
LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141119 11 13 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 11 40 00
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Stainless steel countertops. 2. Mobile work table and load carrying counter. 3. Shelving and enclosures.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05 05 55 - Tamper Proof Metal Fastenings. 2. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection. 3. Section 11 05 00 - Common Work Results for Equipment.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A167 - Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip.
B. ASTM A653 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.
C. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel.
D. SMACNA - Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Kitchen Equipment.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Sections 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Product Data 1. Submit manufacturers’ equipment specifications, in the form of a book, assembled and bound. Nine copies required in lieu of Section 01 33 00 requirement. 2. Indicate required accessories, utility requirements, standard color and finish options, and other pertinent data.
C. Shop Drawings: In accordance with Section 11 05 00.
D. Structural Calculations: In accordance with Section 11 05 00.
E. Submit manufacturer’s installation instructions.
F. Operation and Maintenance Data 1. Provide service parts manuals and maintenance manuals. 2. Include cleaning instructions and data on care of finished surfaces. 3. Provide list of service agencies authorized by the manufacturer to service equipment in the State of California. Include telephone number and name of contact person.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141119 11 40 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
G. Qualification Data 1. For fabricator.
H. Warranty Samples of special warranty.
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Fabricator: Companies specializing in manufacture of commercial food services equipment with minimum three years experience.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Provide factory wrapping, packaging and other means necessary to prevent damage or deterioration during shipment, handling, storage and installation.
B. Follow any special handling instructions of the manufacturer.
C. Coordinate accessibility conditions for equipment handling and installation.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer’s standard form in which manufacturer agrees to replace, at no charge, defective materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. 1. Include coverage for disconnection and removal of defective unit, and installation connection of replacement unit. 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Project completion.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT
A. Equipment must be provided with an approved prison package to prevent unauthorized tampering with controls and adjustments.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Fasteners: Tamper proof fasteners, in accordance with Section 05 05 55.
B. Provide rough-in hardware, supports and connections, attachment devices, closure trim, and accessories.
C. Finish Hardware: Manufacturer’s standard.
D. Work Surfaces: Stainless steel.
E. Fittings: By Division 22.
F. Service Outlet Covers and Escutheons: By Division 26.
G. Sealants 1. Dow Corning, No. 784
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141119 11 40 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Approved equal.
2.3 COLOR AND FINISHES
A. Colors and finishes must be as selected by the CDCR Representative from manufacturer’s standards.
2.4 FABRICATION - GENERAL
A. Fabricator: Items of specially fabricated equipment must be fabricated by a manufacturer which is N.S.F. approved and acceptable to the CDCR Representative.
B. Welding and Soldering: 1. Material 18 gauge or heavier must be welded. 2. Seams and joints must be shop welded or soldered as the nature of the material may require. 3. Welds must be ground smooth and polished to match original finish. 4. Where galvanizing has been burned off, the weld must be cleaned and touched up with high grade aluminum paint.
C. Galvanized Steel: Use galvanized steel only in non-exposed areas having no contact with food or food serving items. Galvanized steel used in framework must be welded construction.
D. Sheet Steel: ASTM A653; minimum 14 gauge before coating, unless otherwise indicated; 1.25-oz/sf galvanized coating.
E. Stainless Steel: ANSI/ASTM A 167; Type 302 commercial grade, No. 4 finish; minimum 16 gauge unless otherwise indicated.
F. Stainless Steel Fastenings and Fittings. 1. Bolts and screws with countersunk flat heads at interior and exterior visible or accessible surfaces. 2. Use concealed fastenings where possible. Where concealed fastenings are not possible, and mechanical fasteners must be used, use tamper proof metal fasteners in accordance with Section 05 05 55. 3. The following will not be accepted: a. Exposed screw or bolt heads. b. Rivets. c. Butt joints made by riveting straps under seams and then filled with solder.
G. Forming 1. Form edges smooth. Fabricate sheet material for work surfaces, facings, shelves, and drainboards of straight lengths in one continuous sheet when not over 12 feet in length. 2. Rolled Edges: Corners bullnosed, ground and polished. 3. Coved Corners: Stainless steel food service equipment must have 1/2 inch or larger radius coves in horizontal and vertical corners and intersections per N.S.F. standards 4. Closures: Where ends of fixtures, splashback, shelves, and similar items are open, fill by forming the metal, weld sections, if necessary, to close entire opening flush to walls or adjoining fixtures.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141119 11 40 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
H. Miscellaneous 1. Install rubber or nylon button feet or other protective device on bearing surface of every item positioned on a finished surface. 2. Isolate rotating or reciprocating machinery to prevent noise and vibration. 3. Provide indirect drain piping from equipment to terminate over nearest waste receptor when required. 4. Shop assemble all components possible.
2.5 FABRICATION - LOAD CARRYING COUNTER SURFACE
A. Reinforce frame support system and surfaces where indicated so that surfaces may safely support a load of 200 lbs concentrated on one square foot in any area on surface with no indentation showing on surface and with permanent set not exceeding 0.005 inch.
B. Metal tops: Minimum 14-gauge thickness; one piece welded construction including field joints. Secure to full perimeter galvanized steel channel frame, cross braced maximum 30 inches on center. Fasten tops with appropriate fasteners to plastic laminate casework.
2.6 SHELVES
A. Notch open base type shelf around leg and continuously weld to leg.
B. Turn cabinet base type shelf up on the back side; ensure tight fit to enclosure panels.
2.7 CASTERS
A. Heavy duty type, ball bearing, solid or disc wheel with non-marking grease-proof rubber, neoprene or polyurethane tire.
B. Wheel must be 5 inches in diameter with minimum width of tread 1-3/6 inches; capacity per caster of 250 pounds minimum.
C. Solid material wheels must be provided with stainless steel rotating wheel guards.
D. Sealed wheel and swivel bearings and polished plate finish for sanitary conditions (per N.S.F.).
2.8 LEGS AND CROSS RAILS
A. Fasten legs securely to equipment, using methods as follows: 1. Sinks: Reinforced with bushings and set screws. 2. Metal Top Table or Dishtable: Weld to galvanized steel frame of minimum 14 gauge; secure to the top with screws through slotted holes.
2.9 FINISHES
A. Metal (Except Stainless Steel): Degrease and phosphate etch followed by primer and minimum two coats factory baked epoxy enamel color as selected.
B. Stainless Steel: No 4 finish.
C. Shop prefinish all components.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141119 11 40 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
D. Bituminous Paint: Sound deaden internal surfaces of metal work.
2.10 ENCLOSURES
A. Cover and provide protection for exposed steam lines or condensate lines which may be exposed or accessible to operating personnel.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify conditions are satisfactory for the installation of the equipment of this Section. Verify ventilation outlets, utility service connections, and supports are correct and in required location. Verify site dimensions match dimensions indicated on shop drawings.
B. Do not commence installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Provide internal wall reinforcements required for equipment support in accordance with approved shop drawings.
B. Use anchoring devices appropriate for equipment and expected usage.
C. Completely assemble and install equipment in accordance with manufacturers’ written instructions, and as indicated on the approved shop drawings.
D. Insulate to prevent electrolysis between dissimilar metals. Provide sealant to achieve clean joint without crevices.
E. Sequence installation and erection to ensure mechanical and electrical connections are achieved in an orderly and expeditious manner.
3.3 TRIMMING AND SEALING EQUIPMENT
A. Space between fixed units and walls, ceilings, floors or adjoining fixed units must be completely sealed against entrance of food particles or vermin. Closure must be made with trim strips, welding, soldering, or commercial joint sealer material suitable to the nature of the equipment.
B. Exposed ends of hollow sections must be closed.
C. Enclosed fixtures, without legs, mounted on masonry bases or floor must be sealed watertight to base or floor.
D. Sealer, not exposed to extreme heat, must be silicone construction sealant in color to match adjacent materials, in accordance with Section 07 90 00.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141119 11 40 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.4 CUTTING AND FITTING
A. Cut and fit work as required for tight fit with hairline joints.
B. No cutting, notching, drilling, or altering of any kind must be done to the building without first obtaining permission from the CDCR Representative.
C. Cut and drill tops, backs, or other elements for service outlets, fixtures and fittings.
D. Provide cutting and patching of items of this Section required for the installation or services of equipment.
3.5 MANUFACTURERS’ FIELD SERVICE
A. Provide operation and service inspections by authorized manufacturers’ representatives every 90 days during the warranty period.
B. Provide emergency repair service during the warranty period, as required, within 24 hours of the request.
C. Provide final inspection 30 days prior to warranty expiration.
3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Start-up, test and adjust equipment to ensure proper working order and conditions.
B. All operating equipment must function smoothly, quietly and free from binding.
C. Ensure bumper gaskets, stops, and other necessary protection is installed on fabricated equipment as required.
D. Clean all equipment surfaces in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
E. All equipment surfaces must be free from scratches, dents, tool marks, stains, discoloration or other defects or damage.
3.7 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT
A. Maintain protective covering on equipment until turned over to the CDCR Representative. Remove protective covering at that time.
3.8 SCHEDULE
A. Note: CFCI Equipment Schedule is currently being developed.
END OF SECTION
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141119 11 40 00- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 11 40 00
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The work referred to in this section consists of furnishing all labor and material required to provide and deliver all food service equipment hereinafter specified into the building, uncrate, assemble, hang, set in place, level, and completely install, exclusive of final utility connections. Final utility connections to all equipment, shall be part of the work under additional appropriate sections of the work and not part of the food service work.
1. The equipment and its component parts shall be new and unused. All items of standard manufactured equipment shall be current models at the time of delivery. Parts subject to wear, breakage, or distortion shall be accessible for adjustment, replacement and repair.
2. Each refrigeration items specification is written to provide minimum specifications and scope of work. Refrigeration equipment shall be designed and installed to maintain the following general temperature unless otherwise specified.
a. Walk-In Refrigerators 1.7°C / 35°F b. Walk-In Freezers -23.2°C / -10°F c. Reach-In Refrigerators 1.7°C / 35°F d. Reach-In Freezers -23.2°C / -10°F e. Undercounter Refrigerators 1.7°C / 35°F f. Undercounter Freezers -23.2°C / -10°F g. Cold Pan 5°C / 41°F
3. The materials or products specified herein by trade names, manufacturer’s name or catalog number shall be provided as specified. Substitutions will not be permitted unless approved by owner’s representative in writing no later than 10 days prior to bidding. This stipulation applies to all equipment and materials. All substitutions or alternates will be expected to perform in all respects as well as the original specification. Should no request for substitution be received and approved as listed above, the project is to be provided as specified.
4. The food service equipment contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with the acceptable alternate or approved alternate items, if the item requires additional space or specific utilities that differ from specifications or drawings. The FSEC shall be responsible for any costs associated with building changes, utility changes and drawings changes.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Coordinate Owner and Vendor-supplied equipment noted on the drawings or in the specifications as NIFSEC, "not in food service equipment contract". Show on roughing in Plans and sizes, utilities, and other requirements as furnished in the specifications, by owner or appropriate supplier in submittals as if the equipment is contractor furnished.
C. Bidders shall carefully examine the specifications and the project site including location and condition of existing equipment to determine cost for each “Existing-Reset” and “Existing- Modify” item to cover removal, modification (including materials), cleaning, inspection for damage, repair and resetting.
D. Field measurements shall be made prior to fabrication or installation of any equipment item.
E. The cutting of holes in equipment for pipe, drains, electrical outlets, etc., required for this installation, shall be part of this work. Work shall conform to the highest standards of workman- ship and shall include welded sleeves, collars, ferrules and escutcheons.
F. Repair of all damage to the premises as a result of the equipment installation as well as the removal of all debris left by the work of this section.
G. Food service equipment and fixtures shall be cleaned and ready for operation at the time the facility is turned over to the Owner for final inspection by the Owner’s Representative.
H. If the project is pursuing a LEED certification, the FSEC, Food Service Equipment Contractor, shall be responsible for coordinating with the Architect and Contractor in submitting all applicable documentation.
I. All bidders shall submit with their costing a list of the subcontractors that are included in their bids and a complete "schedule of values" for all equipment and labor.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Related Work In Other Sections by appropriate trades include the following:
1. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for equipment supports.
2. Division 6 Section “Interior Architectural Woodwork” for wood casework and plastic laminate substrates.
3. Division 11 Section “Unit Kitchens.”
4. Refer to Division 15 Sections for supply and exhaust fans; exhaust ductwork; service roughing-ins; drain traps; atmospheric vents; valves, pipes, and fittings; fire extinguishing systems; and other materials required to complete food service equipment installation.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
5. Refer to Division 16 Sections for connections to fire alarm systems, wiring, disconnects, and other electrical materials required to complete food service equipment installation.
C. Allowances: Furnish food service equipment under the allowances indicated as specified in Division I Section “Allowances.
D. All electric services including wiring to, and final connections to, the fixtures except, as specified differently in the specifications, drawings, or herein.
E. All water, waste and gas services to the fixtures including shut-off valves, trim, traps, etc., and final connections to the fixtures, except as specified differently in the specifications, drawings, or herein.
F. All hood or ventilator duct work above the connection position on such exhaust hoods or exhaust ventilators, except as specified differently in the specifications, drawings, or herein. Final welded connections at the junction point of exhaust hoods or exhausts ventilators, shall be part of the food service work.
G. Floors, quarry tile, concrete bases, walls, ceilings, finishes and related building work, excepts specified differently in the specifications, drawings or herein.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Terminology Standard: Refer to NSF 2, "Food Equipment" or other applicable NSF standards for definitions of food service equipment and installation terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in other referenced standards.
B. Owner-Furnished Equipment: Where indicated, Owner will furnish equipment items.
C. Vendor-Furnished Equipment: Where indicated the Owner's or operator's vendor will furnish equipment items.
D. NIFSEC: Not Included in Food Service Equipment Contract.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Regardless of drawing formats provided it will remain the responsibility of equipment supplier to develop submittals in accordance with the Specific Conditions and assume all required responsibilities there to. The consultant is not to be liable for errors or omissions by the KEC’s use of electronic data provided by the Consultant or the development of date used in the submittal approval process. Checking product date, rough-in drawings, wall backing drawings, shop drawings, and refrigeration drawings by Designer is for design concept only, and does not relieve the Kitchen Equipment Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Documents, verification of utilities with equipment requirements for conformity and location, verification of all dimensions of equipment and building conditions or reasonable adjustments due to deviations.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. The Food Service Equipment Contractor shall review and provide an affidavit with each submittal that such review has been completed by an authorized agent of the contractor.
C. Product Data: For each type of food service equipment indicated. Include manufacturer's model number and accessories and requirements for access and maintenance clearances, water and drainage, power or fuel, and service-connections including roughing-in dimensions.
D. Shop Drawings: For food service equipment not manufactured as standard production and catalog items by manufacturers. Include plans, elevations, sections, material schedule, roughing-in dimensions, fabrication details, service requirements, and attachments to other work.
1. Wiring Diagrams: Details of wiring for power, signal, and control systems and differentiating between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.
2. Piping Diagrams: Details of piping systems and differentiating between manufacturer- installed and field-installed piping.
E. Coordination Drawings: For locations of food service equipment and service utilities. Key equipment with item numbers and descriptions indicated in Contract Documents. Include plans and elevations of equipment, access- and maintenance-clearance requirements, details of concrete, masonry or metal bases and floor depressions, and service-utility characteristics. Ventilation requirements for refrigerated equipment shall be identified in these drawings.
F. Contract Document Drawings:
1. Drawings furnished, constitute a part of these specifications and show locations of equipment and general arrangement of mechanical and electrical services. Necessary deviation from the illustrated arrangements to meet structural conditions, shall be considered a part of the work of this section. Such deviations shall be made without expense to the owner.
2. The drawings are for the assistance and guidance of the Food Service Equipment Contractor. Exact locations shall be governed by the building configuration. The Food Service Equipment Contractor shall accept his contract with this understanding.
3. Should there be a conflict between the drawings and the specifications, the specifications shall govern.
G. Utility Roughing-in Drawings:
1. The Food Service Equipment Contractor shall prepare and submit one electronic file or two bond or a valid prints, of all roughing-in drawings, showing information necessary for the roughing-in of refrigerant lines, syrup/beer lines, plumbing, steam, mechanical and electrical utility requirements. Drawings shall also include construction requirements necessary for all equipment including floor depressions, raised bases, wall blocking, wall recesses and any critical dimensions for specific equipment requirements. Acceptance
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
will be made upon one print which will be returned to the Food Service Equipment Contractor for reproduction purposes. Drawings not properly submitted in this format, will not be reviewed. Drawings without an”Accepted” or an “Accepted as Noted” stamp, will not be reviewed. Drawings without an” Accepted as noted” stamp, will not be considered an authorized shop drawing and will not be allowed on the job site.
a. Furnished four (4) sets “Accepted” and/or “Accepted as Noted” shop drawings, for distribution to the field, as directed.
H. Shop Fabrication Drawings: The fabricator of the equipment shall prepare and submit through the Food Service Equipment Contractor one electronic file or two bond or original prints, of all shop drawings, showing all information necessary for fabrication and installation of the work of this section. Approval will be made upon one print which will be returned to the Food Service Equipment Contractor for reproduction purposes. Drawings not properly submitted in this format, will not be reviewed. Drawings without an “Accepted” or an “Accepted as Noted” stamp, will not be considered an authorized shop drawing and will not be allowed on the job site.
I. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of colors available for exposed products with color finishes.
J. Samples for Verification: Of each type of exposed finish required, minimum 4-inch- (100-mm-) square or 6-inch- (150-mm-) long sections of linear shapes and of same thickness and material indicated for work. Where finishes involve normal color and texture variations, include Sample sets showing the full range of variations expected.
K. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of refrigeration systems, refrigerated equipment or their authorized agents certifying that systems furnished comply with NSF 7 requirements and will maintain operating temperatures indicated in the areas or equipment that they will serve.
L. Maintenance Data: Operation, maintenance, and parts data for food service equipment to include in the maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. Include a product schedule as follows:
1. Product Schedule: For each food service equipment item, include item number and description indicated in Contract Documents, manufacturer's name and model number, and authorized service agencies' addresses and telephone numbers.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND LAWS AND ORDINANCES
A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer to perform work of this Section who has specialized in installing food service equipment, who has completed installations similar in design and extent to that indicated for this Project, and who has a record of successful in service performance.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Engage a firm experienced in manufacturing food service equipment similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance.
C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of food service equipment through one source from a single manufacturer.
D. Product Options: Drawings indicate food service equipment based on the specific products indicated. Other manufacturers' equipment with equal size and performance characteristics may be considered. Refer to Division 1 Section "Substitutions."
E. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the following National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) codes:
1. NFPA 17, "Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems."
2. NFPA 17A, "Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems."
3. NFPA 54, "National Fuel Gas Code."
4. NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code."
5. NFPA 96, "Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations."
6. The KEC shall certify that all work and materials comply with Federal, State and Local laws, ordinances, and regulations and is confirmed by the local inspector having jurisdiction.
a. US PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
b. LOCAL HEALTH DEPARTMENT
c. NATIONAL BOARD OF FIRE UNDERWRITERS
d. OSHA
e. UL
f. HACCP
g. NFPA 96 – Current
h. ADA
i. OSHPD
j. DSA
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
F. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated equipment or components specified in this Section that are listed and labeled.
1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100.
2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
G. AGA Certification: Provide gas-burning appliances certified by the American Gas Association (AGA).
H. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and label steam-generating and closed steam-heating equipment to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
I. ASHRAE Compliance: Provide mechanical refrigeration systems complying with the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers' ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration."
J. Food Service Equipment: Food service aisles shall be a minimum of 36” wide and tray slides shall be mounted at 34” maximum above the floor. Food service equipment requires to be accessible shall conform to all reach requirements in CBC Figures 11B-16 and 11B-17.
K. NSF Standards: Comply with applicable NSF International (NSF) standards and criteria and provide NSF Certification Mark on each equipment item, unless otherwise indicated.
L. ANSI Standards: Comply with applicable ANSI standards for electric-powered and gas-burning appliances; for piping to compressed-gas cylinders; and for plumbing fittings, including vacuum breakers and air gaps, to prevent siphonage in water piping.
M. SMACNA Standard: Where applicable, fabricate food service equipment to comply with the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association's (SMACNA) "Kitchen Equipment Fabrication Guidelines," unless otherwise indicated.
N. Seismic Restraints: Provide seismic restraints for food service equipment according to the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association's (SMACNA) "Kitchen Equipment Fabrication Guidelines," appendix 1, "Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Kitchen Equipment," unless otherwise indicated.
O. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section "Project Meetings."
P. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section "Project Meetings." Review methods and procedures related to food service equipment including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Review access requirements for equipment delivery.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 7 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Review equipment storage and security requirements.
3. Inspect and discuss condition of substrate and other preparatory work performed by other trades.
4. Review structural loading limitations.
5. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.
Q. Walk-in cooler freezer shall comply with CBC 1133.B.2.4.2 and 1133B.2.5.2.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver food service equipment as factory-assembled units with protective crating and covering.
B. Store food service equipment in original protective crating and covering and in a dry location.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions of food service equipment installation areas by field measurements before equipment fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings and Coordination Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.
1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish required dimensions and proceed with fabricating equipment without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions.
1.8 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate equipment layout and installation with other work, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, and fire-suppression system components.
B. Coordinate location and requirements of service-utility connections.
C. Coordinate size, location, and requirements of concrete bases, positive slopes to drains, floor depressions, and insulated floors. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."
D. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. These items are specified in Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories."
1.9 WARRANTY
A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 8 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. Warranty period: 1 year from date of completion.
B. Refrigeration Compressor Warranty: 5 years from date of completion. Submit a written warranty signed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace compressors that fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period.
C. Not included in warranty:
1. Breakage – Due to negligence
2. Faulty operation
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Stainless-Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar: ASTM A 666, Type 304, stretcher leveled, and in finish specified in "Stainless-Steel Finishes" Article.
B. Stainless-Steel Tube: ASTM A 554, Grade MT-304, and in finish specified in "Stainless-Steel Finishes" Article.
C. Zinc-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653, G115 (ASTM A 653M, Z350) coating designation; commercial quality; cold rolled; stretcher leveled; and chemically treated.
D. Zinc-Coated Steel Shapes: ASTM A 36 (ASTM A 36M), zinc-coated according to ASTM A 123 requirements.
E. Plastic Laminate: Complying with NEMA LD 3 and NSF 35 requirements; NSF certified for end-use application indicated; 0.050 inch (1.27 mm) thick for horizontal and vertical surfaces and 0.042 inch (1.07 mm) thick for post-formed surfaces; smooth texture; and easily cleanable.
1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors.
F. Plywood and Lumber: Provide plywood and lumber as specified in Division 6 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork."
G. Sealant: ASTM C 920; Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. Provide elastomeric sealant NSF certified for end-use application indicated. Provide sealant that, when cured and washed, meets requirements of Food and Drug Administration's 21 CFR, Section 177.2600 for use in areas that come in contact with food.
1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors.
2. Backer Rod: Closed-cell polyethylene, in diameter larger than joint width.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 9 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
H. Tempered Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT (fully tempered), Condition A (uncoated surfaces), Type I (transparent), Class 1 (clear), Quality q3 (glazing select). Provide products complying with ANSI Z97.1, manufactured by horizontal (roller-hearth) process, and 6 mm thick, unless otherwise indicated. Provide exposed safety edges, if any, seamed before tempering.
I. Plastic: Except for plastic laminate, provide plastic materials and components complying with NSF 51.
J. Sound Dampening: NSF-certified, nonabsorbent, hard-drying, sound-deadening coating. Provide coating compounded for permanent adhesion to metal in 1/8-inch (3-mm) thickness that does not chip, flake, or blister.
K. Gaskets: NSF certified for end-use application indicated; of resilient rubber, neoprene, or PVC that is nontoxic, stable, odorless, nonabsorbent, and unaffected by exposure to foods and cleaning compounds.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Cabinet Hardware: Provide NSF-certified, stainless-steel hardware for equipment items as indicated. Pulls, Handles and Catches to be included.
B. Casters: NSF-certified, standard-duty, stainless-steel, swivel stem casters with 5-inch- (125- mm-) diameter wheels, polyurethane tires with 1-inch (25-mm) tread width, and 200-lb (90-kg) load capacity per caster. Provide brakes on 2 casters per unit.
2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL, METAL, MILLWORK AND CASEWORK
A. Fabricate food service equipment according to the "Manual of Millwork, current edition" of the Woodwork Institute, including all amended printed revisions, and NSF Standards. All composite wood products shall meet the latest California Air Resources Board (CARB) Composite Wood Products Regulations. Factory assemble equipment to greatest extent possible. All specially fabricated equipment must be by one manufacturer/fabricator per specialty acceptable to Consultant and the Owner.
Materials:
1. All wood to be thoroughly seasoned and kiln dried prior to being used for fabrication of custom casework. All wood to be free from knots, pitchy seams, or other imperfections. All exposed wood to be grade A pine.
2. All plywood to be thoroughly seasoned and kiln dried prior to being used. All plywood to be free from knots, pitchy seams, and other imperfections. All plywood to be glued with water resistant resin. Particle board may not be substituted for plywood panels. "W.I. - Custom Grade" marine grade plywood is required on all fixtures to be installed in high humidity environments.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 10 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3. All wood to have less than 12% moisture content and be a species listed by the national hardwood association.
4. Plastic laminates shall be 1/16th thick, general purpose grade GP-50 as manufactured by Wilson Art or equal. Patterns, textures, and colors as specified under individual items. Semi ex-posed and cabinet liners shall be CL-20. Countertops, backsplashes and edges shall be grade GP-50 on exposed and grade BK-20 on underside of tops. Exposed vertical surfaces and cabinet liners shall be grade CL-20. Sides and edges of shelving shall be grade 50. Adhesive shall be waterproof and low VOC.
5. Hardware that is furnished and installed shall be of solid material unless specified otherwise. The hardware shall be provided with the necessary mechanisms for locking. All locks shall be furnished with two (2) keys.
6. Workmanship and Fabrication – The following requirements shall govern the construction of custom built fixtures except where otherwise noted under individual item specifications. All work shall conform to custom grade as defined in the latest edition of AWI quality standards unless detailed as a higher grade. The approved fabricator must have demonstrated quality and on time work, and must have completed work similar in kind and scope.
7. Solid Surface Material (SSM) shall be Caesarstone, Silestone or approved equal and installed over 3/4" plywood per manufacturer's instructions. Provide air space, trim and /or insulation around any heat or cold producing equipment to guard against discoloration and cracking.
B. Plastic-Laminate and Wood Casework: Fabricate according to requirements specified in Division 6 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork."
C. Welding: Use welding rod of same composition as metal being welded. Use methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metal. Provide ductile welds free of mechanical imperfections such as gas holes, pits, or cracks.
1. Welded Butt Joints: Provide full-penetration welds for full-joint length. Make joints flat, continuous, and homogenous with sheet metal without relying on straps under seams, filling in with solder, or spot welding.
2. Grind exposed welded joints flush with adjoining material and polish to match adjoining surfaces.
3. Where fasteners are welded to underside of equipment, finish reverse side of weld smooth and underpressed.
4. Coat unexposed stainless-steel welded joints with suitable metallic-based paint to prevent corrosion.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 11 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
5. After zinc-coated steel is welded, clean welds and abraded areas and apply SSPCPaint 20, high-zinc-dust-content, galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.
D. Fabricate field-assembled equipment prepared for field-joining methods indicated. For metal butt joints, comply with referenced SMACNA standard, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Where stainless steel is joined to a dissimilar metal, use stainless-steel welding material or fastening devices.
F. Form metal with break bends that are not flaky, scaly, or cracked in appearance; where breaks mar uniform surface appearance of material, remove marks by grinding, polishing, and finishing.
G. Sheared Metal Edges: Finish free of burrs, fins, and irregular projections.
H. Provide surfaces in food zone, as defined in NSF 2, free from exposed fasteners.
I. Cap exposed fastener threads, including those inside cabinets, with stainless-steel lock washers and stainless-steel cap (acorn) nuts.
J. Provide pipe slots on equipment with turned-up edges and sized to accommodate service and utility lines and mechanical connections.
K. Provide enclosures, including panels, housings, and skirts, to conceal service lines, operating components, and mechanical and electrical devices including those inside cabinets, unless otherwise indicated.
L. Seismic Restraints:
1. Fabricate to comply with referenced “SMACNA Guidelines for Seismic Restraint of Kitchen Equipment” in any State, province, or jurisdiction that has legislated this requirement as necessary for acceptance. This shall include:
a. Identifying these items on his submittal drawings, Plans, Elevations, and Sections.
b. Showing required SMACNA methods of restraint on his submittal drawings.
c. Referencing the appropriate detail(s).
d. Obtain regulatory approval for all seismic engineering details
2.4 STAINLESS-STEEL EQUIPMENT: for all parts of custom tables, tops, benches, sinks, cabinets, etc., as drawn or as specified, shall be AICI type 304 (18-8 Austenitic). All gauges called for shall be U.S. Standard Gauges, “S/S” or “S.S.” as shown in the drawings or specifications, shall indicate stainless steel.
A. Edges and Backsplashes: Provide equipment edges and backsplashes indicated complying with referenced SMACNA standard, unless otherwise indicated.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 12 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Apply sound dampening to underside of metal work surfaces, including sinks and similar units. Provide coating with smooth surface and hold coating 1 inch (25 mm) back from open edges for cleaning.
C. Tables: Fabricate with reinforced tops, legs, and reinforced undershelves or cross bracing to comply with referenced SMACNA standard, unless otherwise indicated, and as follows:
1. Tops: Minimum #14 gauge / 0.0781-inch- (1.984-mm-) thick stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Legs: 1-5/8 inch (41.3 mm) OD, minimum #16 gauge / 0.0625-inch- (1.588-mm-) thick stain-less steel with stainless-steel gusset and adjustable insert bullet-type feet with minimum adjustment of 1 inch (25 mm) up or down without exposing threads, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Undershelves: Minimum #16 gauge / 0.625-inch- (1.588-mm-) thick stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Top and Undershelf Reinforcement: Provide minimum #14 gauge / 0.0781-inch- (1.984- mm-) thick, stainless-steel reinforcing, unless otherwise indicated.
5. Cross Bracing: 1-1/4 inch (31.75 mm) OD, minimum #16 gauge / 0.0625-inch- (1.588- mm-) thick stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Sinks: Fabricate of minimum #14 gauge / 0.0781-inch- (1.984-mm-) thick stainless steel with fully welded, 1-piece construction. Construct 2 sides and bottom of sink compartment from 1 stainless-steel sheet with ends welded integral and without overlapping joints or open spaces between compartments. Provide double-wall partitions between compartments with 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) radius rounded tops that are welded integral with sink body. Cove horizontal, vertical, and interior corners with 3/4-inch (19-mm) radius. Pitch and crease sinks to waste for drainage without pooling. Seat wastes in die-stamped depressions without solder, rivets, or welding.
1. Wastes: 2-inch (50-mm), stainless steel ball valve, rotary-handle waste assembly with stainless-steel strainer plate, nickel-plated brass body and connected overflow.
2. Drainboards: Minimum #14 gauge / 0.0781-inch- (1.984-mm-) thick stainless steel, pitched to sink at 1/8 inch/12 inches (3 mm/300 mm) of length. Reinforce drainboards with minimum #14 gauge / 0.0781-inch- (1.984-mm-) thick stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Legs: 1-5/8 inch (41.3 mm) OD, minimum #16 gauge / 0.0625-inch- (1.588-mm-) thick stain-less steel with stainless-steel gusset welded to #12 gauge / 0.1094-inch- (2.779-mm) thick, stainless-steel support plate. Provide adjustable insert bullet-type feet with minimum adjustment of 1 inch (25 mm) up or down without exposing threads, unless otherwise indicated.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 13 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
4. Drainboard Braces: 1 inch (25 mm) OD, minimum #16 gauge / 0.0625-inch- (1.588- mm) thick stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated.
5. Cross Bracing: 1-1/4 inch (31.75 mm) OD, minimum #16 gauge / 0.0625-inch-(1.588- mm) thick stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Wall Shelves and Overshelves: Fabricate to comply with referenced SMACNA standard, unless otherwise indicated, and with minimum #16 gauge / 0.0625-inch- (1.588-mm-) thick, stainless- steel shelf tops.
F. Drawers: Provide lift-out type, 1-piece, die-stamped drawer pan fabricated from #18 gauge / 0.050-inch- (1.27-mm-) thick stainless steel with inside corners radiused. Support drawer pan with #16 gauge / 0.0625-inch- (1.588-mm-) thick, stainless-steel channel frame welded to drawer front. Provide 1-inch- (25-mm) thick, double-wall front fabricated from #16 gauge / 0.0625-inch- (1.588-mm-) thick stainless steel and with integral recessed pull. Fill void in drawer front with semi rigid fiberglass sound dampening. Mount drawers on NSF-certified, full- extension, stainless-steel drawer slides that have minimum 100-lb (45-kg) load capacity per pair, ball-bearing rollers, and positive stop. Mount drawer slides for self-closing on drawer housing as indicated.
2.5 EXHAUST HOOD FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate hoods indicated from minimum #18 gauge / 0.050-inch- (1.27-mm-) thick stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with NFPA 96 and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. KEC shall verify size and location of all connections required before fabrication.
1. Refer to Division 15 Sections for duct, fan, damper, and fire-extinguishing system requirements.
B. Grease Removal: Provide removable, stainless-steel, baffle-type grease filters with spring loaded fastening. Provide minimum #14 gauge / 0.0781-inch- (1.984-mm-) thick, stainless steel filter frame and removable collection basins or troughs.
C. Light Fixtures: Provide NSF-certified fixtures with lamps, vapor-tight sealed lenses, and wiring in stainless-steel conduit on hood exterior.
D. Exhaust-Duct Collars: Minimum #16 gauge / 0.0625-inch- (1.588-mm-) thick stainless steel, KEC shall provide all stainless steel duct collars and make final connections to hood, welded 100% grooved smooth and painted.
2.6 STAINLESS-STEEL FINISHES
A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes.
1. Remove or blend tool and die marks and stretch lines into finish.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 14 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform, directional textured, polished finish indicated, free of cross scratches. Run grain with long dimension of each piece.
B. Concealed Surfaces: No. 2B finish (bright, cold-rolled, unpolished finish).
C. Exposed Surfaces: No. 4 finish (bright, directional polish).
D. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean.
E. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipment.
2.7 WALK-IN COOLERS/FREEZERS
A. Panel Construction:
1. Panels shall be pre-fabricated, sectionally constructed (minimum 4-inches thick for Coolers and Freezers), of tongue and groove design with foamed-in-place gaskets (not glued, stapled, or nailed) on the male side of all interior and exterior panels and rigid urethane frame. Every panel shall be NSF and UL factory approved and bear the certifying labels. Walk-in box height to be 108”; Interior Height, unless otherwise specified.
2. Gaskets shall be impervious to stains, greases, oils, and mildew.
3. Corner panels shall be 90-degree angles with coved corners and approximately 12-inches exterior horizontal measurements; interior partition walls shall utilize `T' panels with coved corners.
4. Panels shall be completely filled with rigid 100% foamed-in-place R141b blown, non- CFC urethane between interior and exterior metal `skins' which have been die-formed and gauged for uniformity in size. Slab urethane or wood shall not be acceptable in any panel including doors, walls, floor, and ceiling.
5. Insulation shall have a 95% closed cell structure with an average in-place density of 2.2 lbs per cubic foot, and compression strength at yield point of 19 lbs per square inch. Each panel shall have a thermal conductivity (K factor) of .14 BTU/hr/sq ft per degrees Fahrenheit per inch (R28 for Coolers, R36 for Freezers); and an overall coefficient of heat transfer (U factor) of not more than .035. Insulation shall meet and comply with the 1999 Beijing protocol for reduced CFC content.
6. Floor panels: Floor panels shall be die stamped with 3/8-inch radius NSF coved corners. All plane intersections shall be drawn, not cut and welded. Panels shall be fabricated similar to other panels and designed to readily withstand uniformly distributed loads of 700 lbs. per square foot.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 15 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Door Construction: Walk-in coolers and freezers shall have entry and exit door hardware that complies with all of the requirements of CBC Section 1133B.2.5.1 and maneuvering clearances at the exterior side per CBC Section 1133B.2.5.2. Doors shall be flush (in-fitting) type, self- closing, 36-inches by minimum 80-inches high, 20-guage stainless steel interior and exterior.
1. Doors shall be mounted with three cam-lift hinges and posi-seal (hydraulic, not spring) adjustable automatic hold-open (rack and pinion) door closers. Door hardware shall be chrome plated. Mounting height of latching hard-ware shall be 30 to 40 inches above finish floor. All hardware shall meet the requirements of CBC 1133B.2.5.2.
2. Door latches shall lock and have a safety release to prevent entrapment (one quarter turn of the release handle unlocks the door from the inside).
3. The freezer door will be provided with a low wattage (5 watts/foot) heater strip and a heated pressure relief port; all doors heated.
4. Provide a solid-state electronic thermometer, pre-wired vapor proof LED light fixtures and pilot lights switch on each door section.
5. The doorjambs, frames, and thresholds shall be made of durable Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP).
6. Raised Door Casings.
C. Assembly: Panels shall be assembled by Posi-Locs or equal (no known equal), which shall be foamed-in-place and activated by a hex wrench. Floor panels shall utilize post tension construction within the floor panels. Access ports to locking devices shall be covered by snap caps and shall be located in interior of walk-in.
D. Finishes: Refer to the Finish Schedule shown on the Foodservice Floor plan.
1. Surfaces (walls, ceiling and closure panels): Exterior finishes: 0.040 Stucco embossed aluminum. Interior Finishes: .040 stucco embossed aluminum walls; .040 smooth white aluminum ceiling.
2. Exposed exterior 20-gauge Type 304 stainless steel, #4 finish and shall have .080-inch thick diamond tread +42-inch high kickplate
3. Unexposed surfaces to be 20-gauge smooth embossed galvanized steel
4. Inside Floor: Verify on FS finish schedule and item specification.
E. Accessories:
1. Provide and install .10-inch corrosion-resistant T-31 aluminum alloy diamond tread (stainless steel) kickplates to 36-inches high on interior and exterior doors and door panels.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 16 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Provide (s/s) closure panels to interior ceiling and all adjacent walls, finished with 90- degree angles at the box and the ceiling/wall; no raw edges will be accepted.
3. Provide vinyl strip curtains.
4. Refrigerated compartments fabricated and standard, shall be fitted with flush mounted digital thermometers. Thermometers shall be adjustable and calibrated after installation. All thermometers shall have an accuracy of + 2 degrees and shall have the capability to be connected to a remote monitoring system. Weiss XWA11V-4N0F0 Temperature Alarm
5. Per document drawings, provide 14-inches by 24-inches view port - unheated for cooler door, heated for freezer door.
6. Freezer Door Fan Switches (at ambient facing freezer door only)
7. When Anthony doors are specified: Optimax Pro LED Lighting and Black Finish.
F. Insulated Floor Depressions: The FSEC shall provide styrofoam insulation for cooler and freezer floors. Insulation shall be 60 high load extruded polystyrene, 2-inch thick, with R-value, 75°F mean temperature, min 5.0/inch°F ft square h/BTU; Compressive Strength: vertical, 60.0 lb/inch square; Water Absorption maximum 0.1% by volume.
G. Approvals: Fire hazard classification according to ASTME-84 (UL723) shall be a flame spread rating of 25 or less with a certifying UL label attached to every panel showing the meeting of the fire code. Smoke development rating to be 450 or less; Factory Mutual approved; NSF- listed with an approved toxicity rating.
H. Walk-in coolers and freezers shall have level maneuvering clearances at the exterior side (CBC1133B.2.4.2) and accessible entry and exit door hardware (CBC 1133B.2.5.2).
2.8 REMOTE REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS
A. Furnish and install mechanical refrigeration work as indicated and specified, complete and ready for use. Principal items of work include:
1. Mechanical refrigeration systems, including compressor units, condensers, refrigerant piping, evaporator coils, control valves, compressor racks, weather covers and required miscellaneous items. Refrigeration equipment shall consist of two major assemblies. One is the condensing unit assembly with all necessary components, factory installed and wired including electrical box, time clock, drier site glass and necessary tubing. The other is the refrigeration coil assembly with expansion valve, temperature control, and heat exchanger completely factory mounted. Units are too be charged and tested.
a. Utilize refrigerant with an ozone depleting potential of 0
b. R-404A Low to Medium Temperatures
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 17 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
c. R-134A Medium Temperature
d. Glycol – Food Grade
2. Furnishing of motor starters and walk-in refrigerator/freezer thermostats for installation under Electrical Section.
3. Sleeves, inserts, hangers, supports and other incidental items necessary to complete the work.
4. Cutting and patching of non-structural and other incidental items necessary to complete the work on this section.
5. Testing, charging, adjusting, operational testing and cleaning of equipment. Conduct all tests as required by local inspecting agencies concerned with this project.
B. Compressors and Condensing Unit: Factory assembled, hermetic compressors with air cooled condensers operating at such speed within recommended range of section and discharge pressures for economical operation and with required BTU rating per hour, sizes and capacities in accordance with specifications. Provide units of same manufacturer and type throughout, new standard cataloged, to operate with refrigerant R-404-A. 100 degrees ambient air, capacities selected on 16 hour running time basis.
C. Condensing units shall be hermetic air cooled condensing units with rigid structural bases, metal fan guards and shrouds, and waterproof electrical systems. Internal inherent motor protection, suction line, shut off valves, liquid line shut off valves, oil pressure safety switches, crank case heaters and oil pressure separators on low temp units.
D. Cooler evaporators shall be equipped with Electronically Commutated Motors (ECM). Coils shall be low profile UL/NSF approved units with inline fans and cross fins staggered. Provide cooper tubing, aluminum cased, permanently lubricated motors with thermal overload protection. Water proof electrical system pre-wired to a single connection. Coils are designed to operate above 34 degrees Fahrenheit.
E. Freezer evaporators shall be equipped with Electronically Commutated Motors (ECM). Coils shall be low profile UL/NSF approved units with inline fans and cross fins staggered. Provide cooper tubing, aluminum cased, permanently lubricated motors with thermal overload protection. Unit shall be equipped with electric defrosting system. Water proof electrical system pre-wired to a single connection. Coils are designed to operate above 30 degrees Fahrenheit to - 20 degrees Fahrenheit.
F. Refrigerant lines shall be type “L” ACR copper tubing with wrought copper fittings assembled by silver soldering joints.
G. Coil drains shall be 1” IPS copper. Route and pitch ½” per foot to drain. Provide electrical heaters on freezer drains.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 18 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
H. Refrigeration lines insulation shall be a minimum ½ “ Armstrong Armaflex AP Pipe insulation sealed with adhesive foam insulation. Tape fittings to be sufficient thickness to prevent condensation. Lines ran externally shall include a hard white PVC cover.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Unless expressly stipulated, and in a timely manner, no additional allowances will be made for Contractors or Manufacturers for errors, omissions or ambiguities not reported at time of bidding. Carefully review and compare the Contract Documents and at once report to Owner and/or Designer any errors, ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions. Unless expressly stipulated, and in a timely manner, Kitchen Equipment Contractor shall be liable to Owner or Designer for any damage resulting from such errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents. Work shall not be done without approved Drawings, Specifications and/or Modifications and without receiving prior written receiving authorizations from Owner or Designer. Drawings and equipment specifications are intended to complement each other. Therefore, neither should be considered complete without the others.
B. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements or installation tolerances, service-utility connections, and other conditions affecting installation and performance of food service equipment. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
C. Examine roughing-in for piping, mechanical, and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before installation.
D. Verify all conditions at the building, particularly door openings and passageways for large equipment. Coordinate with General Contractor access to insure delivery of equipment to the required areas. Coordination shall include, but not be limited to, early delivery, hoisting, window removal and/or delay of wall construction. All special equipment, handling charges, window removal, etc. shall be paid for by the Food Service Equipment Contractor.
E. Any and all food service equipment and equipment systems noted as “by owner/operator”, “by purveyor”, or “existing” in the food service construction documents are presented for reference only. These representations must be verified in writing by the food service equipment contractor, owner, operator, and/or general contractor prior to the release of “for construction” documentation. It will be the general contractor’s responsibility to further verify and coordinate all necessary information pertaining to this equipment or systems making up, or relating to, this equipment including, but not limited to, local health department regulations, local sanitation code requirements, mechanical, structural, plumbing and electrical requirements prior to commencement of construction. Consultant or Architect take no responsibility for design, intent, function, performance, utility requirements, or code compliance of non-specified equipment.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 19 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Install food service equipment level and plumb, according to manufacturer's written instructions, original design, and referenced standards.
B. Complete equipment field assembly, where required, using methods indicated.
1. Provide closed butt and contact joints that do not require a filler.
2. Grind field welds on stainless-steel equipment smooth, and polish to match adjacent finish. Comply with welding requirements in "Fabrication, General" Article.
C. Install equipment with access and maintenance clearances according to manufacturer's written instructions and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Provide cutouts in equipment, neatly formed, where required to run service lines through equipment to make final connections. Cut holes and provide sleeves for pipes on equipment, for drains, electrical, plumbing, etc., as required for proper installation. Verify sizes with Owner on the following items before ordering or fabrication: steam pans, sheet pans, trays, glass and cup racks.
E. Except for mobile and adjustable-leg equipment, securely anchor and attach items and accessories to walls, floors, or bases with stainless-steel fasteners, unless otherwise indicated.
F. Install cabinets and similar equipment on concrete or masonry bases in a bed of sealant.
G. Install hoods to comply with NFPA 96 requirements and to remain free from vibration when operating.
H. Install seismic restraints according to referenced SMACNA standard.
I. Install trim strips and similar items requiring fasteners in a bed of sealant. Fasten with stainless- steel fasteners at 48 inches (1200 mm) o.c. maximum.
J. Install sealant in joints between equipment and abutting surfaces with continuous joint backing, unless otherwise indicated. Provide airtight, watertight, vermin-proof, sanitary joints.
K. Prohibit cold storage rooms from being used by any other trade for storage or work areas. Repair or cause replacement to any damaged areas on the interior of the cold storage rooms, if the damage was caused due to the cold storage rooms being used for storage or work areas.
3.3 PROTECTING
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure food service equipment is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 20 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.4 COMMISSIONING
A. Startup Services: Engage factory-authorized service representatives to perform startup services and to demonstrate and train Owner's maintenance personnel as specified below.
1. Coordinate food service equipment startup with service-utility testing, balancing, and adjustments. Do not operate steam lines before they have been cleaned and sanitized. Provide demonstrations for both operations and maintenance personnel.
2. Remove protective coverings and clean and sanitize equipment, both inside and out, and re-lamp equipment with integral lighting. Where applicable, comply with manufacturer's written cleaning instructions.
3. Test each equipment item for proper operation. Repair or replace equipment that is defective in operation, including units that operate below required capacity or that operate with excessive noise or vibration.
4. Provide service parts manuals as well as maintenance manuals.
5. Provide a list of service agencies authorized by the manufacturer to service its equipment. The list must include the name and telephone number of the person to contact.
3.5 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
ITEM #1 WALK-IN COOLER/FREEZER (REMOTE) Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: RMI Refrigerator Manufacturers Inc. Model: CUSTOM SIS No : W010
1. Model CUSTOM Description: Cooler/Freezer Combo. Approximate size: 59'-2" x 19'-10" x 10'-6"H (10'-11" OD HT). Floor detail: Depression w/insulation. Wall thickness: 4" cooler, 4" freezer. Ceiling thickness: 5" cooler, 5" freezer. Floor panels: none. Bulk floor insulation: 4" urethane w/Visqueen. Interior ceilings: Aluminum .040 MF white. Exterior exposed: Stainless 20ga 304 #4 pvc. Interior walls: Aluminum .040 SE white. Exterior unexposed: Galvanized 26G SE. Cooler doors: (3) interior 36" x 84"H/(3) exterior 60" x 84"H S-30 Legacy Door(s) w/positive latches, (4) hinges, 20ga S/S w/RC. Freezer doors: (2) interior 36" x 84"/(1) exterior 60" x 84"H H-30 Legacy Door(s) w/ positive latches, (4) hinges, 20ga S/S w/RC. Cooler door windows: 15" x 20" wire mesh viewport. Freezer door windows: 15" x 20" wire mesh viewport w/heat. Kick plates: (18) 42" high. Enclosure panels (up to 24"H): none. Cove base: same as wall finish(s). Lighting: (18) 4' LED fixtures w/18w lamps. Wall trim: Stainless 20ga. Thermometers: Weiss Instruments. Wall protection: none. Light switches: Interior/exterior 4-way. Freezer accessories: Kason #1830 4" & #1832 6" heated.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 21 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
Special accessories: (7) cooler/freezer Clr-Vu strip curtains 48" x 78", Modularm #75LC alarm system. Additional accessories: Security package, door locking bars w/wire cables. Fed R-25/-32 compliant, UL/NSF certified.
ITEM #2 BLOWER COILS (COOLER)
1. Three (3) Model ADT260AEK Blower coil provided as an integral part of the remote refrigeration system.Included with Item #79 Remote Refrigeration System (Cooler)
ITEM #3 BLOWER COIL (FREEZER)
1. Model LET280BEK Blower coil provided as an integral part of the remote refrigeration system.Included with Item #80 Remote Refrigeration System (Freezer)
ITEM #4 WALK-IN SHELVING Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: SPG International, LLC Model: KELMAX SIS No : W010
1. Model KELMAX (LOT) 5-Tier, 24" deep x (lengths sized per plan) x 72" high shelving units. Shall be made of steel metal core with epoxy coated frame. Shelving shall have a smooth surface without any welding or crevices, removable open grid corrosion proof polymer shelf mats that can be washed manually or in a commercial dishwasher. Microban antimicrobial built into high contact areas of the shelf including shelf mats, frame, wedge connectors & posts protecting against bacteria, mold, mildew and fungus that cause odors. Corner release adjustment allows shelves to be adjusted in 1" increments without tools. Verify blower coil locations, shelving units below coil to have (4) shelves. Verify final sizes of shelves and posts by field measuring prior to ordering shelving units. Mobile units shall contain high capacity polyurethane casters as required.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 22 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
ITEM #5 BUN/TRAY PAN RACKS Quantity: Twelve (12) Manufacturer: Metro Model: RD3N SIS No : W010
1. Twelve (12) Model RD3N Tray Rack, mobile, end load, single section, pass-thru, 21-1/2"W x 68-1/4"H, 29"D, pass-thru, open sides with slides for (40) 14"x18" or (20) 18"x26" pans, slides on 3" centers, riveted aluminum construction 2. Twelve (12) Model A33RD Continuous Bumper for mobile tray rack, gray, adds 2" to overall width & depth of rack 3. Twelve (12) Model A120 Mobile Tray Rack Pan stop
ITEM #6 WORK TABLE W/HAND SINK Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 14'-6" l x 2'-6" w. Provide stainless steel work table with 1-5/8" legs with adjustable bullet feet, lower and/or mid shelves, 6" high back and end splash. Top shall be 14 ga stainless steel, and legs shall be 16 ga. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details. 2. Model HAND SINK Provide 16 ga stainless steel sink tub measuring approximately 10" w x 14" d x 7" h. Welded in place with polished seams. Provide with T&S basket strainer. 3. Model LOCKABLE CABINET Lockable Cabinet
ITEM #7 WORK TABLE W/PREP SINKS Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 19'-6" l x 2'-6" w. Provide stainless steel work table with 1-5/8" legs with adjustable bullet feet, lower and/or mid shelves, 6" high back and end splash. Top shall be 14 ga stainless steel, and legs shall be 16 ga. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details. 2. Two (2) Model PREP SINK Provide 16 ga stainless steel sink tub measuring approximately 18" w x 18" d x 12" h. Welded in place with polished seams. 3. Two (2) Fisher Model 29033 DrainKing Waste Valve, flat strainer, overflow body,
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 23 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
chrome finish
ITEM #8 WALL SHELVES (KNIFE BRACKETS) Quantity: Two (2) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Two (2) Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 6'-9" l x 1"-0" w. Provide stainless steel wall shelf with knife brackets. Wall shelf shall be: 18 ga stainless steel with #4 finish, bracket shall be 14 ga stainless steel. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #9 PREP. STORAGE SHELVING Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: SPG International, LLC Model: KELMAX SIS No : W010
1. Model KELMAX (LOT) Kelmax 5-Tier, 24" deep x (lengths sized per plan) x 72" high shelving units. Shall be made of steel metal core with epoxy coated frame. Shelving shall have a smooth surface without any welding or crevices, removable open grid corrosion proof polymer shelf mats that can be washed manually or in a commercial dishwasher. Microban antimicrobial built into high contact areas of the shelf including shelf mats, frame, wedge connectors & posts protecting against bacteria, mold, mildew and fungus that cause odors. Corner release adjustment allows shelves to be adjusted in 1" increments without tools. Verify blower coil locations, shelving units below coil to have (4) shelves. Verify final sizes of shelves and posts by field measuring prior to ordering shelving units. Mobile units shall contain high capacity polyurethane casters as required.
ITEM #10 WORK TABLE W/HAND SINK Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 21'-9" l x 2'-6" w. Provide stainless steel work table with 1-5/8" legs with adjustable bullet feet, lower and/or mid shelves, 6" high back and end splash. Top shall be 14 ga stainless steel, and legs shall be 16 ga.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 24 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details. 2. Model HAND SINK Provide 16 ga stainless steel sink tub measuring approximately 10" w x 14" d x 7" h. Welded in place with polished seams. Provide with T&S basket strainer. 3. Model LOCKABLE CABINET Lockable Cabinet
ITEM #11 WORK TABLE W/PREP SINKS Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 35'-0" l x 2'-6" w. Provide stainless steel work table with 1-5/8" legs with adjustable bullet feet, lower and/or mid shelves, 6" high back and end splash. Top shall be 14 ga stainless steel, and legs shall be 16 ga. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details. 2. Four (4) Model PREP SINK Provide 16 ga stainless steel sink tub measuring approximately 18" w x 18" d x 12" h. Welded in place with polished seams. 3. Four (4) Fisher Model 29033 DrainKing Waste Valve, flat strainer, overflow body, chrome finish
ITEM #12 HAND SINK Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Advance Tabco Model: 7-PS-40 SIS No : W010
1. Model 7-PS-40 Hand Sink, wall model, 14" wide x 10" front-to-back x 5" deep bowl, 20 gauge 304 series stainless steel, 7-3/4" high side splashes, with splash mounted faucet, lever drain with overflow, P-trap, wall bracket, NSF & CSA listed 2. Model K-08 Low-flow aerator 0.5gpm, fits 55/64-27 male or 15/16-27 female thread on spout, Conforms to California AB 1953 3. Model SIDE SPLASHES Left & Right Side Splashes
ITEM #13 GARBAGE CANS Quantity: Four (4) Manufacturer: Rubbermaid Model: FG354100BEIG SIS No : W010
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 25 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1. Four (4) Model FG354100BEIG Slim Jim® Waste Container, 15-7/8 gallon (60 liter), general purpose waste, open type without lid, high-impact plastic construction, beige
ITEM #14 HAND SINK FAUCETS Quantity: Three (3) Manufacturer: T&S Brass Model: B-0325-CR SIS No : W010
1. Three (3) Model B-0325-CR Double Pantry Faucet, 4" c/c, swivel gooseneck, lever handles, 00AA inlets & Ceramas
ITEM #15 PREP SINK FAUCET (SPLSH MTD.) Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: T&S Brass Model: B-0231-CR SIS No : W010
1. Model B-0231-CR Faucet, 12" swing nozzle, 8" wall mount base, 1/2" NPT female Inlets, Ceramas cartridges
ITEM #16 PREP SINK FAUCETS (SPLSH MTD.) Quantity: Two (2) Manufacturer: T&S Brass Model: B-0231-CR SIS No : W010
1. Two (2) Model B-0231-CR Faucet, 12" swing nozzle, 8" wall mount base, 1/2" NPT female Inlets, Ceramas cartridges
ITEM #17 HAND SINK FAUCETS Quantity: Four (4) Manufacturer: T&S Brass Model: B-0325-CR SIS No : W010
1. Four (4) Model B-0325-CR Double Pantry Faucet, 4" c/c, swivel gooseneck, lever handles, 00AA inlets & Ceramas
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 26 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
ITEM #18 AIR CURTAINS (42") Quantity: Two (2) Manufacturer: Mars Air Systems Model: N242-1UG-OB SIS No : W010
1. Two (2) Model N242-1UG-OB Industrial NSF N2 Series Air Curtain, for 42" wide door, Unheated, (1) 1/2 HP motor, 208-230v/60/3-ph, Obsidian Black powder coated cabinet (Standard Production Color), cETLus, CE, NSF 2. Two (2) 5 year warranty, standard 3. Two (2) Model 99-014 Level 1 control package, line voltage, combination plunger/roller door limit switch, for instant on/off control, use on any type of door, 20amps, 250v, or 1 hp max
ITEM #19 ROLL-IN RACK OVENS Quantity: Two (2) Manufacturer: Gemini Bakery Model: C152 SIS No : W010
1. Two (2) Model C152 Sveba Dahlen Roll-In Rack Oven, gas, (1) single rack capacity, hook style, "SD Color Touch" Panel, start timer function, type II baking canopy, top mounted burner system, IBS rotation system, cascade steam system, double-glazing oven window & heat reflecting inside glass, dual fan motors, automatic damper, front or rear drain, adjustable air slots, stainless steel construction, 175,000 BTU, ETL, NSF (oven ships disassembled) 2. Two (2) One year service & parts warranty-within continental U.S. 3. Two (2) Supervision of Installation & Start-up within continental U.S. 4. Two (2) Gas type to be specified 5. Two (2) 220v/60/3-ph, direct wire, 15 amps, standard 6. Two (2) 115v/60/1-ph, direct wire, 15 amps, standard 7. Two (2) Soft start rack rotation 8. Two (2) Type I Hood with grease filter & single point connection 9. Two (2) Model C-SS-30 Oven Rack, single, 72" high, 30 slides, 2" spacing, stainless steel construction 10. Two (2) Water filter and pressure regulator 11. Two (2) Deluxe prison package; includes standard prison package plus bake chamber emergency shutdown switch and Edwards audible alarm signal device
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 27 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
ITEM #20 MOBILE WORK TABLES Quantity: Two (2) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Two (2) Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 8'-0" l x 3'-0" w. Provide stainless steel work table with 1-5/8" legs, and lower and/or mid shelves. Top shall be 14 ga stainless steel, and legs shall be 16 ga. Provide 5" dia. heavy-duty, non-marking casters, all with brakes. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #21 EXHAUST HOOD (TYPE I)
1. Model PART OF ITEM# 19 Included with Item #19 Roll-In Rack Oven
ITEM #22 FIRE SUPRESSION SYSTEM Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Ansul Fire Protection Model: R102 SIS No : W010
1. Model R102 Provide One (1) lt Fire Protection System complete with nozzles, fusible links, piping, pull box, and actuators, utilizing a wet chemical extinguishing agent fabricated and installed by an approved Ansul system installer. Provide in accordance with complete drawings, details, and specifications section 11400. System to be an R-102 automatic type and be manufactured and installed per the current NFPA guidelines and be U.L. approved. Cylinders shall be mounted on wall in a stainless steel enclosure, or mounted in a stainless steel cabinet attached to the exhaust hood. All piping to be concealed with the exception of drops which shall be chrome sleeved and of as minimal exposure as possible. Size, number, and location of nozzles or fusible links to be in accordance with U.L. limits for this particular system. Fire system contractor shall provide engineered drawings, acquire permit, coordinate start-up and testing with the appropriate Fire Officials, and obtain final certification. Provide as-built drawings at completion of install. Fire System installer to provide adequate job site visits to coordinate installation of un-exposed pipe and installation of system. Include the appropriately sized and approved electronic gas shut-off valve(s).
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 28 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Fire Permits and Drawings Allowance 3. Protects Hood 21, 27 & 28
ITEM #23 DEMAND VENTILATION CONTROL SYSTEM Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Streivor Model: DEMANDAIRE SIS No : W010
1. Model DEMANDAIRE DemandAire System includes HMI, PLC controller, thermal monitoring, auto fan start capability, push button override switch, stainless steel type-I enclosure, VFD (up to 5hp) fan motor speed control for (2) exhaust and (2) make-up air supply fan(s)
ITEM #24 SPARE NO.
ITEM #25 COUNTERTOP GRIDDLES Quantity: Four (4) Manufacturer: Vulcan Model: 960RX SIS No : W010
1. Four (4) Model 960RX Heavy Duty Gas Griddle, 135,000 BTU, 60" W x 24" D x 1" thick polished steel griddle plate, embedded mechanical snap action thermostat every 12", millivolt pilot safety, electric spark or manual ignition, front manifold gas shut-off valve, countertop, low profile, stainless steel front, sides, front top ledge with "Cool Bullnose", front grease trough, grease can, heavy gauge 4" back & tapered side splashes, 4" adjustable legs, CSA, NSF 2. Four (4) 1 year limited parts & labor warranty, standard 3. Four (4) Natural gas (add -1 suffix) (specify elevation if over 2,000 ft.) 4. Four (4) 120v/50/60/1ph, cord w/NEMA 5-15P 5. Four (4) Corrections package: sealed chassis, lockable panel & grease can, security screws 6. Four (4) Model STAND/C-60 Equipment Stand, universal, 61" W x 24" H, 1/2" marine edge, undershelf, stainless steel, 5" casters 7. Four (4) Model 3/4QDH 4FT 3/4" x 4' flex hose & quick disconnect, with restraining device
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 29 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
ITEM #26 UTILITY SINK FAUCETS (DCK MTD.) Quantity: Four (4) Manufacturer: T&S Brass Model: B-0221-CR SIS No : W010
1. Four (4) Model B-0221-CR Faucet, ceramic cartridges, deck mixing faucet, 12" swing nozzle
ITEM #27 EXHAUST HOOD (TYPE I) Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Streivor Model: SAWCBD-CR-CP-LD SIS No : W010
1. Model SAWCBD-CR-CP-LD Exhaust Hood 144"L (OA length) x 51"W x 30" high, 300 series stainless steel, stainless steel cartridge filters, all stainless steel construction, fire cabinet located on right, recessed fluorescent lights, light duty containment panels on left & right, 12"H enclosure panels at front & side(s), front downward facing supply plenum, prison package to include locking bar(s) on all filters, grease cup locking system, tamper proof screws on entire fixture including removable panels and operable doors.
ITEM #28 EXHAUST HOOD (TYPE I) Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Streivor Model: SAWCBD-CR-CP-LD SIS No : W010
1. Model SAWCBD-CR-CP-LD Exhaust Hood 144"L (OA length) x 51"W x 30" high, 300 series stainless steel, stainless steel cartridge filters, all stainless steel construction, fire cabinet located on left, recessed fluorescent lights, light duty containment panels on left & right, 12"H enclosure panels at front & side(s), front downward facing supply plenum, prison package to include locking bar(s) on all filters, grease cup locking system, tamper proof screws on entire fixture including removable panels and operable doors.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 30 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
ITEM #29 SOAP & TOWEL DISPENSER Quantity: Six (6) Manufacturer: NIFSEC Model: BY OWNER SIS No : W010
1. Six (6) Model BY OWNER Soap & Towel Dispenser - NIFSEC By Owner.
ITEM #30 SOAP & TOWEL DISPENSER Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: NIFSEC Model: BY OWNER SIS No : W010
1. Model BY OWNER Soap & Towel Dispenser - NIFSEC By Owner.
ITEM #31 WALL SHELF (KNIFE BRACKETS) Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 6'-0" l x 1"-0" w. Provide stainless steel wall shelf with knife brackets. Wall shelf shall be: 18 ga stainless steel with #4 finish, bracket shall be 14 ga stainless steel. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #32 ISLAND WORK TABLES Quantity: Two (2) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Two (2) Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 8'-0" l x 3'-0" w. Provide stainless steel work table with 1-5/8" legs with adjustable bullet feet, and lower and/or mid shelves. Top shall be 14 ga stainless steel, and legs shall be 16 ga. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details. 2. Two (2) Custom Stainless Steel Model UTILITY SINK Provide 16 ga stainless steel sink tub measuring approximately 24" w x 24" d x 12" h. Welded in place with polished seams.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 31 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3. Two (2) Fisher Model 29033 DrainKing Waste Valve, flat strainer, overflow body, chrome finish
ITEM #33 STAINLESS STEEL OVERSHELF, TABLE MOUNTED Quantity: Two (2) Manufacturer: Custom Stainless Steel Model: OVERSHELF SIS No : W010
1. Two (2) Model OVERSHELF Approximately 5'-6" l x 1'-6" w. Provide table mounted 16 ga stainless steel overshelf with tubular supports and 14 ga concealed brackets. Stainless steel shall have a #4 finish. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #34 WALL SHELF (KNIFE BRACKETS) Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 4'-9" l x 1"-0" w. Provide stainless steel wall shelf with knife brackets. Wall shelf shall be: 18 ga stainless steel with #4 finish, bracket shall be 14 ga stainless steel. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #35 STATIONARY KETTLES (150 GAL.) Quantity: Two (2) Manufacturer: Legion Model: LS-150 SIS No : W010
1. Two (2) Model LS-150 Stationary Direct Steam Kettle, 150-gallon, 304 stainless steel liner, full jacket, 2" draw-off valve with perforated 1/4" hole strainer, stainless steel construction, (4) legs with adjustable flanged feet, 25 psi 2. Two (2) Model PRV Pressure reducing valve (specify valve size, supply & kettle pressure - contact factory for pricing) 3. Two (2) Model 3KS 3" T-304 compression draw-off valve 4. Two (2) Model PDS1/8 Perforated Disc Strainer, (1/8" holes) 5. Two (2) (316LNR) 316 stainless steel liner in lieu of standard liner 6. Two (2) Model DOPU Prison/Security, draw-off protection package, uninsulated kettles
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 32 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
7. Two (2) Model SVP Prison/Security, Steam control valve protection 8. Two (2) Model TRSNDO Prison/Security, tamper resistant nut, draw-off handle 9. Two (2) Model PC Prison/Security, Lockable lid 10. Two (2) Model RBR-L Prison/Security, heavy reinforced rim 100-150 gallon
ITEM #36 S/S FLOOR TROUGHS Quantity: Two (2) Manufacturer: IMC/Teddy Model: CUSTOM SIS No : W010
1. Two (2) Model CUSTOM Approximately 21'-0" l x 2'-0" d. Provide stainless steel floor trough, and stainless steel trough box with #4 finish. Provide IMC Teddy ASTF-ADA stainless steel accessible grating. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #37 STATIONARY KETTLES (100 GAL.) Quantity: Five (5) Manufacturer: Legion Model: LSI-100 SIS No : W010
1. Five (5) Model LSI-100 Low-Rim™ Stationary Direct Steam Kettle, 100-gallon, 304 stainless steel liner, insulated full jacket, 2" draw-off valve with perforated 1/4" hole strainer, actuator-assisted cover, stainless steel construction, (4) legs with adjustable flanged feet, 25 psi 2. Five (5) Model PRV Pressure reducing valve (specify valve size, supply & kettle pressure - contact factory for pricing) 3. Five (5) Model 3KS 3" T-304 compression draw-off valve 4. Five (5) Model PDS1/8 Perforated Disc Strainer, (1/8" holes) 5. Five (5) (316LNR) 316 stainless steel liner in lieu of standard liner 6. Five (5) Model DOPI Prison/Security, draw-off protection package, insulated kettles 7. Five (5) Model SVP Prison/Security, Steam control valve protection 8. Five (5) Model TRSNDO Prison/Security, tamper resistant nut, draw-off handle 9. Five (5) Model PC Prison/Security, Lockable lid 10. Five (5) Model RBR-L Prison/Security, heavy reinforced rim 100-150 gallon
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 33 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
ITEM #38 TILTING SKILLET, ELECTRIC Quantity: Two (2) Manufacturer: Legion Model: TES-2440-11 SIS No : W010
1. Two (2) Model TES-2440-11 Classic Tilting Skillet, Electric, 49-gallon, self-locking worm gear tilt mechanism, adjustable thermostat, lid with actuator-assisted counter balance, stainless steel pan and frame, knock-down capability, adjustable bullet feet, 15.0kw 2. Two (2) NOTE: Please contact the factory for pricing on military units. The pricing shown on AutoQuotes is for standard commercial units only. Items marked for Naval Shipboard Use, NSN numbers or other Mil-Spec references will require pricing from the factory. 3. Two (2) 208V, 3 ph, 41.6 amp 4. Two (2) Model 1.5T 1-1/2" T-304 compression draw-off valve 5. Two (2) Model TRFT Prison/Security, tamper resistant fasteners, includes 1 each key tool for pin-torx screws 6. Two (2) Model TRTK Prison/Security, tamper resistant pin torx key 7. Two (2) Model PCS Lockable Lid, skillets 8. Two (2) Model PCT Lockable Lid, tilting kettle, anti-rotational bracket welded to cover to prevent removal and rotation 9. Two (2) Model LCC Prison/Security, lockable control cover
ITEM #39 KETTLE/SKILLET FILL FAUCETS Quantity: Seven (7) Manufacturer: T&S Brass Model: B-0610 SIS No : W010
1. Seven (7) Model B-0610 Pot Filler Faucet, splash-mounted, 8" centers, vacuum breaker, 68" long flexible stainless steel hose (B-0068-H), hooked nozzle with self-closing valve, 1/2" IPS female inlets, built-in check valves
ITEM #40 FLOOR TROUGH Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: IMC/Teddy Model: CUSTOM SIS No : W010
1. Model CUSTOM Approximately 21'-6" l x Varies d. Provide stainless steel floor trough,
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 34 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
and stainless steel trough box with #4 finish. Provide IMC Teddy ASTF-ADA stainless steel accessible grating & prison package option. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #41 MOBILE WORK TABLES Quantity: Four (4) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Four (4) Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 5'-0" l x 2'-6" w. Provide stainless steel work table with 1-5/8" legs, and lower and/or mid shelves. Top shall be 14 ga stainless steel, and legs shall be 16 ga. Provide 5" dia. heavy-duty, non-marking casters, all with brakes. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #42 ISLAND WORK TABLE W/UTILITY SINK Quantity: Two (2) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Two (2) Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 6'-9" l x 2'-6" w. Provide stainless steel work table with 1-5/8" legs with adjustable bullet feet, and lower and/or mid shelves. Top shall be 14 ga stainless steel, and legs shall be 16 ga. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details. 2. Two (2) Model 2 COMP SINK Provide 16 ga stainless steel 2 compartment sink tub measuring approximately (2) 18" w x 24" d x 12" h. Welded in place with polished seams. 3. Two (2) Fisher Model 29033 DrainKing Waste Valve, flat strainer, overflow body, chrome finish
ITEM #43 BULK FOOD TRANSPORT CARTS (HOT) Quantity: Eleven (11) Manufacturer: Food Warming Equip Model: PTS-6060 SIS No : W010
1. Eleven (11) Model PTS-6060 Prisoner Tray Delivery Cart, heated, insulated, humi-temp heat system with eye level controls, welded stainless steel tray racks, 3"
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 35 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
OC, (60)10x14 or (60)15.5x11.5 trays, tamper proof access., stainless steel construction, heavy duty push bars, full bumper 2. Eleven (11) The Correctional Enviroment/Facilities is warranted for one year parts & 6 months labor 3. Eleven (11) 120v/50/60/1-ph, 13.75 amps, 1650w, NEMA 5-15P 4. Eleven (11) 6" Caster standard: EZ Roll Heavy Duty Poly, (2) rigid, (2) swivel with brakes
ITEM #44 EXHAUST HOODS (TYPE I) Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Streivor Model: SAWCBD-CR-CP-LD SIS No : W010
1. Model SAWCBD-CR-CP-LD Exhaust Hood - built in four (4) sections for assembly in field, 300 series stainless steel, stainless steel cartridge filters, all stainless steel construction, recessed fluorescent lights, light duty containment panels on left & right, 12"H enclosure panels at front & side(s), front downward facing supply plenum, prison package to include locking bar(s) on all filters, grease cup locking system, tamper proof screws on entire fixture including removable panels and operable doors.Hood #1 - 153"L (OA length) x 63"W x 30" high, fire cabinet located on leftHood #2 - 141"L (OA length) x 63"W x 30" highHood #3 - 141"L (OA length) x 63"W x 30" highHood #4 - 153"L (OA length) x 63"W x 30" high, fire cabinet located on right
ITEM #45 WALL SHELF (KNIFE BRACKETS) Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 10'-0" l x 1"-0" w. Provide stainless steel wall shelf with knife brackets. Wall shelf shall be: 18 ga stainless steel with #4 finish, bracket shall be 14 ga stainless steel. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #46 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Ansul Fire Protection Model: R102 SIS No : W010
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 36 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1. Model R102 Provide One (1) lt Fire Protection System complete with nozzles, fusible links, piping, pull box, and actuators, utilizing a wet chemical extinguishing agent fabricated and installed by an approved Ansul system installer. Provide in accordance with complete drawings, details, and specifications section 11400. System to be an R-102 automatic type and be manufactured and installed per the current NFPA guidelines and be U.L. approved. Cylinders shall be mounted on wall in a stainless steel enclosure, or mounted in a stainless steel cabinet attached to the exhaust hood. All piping to be concealed with the exception of drops which shall be chrome sleeved and of as minimal exposure as possible. Size, number, and location of nozzles or fusible links to be in accordance with U.L. limits for this particular system. Fire system contractor shall provide engineered drawings, acquire permit, coordinate start-up and testing with the appropriate Fire Officials, and obtain final certification. Provide as-built drawings at completion of install. Fire System installer to provide adequate job site visits to coordinate installation of un-exposed pipe and installation of system. Include the appropriately sized and approved electronic gas shut-off valve(s). 2. Fire Permits and Drawings Allowance 3. Protects Hood 44
ITEM #47 DEMAND VENTILATION CONTROL SYSTEM Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Streivor Model: DEMANDAIRE SIS No : W010
1. Model DEMANDAIRE DemandAire System includes HMI, PLC controller, thermal monitoring, auto fan start capability, push button override switch, stainless steel type-I enclosure, VFD (up to 5hp) fan motor speed control for (2) exhaust and (2) make-up air supply fan(s)
ITEM #48 MIXER, PLANETARY Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Hobart Model: HL800-1STD SIS No : W010
1. Model HL800-1STD 200-240/50/60/3 Mixer; with bowl, beater, spiral dough arm, and bowl truck; US/EXP configurationLegacy Planetary Mixer, 3.0 HP, 80-quart capacity, (4) fixed speeds plus stir speed, gear transmission, 50 min. SmartTimer, power bowl lift, stainless steel bowl, "B" beater, "ED" dough hook, bowl truck, stainless steel bowl guard
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 37 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Standard warranty: 1-Year parts, labor, and travel time during normal working hours within the USA
ITEM #49 WORK COUNTER Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 13'-0" l x 2'-6" w. Provide stainless steel work counter with undershelf and/or mid shelf, galvanized metal base, and 6" high back and end splash. Top shall be 14 ga stainless steel, body to be 16 ga. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details. 2. Model HAND SINK Provide 16 ga stainless steel sink tub measuring approximately 10" w x 14" d x 7" h. Welded in place with polished seams. Provide with T&S basket strainer. 3. Model LOCKABLE CABINET Lockable Cabinet
ITEM #50 BULK FOOD TRANSPORT CARTS (COLD) Quantity: Nine (9) Manufacturer: Food Warming Equip Model: URS-10 SIS No : W010
1. Nine (9) Model URS-10 Refrigerated Cabinet, mobile, insulated with bottom-mounted refrigerator system, (10) universal rod type removable adjustable slides, 4.5" OC, for various size trays, pans and Gastronorm 2/1 & 1-1, stainless steel construction, full bumper 2. Nine (9) The Correctional Enviroment/Facilities is warranted for one year parts & six months labor 3. Nine (9) Extended One year limited labor warranty 4. Nine (9) 5 Yr. compressor warranty 5. Nine (9) 120v/60/1-ph, 6 amps, 720w, NEMA 5-15P standard 6. Nine (9) Alternative door hinging, specify 7. Nine (9) 6" Caster standard: EZ Roll Heavy Duty Poly, (2) rigid, (2) swivel with brakes
ITEM #51 POT/PAN STORAGE SHELVING Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: SPG International, LLC Model: KELMAX
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 38 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SIS No : W010
1. Model KELMAX (LOT) Kelmax 5-Tier, 24" deep x (lengths sized per plan) x 72" high shelving units. Shall be made of steel metal core with epoxy coated frame. Shelving shall have a smooth surface without any welding or crevices, removable open grid corrosion proof polymer shelf mats that can be washed manually or in a commercial dishwasher. Microban antimicrobial built into high contact areas of the shelf including shelf mats, frame, wedge connectors & posts protecting against bacteria, mold, mildew and fungus that cause odors. Corner release adjustment allows shelves to be adjusted in 1" increments without tools. Verify blower coil locations, shelving units below coil to have (4) shelves. Verify final sizes of shelves and posts by field measuring prior to ordering shelving units. Mobile units shall contain high capacity polyurethane casters as required.
ITEM #52 WALL SHELF (KNIFE BRACKETS) Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 6'-9" l x 1"-0" w. Provide stainless steel wall shelf with knife brackets. Wall shelf shall be: 18 ga stainless steel with #4 finish, bracket shall be 14 ga stainless steel. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #53 SPARE NO.
ITEM #54 SPARE NO.
ITEM #55 ICE MACHINE (SELF-CONTAINED) Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Scotsman Model: C0630MA-32 SIS No : W010
1. Model C0630MA-32 Prodigy™ Ice Maker, Cube Style, air-cooled, self-contained condenser, up to 776-lb production/24 hours, stainless steel finish, medium cube size, 208-230v/60/1-ph 2. 3 year parts & labor warranties 3. 5 year parts & labor warranties on Evaporator 4. 5 year parts on compressor and condenser
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 39 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
ITEM #56 ICE MACHINE STORAGE BIN Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Scotsman Model: B842S SIS No : W010
1. Model B842S Ice Bin, top-hinged front-opening door, up to 778-lb ice storage capacity, for top-mounted ice maker, polyethylene liner, metallic finish exterior, includes 6" legs 2. 3 year parts & labor warranties 3. Model KBT29 Bin Top Kit, for 30" modular cubers on B842S, BH801 bin 4. Model KHOLDER Ice Scoop Holder, fits all modular ice storage bins, stainless steel 5. Model KLP8S Leg Kit, 6", stainless steel, for Bx22,Bx30, B842 and B948 bins, HD dispensers, CU1526, CU2026, CU3030 and AFE units
ITEM #57 TRAY STORAGE SHELVING Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: SPG International, LLC Model: KELMAX SIS No : W010
1. Model KELMAX (LOT) Kelmax 5-Tier, 24" deep x (lengths sized per plan) x 72" high shelving units. Shall be made of steel metal core with epoxy coated frame. Shelving shall have a smooth surface without any welding or crevices, removable open grid corrosion proof polymer shelf mats that can be washed manually or in a commercial dishwasher. Microban antimicrobial built into high contact areas of the shelf including shelf mats, frame, wedge connectors & posts protecting against bacteria, mold, mildew and fungus that cause odors. Corner release adjustment allows shelves to be adjusted in 1" increments without tools. Verify blower coil locations, shelving units below coil to have (4) shelves. Verify final sizes of shelves and posts by field measuring prior to ordering shelving units. Mobile units shall contain high capacity polyurethane casters as required.
ITEM #58 WALL SHELF (KNIFE BRACKETS) Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 5'-3" l x 1"-8" w. Provide stainless steel wall shelf with knife brackets. Wall shelf shall be: 18 ga stainless steel with #4 finish, bracket shall be 14 ga stainless steel. Fabricate and install per complete drawings,
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 40 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #59 MICROWAVE OVENS Quantity: Two (2) Manufacturer: ACP Model: RMS10TS SIS No : W010
1. Two (2) Model RMS10TS Amana® Commercial Microwave Oven, 1000 watts, 0.9 cu. ft. capacity, low volume, 10 menu pads with capacity to program 20 menus, 5 power levels, 3-stages, 60 minute max cooking time, LED display, interlock safety switch, ADA compliant Braille touch pads, audible end of cycle signal, sealed in ceramic shelf, side hinged door with glass window, lighted interior, stainless steel exterior wrap & interior, limited 3-yr warranty, 120v/60/1-ph, 1500 total watts, 13 amps, 15 MCA, NEMA 5-15P, cULus, ETL
ITEM #60 AIR CURTAINS (108") Quantity: Two (2) Manufacturer: Mars Air Systems Model: STD2108-2UA-OB SIS No : W010
1. Two (2) Model STD2108-2UA-OB Standard Series 2 Air Curtain, for 108" wide door, 2 motor, Unheated, 115v/60/1-ph, Obsidian Black powder coated cabinet (Standard Production Color) 2. Two (2) 5 year warranty, standard 3. Two (2) Model 99-014 Level 1 control package, line voltage, combination plunger/roller door limit switch, for instant on/off control, use on any type of door, 20amps, 250v, or 1 hp max
ITEM #61 CHAIN LINK FENCE Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: NIFSEC Model: SIS No : W010
1. Chain Link Fence - NIFSEC
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 41 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
ITEM #62 HIGH PRESSURE CLEANING SYSTEM Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Spray Master Model: SMT-1100W SIS No : W010
1. Model SMT-1100W SMT-1100W Wall Mount Pressure Washer Cleaning System, 2.2gpm @ 1100psi, 115v, adjustable chemical injector, 3 cylinder CAT plunger pump, hose hanger, 50' hi-pressure hose, 36" spray gun assembly, Flo-Thru quick disconnects, pressure gauge, stainless steel cover & frame, (2) 1 gallon chemical baskets. Now includes SMT-200-RW manual rewind hose reel. 2. Warranty - One year parts & labor 3. #300-5035, 2.2 gallons per minute @ 1000 PSI, 208v/60/1ph, 9 amps
ITEM #63 S/S FLOOR TROUGH Quantity: Two (2) Manufacturer: IMC/Teddy Model: CUSTOM SIS No : W010
1. Two (2) Model CUSTOM Approximately 9'-6" l x 10" d. Provide stainless steel floor trough, and stainless steel trough box with #4 finish. Provide IMC Teddy ASTF-ADA stainless steel accessible grating and prison package. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #64 HOSE REEL ASSEMBLY Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: T&S Brass Model: B-1436 SIS No : W010
1. Model B-1436 Hose Reel Assembly, open, 35' hose, mounted on stainless steel backplate, 8" deck mounted mixing faucet, control valve in riser, continuous pressure vacuum breaker
ITEM #65 MOP HOLDER Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Advance Tabco Model: K-242 SIS No : W010
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 42 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1. Model K-242 Mop Hanger
ITEM #66 AIR CURTAIN (60") Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Mars Air Systems Model: LPN260-1UA-OB SIS No : W010
1. Model LPN260-1UA-OB LoPro Series 2 Air Curtain, NSF Certified, for 60" wide door, Unheated, 115v/60/1-ph, Obsidian Black powder coated cabinet (Standard Production Color), cETLus, CE, NSF 2. 5 year parts warranty, standard 3. Model 99-014 Level 1 control package, line voltage, combination plunger/roller door limit switch, for instant on/off control, use on any type of door, 20amps, 250v, or 1 hp max
ITEM #67 WALL FLASHING Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL (LOT) Approximately 116'-0" l. Provide 20 ga. stainless steel wall flashing from floor to exhaust hood with #4 finish. Provide all necessary closure and trim strips for a complete installation. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #68 CLEAN DISHTABLE Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 11'-9" l x 2'-6" w. Provide stainless steel landing table with 1-5/8" legs with adjustable bullet feet, lower and/or mid shelves, 8" high back and end splash. Top shall be 14 ga stainless steel, and legs shall be 16 ga. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 43 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
ITEM #69 TRANSPORT CARTS Quantity: Twenty (20) Manufacturer: NIFSEC Model: SIS No : W010
1. Twenty (20) Transport Carts - Existing
ITEM #70 3-COMP. SINK FAUCETS (SPLSH MTD.) Quantity: Two (2) Manufacturer: T&S Brass Model: B-0291 SIS No : W010
1. Two (2) Model B-0291 Kettle & Pot Sink Faucet, Big-Flo, wall mounted 8" centers, 3/4" IPS model LL street EL inlets with locknuts, 18" swing nozzle, 175°F four arm handles, 1-1/4" diameter holes required in backsplash
ITEM #71 DISHMACHINE BOOSTER HEATER Quantity: Two (2) Manufacturer: Insinger Model: PART OF ITEM# 73 SIS No : W010
1. Two (2) Model PART OF ITEM# 73 Dishmachine Booster Heater - Part Of Item# 73
ITEM #72 SOILED DISH TABLE Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 12'-0" l x 2'-6" w. Provide stainless steel landing table with 1-5/8" legs with adjustable bullet feet, lower and/or mid shelves, quick drain assembly, 8" high back and end splash. Top shall be 14 ga stainless steel, and legs shall be 16 ga. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details. 2. Model SCRAP SINK Provide 16 ga stainless steel sink tub measuring approximately 20" l x 18" w x 7" d. Welded in place with polished seams. Provide with rotary waste valve.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 44 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
ITEM #73 DISHMACHINE Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Insinger Model: DA-3 SIS No : W010
1. Model DA-3 Pot and Pan Washer, Rack Type, two rack, straight-thru design, approximately 50 rack/hour capacity, over/under rotating spray arms, stainless steel frame, legs & feet 2. SureFire start-up & check-out service, standard 3. Electric immersion tank heat, 5 kw 4. 208v/60/3-ph, 48.0 amps 5. (2) Steam booster heaters, 20 psi, 88-lb/hr, 70 degree rise each 6. Security package 7. Under mesh for security package (requires panels on all sides) 8. Stainless steel panels all sides
ITEM #74 AIR CURTAIN (42") Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Mars Air Systems Model: N242-1UG-OB SIS No : W010
1. Model N242-1UG-OB Industrial NSF N2 Series Air Curtain, for 42" wide door, Unheated, (1) 1/2 HP motor, 208-230v/60/3-ph, Obsidian Black powder coated cabinet (Standard Production Color), cETLus, CE, NSF 2. 5 year warranty, standard 3. Model 99-014 Level 1 control package, line voltage, combination plunger/roller door limit switch, for instant on/off control, use on any type of door, 20amps, 250v, or 1 hp max
ITEM #75 WASTE COLLECTOR Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Salvajor Model: P914 SIS No : W010
1. Model P914 Pot/Pan Collector, scrapping, pre-flushing & collecting system (widely accepted in areas where disposers are restricted), with large top opening to
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 45 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
accommodate pots & pans, salvage basin & silverware trap, 3/4 HP corrosion-resistant pump, stainless steel construction, start/stop pushbutton control panel, with safety line disconnect & automatic shut off timer 2. 2nd-year warranty (P/N 999184) 3. Domestic factory authorized start up, standard 4. Domestic factory authorized demo, standard 5. 208v/60hz/1-ph, 5.5 amps 6. Model 992013 Scrap basket 7. Model RSS Remote start/stop switch for all controls 8. Model 997101 Control padlock hasp 9. Model 980602 Scrap Collector, Pot/Pan Collector prison package, includes service cover & security screws with tool for control panel & cover
ITEM #76 SLANTED RACK SHELF Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 6'-0" l x 1'-9" w Provide 18 ga. stainless wall mounted rack shelf with 14 ga. stainless steel wall brackets at 36" on center, 1/2" stainless steel drain tubing at each end. All stainless steel shall have a #4 finish. Verify rack sizes prior to fabrication. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #77 DRY STORAGE SHELVING Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: SPG International, LLC Model: KELMAX SIS No : W010
1. Model KELMAX (LOT) Kelmax 5-Tier, 24" deep x (lengths sized per plan) x 72" high shelving units. Shall be made of steel metal core with epoxy coated frame. Shelving shall have a smooth surface without any welding or crevices, removable open grid corrosion proof polymer shelf mats that can be washed manually or in a commercial dishwasher. Microban antimicrobial built into high contact areas of the shelf including shelf mats, frame, wedge connectors & posts protecting against bacteria, mold, mildew and fungus that cause odors. Corner release adjustment allows shelves to be adjusted in 1" increments without tools. Verify blower coil locations, shelving units below coil to have (4) shelves. Verify final sizes of shelves and posts by field measuring prior to ordering shelving units. Mobile units shall contain high capacity polyurethane casters
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 46 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
as required.
ITEM #78 FLOOR TROUGH Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: IMC/Teddy Model: CUSTOM SIS No : W010
1. Model CUSTOM Approximately 15'-0" l x 1'-0" d. Provide stainless steel floor trough, and stainless steel trough box with #4 finish. Provide IMC Teddy ASTF-ADA stainless steel accessible grating and prison package. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #79 REMOTE REFRIGERATION SYSTEM (COOLER) Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Airdyne Refrigeration Inc. Model: MULTI-PAK SIS No : W010
1. Model MULTI-PAK Multi-Pak refrigeration system with prison security package and Copeland semi-hermetic compressors. Pre-piped with driers, sight glasses, suction/discharge line vibration eliminators & head master valves. Pre-wired control panels with main fused disconnects, compressor circuit breakers, contactors, defrost time clock on freezer system, dual pressure controls & low ambient crankcase heaters.Cooler - (3) MP-6/ERFA-031E 3.0hp medium temp compressors and (3) ADT260AEK blower coils with controls.Freezer - (1) MP-4/3DA3F28KE 6.0hp low temp compressor and (1) LET280BEK blower coil with controls. 2. Extended 4-year compressor warranty
ITEM #80 REMOTE REFRIGERATION SYSTEM (FREEZER)
1. Model MP-4 Included with Item #79 Remote Refrigeration System (Cooler)
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 47 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
ITEM #81 WATER FILTER ASSEMBLY (ICE) Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Scotsman Model: PART OF ITEM# 55 SIS No : W010
1. Model PART OF ITEM# 55 Endurance HF Triple System - Part Of Item# 55
ITEM #82 S/S CORNER GUARDS & WALL CAPS Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL (LOT) Provide 14 ga. stainless steel corner guards and wall caps at 6'-0" in height. Stainless steel shall have a #4 finish. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #83 POWER DROP CORDS Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: NIFSEC Model: SIS No : W010
1. Power Drop Cords - NIFSEC
ITEM #84 SECURITY UNIT Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: New Age Model: 97621 SIS No : W010
1. Model 97621 Security Cage, mobile, 26-3/4"D x 49"W x 71"H, 3 interior shelves 23-1/2" x 45-3/4", double doors with stainless steel hasp, replaceable stainless steel hinges, all welded aluminum construction, (4) 5" plate casters 2. Lifetime warranty against rust & corrosion, 5 year construction warranty, std. 3. Model PP-A Prison Package Tamper Proof Screws
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 48 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
ITEM #85 CONDENSATE HOOD (TYPE II) Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Streivor Model: CH SIS No : W010
1. Model CH Condensate Hood 92"L x 50"W x 36" high, 18ga 304 stainless steel, all stainless steel construction, stainless steel enclosure panels.
ITEM #86 3-COMPARTMENT POT SINK Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 20'-0" l x 2'-6" w. Provide stainless steel pot sink assembly with 1-5/8" legs with adjustable bullet feet, lower and/or mid shelves, 8" high back and end splash. Top shall be 14 ga stainless steel, and legs shall be 16 ga. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details. 2. Three (3) Model SINKS Provide 16 ga stainless steel sink tub measuring approximately 18" w x 26" d x 14" h. Welded in place with polished seams. 3. Three (3) Fisher Model 29033 DrainKing Waste Valve, flat strainer, overflow body, chrome finish
ITEM #87 BUMPER RAILS Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL (LOT) Approximately 250'-0" l. Provide 14 ga. stainless steel bumper rails guards mounted at 34" above the finished floor. Stainless steel shall have a #4 finish. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #88 WALL FLASHING WITH CAPS Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 49 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL (LOT) Approximately 69'-0" l. Provide 20 ga. stainless steel wall flashing from floor to top of wall & wall caps with #4 finish. Provide all necessary closure and trim strips for a complete installation. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
END OF SECTION
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT – MAIN KITCHEN CDCR 11 40 00- 50 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 11 40 00
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The work referred to in this section consists of furnishing all labor and material required to provide and deliver all food service equipment hereinafter specified into the building, uncrate, assemble, hang, set in place, level, and completely install, exclusive of final utility connections. Final utility connections to all equipment, shall be part of the work under additional appropriate sections of the work and not part of the food service work.
1. The equipment and its component parts shall be new and unused. All items of standard manufactured equipment shall be current models at the time of delivery. Parts subject to wear, breakage, or distortion shall be accessible for adjustment, replacement and repair.
2. Each refrigeration items specification is written to provide minimum specifications and scope of work. Refrigeration equipment shall be designed and installed to maintain the following general temperature unless otherwise specified.
a. Walk-In Refrigerators 1.7°C / 35°F b. Walk-In Freezers -23.2°C / -10°F c. Reach-In Refrigerators 1.7°C / 35°F d. Reach-In Freezers -23.2°C / -10°F e. Undercounter Refrigerators 1.7°C / 35°F f. Undercounter Freezers -23.2°C / -10°F g. Cold Pan 5°C / 41°F
3. The materials or products specified herein by trade names, manufacturer’s name or catalog number shall be provided as specified. Substitutions will not be permitted unless approved by owner’s representative in writing no later than 10 days prior to bidding. This stipulation applies to all equipment and materials. All substitutions or alternates will be expected to perform in all respects as well as the original specification. Should no request for substitution be received and approved as listed above, the project is to be provided as specified.
4. The food service equipment contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with the acceptable alternate or approved alternate items, if the item requires additional space or specific utilities that differ from specifications or drawings. The FSEC shall be responsible for any costs associated with building changes, utility changes and drawings changes.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Coordinate Owner and Vendor-supplied equipment noted on the drawings or in the specifications as NIFSEC, "not in food service equipment contract". Show on roughing in Plans and sizes, utilities, and other requirements as furnished in the specifications, by owner or appropriate supplier in submittals as if the equipment is contractor furnished.
C. Bidders shall carefully examine the specifications and the project site including location and condition of existing equipment to determine cost for each “Existing-Reset” and “Existing- Modify” item to cover removal, modification (including materials), cleaning, inspection for damage, repair and resetting.
D. Field measurements shall be made prior to fabrication or installation of any equipment item.
E. The cutting of holes in equipment for pipe, drains, electrical outlets, etc., required for this installation, shall be part of this work. Work shall conform to the highest standards of workman- ship and shall include welded sleeves, collars, ferrules and escutcheons.
F. Repair of all damage to the premises as a result of the equipment installation as well as the removal of all debris left by the work of this section.
G. Food service equipment and fixtures shall be cleaned and ready for operation at the time the facility is turned over to the Owner for final inspection by the Owner’s Representative.
H. If the project is pursuing a LEED certification, the FSEC, Food Service Equipment Contractor, shall be responsible for coordinating with the Architect and Contractor in submitting all applicable documentation.
I. All bidders shall submit with their costing a list of the subcontractors that are included in their bids and a complete "schedule of values" for all equipment and labor.
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Related Work In Other Sections by appropriate trades include the following:
1. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for equipment supports.
2. Division 6 Section “Interior Architectural Woodwork” for wood casework and plastic laminate substrates.
3. Division 11 Section “Unit Kitchens.”
4. Refer to Division 15 Sections for supply and exhaust fans; exhaust ductwork; service roughing-ins; drain traps; atmospheric vents; valves, pipes, and fittings; fire extinguishing systems; and other materials required to complete food service equipment installation.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
5. Refer to Division 16 Sections for connections to fire alarm systems, wiring, disconnects, and other electrical materials required to complete food service equipment installation.
C. Allowances: Furnish food service equipment under the allowances indicated as specified in Division I Section “Allowances.
D. All electric services including wiring to, and final connections to, the fixtures except, as specified differently in the specifications, drawings, or herein.
E. All water, waste and gas services to the fixtures including shut-off valves, trim, traps, etc., and final connections to the fixtures, except as specified differently in the specifications, drawings, or herein.
F. All hood or ventilator duct work above the connection position on such exhaust hoods or exhaust ventilators, except as specified differently in the specifications, drawings, or herein. Final welded connections at the junction point of exhaust hoods or exhausts ventilators, shall be part of the food service work.
G. Floors, quarry tile, concrete bases, walls, ceilings, finishes and related building work, excepts specified differently in the specifications, drawings or herein.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Terminology Standard: Refer to NSF 2, "Food Equipment" or other applicable NSF standards for definitions of food service equipment and installation terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in other referenced standards.
B. Owner-Furnished Equipment: Where indicated, Owner will furnish equipment items.
C. Vendor-Furnished Equipment: Where indicated the Owner's or operator's vendor will furnish equipment items.
D. NIFSEC: Not Included in Food Service Equipment Contract.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Regardless of drawing formats provided it will remain the responsibility of equipment supplier to develop submittals in accordance with the Specific Conditions and assume all required responsibilities there to. The consultant is not to be liable for errors or omissions by the KEC’s use of electronic data provided by the Consultant or the development of date used in the submittal approval process. Checking product date, rough-in drawings, wall backing drawings, shop drawings, and refrigeration drawings by Designer is for design concept only, and does not relieve the Kitchen Equipment Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Documents, verification of utilities with equipment requirements for conformity and location, verification of all dimensions of equipment and building conditions or reasonable adjustments due to deviations.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. The Food Service Equipment Contractor shall review and provide an affidavit with each submittal that such review has been completed by an authorized agent of the contractor.
C. Product Data: For each type of food service equipment indicated. Include manufacturer's model number and accessories and requirements for access and maintenance clearances, water and drainage, power or fuel, and service-connections including roughing-in dimensions.
D. Shop Drawings: For food service equipment not manufactured as standard production and catalog items by manufacturers. Include plans, elevations, sections, material schedule, roughing-in dimensions, fabrication details, service requirements, and attachments to other work.
1. Wiring Diagrams: Details of wiring for power, signal, and control systems and differentiating between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.
2. Piping Diagrams: Details of piping systems and differentiating between manufacturer- installed and field-installed piping.
E. Coordination Drawings: For locations of food service equipment and service utilities. Key equipment with item numbers and descriptions indicated in Contract Documents. Include plans and elevations of equipment, access- and maintenance-clearance requirements, details of concrete, masonry or metal bases and floor depressions, and service-utility characteristics. Ventilation requirements for refrigerated equipment shall be identified in these drawings.
F. Contract Document Drawings:
1. Drawings furnished, constitute a part of these specifications and show locations of equipment and general arrangement of mechanical and electrical services. Necessary deviation from the illustrated arrangements to meet structural conditions, shall be considered a part of the work of this section. Such deviations shall be made without expense to the owner.
2. The drawings are for the assistance and guidance of the Food Service Equipment Contractor. Exact locations shall be governed by the building configuration. The Food Service Equipment Contractor shall accept his contract with this understanding.
3. Should there be a conflict between the drawings and the specifications, the specifications shall govern.
G. Utility Roughing-in Drawings:
1. The Food Service Equipment Contractor shall prepare and submit one electronic file or two bond or a valid prints, of all roughing-in drawings, showing information necessary for the roughing-in of refrigerant lines, syrup/beer lines, plumbing, steam, mechanical and electrical utility requirements. Drawings shall also include construction requirements necessary for all equipment including floor depressions, raised bases, wall blocking, wall recesses and any critical dimensions for specific equipment requirements. Acceptance
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
will be made upon one print which will be returned to the Food Service Equipment Contractor for reproduction purposes. Drawings not properly submitted in this format, will not be reviewed. Drawings without an ”Accepted” or an “ Accepted as Noted” stamp, will not be reviewed. Drawings without an” Accepted as noted” stamp, will not be considered an authorized shop drawing and will not be allowed on the job site.
a. Furnished four (4) sets “Accepted” and/or “Accepted as Noted” shop drawings, for distribution to the field, as directed.
H. Shop Fabrication Drawings: The fabricator of the equipment shall prepare and submit through the Food Service Equipment Contractor one electronic file or two bond or original prints, of all shop drawings, showing all information necessary for fabrication and installation of the work of this section. Approval will be made upon one print which will be returned to the Food Service Equipment Contractor for reproduction purposes. Drawings not properly submitted in this format, will not be reviewed. Drawings without an “Accepted” or an “Accepted as Noted” stamp, will not be considered an authorized shop drawing and will not be allowed on the job site.
I. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of colors available for exposed products with color finishes.
J. Samples for Verification: Of each type of exposed finish required, minimum 4-inch- (100-mm-) square or 6-inch- (150-mm-) long sections of linear shapes and of same thickness and material indicated for work. Where finishes involve normal color and texture variations, include Sample sets showing the full range of variations expected.
K. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of refrigeration systems, refrigerated equipment or their authorized agents certifying that systems furnished comply with NSF 7 requirements and will maintain operating temperatures indicated in the areas or equipment that they will serve.
L. Maintenance Data: Operation, maintenance, and parts data for food service equipment to include in the maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. Include a product schedule as follows:
1. Product Schedule: For each food service equipment item, include item number and description indicated in Contract Documents, manufacturer's name and model number, and authorized service agencies' addresses and telephone numbers.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND LAWS AND ORDINANCES
A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer to perform work of this Section who has specialized in installing food service equipment, who has completed installations similar in design and extent to that indicated for this Project, and who has a record of successful in service performance.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Engage a firm experienced in manufacturing food service equipment similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance.
C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of food service equipment through one source from a single manufacturer.
D. Product Options: Drawings indicate food service equipment based on the specific products indicated. Other manufacturers' equipment with equal size and performance characteristics may be considered. Refer to Division 1 Section "Substitutions."
E. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the following National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) codes:
1. NFPA 17, "Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems."
2. NFPA 17A, "Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems."
3. NFPA 54, "National Fuel Gas Code."
4. NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code."
5. NFPA 96, "Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations."
6. The KEC shall certify that all work and materials comply with Federal, State and Local laws, ordinances, and regulations and is confirmed by the local inspector having jurisdiction.
a. US PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE
b. LOCAL HEALTH DEPARTMENT
c. NATIONAL BOARD OF FIRE UNDERWRITERS
d. OSHA
e. UL
f. HACCP
g. NFPA 96 – Current
h. ADA
i. OSHPD
j. DSA
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
F. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated equipment or components specified in this Section that are listed and labeled.
1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100.
2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
G. AGA Certification: Provide gas-burning appliances certified by the American Gas Association (AGA).
H. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and label steam-generating and closed steam-heating equipment to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
I. ASHRAE Compliance: Provide mechanical refrigeration systems complying with the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers' ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration."
J. Food Service Equipment: Food service aisles shall be a minimum of 36” wide and tray slides shall be mounted at 34” maximum above the floor. Food service equipment requires to be accessible shall conform to all reach requirements in CBC Figures 11B-16 and 11B-17.
K. NSF Standards: Comply with applicable NSF International (NSF) standards and criteria and provide NSF Certification Mark on each equipment item, unless otherwise indicated.
L. ANSI Standards: Comply with applicable ANSI standards for electric-powered and gas-burning appliances; for piping to compressed-gas cylinders; and for plumbing fittings, including vacuum breakers and air gaps, to prevent siphonage in water piping.
M. SMACNA Standard: Where applicable, fabricate food service equipment to comply with the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association's (SMACNA) "Kitchen Equipment Fabrication Guidelines," unless otherwise indicated.
N. Seismic Restraints: Provide seismic restraints for food service equipment according to the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association's (SMACNA) "Kitchen Equipment Fabrication Guidelines," appendix 1, "Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Kitchen Equipment," unless otherwise indicated.
O. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section "Project Meetings."
P. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section "Project Meetings." Review methods and procedures related to food service equipment including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Review access requirements for equipment delivery.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 7 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Review equipment storage and security requirements.
3. Inspect and discuss condition of substrate and other preparatory work performed by other trades.
4. Review structural loading limitations.
5. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.
Q. Walk-in cooler freezer shall comply with CBC 1133.B.2.4.2 and 1133B.2.5.2.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver food service equipment as factory-assembled units with protective crating and covering.
B. Store food service equipment in original protective crating and covering and in a dry location.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions of food service equipment installation areas by field measurements before equipment fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings and Coordination Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.
1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish required dimensions and proceed with fabricating equipment without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions.
1.8 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate equipment layout and installation with other work, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, and fire-suppression system components.
B. Coordinate location and requirements of service-utility connections.
C. Coordinate size, location, and requirements of concrete bases, positive slopes to drains, floor depressions, and insulated floors. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."
D. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. These items are specified in Division 7 Section "Roof Accessories."
1.9 WARRANTY
A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 8 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. Warranty period: 1 year from date of completion.
B. Refrigeration Compressor Warranty: 5 years from date of completion. Submit a written warranty signed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace compressors that fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period.
C. Not included in warranty:
1. Breakage – Due to negligence
2. Faulty operation
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Stainless-Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar: ASTM A 666, Type 304, stretcher leveled, and in finish specified in "Stainless-Steel Finishes" Article.
B. Stainless-Steel Tube: ASTM A 554, Grade MT-304, and in finish specified in "Stainless-Steel Finishes" Article.
C. Zinc-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653, G115 (ASTM A 653M, Z350) coating designation; commercial quality; cold rolled; stretcher leveled; and chemically treated.
D. Zinc-Coated Steel Shapes: ASTM A 36 (ASTM A 36M), zinc-coated according to ASTM A 123 requirements.
E. Plastic Laminate: Complying with NEMA LD 3 and NSF 35 requirements; NSF certified for end-use application indicated; 0.050 inch (1.27 mm) thick for horizontal and vertical surfaces and 0.042 inch (1.07 mm) thick for post-formed surfaces; smooth texture; and easily cleanable.
1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors.
F. Plywood and Lumber: Provide plywood and lumber as specified in Division 6 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork."
G. Sealant: ASTM C 920; Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. Provide elastomeric sealant NSF certified for end-use application indicated. Provide sealant that, when cured and washed, meets requirements of Food and Drug Administration's 21 CFR, Section 177.2600 for use in areas that come in contact with food.
1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors.
2. Backer Rod: Closed-cell polyethylene, in diameter larger than joint width.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 9 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
H. Tempered Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT (fully tempered), Condition A (uncoated surfaces), Type I (transparent), Class 1 (clear), Quality q3 (glazing select). Provide products complying with ANSI Z97.1, manufactured by horizontal (roller-hearth) process, and 6 mm thick, unless otherwise indicated. Provide exposed safety edges, if any, seamed before tempering.
I. Plastic: Except for plastic laminate, provide plastic materials and components complying with NSF 51.
J. Sound Dampening: NSF-certified, nonabsorbent, hard-drying, sound-deadening coating. Provide coating compounded for permanent adhesion to metal in 1/8-inch (3-mm) thickness that does not chip, flake, or blister.
K. Gaskets: NSF certified for end-use application indicated; of resilient rubber, neoprene, or PVC that is nontoxic, stable, odorless, nonabsorbent, and unaffected by exposure to foods and cleaning compounds.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Cabinet Hardware: Provide NSF-certified, stainless-steel hardware for equipment items as indicated. Pulls, Handles and Catches to be included.
B. Casters: NSF-certified, standard-duty, stainless-steel, swivel stem casters with 5-inch- (125- mm-) diameter wheels, polyurethane tires with 1-inch (25-mm) tread width, and 200-lb (90-kg) load capacity per caster. Provide brakes on 2 casters per unit.
2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL, METAL, MILLWORK AND CASEWORK
A. Fabricate food service equipment according to the "Manual of Millwork, current edition" of the Woodwork Institute, including all amended printed revisions, and NSF Standards. All composite wood products shall meet the latest California Air Resources Board (CARB) Composite Wood Products Regulations. Factory assemble equipment to greatest extent possible. All specially fabricated equipment must be by one manufacturer/fabricator per specialty acceptable to Consultant and the Owner.
Materials:
1. All wood to be thoroughly seasoned and kiln dried prior to being used for fabrication of custom casework. All wood to be free from knots, pitchy seams, or other imperfections. All exposed wood to be grade A pine.
2. All plywood to be thoroughly seasoned and kiln dried prior to being used. All plywood to be free from knots, pitchy seams, and other imperfections. All plywood to be glued with water resistant resin. Particle board may not be substituted for plywood panels. "W.I. - Custom Grade" marine grade plywood is required on all fixtures to be installed in high humidity environments.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 10 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3. All wood to have less then 12% moisture content and be a species listed by the national hardwood association.
4. Plastic laminates shall be 1/16th thick, general purpose grade GP-50 as manufactured by Wilson Art or equal. Patterns, textures, and colors as specified under individual items. Semi ex-posed and cabinet liners shall be CL-20. Countertops, backsplashes and edges shall be grade GP-50 on exposed and grade BK-20 on underside of tops. Exposed vertical surfaces and cabinet liners shall be grade CL-20. Sides and edges of shelving shall be grade 50. Adhesive shall be waterproof and low VOC.
5. Hardware that is furnished and installed shall be of solid material unless specified otherwise. The hardware shall be provided with the necessary mechanisms for locking. All locks shall be furnished with two (2) keys.
6. Workmanship and Fabrication – The following requirements shall govern the construction of custom built fixtures except where otherwise noted under individual item specifications. All work shall conform to custom grade as defined in the latest edition of AWI quality standards unless detailed as a higher grade. The approved fabricator must have demonstrated quality and on time work, and must have completed work similar in kind and scope.
7. Solid Surface Material (SSM) shall be Caesarstone, Silestone or approved equal and installed over 3/4" plywood per manufacturer's instructions. Provide air space, trim and /or insulation around any heat or cold producing equipment to guard against discoloration and cracking.
B. Plastic-Laminate and Wood Casework: Fabricate according to requirements specified in Division 6 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork."
C. Welding: Use welding rod of same composition as metal being welded. Use methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metal. Provide ductile welds free of mechanical imperfections such as gas holes, pits, or cracks.
1. Welded Butt Joints: Provide full-penetration welds for full-joint length. Make joints flat, continuous, and homogenous with sheet metal without relying on straps under seams, filling in with solder, or spot welding.
2. Grind exposed welded joints flush with adjoining material and polish to match adjoining surfaces.
3. Where fasteners are welded to underside of equipment, finish reverse side of weld smooth and underpressed.
4. Coat unexposed stainless-steel welded joints with suitable metallic-based paint to prevent corrosion.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 11 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
5. After zinc-coated steel is welded, clean welds and abraded areas and apply SSPCPaint 20, high-zinc-dust-content, galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.
D. Fabricate field-assembled equipment prepared for field-joining methods indicated. For metal butt joints, comply with referenced SMACNA standard, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Where stainless steel is joined to a dissimilar metal, use stainless-steel welding material or fastening devices.
F. Form metal with break bends that are not flaky, scaly, or cracked in appearance; where breaks mar uniform surface appearance of material, remove marks by grinding, polishing, and finishing.
G. Sheared Metal Edges: Finish free of burrs, fins, and irregular projections.
H. Provide surfaces in food zone, as defined in NSF 2, free from exposed fasteners.
I. Cap exposed fastener threads, including those inside cabinets, with stainless-steel lock washers and stainless-steel cap (acorn) nuts.
J. Provide pipe slots on equipment with turned-up edges and sized to accommodate service and utility lines and mechanical connections.
K. Provide enclosures, including panels, housings, and skirts, to conceal service lines, operating components, and mechanical and electrical devices including those inside cabinets, unless otherwise indicated.
L. Seismic Restraints:
1. Fabricate to comply with referenced “SMACNA Guidelines for Seismic Restraint of Kitchen Equipment” in any State, province, or jurisdiction that has legislated this requirement as necessary for acceptance. This shall include:
a. Identifying these items on his submittal drawings, Plans, Elevations, and Sections.
b. Showing required SMACNA methods of restraint on his submittal drawings.
c. Referencing the appropriate detail(s).
d. Obtain regulatory approval for all seismic engineering details
2.4 STAINLESS-STEEL EQUIPMENT: for all parts of custom tables, tops, benches, sinks, cabinets, etc., as drawn or as specified, shall be AICI type 304 (18-8 Austenitic). All gauges called for shall be U.S. Standard Gauges, “S/S” or “S.S.” as shown in the drawings or specifications, shall indicate stainless steel.
A. Edges and Backsplashes: Provide equipment edges and backsplashes indicated complying with referenced SMACNA standard, unless otherwise indicated.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 12 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Apply sound dampening to underside of metal work surfaces, including sinks and similar units. Provide coating with smooth surface and hold coating 1 inch (25 mm) back from open edges for cleaning.
C. Tables: Fabricate with reinforced tops, legs, and reinforced undershelves or cross bracing to comply with referenced SMACNA standard, unless otherwise indicated, and as follows:
1. Tops: Minimum #14 gauge / 0.0781-inch- (1.984-mm-) thick stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Legs: 1-5/8 inch (41.3 mm) OD, minimum #16 gauge / 0.0625-inch- (1.588-mm-) thick stain-less steel with stainless-steel gusset and adjustable insert bullet-type feet with minimum adjustment of 1 inch (25 mm) up or down without exposing threads, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Undershelves: Minimum #16 gauge / 0.625-inch- (1.588-mm-) thick stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Top and Undershelf Reinforcement: Provide minimum #14 gauge / 0.0781-inch- (1.984- mm-) thick, stainless-steel reinforcing, unless otherwise indicated.
5. Cross Bracing: 1-1/4 inch (31.75 mm) OD, minimum #16 gauge / 0.0625-inch- (1.588- mm-) thick stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Sinks: Fabricate of minimum #14 gauge / 0.0781-inch- (1.984-mm-) thick stainless steel with fully welded, 1-piece construction. Construct 2 sides and bottom of sink compartment from 1 stainless-steel sheet with ends welded integral and without overlapping joints or open spaces between compartments. Provide double-wall partitions between compartments with 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) radius rounded tops that are welded integral with sink body. Cove horizontal, vertical, and interior corners with 3/4-inch (19-mm) radius. Pitch and crease sinks to waste for drainage without pooling. Seat wastes in die-stamped depressions without solder, rivets, or welding.
1. Wastes: 2-inch (50-mm), stainless steel ball valve, rotary-handle waste assembly with stainless-steel strainer plate, nickel-plated brass body and connected overflow.
2. Drainboards: Minimum #14 gauge / 0.0781-inch- (1.984-mm-) thick stainless steel, pitched to sink at 1/8 inch/12 inches (3 mm/300 mm) of length. Reinforce drainboards with minimum #14 gauge / 0.0781-inch- (1.984-mm-) thick stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Legs: 1-5/8 inch (41.3 mm) OD, minimum #16 gauge / 0.0625-inch- (1.588-mm-) thick stain-less steel with stainless-steel gusset welded to #12 gauge / 0.1094-inch- (2.779-mm- ) thick, stainless-steel support plate. Provide adjustable insert bullet-type feet with minimum adjustment of 1 inch (25 mm) up or down without exposing threads, unless otherwise indicated.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 13 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
4. Drainboard Braces: 1 inch (25 mm) OD, minimum #16 gauge / 0.0625-inch- (1.588- mm- ) thick stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated.
5. Cross Bracing: 1-1/4 inch (31.75 mm) OD, minimum #16 gauge / 0.0625-inch- (1.588- mm-) thick stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Wall Shelves and Overshelves: Fabricate to comply with referenced SMACNA standard, unless otherwise indicated, and with minimum #16 gauge / 0.0625-inch- (1.588-mm-) thick, stainless- steel shelf tops.
F. Drawers: Provide lift-out type, 1-piece, die-stamped drawer pan fabricated from #18 gauge / 0.050-inch- (1.27-mm-) thick stainless steel with inside corners radiused. Support drawer pan with #16 gauge / 0.0625-inch- (1.588-mm-) thick, stainless-steel channel frame welded to drawer front. Provide 1-inch- (25-mm) thick, double-wall front fabricated from #16 gauge / 0.0625-inch- (1.588-mm-) thick stainless steel and with integral recessed pull. Fill void in drawer front with semi rigid fiberglass sound dampening. Mount drawers on NSF-certified, full- extension, stainless-steel drawer slides that have minimum 100-lb (45-kg) load capacity per pair, ball-bearing rollers, and positive stop. Mount drawer slides for self-closing on drawer housing as indicated.
2.5 EXHAUST HOOD FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate hoods indicated from minimum #18 gauge / 0.050-inch- (1.27-mm-) thick stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with NFPA 96 and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. KEC shall verify size and location of all connections required before fabrication.
1. Refer to Division 15 Sections for duct, fan, damper, and fire-extinguishing system requirements.
B. Grease Removal: Provide removable, stainless-steel, baffle-type grease filters with spring loaded fastening. Provide minimum #14 gauge / 0.0781-inch- (1.984-mm-) thick, stainless steel filter frame and removable collection basins or troughs.
C. Light Fixtures: Provide NSF-certified fixtures with lamps, vapor-tight sealed lenses, and wiring in stainless-steel conduit on hood exterior.
D. Exhaust-Duct Collars: Minimum #16 gauge / 0.0625-inch- (1.588-mm-) thick stainless steel, KEC shall provide all stainless steel duct collars and make final connections to hood, welded 100% grooved smooth and painted.
2.6 STAINLESS-STEEL FINISHES
A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes.
1. Remove or blend tool and die marks and stretch lines into finish.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 14 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform, directional textured, polished finish indicated, free of cross scratches. Run grain with long dimension of each piece.
B. Concealed Surfaces: No. 2B finish (bright, cold-rolled, unpolished finish).
C. Exposed Surfaces: No. 4 finish (bright, directional polish).
D. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean.
E. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipment.
2.7 WALK-IN COOLERS/FREEZERS
A. Panel Construction:
1. Panels shall be pre-fabricated, sectionally constructed (minimum 4-inches thick for Coolers and Freezers), of tongue and groove design with foamed-in-place gaskets (not glued, stapled, or nailed) on the male side of all interior and exterior panels and rigid urethane frame. Every panel shall be NSF and UL factory approved and bear the certifying labels. Walk-in box height to be 108”; Interior Height, unless otherwise specified.
2. Gaskets shall be impervious to stains, greases, oils, and mildew.
3. Corner panels shall be 90-degree angles with coved corners and approximately 12-inches exterior horizontal measurements; interior partition walls shall utilize `T' panels with coved corners.
4. Panels shall be completely filled with rigid 100% foamed-in-place R141b blown, non- CFC urethane between interior and exterior metal `skins' which have been die-formed and gauged for uniformity in size. Slab urethane or wood shall not be acceptable in any panel including doors, walls, floor, and ceiling.
5. Insulation shall have a 95% closed cell structure with an average in-place density of 2.2 lbs per cubic foot, and compression strength at yield point of 19 lbs per square inch. Each panel shall have a thermal conductivity (K factor) of .14 BTU/hr/sq ft per degrees Fahrenheit per inch (R28 for Coolers, R36 for Freezers); and an overall coefficient of heat transfer (U factor) of not more than .035. Insulation shall meet and comply with the 1999 Beijing protocol for reduced CFC content.
6. Floor panels: Floor panels shall be die stamped with 3/8-inch radius NSF coved corners. All plane intersections shall be drawn, not cut and welded. Panels shall be fabricated similar to other panels and designed to readily withstand uniformly distributed loads of 700 lbs. per square foot.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 15 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Door Construction: Walk-in coolers and freezers shall have entry and exit door hardware that complies with all of the requirements of CBC Section 1133B.2.5.1 and maneuvering clearances at the exterior side per CBC Section 1133B.2.5.2. Doors shall be flush (in-fitting) type, self- closing, 36-inches by minimum 80-inches high, 20-guage stainless steel interior and exterior.
1. Doors shall be mounted with three cam-lift hinges and posi-seal (hydraulic, not spring) adjustable automatic hold-open (rack and pinion) door closers. Door hardware shall be chrome plated. Mounting height of latching hard-ware shall be 30 to 40 inches above finish floor. All hardware shall meet the requirements of CBC 1133B.2.5.2.
2. Door latches shall lock and have a safety release to prevent entrapment (one quarter turn of the release handle unlocks the door from the inside).
3. The freezer door will be provided with a low wattage (5 watts/foot) heater strip and a heated pressure relief port; all doors heated.
4. Provide a solid-state electronic thermometer, pre-wired vapor proof LED light fixtures and pilot lights switch on each door section.
5. The doorjambs, frames, and thresholds shall be made of durable Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP).
6. Raised Door Casings.
C. Assembly: Panels shall be assembled by Posi-Locs or equal (no known equal), which shall be foamed-in-place and activated by a hex wrench. Floor panels shall utilize post tension construction within the floor panels. Access ports to locking devices shall be covered by snap caps and shall be located in interior of walk-in.
D. Finishes: Refer to the Finish Schedule shown on the Foodservice Floor plan.
1. Surfaces (walls, ceiling and closure panels): Exterior finishes: 0.040 Stucco embossed aluminum. Interior Finishes: .040 stucco embossed aluminum walls; .040 smooth white aluminum ceiling.
2. Exposed exterior 20-gauge Type 304 stainless steel, #4 finish and shall have .080-inch thick diamond tread +42-inch high kickplate
3. Unexposed surfaces to be 20-gauge smooth embossed galvanized steel
4. Inside Floor: Verify on FS finish schedule and item specification.
E. Accessories:
1. Provide and install .10-inch corrosion-resistant T-31 aluminum alloy diamond tread (stainless steel) kickplates to 36-inches high on interior and exterior doors and door panels.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 16 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Provide (s/s) closure panels to interior ceiling and all adjacent walls, finished with 90- degree angles at the box and the ceiling/wall; no raw edges will be accepted.
3. Provide vinyl strip curtains.
4. Refrigerated compartments fabricated and standard, shall be fitted with flush mounted digital thermometers. Thermometers shall be adjustable and calibrated after installation. All thermometers shall have an accuracy of + 2 degrees and shall have the capability to be connected to a remote monitoring system. Weiss XWA11V-4N0F0 Temperature Alarm
5. Per document drawings, provide 14-inches by 24-inches view port - unheated for cooler door, heated for freezer door.
6. Freezer Door Fan Switches (at ambient facing freezer door only)
7. When Anthony doors are specified: Optimax Pro LED Lighting and Black Finish.
F. Insulated Floor Depressions: The FSEC shall provide styrofoam insulation for cooler and freezer floors. Insulation shall be 60 high load extruded polystyrene, 2-inch thick, with R-value, 75°F mean temperature, min 5.0/inch°F ft square h/BTU; Compressive Strength: vertical, 60.0 lb/inch square; Water Absorption maximum 0.1% by volume.
G. Approvals: Fire hazard classification according to ASTME-84 (UL723) shall be a flame spread rating of 25 or less with a certifying UL label attached to every panel showing the meeting of the fire code. Smoke development rating to be 450 or less; Factory Mutual approved; NSF- listed with an approved toxicity rating.
H. Walk-in coolers and freezers shall have level maneuvering clearances at the exterior side (CBC1133B.2.4.2) and accessible entry and exit door hardware (CBC 1133B.2.5.2).
2.8 REMOTE REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS
A. Furnish and install mechanical refrigeration work as indicated and specified, complete and ready for use. Principal items of work include:
1. Mechanical refrigeration systems, including compressor units, condensers, refrigerant piping, evaporator coils, control valves, compressor racks, weather covers and required miscellaneous items. Refrigeration equipment shall consist of two major assemblies. One is the condensing unit assembly with all necessary components, factory installed and wired including electrical box, time clock, drier site glass and necessary tubing. The other is the refrigeration coil assembly with expansion valve, temperature control, and heat exchanger completely factory mounted. Units are too be charged and tested.
a. Utilize refrigerant with an ozone depleting potential of 0
b. R-404A Low to Medium Temperatures
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 17 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
c. R-134A Medium Temperature
d. Glycol – Food Grade
2. Furnishing of motor starters and walk-in refrigerator/freezer thermostats for installation under Electrical Section.
3. Sleeves, inserts, hangers, supports and other incidental items necessary to complete the work.
4. Cutting and patching of non-structural and other incidental items necessary to complete the work on this section.
5. Testing, charging, adjusting, operational testing and cleaning of equipment. Conduct all tests as required by local inspecting agencies concerned with this project.
B. Compressors and Condensing Unit: Factory assembled, hermetic compressors with air cooled condensers operating at such speed within recommended range of section and discharge pressures for economical operation and with required BTU rating per hour, sizes and capacities in accordance with specifications. Provide units of same manufacturer and type throughout, new standard cataloged, to operate with refrigerant R-404-A. 100 degrees ambient air, capacities selected on 16 hour running time basis.
C. Condensing units shall be hermetic air cooled condensing units with rigid structural bases, metal fan guards and shrouds, and waterproof electrical systems. Internal inherent motor protection, suction line, shut off valves, liquid line shut off valves, oil pressure safety switches, crank case heaters and oil pressure separators on low temp units.
D. Cooler evaporators shall be equipped with Electronically Commutated Motors (ECM). Coils shall be low profile UL/NSF approved units with inline fans and cross fins staggered. Provide cooper tubing, aluminum cased, permanently lubricated motors with thermal overload protection. Water proof electrical system pre-wired to a single connection. Coils are designed to operate above 34 degrees Fahrenheit.
E. Freezer evaporators shall be equipped with Electronically Commutated Motors (ECM). Coils shall be low profile UL/NSF approved units with inline fans and cross fins staggered. Provide cooper tubing, aluminum cased, permanently lubricated motors with thermal overload protection. Unit shall be equipped with electric defrosting system. Water proof electrical system pre-wired to a single connection. Coils are designed to operate above 30 degrees Fahrenheit to - 20 degrees Fahrenheit.
F. Refrigerant lines shall be type “L” ACR copper tubing with wrought copper fittings assembled by silver soldering joints.
G. Coil drains shall be 1” IPS copper. Route and pitch ½” per foot to drain. Provide electrical heaters on freezer drains.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 18 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
H. Refrigeration lines insulation shall be a minimum ½ “ Armstrong Armaflex AP Pipe insulation sealed with adhesive foam insulation. Tape fittings to be sufficient thickness to prevent condensation. Lines ran externally shall include a hard white PVC cover.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Unless expressly stipulated, and in a timely manner, no additional allowances will be made for Contractors or Manufacturers for errors, omissions or ambiguities not reported at time of bidding. Carefully review and compare the Contract Documents and at once report to Owner and/or Designer any errors, ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions. Unless expressly stipulated, and in a timely manner, Kitchen Equipment Contractor shall be liable to Owner or Designer for any damage resulting from such errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents. Work shall not be done without approved Drawings, Specifications and/or Modifications and without receiving prior written receiving authorizations from Owner or Designer. Drawings and equipment specifications are intended to complement each other. Therefore, neither should be considered complete without the others.
B. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements or installation tolerances, service-utility connections, and other conditions affecting installation and performance of food service equipment. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
C. Examine roughing-in for piping, mechanical, and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before installation.
D. Verify all conditions at the building, particularly door openings and passageways for large equipment. Coordinate with General Contractor access to insure delivery of equipment to the required areas. Coordination shall include, but not be limited to, early delivery, hoisting, window removal and/or delay of wall construction. All special equipment, handling charges, window removal, etc. shall be paid for by the Food Service Equipment Contractor.
E. Any and all food service equipment and equipment systems noted as “by owner/operator”, “by purveyor”, or “existing” in the food service construction documents are presented for reference only. These representations must be verified in writing by the food service equipment contractor, owner, operator, and/or general contractor prior to the release of “for construction” documentation. It will be the general contractor’s responsibility to further verify and coordinate all necessary information pertaining to this equipment or systems making up, or relating to, this equipment including, but not limited to, local health department regulations, local sanitation code requirements, mechanical, structural, plumbing and electrical requirements prior to commencement of construction. Consultant or Architect take no responsibility for design, intent, function, performance, utility requirements, or code compliance of non-specified equipment.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 19 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Install food service equipment level and plumb, according to manufacturer's written instructions, original design, and referenced standards.
B. Complete equipment field assembly, where required, using methods indicated.
1. Provide closed butt and contact joints that do not require a filler.
2. Grind field welds on stainless-steel equipment smooth, and polish to match adjacent finish. Comply with welding requirements in "Fabrication, General" Article.
C. Install equipment with access and maintenance clearances according to manufacturer's written instructions and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Provide cutouts in equipment, neatly formed, where required to run service lines through equipment to make final connections. Cut holes and provide sleeves for pipes on equipment, for drains, electrical, plumbing, etc., as required for proper installation. Verify sizes with Owner on the following items before ordering or fabrication: steam pans, sheet pans, trays, glass and cup racks.
E. Except for mobile and adjustable-leg equipment, securely anchor and attach items and accessories to walls, floors, or bases with stainless-steel fasteners, unless otherwise indicated.
F. Install cabinets and similar equipment on concrete or masonry bases in a bed of sealant.
G. Install hoods to comply with NFPA 96 requirements and to remain free from vibration when operating.
H. Install seismic restraints according to referenced SMACNA standard.
I. Install trim strips and similar items requiring fasteners in a bed of sealant. Fasten with stainless- steel fasteners at 48 inches (1200 mm) o.c. maximum.
J. Install sealant in joints between equipment and abutting surfaces with continuous joint backing, unless otherwise indicated. Provide airtight, watertight, vermin-proof, sanitary joints.
K. Prohibit cold storage rooms from being used by any other trade for storage or work areas. Repair or cause replacement to any damaged areas on the interior of the cold storage rooms, if the damage was caused due to the cold storage rooms being used for storage or work areas.
3.3 PROTECTING
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure food service equipment is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 20 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.4 COMMISSIONING
A. Startup Services: Engage factory-authorized service representatives to perform startup services and to demonstrate and train Owner's maintenance personnel as specified below.
1. Coordinate food service equipment startup with service-utility testing, balancing, and adjustments. Do not operate steam lines before they have been cleaned and sanitized. Provide demonstrations for both operations and maintenance personnel.
2. Remove protective coverings and clean and sanitize equipment, both inside and out, and re-lamp equipment with integral lighting. Where applicable, comply with manufacturer's written cleaning instructions.
3. Test each equipment item for proper operation. Repair or replace equipment that is defective in operation, including units that operate below required capacity or that operate with excessive noise or vibration.
4. Provide service parts manuals as well as maintenance manuals.
5. Provide a list of service agencies authorized by the manufacturer to service its equipment. The list must include the name and telephone number of the person to contact.
3.5 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
ITEM #101 WORK COUNTER Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 22'-3" l x 3'-6" w. Provide stainless steel work counter with undershelf and/or mid shelf, galvanized metal base, and 6" high back and end splash. Top shall be 14 ga stainless steel, body to be 16 ga. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #102 STAINLESS STEEL PASS SHELF Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Stainless Steel Model: PASS SHELF SIS No : W010
1. Model PASS SHELF Approximately 3'-3" l See finish schedule for specific finish requirements. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 21 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
ITEM #103 DROP-IN COLD FOOD PAN Quantity: Two (2) Manufacturer: Delfield Model: N8030 SIS No : W010
1. Two (2) Model N8030 Drop-In Iced Cold Pan, 2-pan size, stainless steel inner liner & top, 1" drain, insulated galvanized steel outer liner, removable stainless steel perforated false bottom & (2) adapter bars, (cut-out size 29-3/4" x 25"), NSF-2 2. Two (2) (1) year parts & (90) day labor warranty, standard
ITEM #104 SOAP & TOWEL DISPENSER Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: NIFSEC Model: BY OWNER SIS No : W010
1. Model BY OWNER Soap & Towel Dispenser - NIFSEC By Owner
ITEM #105 DROP-IN COLD FOOD PAN Quantity: Three (3) Manufacturer: Delfield Model: N8130B SIS No : W010
1. Three (3) Model N8130B Drop-In Mechanically Cooled Pan, 2-pan size, 1" dia. drain, insulated pan, stainless steel inner liner & top, galvanized steel outer liner, includes adapter bars, self-contained refrigeration, cUL, UL, NSF-7 (cut-out size 29-3/4" x 25"), 1/5 hp 2. Three (3) 115v/60/1-ph, 4.0 amps, NEMA 5-15P, standard 3. Three (3) (5) Year compressor warranty (net)
ITEM #106 WALL SHELF (KNIFE BRACKETS) Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 10'-0" l x 1"-0" w. Provide stainless steel
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 22 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
wall shelf with knife brackets. Wall shelf shall be: 18 ga stainless steel with #4 finish, bracket shall be 14 ga stainless steel. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #107 GARBAGE CAN Quantity: Four (4) Manufacturer: Rubbermaid Model: FG263256GRAY SIS No : W010
1. Four (4) Model FG263256GRAY BRUTE® Food Processing Container, without lid, 32 gallon, 22"D x 27-1/4"H, with "Inedible" black imprint, reinforced rims, built in handles, double rimmed base, high-impact plastic construction, gray 2. Four (4) Model FG264043BLA BRUTE® Quiet Dolly, 18-1/4"D x 6-5/8"H, non-marking blue casters, black
ITEM #109 HAND SINK Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Advance Tabco Model: 7-PS-46 SIS No : W010
1. Model 7-PS-46 Physically Challenged Hand Sink, wall model, 14" wide x 16" front-to-back x 5" deep, 18 gauge 304 series stainless steel, splash mount faucet with wrist handles, deck mounted soap dispenser (pump), undermounted paper towel dispenser, basket drain, wall brackets, NSF & CSA listed 2. Model K-08 Low-flow aerator 0.5gpm, fits 55/64-27 male or 15/16-27 female thread on spout, Conforms to California AB 1953
ITEM #110 FAUCET Quantity: Two (2) Manufacturer: T&S Brass Model: B-0291 SIS No : W010
1. Two (2) Model B-0291 Kettle & Pot Sink Faucet, Big-Flo, wall mounted 8" centers, 3/4" IPS model LL street EL inlets with locknuts, 18" swing nozzle, 175°F four arm handles, 1-1/4" diameter holes required in backsplash
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 23 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
ITEM #111 MOBILE REFRIGERATOR CABINET Quantity: Two (2) Manufacturer: Food Warming Equip Model: URS-10 SIS No : W010
1. Two (2) Model URS-10 Refrigerated Cabinet, mobile, insulated with bottom-mounted refrigerator system, (10) universal rod type removable adjustable slides, 4.5" OC, for various size trays, pans and Gastronorm 2/1 & 1-1, stainless steel construction, full bumper 2. Two (2) Two year limited parts & one year labor warranty, standard 3. Two (2) 120v/60/1-ph, 6 amps, 720w, NEMA 5-15P standard 4. Two (2) Stainless steel cold plate 5. Two (2) 6" Caster standard: EZ Roll Heavy Duty Poly, (2) rigid, (2) swivel with brakes
ITEM #112 ICE CUBER Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Scotsman Model: C1448SA-32 SIS No : W010
1. Model C1448SA-32 Prodigy™ Ice Maker, Cube Style, air-cooled, self-contained condenser, up to 1553-lb production/24 hours, stainless steel finish, small cube size, 208-230v/60/1-ph, 17.7 amps, ENERGY STAR® 2. 3 year parts & labor warranties 3. 5 year parts & labor warranties on Evaporator 4. 5 year parts on compressor and condenser 5. Model ADS-AP3 AquaPatrol™ Water Filtration System, triple system, designed for ice makers & beverage equipment, cubers over 1,300 lbs.
ITEM #113 ICE BIN FOR ICE MACHINES Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Scotsman Model: B948S SIS No : W010
1. Model B948S Ice Bin, top-hinged front-opening door, up to 893-lb ice storage capacity, for top-mounted ice maker, polyethylene liner, metallic finish exterior, includes 6" legs 2. 3 year parts & labor warranties
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 24 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
ITEM #115 FAUCET Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: T&S Brass Model: B-1146-04 SIS No : W010
1. Model B-1146-04 Faucet Workboard, splash mounted, 4" centers, swivel gooseneck, 4" wrist action handles 2. 4" wrist action handle, standard, nc
ITEM #116 STAINLESS STEEL PASS SHELF Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Stainless Steel Model: PASS SHELF SIS No : W010
1. Model PASS SHELF Approximately 3'-0" l See finish schedule for specific finish requirements. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #117 WALL FLASHING Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL (LOT) Approximately 57'-0" l. Provide 20 ga. stainless steel wall flashing from floor to exhaust hood with #4 finish. Provide all necessary closure and trim strips for a complete installation. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #118 FLOOR TROUGH Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: IMC/Teddy Model: CUSTOM SIS No : W010
1. Model CUSTOM Approximately 11'-0" l x 1'-0" d. Provide stainless steel floor trough, and stainless steel trough box with #4 finish. Provide IMC Teddy ASTF-ADA stainless steel accessible grating and prison package. Fabricate and install per complete
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 25 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #119 WASTE COLLECTOR Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Salvajor Model: S419 SIS No : W010
1. Model S419 Trough Collector, trough conveyor & collecting system (widely accepted in areas where disposers are restricted), with trough diffuser, salvage basin & silverware trap, 3/4 HP corrosion-resistant pump, stainless steel construction, start/stop pushbutton control panel, with safety line disconnect & automatic shut off timer 2. 208v/60hz/1-ph, 5.5 amps 3. Model 980603 Trough Collector prison package, includes service cover & security screws with tool for control panel & cover
ITEM #120 MOBILE TILT TRUCK Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Rubbermaid Model: FG130500BLA SIS No : W010
1. Model FG130500BLA Rotational Molded Tilt Truck, standard duty, 850 lb. capacity, 1/2 cu. yard, 56-3/4"L x 28"W x 38-5/8"H, seamless one-piece body with reinforced lip, rust, dent, chip/peel resistant, corrosion resistant powder coated steel frame, easy maneuvering/handling, 10" inset wheels, 3-1/2" casters, black
ITEM #121 3 COMPARTMENT POT SINK Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 12'-9" l x 2'-6" w. Provide stainless steel pot sink assembly with 1-5/8" legs with adjustable bullet feet, lower and/or mid shelves, 8" high back and end splash. Top shall be 14 ga stainless steel, and legs shall be 16 ga. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details. 2. Three (3) Custom Stainless Steel Model SINKS Provide 16 ga stainless steel sink tub measuring approximately 24" w x 26" d x 14" h. Welded in place with polished seams. 3. Three (3) Fisher Model 29033 DrainKing Waste Valve, flat strainer, overflow body,
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 26 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
chrome finish
ITEM #122 SERVICE COUNTER Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 12'-6" l x 3'-6" w. Provide stainless steel work counter with undershelf and/or mid shelf, galvanized metal base, and 6" high back and end splash. Top shall be 14 ga stainless steel, body to be 16 ga. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #123 COFFEE URN Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Curtis Co. Model: RU-600-12 SIS No : W010
1. Model RU-600-12 Coffee Urn Brewer, electric, twin station, 6 gallon capacity each side, half-batch brew cycle, emergency refill, automatic or manual agitator/aerator, side mounted control panel, produces up to 30 gallon/hour, 18 gauge stainless steel construction, 208/220v/60/1, 45.5 amps, 10kw, 3W+G, UL, NSF 2. 2 year warranty against leakage or burnout 3. 208/220v/60/1, 10,000w, 45.5 amps, 3-wire plus ground (standard)
ITEM #124 SPARE NO.
ITEM #125 ICE & WATER DISPENSER Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Delfield Model: 204 SIS No : W010
1. Model 204 Ice & Water Unit, Drop-In, single service, glass filler, insulated ice chest, 45 pound ice storage capacity, chrome plated wire strainer, lift-off cover with handle, stainless steel top, galvanized steel exterior tank, NSF
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 27 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
ITEM #126 TRAY WASHER Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Insinger Model: TRAC 321-2 SIS No : W010
1. Model TRAC 321-2 Trac Tray Washer, high temperature sanitizing, single tank, approximately 528 trays/hour capacity, automatic tank fill, stainless steel frame, legs & feet, electric immersion or steam injector tank heat, tray unload table 2. SureFire start-up & check-out service, standard 3. Direction of operation to be specified 4. Electric immersion tank heat, 15kw 5. 208v/60/3-ph, 50.1 amps 6. Steam booster heater, 70 degree rise 7. Security package, tray washer 8. Under mesh for security package, tray washer (requires panels on all sides) (per ft.)
ITEM #127 TRAY DRYER Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Insinger Model: TD 321-3 SIS No : W010
1. Model TD 321-3 Tray Dryer, top mounted NEMA 12 control panel, unique air wiper design, stainless steel frame, legs & feet 2. SureFire start-up & check-out service, standard 3. 208v/60/3-ph, 31.0 amps 4. Security package
ITEM #128 CLEAN DISH TABLE Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 3'-6" l x 3'-0" w. Provide stainless steel landing table with 1-5/8" legs with adjustable bullet feet, lower and/or mid shelves, 8" high back and end splash. Top shall be 14 ga stainless steel, and legs shall be 16 ga. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 28 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
ITEM #129 VENT COWL RISERS Quantity: Two (2) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Two (2) Model STAINLESS STEEL Provide 14 ga. stainless steel vent cowl riser from dishmachine vent cowl to ceiling, provide with #4 finish. Provide all necessary closure, louvers and trim strips for a complete installation. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #130 STORAGE SHELVING UNITS Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Cambro Model: CAMSHELVING SIS No : W010
1. Model CAMSHELVING (LOT) 4-Tier, 21" deep shelving units shall be made of stainless steel metal core with thick propylene covering and be 72" high. Shelving shall have a smooth surface without any welding or crevices, removable polypropylene shelf plates of structural web design that can be washed manually or in a commercial dishwasher, shelf plates contain CamGuard, anti-microbial. Post connectors are made of polypropylene to provide cross stabilization. Shelving shall have dovetails that allow shelves to be adjusted in 4" increments. Provide dunnage support for traverses over 54" or longer. Verify blower coil location, shelving units below coil to have 3 shelves. Verify final sizes of shelves and posts by field measuring prior to ordering shelving units. Mobile units shall contain high density casters as required.
ITEM #131 BEVERAGE DISPENSER Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Cambro Model: 100LCD110 SIS No : W010
1. Model 100LCD110 Camtainer® Beverage Carrier, 10-3/8" x 11-3/4" x 17-1/4", 1-1/2 gallon, insulated plastic, black
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 29 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
ITEM #132 SECURITY UNIT Quantity: Two (2) Manufacturer: New Age Model: 97621 SIS No : W010
1. Two (2) Model 97621 Security Cage, mobile, 49"W x 26-3/4"D x 71"H, 3 interior shelves 23-1/2" x 45-3/4", double doors with stainless steel hasp, replaceable stainless steel hinges, all welded aluminum construction, (4) 5" plate casters 2. Two (2) Lifetime warranty against rust & corrosion, 5 year construction warranty, std. 3. Two (2) Model PP-A Prison Package Tamper Proof Screws
ITEM #133 SOILED DISH TABLE W/ TROUGH Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL Approximately 16'-9" l x 3'-0" w. Provide stainless steel landing table with 1-5/8" legs with adjustable bullet feet, lower and/or mid shelves, quick drain assembly, 8" high back and end splash. Top shall be 14 ga stainless steel, and legs shall be 16 ga. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #134 WATER FILTRATION UNIT Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Scotsman Model: PART OF ITEM# 112 SIS No : W010
1. Model PART OF ITEM# 112 Water Filtration Unit - Part Of Item# 112
ITEM #135 FAUCET Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: T&S Brass Model: B-0221 SIS No : W010
1. Model B-0221 Deck Mixing Faucet, 12" swing nozzle, 8" centers on deck faucet with 1/2" IPS eccentric flanged female inlets, lever handles
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 30 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
ITEM #136 BUMPER RAILS Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: Custom Model: STAINLESS STEEL SIS No : W010
1. Model STAINLESS STEEL (LOT) Approximately 56'-0" l. Provide 14 ga. stainless steel bumper rails guards mounted at 34" above the finished floor. Stainless steel shall have a #4 finish. Fabricate and install per complete drawings, schedules, elevations, and details.
ITEM #137 DRY STORAGE SHELVING Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: SPG International, LLC Model: KELMAX SIS No : W010
1. Model KELMAX (LOT) Kelmax 5-Tier, 24" deep x (lengths sized per plan) x 72" high shelving units. Shall be made of steel metal core with epoxy coated frame. Shelving shall have a smooth surface without any welding or crevices, removable open grid corrosion proof polymer shelf mats that can be washed manually or in a commercial dishwasher. Microban antimicrobial built into high contact areas of the shelf including shelf mats, frame, wedge connectors & posts protecting against bacteria, mold, mildew and fungus that cause odors. Corner release adjustment allows shelves to be adjusted in 1" increments without tools. Verify blower coil locations, shelving units below coil to have (4) shelves. Verify final sizes of shelves and posts by field measuring prior to ordering shelving units. Mobile units shall contain high capacity polyurethane casters as required.
ITEM #138 JANITOR SINK FAUCET WITH VACCUM BRAKER Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: NIFSEC Model: BY OWNER SIS No : W010
1. Model BY OWNER Janitor Sink Faucet With Vacuum Breaker - NIFSEC By Owner.
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 31 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
ITEM #139 JANITORS MOP SINK Quantity: One (1) Manufacturer: NIFSEC Model: BY OWNER SIS No : W010
1. Model BY OWNER Janitors Mop sink - NIFSEC By Owner
END OF SECTION
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - DINER CDCR 11 40 00- 32 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 11 57 30
CUSTOM FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Custom fabricated Athletic Equipment.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 20 00 – Concrete Reinforcing 2. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete 3. Section 05 50 00 – Metal Fabrication
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A167 - Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip.
B. AISC - Manual of Steel Construction
C. AISI – Design of Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual
D. ASTM A36 - Carbon Structural Steel
E. ASTM A500 - Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes
F. ASTM A501 - Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing
G. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing and Nondestructive Examination
H. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel
I. AWS D1.3 – Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel
J. SSPC PM-SET B/PM-SET C – Society for Protective Coatings: Painting Manuals Volume 1 and 2
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Sections 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Shop Drawings 1. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. 2. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. 3. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths.
CUSTOM FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141119 11 57 30- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. Product Data 1. Product data for products and materials indicated. 2. Manufacturer’s technical bulletins and installation/application instructions. 3. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS).
D. Certificates 1. Manufacturer’s Mill Certificate: Submit certificate that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 2. Mill Test Reports: Submit manufacturer’s certificates, indicating structural strength, destructive and nondestructive test analysis. 3. Welder’s Certificates: Submit certificates for welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualifications within the previous 12 months.
E. Qualification Data 1. For manufacturer.
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Fabricator: Company specializing in performing the Work of this Section with minimum three years experience.
B. Welding Qualifications: Prior to commencing welding, welding procedures, welding operations, and welders must be qualified in accordance with AWS D1.1. 1. Welders who have not performed welding for a period of three or more months must be prequalified. 2. Welders whose work fails to pass inspection must be prequalified before performing further welding. 3. The costs of certifying qualifications must be paid as part of the Work of this Section.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT
A. Confirm that equipment meets requirements for height, reach range, and clear space requirements, per codes and Construction Document plans and details.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A167; Type 304 Commercial Grade. Number 4 finish; minimum 10 gauge thickness unless otherwise indicated.
2.3 COMPONENTS
A. Support poles/posts: 1. 4x4x1/4” stainless steel tube
B. Horizontal members: 1. 2x2x3/16” stainless steel tube
CUSTOM FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141119 11 57 30- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. Bracing and support angles 1. 2x2x1/8” stainless steel angle
D. Grab bars: 1. 1-1/4” schedule 40 stainless steel pipe
E. Misc. flat stock: 1. 1/8” thick x required stainless steel flat stock
2.4 FABRICATION OF ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT
A. Shop fabricate and assemble items to the greatest extent practicable.
B. Fabricate straight runs of metal from single piece of stock in one continuous length
C. Form edges smooth. All corner joints are to be mitered and fully welded. All finished exterior corners are to be ground to a 1/4” radius. All in-plane joints are to be ground smooth and flush with no voids or pockets.
D. Welding: All joints, connections, attachments must be welded. No bolting or screwing allowed. Material 18 gauge or heavier, must be welded with minimum 3/16” fillet welds.
E. Attachment to footing: Prep all posts and poles to receive 5/8” reinforcing bar to be run continuous through tube steel for casting into concrete footings. See construction Document details for locations and quantities.
F. Finishing 1. Grind all welds smooth and flush with no burrs or snags; polish to match adjacent surfaces.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install items in locations as indicated, , plumb and true to adjacent items and as indicated on the approved shop drawings.
3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Provide finish grading to concrete collar around posts and poles.
B. Clean, leaving exposed surfaces free from damage, dents, tool marks, stains, discoloration, and other defects and damage.
END OF SECTION
CUSTOM FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141119 11 57 30- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 11 65 00
ATHLETIC AND RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Athletic equipment.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete 2. Section 05 05 55 – Tamper Proof Metal Fastenings 3. Section 05 50 00 – Metal Fabrication 4. Section 09 90 00 – Paintings and Coatings
1.2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. CCR Title 8 - Industrial Relations.
B. CCR Title 17 - Public Health Regulations.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Sections 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Shop drawings
C. Product Data: Manufacturer’s product specifications for standard manufactured equipment. Include standard color and finish options.
D. Manufacturer’s installation and cleaning instructions.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. If equipment is too large to be moved through permanent openings in building, make arrangements to have suitable temporary openings provided, or furnish equipment in sub- assemblies which may be moved through permanent openings and then assembled.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT
A. Individual items and acceptable manufacturers are indicated in the schedule at the end of this Section.
B. Equipment and accessories must comply with applicable National, State and Local codes.
C. All items of a given type must be the products of the same manufacturer.
ATHLETIC AND RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141119 11 65 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
D. Scheduled equipment performance must be minimum capacity required.
E. Furnish items of equipment complete with standard trim, unless otherwise specified, and components specified and required for complete operating units.
F. Scheduled electrical capacity must be considered as maximum available.
2.2 ACCESSORIES AND FASTENERS
A. Provide rough-in hardware, supports and connections, attachment devices, closure trim and accessories as necessary for a complete installation.
B. Exposed fasteners: Tamper proof in accordance with Section 05 05 55.
2.3 COLOR AND FINISHES
A. Colors and finishes must be from manufacturer’s standards, as selected by the CDCR Representative.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive the Work. Notify the CDCR Representative, in writing, of any conditions requiring corrective action.
B. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Completely assemble and install equipment in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and approved shop drawings.
B. Install each assembly and unit must be set square, plumb and level, accurately aligned to position intended, and securely anchored into place, in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions, to prevent movement not intended.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Test and adjust each assembly for proper operation.
B. All operating equipment must function smoothly, quietly, and free from binding.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Touch up factory finishes as necessary.
B. Exposed surfaces must be clean and free from scratches, dents, tool marks, stains, discoloration, and other defects and damage.
ATHLETIC AND RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141119 11 65 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.5 EQUIPMENT DEMONSTRATION AND PERSONNEL INSTRUCTION
A. Demonstrate equipment and instruct the CDCR personnel in operation, repair and maintenance of the Work specified in this Section.
3.6 SCHEDULE
A. See Drawings for schedule, layout, and details.
END OF SECTION
ATHLETIC AND RECREATIONAL EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141119 11 65 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 21 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Piping Materials and Installation Common to Most Piping Systems. 2. Dielectric Unions and Flanges. 3. Escutcheons. 4. Mechanical Sleeve Seals. 5. Sleeves.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. 2. Section 05 05 55 - Tamper Proof Metal Fastenings. 3. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping. 4. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection. 5. Section 21 05 53 – Identification for Fire Suppression 6. Section 21 10 00 – Water Based Fire Suppression
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). 1. ASME B31.1 - Power Piping. 2. ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping. 3. ASME B16.20 - Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges: Ring Joint Spiral Wound and Jacketed. 4. ASME B16.10 - Face to Face and End to End Dimensions of Valves. 5. ASME B16.34 - Valves Flanged, Threaded and Welding End.
B. National Certified Pipe Welding Bureau (NCPWB).
C. Standard Procedure Specifications
D. ASME SEC IX - ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code - Section IX: Welding and Brazing Qualifications.
E. ANSI Standards. 1. ANSI B16.20 - Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges: Ring Joint Spiral Wound and Jacketed.
F. AWWA Standards 1. AWWA C111/A21.11: Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile–Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings
G. MSS Compliance: 1. MSS SP-25 - Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and Unions. 2. MSS SP-72 - Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends for General Service.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3. MSS SP-80 - Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves. 4. MSS SP-67 - Butterfly Valves. 5. MSS SP-70 - Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 6. MSS SP-85 - Gray Iron Globe and Angle Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 7. MSS SP-78 - Gray Iron Plug Valves Flanged and Threaded Ends. 8. MSS SP-71 - Gray Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends.
H. FCI Compliance: 1. FCI 73-1 - Pressure Rating Standard for “Y” Type Strainers. 2. FCI 78-1 - Pressure Rating Standard for Pipeline Strainers other than “Y Type.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. “Piping” includes, in addition to pipe, all fittings, flanges, valves, hangers and other accessories related to such piping.
B. “Wiring” includes in addition to conductors, all raceway, conduit, fittings, boxes, switches, hangers and other accessories related to such wiring.
C. “Concealed” means hidden from sight in chases, furred spaces, shafts, hung ceilings or embedded in construction.
D. “Exposed” means not installed underground or “concealed” as defined above.
E. “Provide” means to furnish and install.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. General 1. Comply with the requirements of Division 1 and the specific requirements of the Sections of Division 23. 2. Submit all similar equipment together as part of the same submittal. For example: a. All roof exhaust fans must be contained in the same submittal. b. All unit heaters must be contained in the same submittal. c. All air outlets must be contained in the same submittal. 3. Contractor must review all submittals prepared by each supplier and mark all copies as acceptable to the Contractor. This acceptance must signify that all required service connections are shown and in the proper location to meet the installation requirements and that the equipment can fit in the space allowed. 4. Do not order equipment until submittals have been reviewed and approved by the CDCR Representative. 5. Each item submitted must be labeled or identified the same as on the Drawings. 6. Mark submittal “Exactly as Specified” or accompanied by a letter from the supplier explaining in detail what difference, if any, exists between the submitted item and the specified item. Failure to point out the differences will be considered cause for disapproval. The CDCR Representative will not assume any responsibility for differences concealed or otherwise not brought to their attention, and the Contractor will be required to correct any deficiencies or differences discovered at a later date, and assume responsibility for any delays, damage, and/or expenses incurred by others due to such action.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
7. Brands or trade names are mentioned to set standards of quality only; use no substitute materials, however, unless approved in writing by the CDCR Representative. Approval of substitute materials does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for providing a workable and functioning system as specified. 8. Submittals will be checked for general conformance with the design concept but acceptance by the CDCR Representative in no manner is meant to verify that dimensions, quantities, or location of services are as necessary to meet the job requirements. This remains the responsibility of the Contractor.
B. Shop Drawings 1. General: Prepare and submit plans, sections, details and diagrams to required scales for specified areas. Drawings must be coordinated, dimensioned and indicate equipment, piping, and ductwork in relation to architectural and structural features as well as other building systems. Include Minor piping, drains, air vents, etc. Indicate exact locations and elevations of valves, piping specialties, access doors, dampers etc. 2. Required Drawings: Prepare and submit drawings for all areas and all mechanical work. Scale must be minimum 3/8” = 1’-0” in mechanical rooms, fan rooms, and mechanical areas, and minimum 1/4” = 1’-0” elsewhere.
C. Coordination Drawings 1. General: Coordination drawings are defined as “shop drawings” which also indicate, on the same drawings, the major utilities of all other trades. “Coordination Drawings” must indicate location and elevations of structural slabs and beams, architectural elements, domestic water piping, plumbing vents, sanitary drains, storm drains, fire protection piping, lighting fixtures, electrical conduits (2-inch and larger), ductwork, penetrations of walls and roof, fire dampers, fire/smoke dampers, automatic dampers, terminal boxes, air outlets, access panels, ceiling mounted equipment and controls, gas piping, flues, fans, air handling equipment, etc. 2. Submit coordination drawings for the following: a. Entire housing building. b. Other areas for which space is limited. 3. It is the intent of the coordination drawings to ensure coordination of all major utilities, prior to the start of installation. This is a substantial effort which will require careful and detailed coordination and planning to ensure appropriate information is available, from all trades, in a timely manner. The coordination drawing effort must be integrated into the project schedule and monitored to ensure conformance. 4. Conflicts between trades, which cannot be resolved through generally accepted practice of coordination between trades, must be clouded on the coordination drawings and an appropriate description of the problem noted for review by the CDCR Representative. 5. Nonconforming M/E work installed within designated coordination areas is subject to removal and replacement by installing contractor at no additional cost to Owner. 6. Coordination drawings must be signed and dated by individual trade constrictors. By act of signature and submittal of singular combined coordination drawings, each trade contractor acknowledges coordination of their portion of the work with all other mechanical, electrical, architectural, and structural work contractors.
D. Product Data: 1. General: Manufacturer’s specifications, data sheets, certified drawings, and installation instructions. Include physical and performance data such as weights, sizes, capacities, required clearances, performance curves, acoustical characteristics, finishes, color
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
selection, location and size of field connections, and accessories. All pipes heads and trim for fire suppression system. 2. Pipes and Pipe Fittings: Submit schedule showing pipe material data, sizes, fitting valve type k factor, working pressure for each service. 3. Submit valve schedule showing Manufacturer’s figure number, size, location, and valve features for each required valve. 4. Submit schedule showing manufacturer’s figure number, size, location, and features for each required piping specialty. a. Strainers: include pressure drop or chart for each type and size. 5. Meters and gauges: include scale range for each service.
E. Test Reports: 1. Manufacturer’s Tests a. Factory Tests: As specified for specific equipment. b. Field Tests: As specified. 2. System Pressure Tests: As specified under “Testing” article. Test log of pressure tests on each system. Indicate date of test, scope of test, test pressure, duration, and observers. 3. Balancing Reports: As specified under Section 23 05 93.
F. Certification 1. Seismic Restraints: As specified under Section 23 05 48. 2. Welding Certificates. 3. Brazing Certificates.
G. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Include, but not limited to, the following: 1. List of all equipment with Manufacturer’s name, model number, and local representative, service facilities and normal channel of supply for each item. Include phone number and address of service facilities 2. System Description: Description of start-up, operating, and shutdown procedures. 3. Controls: Diagrams and description of operation sequence of each system. 4. Equipment: Manufacturer’s brochures, ratings, certified shop drawings, lubrication charts and data, parts lists with part numbers, and belt and sheave data. Mark each sheet with equipment identification number and actual installed condition. 5. Materials and Accessories: Manufacturer’s brochures parts list with part numbers and lubrication data where applicable. Mark each sheet with equipment identification number or system and location of installation; and to specifically identify which options are provided (in case where data sheet shows multiple options). 6. Certificate of factory tests, field tests and code compliance as specified. 7. Wiring and controls schematics. 8. Trouble shooting directions. 9. Maintenance procedures and frequencies. 10. Description of special tools. 11. Copies of warranties. 12. Safety precautions. 13. Emergency contingencies.
H. Record Documents 1. Comply with the Conditions of the Contract. 2. Indicate mains and branches of piping systems, with valves and control devices located and numbered per valve schedule, concealed unions located, and with items requiring
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
maintenance located (i.e. traps, strainers, expansion compensators, vents, etc.). Indicate actual inverts and horizontal locations of underground piping. 3. Indicate equipment locations (exposed and concealed), dimensioned from prominent building lines. 4. Identify approved substitutions, Contract Modifications, and actual equipment and materials installed.
I. Samples: When specified under applicable Sections.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Conform to the requirements specified in Division 1.
B. Provide factory-applied plastic end-caps on each length of pipe and tube. Maintain end-caps through shipping, storage and handling as required to prevent pipe-end damage and eliminate dirt and moisture from inside of pipe and tube.
C. Where possible, store pipe and tube inside and protected from weather. Where necessary to store outside, elevate above grade and enclose with durable, waterproof wrapping.
D. Protect flanges and fittings from moisture and dirt by inside storage and enclosure, or by packaging with durable, waterproof wrapping.
1.6 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. General:
1. Base manufacturer is indicated in equipment schedules. 2. In Specification, additional acceptable manufacturer(s) may be indicated. 3. Other manufacturers, materials, or methods must not be used unless approved in writing by the CDCR Representative. 4. The burden of proof as to the equality of any proposed substitute manufacturer, material, or method must be upon the Contractor. 5. The CDCR Representative’s decision must be final.
B. Requests for substitution review and acceptance must be accomplished by table of comparison listing pertinent features of both specified and proposed materials, such as materials of construction, performance, dimensions, weights, replacement or maintenance access, motor type, horsepower, voltage, phase, service factor. Review of proposed substitutions will not be made until receipt of satisfactory comparison tabulation.
C. Submittal of substitutions must be limited to one proposal for each type or kind of item, unless otherwise permitted by the CDCR Representative. If first proposed product submittal is rejected, Contractor must then submit the first-named or scheduled product.
D. Contractor must be responsible for all costs and coordination due to the substitution, such as impacts on electrical requirements, weight, openings in slabs and roofs, structural framing, housekeeping pad size, etc.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1.7 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Cause as little interference or interruption of existing utilities and services as possible. Schedule Work which will cause interference or interruption in advance with Construction Manager.
B. Examine Contract Documents to determine how other Work will affect execution of mechanical Work.
C. Determine and verify locations of all existing utilities.
D. Arrange for, coordinate, and pay costs incidental to providing utility company services indicated.
E. Establish lines and levels for each system and coordinate with other systems to prevent conflicts and maintain proper clearances and accessibility.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPE, TUBE AND FITTINGS
A. Refer to individual Division 21 10 00 piping sections for pipe, tube, fitting materials joining methods. Comply with governing regulations.
2.2 MISCELLANEOUS PIPING MATERIALS/PRODUCTS
A. Welding Materials: Provide welding materials to comply with installation requirements. 1. Comply with Section II, Part C, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for welding materials.
B. Gaskets for Flanged Joints: ASME B16.21; full-faced for cast-iron flanges; raised-face for steel flanges, unless otherwise indicated.
2.3 PIPING SPECIALITIES
A. General: Provide factory-fabricated piping specialties recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated. Provide piping specialties of types and pressure ratings indicated for each service or, if not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide sizes as indicated, and connections, which properly mate with pipe, tube, equipment connections. Where more than one type is indicated, selection is Installer’s option.
B. Dielectric Unions and Flanges: 1. General: Provide standard products recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated, which effectively isolate ferrous from non-ferrous piping (electrical conductance), prevent galvanic action, and stop corrosion. Pressure rating equal to or greater than that of nearby valves. 2. Manufacturer: a. B & K Industries, Inc. b. Capitol Mfg. Co.; Div. of Harsco Corp. c. Eclipse, Inc.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 00- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
d. Epco Sales, Inc. e. Perfection Corp. f. Rockford-Eclipse Div. g. Victaulic Clearflow. h. Calpico, Inc.
C. Pressure Gauges.
D. Pressure Gauge Cocks.
E. Test Fittings.
2.4 PIPE ESCUTCHEONS
A. General: Provide solid (not split-hinged) pipe escutcheons as specified herein with inside diameter closely fitting pipe outside diameter, or outside of pipe insulation where pipe is insulated. Select outside diameter of escutcheon to completely cover pipe penetration hole in floors, walls, or ceilings; and pipe sleeve extension, if any. Furnish pipe escutcheons with nickel or chrome finish for occupied areas, prime paint finish for unoccupied areas. All escutcheons must be vandal proof.
B. Pipe Escutcheons for Moist Areas: For waterproof floors, and areas where water and condensation can be expected to accumulate, provide solid brass or solid sheet brass pipe escutcheons.
C. Pipe Escutcheons for Dry Areas: Provide solid sheet metal escutcheons.
D. Manufacturer: Chicago Specialty, Producers Specialty, Sanitary-Dash.
2.5 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS
A. General: Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between pipe and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates which cause rubber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation.
B. Sleeve: To be furnished by same manufacturer of seals; schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe or Century line sleeves, with integral anchor and waterstop collar.
C. Manufacturer: Thunderline Link Seal, Metraflex Metraseal, or approved equal.
2.6 FIRE BARRIER PENETRATION SEALS
A. Provide seals for any opening through fire-rated walls, floors, or ceilings used as passage for mechanical components such as piping or ductwork. 1. Piping: Provide fire stopping material as specified in Section 07 84 00. 2. Ductwork: Provide fire damper or fire/smoke damper. For penetrations where fire damper or fire/smoke damper is not required by code, provide fire stopping material as specified in Section 07 84 00.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 00- 7 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2.7 FABRICATED PIPING SPECIALTIES
A. Pipe Sleeves: Provide pipe sleeves of one of the following: 1. Sheet-Metal: Fabricate from galvanized sheet metal; round tube closed with snaplock joint, welded spiral seams, or welded longitudinal joint. Fabricate from the following gauges: a. 3-inch and smaller: 0.040-inch/20 gauge thick. b. 4 to 6-inch: 0.064-inch/16 gauge thick. c. Over 6-inch: 0.079-inch/14 gauge thick. 2. Steel Pipe: See “Mechanical Sleeve Seals” article.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. General: Install pipes and pipe fittings in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve permanently-leakproof piping systems, capable of performing each indicated service without piping failure. Install each run with minimum joints and couplings, but with adequate and accessible unions for disassembly and maintenance/replacement of valves and equipment. Reduce sizes (where indicated) by use of reducing fittings. Align piping accurately at connections, within 1/16 inch misalignment tolerance.
B. Locate piping runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally (pitched to drain) and avoid diagonal runs wherever possible. Orient horizontal runs parallel with walls and column lines. Locate runs as shown or described by diagrams, details and notations or, if not otherwise indicated, run piping in shortest route which does not obstruct usable space or block access for servicing building and its equipment. Hold piping close to walls, overhead construction, columns and other clearance to 1/2 inch where furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of piping, but allow for insulation thickness, if any. Where possible, locate insulated piping for 1 inch clearance outside insulation. Wherever possible in finished and occupied spaces, conceal piping from view, by locating in column enclosures, in hollow wall construction or above suspended ceilings; do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, except as indicated.
C. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves.
D. Electrical and Elevator Equipment Spaces: Do not run piping or ductwork through transformer vaults, electrical rooms and other electrical or electronic equipment spaces and enclosures, unless piping or ductwork is for equipment serving that electrical space.
E. Comply with ASME B31.1.
F. Pressures: Do not install piping, valves or piping specialties where exposed to system pressures greater than their rated working pressures.
G. Sloping, Air Venting and Draining: 1. Slope piping as indicated, true to line and grade, and free of traps and air pockets. Unless indicated otherwise, slope piping in direction of flow as follows:
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 00- 8 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
H. Install piping free of sags and bends. Support requirements are specified in Section 21 10 00.
I. Fittings: 1. Provide standard, manufactured fittings in all cases. Field fabricated fittings are prohibited. Bushings are prohibited on pressure piping. 2. Weld-O-Lets and Thread-O-Lets may be used for non-galvanized steel piping if main pipe size is at least three standard pipe sizes larger than branch pipe, e.g. 2-inch main and 1-inch branch. 3. Provide insulating couplings at connections of ferrous piping to non-ferrous piping.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF VALVES
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with the following requirements: 1. Install valves where required for proper operation and isolation of equipment, including valves in branch lines where necessary to isolate sections of piping. Locate valves so as to be accessible and so that separate support can be provided when necessary. 2. Install valves with stems pointed up, in vertical position where possible, but in no case with stems pointed downward from horizontal plane unless unavoidable. Install valve drains with hose-end adapter for each valve that must be installed with stem below horizontal plane.
B. Insulation: Where insulation is indicated, install extended-stem valves, arranged in proper manner to receive insulation.
C. Renewable Seats: Select and install valves with renewable seats, except where otherwise indicated.
D. Fluid Control: Except as otherwise indicated, install gate, ball, globe, and butterfly valves to comply with ASME B31.9. Where throttling is indicated or recognized as principal reason for valve, install globe valves.
E. Installation of Check Valves: 1. Swing Check Valves: Install in horizontal position with hinge pin horizontally perpendicular to center line of pipe. Install for proper direction of flow. 2. Wafer Check Valves: Install between two flanges in horizontal or vertical position, position for proper direction of flow. Provide silent type wafer check valves at pump discharge locations. 3. Lift Check Valve: Install in piping line with stem vertically upward, position for proper direction of flow.
F. Install globe valves to close against pressure.
G. Install plug valve with seat toward equipment to be isolated.
H. Valve Discharge Piping: Provide discharge pipe to atmosphere from all relief and safety valves, sized with area equal to sum of outlet areas of all valves connected thereto, unless indicated larger.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 00- 9 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.3 INSTALLATION OF PIPING SPECIALTIES
A. Pipe Escutcheons: Install pipe escutcheons on each pipe penetration thru floors, walls, partitions, and ceilings where penetration is exposed to view; and on exterior of building. Secure escutcheon to pipe or insulation so escutcheon covers penetration hole, and is flush with adjoining surfaces.
B. Dielectric Unions and Flanges: Install at each piping joint between ferrous and non-ferrous piping. Comply with manufacturer’s installation instructions.
C. Mechanical Sleeve Seals: Loosely assemble rubber links around pipe with bolts and pressure plates located under each bolt head and nut. Push into sleeve and center. Tighten bolts until links have expanded to form watertight seal.
D. Fire Barrier Penetration Seals: Fill entire opening with sealing compound. Adhere to manufacturer’s installation instructions.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED PIPING SPECIALTIES
A. Pipe Sleeves: Install pipe sleeves of types indicated where piping passes through walls, floors, ceilings, and roofs. 1. Do not install sleeves through structural members, except as detailed on Drawings, or as reviewed by the CDCR Representative. 2. Install sleeves accurately centered on pipe runs. 3. Size sleeves so that piping and insulation (if any) will have free movement in sleeve, including allowance for thermal expansion; but not less than two pipe sizes larger than piping run. 4. Where insulation includes vapor-barrier jacket, provide sleeve with sufficient clearance for installation. 5. Pack 100 percent of annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Provide acoustical sealant at each end of pipe sleeve to seal packing in place. a. At fire-rated walls, partitions, floors, roofs, and ceilings: Packing must be through- penetration firestop. b. At non-fire-rated walls, partitions, floors, roofs, and ceilings: Packing must be fiberglass insulation, with density of 1.5 pcf. 6. Install length of sleeve equal to thickness of construction penetrated, and finish flush to surface; except floor sleeves. 7. Extend floor sleeves 1 inch above level floor finish. 8. Provide temporary support of sleeves during placement of concrete and other work around sleeves. 9. Provide temporary closure to prevent concrete and other materials from entering sleeves.
B. Type of Sleeves 1. Install sheet-metal sleeves at walls and partitions. 2. Install schedule 40 pipe sleeves in concrete slabs. 3. Install mechanical sleeve seals at exterior penetrations; below grade, and at slabs-on- grade.
C. Mechanical Sleeve Seals: Install in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 00- 10 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.5 PIPING EXPANSION PROVISIONS
A. General: Install domestic hot water piping with at least 4 elbows or tees at following locations. 1. Between piping mains and risers. 2. Between equipment and pump or tank. 3. Between piping main and equipment.
B. Expansion Loops: Fabricate expansion loops as indicated, and elsewhere as determined by Installer for adequate expansion of installed piping system. Provide pipe anchor and pipe alignment guides as indicated, and elsewhere as determined by Installer to properly anchor piping in relationship to expansion loops. 1. At Contractor’s option, pipe anchors may be insulated lugged anchors; Pipe Shields, Inc., Model #C4000 Series. Comply with requirements for insulated pipe supports in Section 21 10 00.
3.6 TESTING
A. General: Provide labor and test equipment including test pumps, gauges, instruments and other equipment required. Use test quality pressure gauges, instruments and other equipment required. Use test quality pressure gauges with range of approximately twice test pressure. Use calibrated gauges and instruments.
B. Piping: 1. General: Remove from systems, during testing, equipment which would be damaged by test pressure. Replace removed equipment after testing. Systems may be tested in sections as work progresses; however, any previously tested portion must become a part of any later test of composite system. 2. Correct leaks by remaking joints with new material; makeshift remedies will not be permitted. Test time accrues only while full test pressure is on system. Test before backfilling, concealing, insulating or making connections to potable water system. 3. Test Schedule: Test each section of systems at one and one-half times the maximum working pressure of that section, but at not less than scheduled test pressure. Obtain maximum working pressures from the CDCR Representative if not indicated on Drawings. Unless indicated otherwise, scheduled tolerance is “no pressure loss”, except that due to temperature change, in 24 hour period.
C. Valves: 1. General Service Valves: Test bonnets for tightness. Test operate from closed-to-open-to- closed position while under test pressure. 2. Automatic Valves: Test, including solenoid valves, water regulating valves, pressure reducing valves, pressure relief valves, safety valves and temperature and pressure relief valves for proper operation at settings indicated. 3. Safety Valves: Test relief valves, safety relief valves, safety valves and temperature and pressure relief valves 3 times.
D. Piping Specialties: Test thermometers, pressure gauges, flow measuring devices, and water meters for accurate indication; automatic water feeders, air vents, trap primers, vacuum breakers, and other specialties for proper performance.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 00- 11 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
E. Hangers and Supports: With systems in normal operation, test hangers, supports and rods to insure they are plumb and supporting proper share of load. Additionally support systems and equipment that sway, crawl, or vibrate.
3.7 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Inspect all equipment and put in good working order.
B. Piping: Flush clean interior of piping. Upon completion of flushing, completely drain systems at low points; remove, clean, and replace strainer baskets and refill systems.
C. \Adjusting: Adjust equipment and system components as indicated or as otherwise required to result in intended system operation. Thereafter, as a result of system operation, or as directed, make readjustments as necessary to refine performance and to effect complete system tune- up.
3.8 SPECIAL TOOLS
A. Furnish to Owner not later than when CDCR takes possession of equipment.
B. Definition of Special Tools: Identified in or otherwise implied by, the manufacturer’s operation and maintenance manuals for the furnished equipment, or which are otherwise required for the operation, with the manufacturer’s recommended procedures for operation, adjustment and maintenance. Special tools do not include those required for major repairs normally done by factory trained or otherwise specialized service personnel, nor do they include those normally found in the possession of CDCR’s on site maintenance personnel.
3.9 MANUFACTURER’S START-UP ASSISTANCE
A. Where the services of a factory authorized service representative are specified for the start-up of certain pieces of equipment, arrange to have the manufacturer of such equipment perform start-up and check-out service. Manufacturer must provide a letter which must be on the manufacturer’s letterhead, must list the equipment, must certify that the equipment has been examined, that it has been installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions, started up, adjusted, and checked out in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, and is operating properly. The letter must be addressed to the CDCR and must be signed by an authorized representative of the manufacturer.
3.10 CLEANING, FLUSHING, INSPECTING
A. General: Clean exterior surfaces of installed piping systems of superfluous materials, and prepare for application of specified coatings (if any). Flush clean interior of piping. Inspect each run of each system for completion of joints, supports and accessory items. Upon completion of flushing, completely drain systems at low points; remove, clean and replace strainer baskets and refill systems. 1. Inspect pressure piping in accordance with procedures of ASME B31.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 00- 12 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.11 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING OF VALVES
A. Valve Adjustment: After piping systems have been tested and put into service, but before final testing, adjusting, and balancing, inspect each valve for possible leaks. Adjust or replace packing to stop leaks, replace valve if leak persists.
B. Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer’s touch-up paint.
C. Valve Identification: Tag each valve in accordance with Section 23 05 53.
3.12 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING OF PIPING SPECIALTIES
A. Adjusting: Adjust faces of meters and gauges to proper angle for best visibility.
B. Cleaning: Clean windows of meters and gauges and factory-finished surfaces. Replace cracked or broken windows, repair any scratched or marred surfaces with manufacturer’s touch-up paint.
END OF SECTION
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 00- 13 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 21 05 29
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Pipe Hangers and Supports. 2. Vertical Piping Clamps. 3. Hanger-Rod Attachments. 4. Building Attachments. 5. Pipe Shields.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 21 05 00 - Common Work Results for Fire Suppression Systems 2. Section 21 10 00 – Water Based Fire Suppression Systems.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP 90, Guidelines on Terminology for pipe hangers and supports.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer’s qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of supports and anchors, of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. Codes and Standards 1. Code Compliance: Comply with applicable codes pertaining to product materials and installation of supports and anchors. 2. Qualify welding processes and welding operators according to AWS D1.1, Structural Welding Code-Steel. a. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification. 3. Qualify welding processes and welding operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX: Welding and Brazing Qualifications. 4. Listing and Labeling: Provide hangers and supports that are listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100. a. UL and FM Compliance: Hangers, supports, and components include listing and labeling by UL and FM where used for fire protection piping systems b. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 5. Licensed Engineer: Prepare hanger and support design drawings and calculations for seismic restraint of piping and equipment. Include seal and signature of Registered Structural Engineer licensed in the State of California certifying compliance with Specifications.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 29- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
6. MSS Standard Compliance: a. Provide pipe hangers and supports of which materials design and manufacture comply with MSS SP-58. Select and apply pipe hangers and supports, complying with MSS SP-69. b. Fabricate and install pipe Local and supports, complying with MSS SP-89. c. Terminology used in this Section is defined in MSS SP-90.
C. Corrosion Resistance: Provide hot-dip galvanized steel, cadmium plating, or other approved corrosion resistant materials for exterior work and for work which will be subject to outdoor exposure during construction.
D. Coordination 1. Coordinate resiliently supported work with other trades to avoid rigid contact with the building. Inform other trades such as drywall, plastering, or electrical, to avoid any contact which would reduce the vibration isolation.
E. Conflicts and Discrepancies 1. Bring to the CDCR Representative’s attention prior to installation any conflicts with other trades which will result in unavoidable contact to equipment, piping, etc., described herein, due to inadequate spaces, etc. Corrective work necessitated by conflicts after installation must be at Contractor’s expense. 2. Bring to the CDCR Representative’s attention prior to installation any discrepancies between the Specifications and field conditions, changes required due to specific equipment selection, etc., prior to installation. Corrective work necessitated by discrepancies after installation must be at Contractor’s expense.
F. Inspection and Instruction 1. Obtain inspection and approval from the CDCR Representative of any installation to be covered or enclosed prior to such enclosure.
1.4 VIBRATION ISOLATION
A. Comply with the requirements of Section 23 05 48.
1.5 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS
A. Submit manufacturer’s technical product data, including installation instructions for each type of support and anchor. Include the following: 1. Manufacturer’s data (catalog cuts and data sheets), for each manufactured component including hangers, attachments, inserts, thermal shields anchors and guides, auxiliary framing and wall seals. Provide a project specific hanger and support schedule indicating all devices, manufacture and model, where used. Cross reference to product data and specification paragraph. Data must demonstrate that components comply with Specifications. 2. Support and Bracing Shop Drawings: Submit plans, sections, details, schedules and other information necessary to describe support hangers for all Fire Protection systems. Submittal must indicate location and type of all hangers and supports. Each attachment to the building structure must have vertical and horizontal point loads identified. 3. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each type of support and anchor. Include this data, product data, and shop drawings in maintenance manual in accordance with requirements of Division 1.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 29- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
4. Welder certificates signed by Contractor certifying that welders comply with requirements specified under the “Quality Assurance” Article. 5. Shop drawings for each type of hanger and support, indicating dimensions weights, required clearances, and methods of component assembly. 6. Licensed Engineers hanger and support drawings specified in the “Quality Assurance’ Article 7. Licensed Engineer’s hanger and support installation report specified in the “Field Quality Control” Article.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Where not fully called for in the Contract Documents, design of Fire Protection hangers and supports must be the Fire Protection Contractor’s responsibility. Design must conform to accepted engineering practice using a safety factor of 2-1/2.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide hangers and supports of one of the following: 1. Superstrut, Gold Galv. 2. B -Line Systems, lnc. 3. Elcen Metal Products Co. 4. Fee & Mason Mfg.Co.; Div. Figgie International ITT Grinnel Corp. 5. Hubbard Enterprises / HOLDRITE. 6. Tolco.
B. All Products used for hanging and bracing for fire protection sustems must be UL listed for fire protection systems.
2.3 MANUFACTURED HORIZONTAL PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory fabricated horizontal piping hangers and supports complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected by installer to suit horizontal-piping systems, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer’s published product information. Use only one type by one manufacturer for each piping service. Select size of hangers and supports to exactly fit pipe size for bare piping, and to exactly fit around piping insulation with saddle or shield for insulated piping. Provide felt-lined hangers and supports for copper piping systems in direct contact with copper piping components including galvanized coatings where installed for piping and equipment that will not have a field applied finish. Pipe attachments include nonmetallic coating for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper piping.
B. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: 100 psi average compressive strength, waterproofed calcium silicate, encased with sheet metal shield. Shield Insert must cover entire circumference of pipe and be of length indicated by manufacturer for pipe size and thickness of insulation by CSS Pre-Insulated Supports.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 29- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. Powder-Actuated Drive-Pin Fasteners: Powder-actuated type, drive-pin attachments are not acceptable.
D. Mechanical-Anchor Fasteners: Insert-type attachments with pull-out and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.
E. Adjustable Steel Clevises Hangers: MSS Type 1.
F. Yoke Type Pipe Clamps: MSS Type 2.
G. Steel Double Bolt Pipe Clamps: MSS Type 3.
H. Steel Pipe Clamps: MSS Type 4.
I. Pipe Hangers: MSS Type 5.
J. Adjustable Swivel Pipe Rings: MSS Type 6.
K. Adjustable Steel Bond Hangers: MSS Type 7.
L. Adjustable Band Hangers: MSS Type 9.
M. Adjustable Swivel Rings, Band Type: MSS Type 10.
N. Split Pipe Pings: MSS Type 11.
O. Extension Split Pipe Clamps: MSS Type 12.
P. U-Bolts: MSS Type 24.
Q. Clips: MSS Type 26.
R. Pipe Slides and Slide Plates: MSS Type 35, including one of the following plate types: 1. Plate: Unguided type. 2. Plate: Guide type. 3. Plate: Hold-down Clamp type.
S. Pipe Saddle Supports: MSS Type 36, including steel pipe base support and cast-iron floor flange.
T. Pipe Stanchion Saddles: MSS Type 37, including steel pipe base support and cast-iron floor flange.
U. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports: MSS Type 38, including steel pipe base support and cast- iron floor flange.
V. Makeshift, field devised methods of Fire Protection System pipe support, such as with the use of scrap framing materials, are not allowed. Support and positioning of piping must be by means of engineered methods that comply with IAPMO PS 42.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 29- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2.4 VERTICAL PIPING CLAMPS
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory-fabricated vertical piping clamps complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected by Installer to suit vertical piping systems, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer’s published product information. Select size of vertical piping clamps to exactly fit pipe size of bare pipe. Provide felt-lined or copper-plated clams for copper-piping systems.
B. For vertical mid-span supports of piping 4-inch and under, use Hubbard Enterprises/HOLDRITE Stout Brackets with Hubbard Enterprises/HOLDRITE Stout Clamps or two-hole pipe clamps (MSS Type 26).
C. Two-Bolt Riser Clamps: MSS Type 8.
D. Four-Bolt Riser Clamps: MSS Type 42.
2.5 HANGER-ROD ATTACHMENTS
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory-fabricated hanger-rod attachments complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected by Installer to suit horizontal-piping hangers and building attachments, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer’s published product information. Use only one type by one manufacturer for each piping service. Select size of hanger-rod attachments to suit hanger rods.
B. Steel Turnbuckles: MSS Type 13.
C. Steel Clevises: MSS Type 14.
D. Swivel Turnbuckles: MSS Type 15.
E. Malleable Iron Sockets: MSS Type 16.
F. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts: MSS Type 17.
2.6 BUILDING ATTACHMENTS
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory-fabricated building attachments complying with MSS SP-58, of one of the following MSS types listed, selected by Installer to suit building substrate conditions, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer’s published product information. Select size of building attachments to suit hanger rods. Powder-actuated fasteners are not acceptable.
B. Concrete Inserts 1. Cast-in-Place Concrete Inserts: MSS Type 18. 2. Post-Installed Anchors: Proprietary type, designed for intended uses, and ICC ESR evaluated. a. Manufacturers 1) ITW Ramset/Red Head. 2) Simpson. 3) Hilti Co.
C. Top Beam C-Clamp: MSS Type 19.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 29- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
D. Side Beam or Channel Clamps: MSS Type 20.
E. Center Beam Clamps: MSS Type 21.
F. Welded Beam Attachments: MSS Type 22.
G. C-Clamps: MS Type 23.
H. Top Beam Clamps: MSS Type 25.
I. Side Beam Clamps: MSS Type 27.
J. Steel Beam Clamps with Eye Nut: MSS Type 28.
K. Linked Steel Clamps with Eye Nut: MSS Type 29.
L. Malleable Beam Clamps: MSS Type 30.
M. Steel Brackets: One of the following for indicated loading: 1. Light Duty: MSS Type 31. 2. Medium Duty: MSS Type 32. 3. Heavy Duty: MSS Type 33.
N. Side Beam Brackets: MSS Type 34.
O. Plate Lugs: MSS Type 57.
P. Horizontal Travelers: MSS Type 58.
Q. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Not allowed.
2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Auxiliary Steel: 1. Provide auxiliary structural steel as required for supports, anchors, guides, seismic restraints and vibration isolators. 2. All structural steel systems to be designed in accordance with AISC Steel Handbook. 3. All systems to be secured to building structure in a method acceptable to and approved by the Project Structural Engineer. 4. Steel Work: Fabricate neatly. Grind off excess burrs and welding spatter. Paint with rust inhibitive primer.
B. Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: Provide products complying with ASTM A36.
C. Cement Grout: Portland cement (ASTM C150, Type I or Type III) and clean uniformly graded, natural sand (ASTM C404, Size No.2). Mix at a ratio of 1.0 part cement to 2.0 parts sand, by volume, with minimum amount of water required for placement and hydration.
D. Heavy Duty Steel Trapezes: Fabricate from steel shapes selected for loads required; weld steel in accordance with AWS Standards.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 29- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
E. Pipe Alignment Guides: Provide factory-fabricated guides, of cast semi-steel or heavy fabricated steel, consisting of bolted two-section outer cylinder and base with two section guiding spider bolted tight to pipe. Size guide and spiders to clear pipe and insulation (if any), and cylinder. Provide guides of length recommended by manufacturer to allow indicated travel. 1. Manufacturers a. Hyspan. b. Metraflex.
F. Plenum Rated Pipe Clamps: ASTM E84 25/50 plastic clamps from Hubbard Enterprises/Holdrite.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Install devices in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
B. Examine areas and conditions under which supports and anchors are to be installed. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to installer.
C. Support of pipe tubing and equipment must be accomplished through means of engineered products specific to each application. Makeshift field devised methods will not be allowed.
D. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping specification Sections.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Proceed with installation of hangers, supports and anchors only after required building structural work has been completed in areas where the Work is to be installed. Correct inadequacies including (but not limited to) proper placement of inserts, anchors and other building structural attachments.
B. Prior to installation of hangers, supports, anchors and associated Work, Installer must meet at Project site with Contractor, Installer of each component of associated Work, Inspection and testing agency representatives (if any), Installers of other Work requiring coordination with Work of this Section and the CDCR Representative for purpose of reviewing material selections and procedures to be followed in performing the Work in compliance with requirements specified.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF BUILDING ATTACHMENTS
A. Install building attachments at required locations within concrete or on structural steel for proper piping support. Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated in MSS SP-69. Install additional building attachments where support is required for additional concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints, and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten insert securely to forms.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 29- 7 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Loading on Steel Beams 1. Do not place eccentric loads on steel beams for loads greater than 50-pounds. 2. For loads greater than 50 pounds, use attachments which create concentric loading.
C. Cast-in Place Concrete Inserts 1. Install before concrete is placed. Fasten inserts securely to forms. 2. Install with reinforcing bar through opening at top of insert or with steel plate to distribute load, as detailed on Drawings. 3. Maximum load per insert in slabs must be 200 pounds, with a minimum spacing of 5 feet in any direction. For loads greater than 200 pounds, or where spacing cannot be maintained, make attachment to building structure or auxiliary steel, rather than to slab.
D. Concrete Wedge Anchor Inserts: Maximum tension load per insert must not exceed manufacturer’s published rating.
E. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Not allowed.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Install hangers, supports, clamps and attachments to support piping properly from building structure; comply with MSS SP-69. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping to be supported together on trapeze type hangers where possible. Install supports with maximum spacing complying with MSS SP-69. Where piping of various sizes is to be supported together by trapeze hangers, space hangers for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports of smaller diameter pipe. Do not use wire or perforated metal to support piping, and do not support piping from other piping. Install in accordance with Seismic Restraint manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems (SMACNA). 1. Materials, design and type numbers per MSS-58.
B. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. Except as otherwise indicated for exposed continuous pipe runs, install hangers and supports of same type and style as installed for adjacent similar piping.
C. Prevent electrolysis in support of copper tubing by use of hangers and supports which are copper plated, felt-lined.
D. Provisions for Movement: Install hangers and supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems and to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends and similar units.
E. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loading and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.
F. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so that maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.1 Power Piping Codes are not exceeded.
G. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following installation requirements: 1. Provide insulated pipe support (pipe shield) at each support of insulated piping. 2. Select model of insulated pipe support according to published recommendations of insulated pipe support manufacturer, based on pipe size, pipe material, fluid medium, fluid temperature, support spacing, and type of support.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 29- 8 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3. Submit tabulation showing proposed uses of insulated pipe supports for different applications.
H. Provide pipe supports on all DWV vertical piping penetrating floor slabs.
I. All hanger components must be Superstrut Gold Galv All products used for hanging and bracing of fire protection systems shall be UL listed. 1. Vertical Piping: Superstrut clamps attached to the pipe above each floor to rest on the floor. Provide copperplate on copper tubing. Provide additional support at base of cast iron risers. Provide intermediate support for vertical piping greater than 12 feet in length. 2. Individually Suspended Piping: Superstrut J-Hanger or Clevis, complete with threaded rod,. All hangers on supply and return piping handling heating hot water or steam must have a swing connector at point of support. Copper pipe will be used in conjunction with felt lined hangers.
Pipe Size Rod Size 2-inch and Smaller 3/8-inch 2-1/2-inch to 3-1/2-inch 1/2-inch 4-inch to 5-inch 5/8-inch 6-inch 3/4-inch 8-inch and up 7/8-inch
3. Provide 3/8 inch or support of PVC and CPVC and provide continuous support. 4. Trapeze Suspension: Superstrut 1-5/8-inch width channel in accordance with manufacturer’s published load ratings. No deflection to exceed L/180 of a span. 5. Trapeze Supporting Rods: Must have a safety factor of 5; securely anchor to building structure. 6. Pipe Straps: Superstrut 702 isolate copper pipe with two thicknesses of 2-inch wide 10-mil polyvinyl tape (Cush-A-Strip or Cush-A-Clamps). Where used for seismic support systems, provide Superstrut 702 or C708 series pipe straps.
J. Concrete Inserts: Superstrut C302 continuous insert or 452-TB spot insert. Do not use powder-actuated fasteners for support of overhead piping unless approved by the CDCR Representative. 1. Install building attachments within concrete or to structural steel. Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated in MSS SP-69. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints, and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten insert to forms. Install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. 2. Install concrete inserts in new construction prior to placing concrete. Superstrut 452-TB, C745, or C302. 3. Install post-installed concrete anchors after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install according to fastener manufacturer’s written instructions. Do not use in lightweight concrete slabs or in concrete slabs less than 4 inches thick.
K. Steel Connectors: Beam clamps with retainers. 1. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts washers, and other accessories
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 29- 9 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
L. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loading and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.
M. Support to Structure 1. Steel Structure: Provide and install additional steel bracing as required to suit structure. Provide through bolts with length to suit requirements of the structural components. Burning or welding on any structural member may only be done if approved by the CDCR Representative.
N. Rubber Neoprene Pipe Isolators 1. Pipe isolators must comprise an internal rubber or neoprene material that isolates pipe from hanger and structure. Install at all piping located in acoustical walls. Architectural Drawings must show location of acoustical walls. 2. Isolation material must be either a rubber or neoprene material that prevents contact between the pipe and the structure. Superstrut S716 or A716.
O. Pipe Hangers and Support Spacing: Locate hangers and supports at each change of direction, within one foot of elbow, and space at or within following maximum limits. Note that spacing listed are recommended maximums; increased spacing requirements due to California Building Code requirements, CCR Title 24, or other regulations in force and applicable for this contract must be adhered to.
Pipe Steel Steel Copper Diameter Fluid Vapor Fluid 1/2 to 1-inch 6 8 6 1-1/4 to1-1/2-inch 8 10 6 Over 2-inch 10 10 10
P. Provide support for piping through roof, arranged to anchor piping solidly in place at the roof penetration.
Q. Insulate copper tubing from ferrous materials and hangers with felt lined hangers.
R. Provide a support or hanger close to each change of direction of pipe either horizontal or vertical and as near as possible to concentrated loads.
S. Suspend rods from concrete inserts with removable nuts where suspended from concrete decks. Power-actuated fasteners will not be allowed.
3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers so as to distribute loads equally on attachments.
B. Support Adjustment: Provide grout under supports so as to bring piping and equipment to proper level and elevations.
C. Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer’s touch-up paint.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 29- 10 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.6 PAINTING
A. Touch Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint and exposed areas immediately after erection of hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.
B. Touching Up: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal is specified in Section 09 90 00.
C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A780.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Licensed Engineer’s Report: Prepare hanger and support installation report. Include seal and signature of Registered Structural Engineer, licensed in the State of California, certifying compliance with Specifications.
END OF SECTION
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 29- 11 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 21 05 48
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIP.
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Seismic Restraints. 2. Flexible Connectors.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 21 05 00 – Common Work Results for Fire Protection Systems. 2. Section 21 10 00 – Water Based Fire Suppression Systems.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASHRAE - Guide to Average Noise Criteria Curves.
B. SMACNA “Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems”, OSHPD Approval No. R-0001.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All equipment and accessories to be the product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in its manufacture.
B. All items of a given type must be the product of the same manufacturer.
C. Provide necessary design for avoidance of excessive noise and vibration in building due to operation of machinery or equipment, or due to interconnected piping or conduit.
D. Installation of all vibration isolation units, and associated hangers and bases, must be under direct supervision of vibration isolation manufacturer’s representative.
1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide seismic restraints for pipes and equipment, including pipes above roofs, supported from below in accordance with the requirements of the California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Parts 3, 4, and 5.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Shop drawings and product data; submittal must include: 1. Concrete and steel details for equipment. 2. Vibration isolation devices: Catalog cuts, isolation efficiencies and rated static deflections.
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIP. CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 48- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3. Welds or anchor bolt locations. 4. Reinforcing and template steels. 5. Number and locations of seismic restraints for each piece of equipment; specific details of restraints including anchor bolts for mountings and maximum load at each location. 6. Spring O.D., free operation, and solid height of springs and ratio of horizontal to vertical stiffness. 7. Number and location of vibration isolators for each piece of equipment including actual operating load for each vibration isolator.
C. Seismic calculations for each seismic restraint sized and signed by registered Structural Engineer licensed in the State of California.
D. Manufacturer’s installation instructions.
E. Manufacturer’s Installation Report as specified in the “Field Quality Control” Article.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS
A. Manufacturers 1. Midland-Ross Superstrut. 2. Pipe Shields, Inc. 3. B-Line.
B. Restraint Types 1. Type R-1: Provide directional seismic restraints with interlocking steel members restrained by replaceable, minimum 1/4-inch thick bridge bearing neoprene bushing, capable of rotation after installation to verify isolation system is out of contact with restraints. Incorporate minimum air gap of 1/8 inch in snubber design in all directions before contact is made between rigid and resilient surfaces. 2. Type R-2: Restraints of all isolated suspended piping, ductwork and equipment using steel cables arranged to achieve required all-directional restraint and sized to resist seismic loads. Indicate proposed method of achieving sufficient slack to avoid short circuiting vibration isolators in submittal drawing.
C. General Requirements 1. Provide seismic restraints for all vibration isolated equipment, ductwork and piping. 2. Restrain supported and suspended equipment and piping by devices capable of restraint in all three mutually orthogonal directions. 3. For suspended equipment, utilize stranded steel aircraft cable plus modifications to isolators to prevent excessive vertical motion. 4. Seismic restraints must be installed and adjusted so equipment and piping vibration isolation is not degraded by utilization of restraints. 5. All Seismic Restraints must be UL Listed for Fire Suppression Systems.
2.2 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS
A. Manufacturers 1. Mason Industries, Inc.
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIP. CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 48- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Amber Booth.
B. Neoprene Connectors 1. Use flexible EPDM connectors on equipment as indicated on drawings or on equipment schedule, manufactured of multiple layers of frictioned nylon cord with EPDM cover and liner. Do not use steel wire or rings as internal pressure reinforcement. Provide straight connectors with two spheres with a centered molded external ductile iron ring to maintain two spherical shapes. Two inch and smaller sizes may have threaded ends. Provide floating flanges with recess to lock bead wire in raised face EPDM flanges. Use tapered twin sphere connectors as described above where line size changes are required in straight piping runs. 2. Flanged equipment may be directly connected to neoprene elbows in size range 2-1/2 to 12 inches, if piping makes 90 degree turn and flanges are equal sized. Long radius reducing EPDM elbows may be used in place of steel or cast iron elbows at pump connections. 3. When pressure would cause connector to extend beyond its rated elongation, employ control rods using 1-1/2-inch thick bridge-bearing neoprene washer bushings designed for maximum loading of 1000 psi. 4. Provide twin sphere connectors with minimum rating of 250 psi at 170 degree F and 165 psi at 250 degree F. Provide elbows and reducing twin spheres with minimum pressure rating of 220 psi at 170 degree F and 145 psi at 250 degree F. Limit neoprene materials to 220 degree F. Certified safety factors must be a nominal 4 to 1 with minimum acceptable test results of 3.6 to 1. Tests must cover burst, flange leakage, extension without control rods and flange retention at 50 percent of burst pressure without control rods. 5. Include in submittals test reports by independent consultants showing minimum reduction of 20 DB in vibration accelerations and 10 DB in sound pressure levels at typical blade passage frequencies.
C. Flexible Stainless Steel Hose 1. Provide flexible stainless steel hose with stainless steel braid and carbon steel fittings. Provide flanged fittings for sizes 3-inch and larger, and make nipples for smaller sizes. Use bronze braided flexible hose with female sweat ends for copper lines. Install hoses on equipment side of shut-off valves horizontally and parallel to equipment shafts whenever possible. Flexible metal hose must be Type BSS or BFF.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Isolate plumbing equipment from building structure by means of noise and vibration isolators.
B. Install isolators in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions.
C. Vibration isolators must not cause change of position of equipment or piping resulting in piping stresses or misalignment.
D. Make no rigid connections between equipment and building structure that degrade noise and vibration isolation system.
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIP. CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 48- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
1. Loop electrical conduit connections to isolated equipment to allow free motion.
E. Do not use isolator leveling bolts as jacking screws.
F. Verify that installed isolators and mounting systems permit equipment motion in all directions.
G. Install vibration isolators for motor driven equipment.
3.2 SEISMIC CONTROL
A. Provide seismic restraints for pipes and equipment per CBC, CMC, and CPC, including pipes above roofs, supported from below.
B. Design and provide restraints to prevent permanent displacement in any direction caused by lateral motion, overturning, or uplift.
C. Provide approved resilient restraining devices as required to prevent equipment and piping motion in excess of 1/4 inch.
D. Provide capability of safely accepting external forces without failures.
E. Do not short circuit vibration isolation systems or transmit objectionable vibration or noise.
F. Provide restraint for piping in mechanical rooms for pipe sizes covered by SMACNA.
G. Designs: Where designs, etc., are neither indicated nor referenced, submit such designs, together with supporting calculations prepared by Structural Engineer registered in the State of California. Calculations must substantiate seismic restraint capability to safely accept external forces without failure and maintain equipment in position.
H. Rigidly Supported Piping 1. Where required for all systems, except sprinkler piping system, restrain per SMACNA seismic standards.
I. Flexibly Supported Piping 1. Provide and locate restraints to allow normal operation of systems without transmitting vibrations to building structure. 2. Locations of Restraints: Per SMACNA and Factory Mutual where applicable. 3. Construction of Restraint: Steel cables, installed slack, may be used.
3.3 EQUIPMENT ISOLATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL
A. Position equipment and structural base on blocks or wedges at proper operating height. Set steel bases for 1-inch clearance between pad and base. Set concrete bases for 2-inch clearance.
B. Provide operating load conditions prior to transferring base isolator loads to springs and remove wedges.
C. Adjust or provide additional resilient restraints to flexibly limit startup equipment lateral motion to 1/4 inch.
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIP. CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 48- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
D. Prior to startup, clean out all foreign matter between bases and equipment.
E. Verify that there are no isolation short circuits in the base, isolators or seismic restraints.
F. Position all corner or side seismic restraints with equipment operating for proper operating clearance.
3.4 PIPING ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
A. Isolate piping outside of shafts as follows: 1. Water piping 1-1/4 inch and larger in mechanical equipment rooms: Within 50 feet or 100 pipe diameters whichever is smaller, of connected rotating equipment and pressure reducing stations. a. Piping where exposed on roof.
B. Provide spring isolators on piping connected to isolated equipment as follows: 1. Up to 4 inches in diameter, first 3 points of support. 2. 1.5 to 8 inches in diameter, first 4 points of support. 3. 10 inches and over in diameter, first 6 points of support. 4. Static deflection of first point must be twice deflection of isolated equipment.
C. Locate Isolators: 1. Close to building structure. a. Hanger boxes butted to ceiling structure. 2. Between building structure and supplementary steel if required.
D. Supplementary steel to be sized for maximum deflection of 0.08 inches at center span.
E. Seismic restraint spacing must be in accordance with specified hanger spacing.
F. Provide Seismic Restraint For All Piping: 1. In equipment room. 2. On roofs. 3. In shafts and in ceiling of occupied spaces.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Provide inspection by manufacturer’s representative of all vibration isolating devices after installation of all devices.
B. Submit written report by manufacturer regarding installation error, improper selection of devices, and other faults that could affect performance of system. Include report on steps to properly complete isolation work.
END OF SECTION
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIP. CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 48- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 21 05 53
IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Pipe Markers. 2. Valve Tags. 3. Equipment Nameplates. 4. Underground Marking Tape.
B. Related Sections: 1. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating. 2. Section 21 05 00 – Common Work Results for Fire Suppression Systems. 3. Section 21 10 00 – Water Based Fire Suppression Systems.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASME A13.1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00 and 01 33 23.
B. Product Data: Indicate model, type, and application usage.
C. Submit list of wording, symbols, letter size, letter style, and color coding for each system and vault cover.
D. Submit valve numbering scheme, valve chart and schedule, including valve tag number, location, function type, and valve manufacturer’s name and model number.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate with CDCR Representative for preferred color schemes and service abbreviations and valve and equipment numbering schemes prior to submittal review.
B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering of surfaces where devices are to be applied.
C. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors.
D. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. If not installed before ceiling is installed, the Contractor must remove ceiling at no additional cost to the Owner and install identifying devices.
IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 53- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Seton Name Plate Corp.
B. Brimar
C. Brady
2.2 PIPE MARKERS
A. Markers: ASME A13.1. 1. Pressure sensitive vinyl (self sticking) material. 2. Mechanically fastened type: Snap on or strap on. a. For dirty, greasy, or oily pipe where pressure sensitive markers may not perform satisfactorily. 3. All weather film for outdoor exposed piping. 4. Provide 360 degree and pipe flow arrows and fluid being conveyed. 5. Size of letters legend:
OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIPE OR PIPE LENGTH OF COLOR SIZE OF LETTERS AND COVERING FIELD ARROWS
3/4 to 1-1/4 inch 8 inch 1/2 inch 1-1/2 to 2 inch 8 inch 3/4 inch 2-1/2 to 6 inch 12 inch 1-1/4 inch 8 to 10 inches 24 inch 2-1/2 inch Over 10 inches 32 inch 3-1/2 inch Ductwork 2-1/2 inch
2.3 VALVE TAGS
A. Tags: Brass or anodized aluminum type. 1. Brass: Minimum 19 gauge, polished, 2-Inch diameter with following lettering: a. Service: ¼-inch stamped black filled letters. b. Valve numbers: 3/8-inch stamped black filled letters. 2. Aluminum: 2-inch diameter, 0.032-inch thick, with following lettering: a. Service: ¼-inch engraved letters. b. Valve numbers: 3/8-inch engraved letters.
B. Fasteners: 4 ply 0.018 copper or monel wire meter seals, brass “S” hooks or No. 16 brass jack chain.
2.4 EQUIPMENT NAME PLATES
A. 1/8-inch rigid plastic or bakelite with 4 edges beveled, with black background and white border and letters. 1. Two 3/8-inch mounting holes. 2. Minimum ½-inch high lettering.
IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 53- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3. Commercial quality, rust resisting nuts and bolts with backwashers, self tapping screws or rivets.
2.5 UNDERGROUND MARKING TAPE
A. General: Provide underground pipe marking tape on all pipes buried beneath the ground. Provide a continuous length of tape 12 inches below the finished earth surface directly above the buried pipe. Provide a second continuous length of tape 12 inches above the top of the buried pipe if the top of the pipe is lower than 36 inches from the top of the finished earth surface.
B. Tape: 5 mil inert plastic film for underground use.
C. Resistant to alkalis, acids and other destructive agents found in soil; information in the Geotechnical Report.
D. Minimum tensile strength: 120 pounds per 6-inch width.
E. Minimum elongation: 500 percent.
F. Provide detectable underground tape above all buried pipes on the Project. Provide a continuous printed message repeated every 16 to 36 inches warning of pipe buried below similar to (i.e., “CAUTION STEAM LINE BURIED BELOW”).
G. Color code: 1. Red: Fire Protection
H. Provide tape widths of 2, 3, 6, 9, and 12 inches for lines buried 10, 20, 30, 40, and 50 inches or greater, respectively.
2.6 CHART AND DIAGRAM FRAMES
A. Chart and diagram frames: Extruded aluminum with plexiglass or glass windows.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials.
3.2 VALVE AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
A. Designate all equipment, valves, dampers and terminal units by distinguishing numbers and letters on charts and/or diagrams. 1. Tag and locate following equipment items: a. Valves. b. Dampers. c. All items indicated on equipment schedules except registers, grilles and diffusers. 2. Designation must match that indicated.
B. Install tags on all devices with numbers and letters corresponding to charts.
IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 53- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. Fasten tags securely to devices with tag fasteners in manner for easy reading.
D. Attach equipment nameplates in conspicuous location, directly on item of equipment or apparatus such as starters, pumps, fans, HVAC units and control panels.
E. For unsuitable surfaces, such as high temperature or lack of space, use copper or brass rings or chains to attach tags.
F. Furnish 4 charts. 1. Mount 1 chart in frame and secure on wall in location directed by CDCR Representative. 2. Include remaining 3 sets in “Operation and Maintenance Manuals”. 3. Show valve tag numbers on project as-built drawings.
G. Provide safety sign for each piece of exposed mechanical equipment that may start automatically. Comply with the requirements of Section 10 14 00.
3.3 PIPE IDENTIFICATION
A. Locate pipe markers as follows: 1. Next to each valve and fitting, except on plumbing fixtures and equipment. 2. At each branch or riser take off. 3. At each passage through walls, floors and ceilings. 4. At each pipe passage to underground. 5. On all horizontal pipe runs every 20 feet, at least once in each room and each story traversed by piping system. 6. Identify piping contents, flow direction, supply and return.
B. Install markers with tape color bands over each end of marker, extending around pipe and overlapping a minimum of 30 degrees.
3.4 SERVICE ABBREVIATIONS
A. Coordinate with CDCR Representative for preferred color schemes and service abbreviations as indicated below: 1. G (xxx psi) Natural Gas (indicate pressure). 2. REF Refrigerant (exposed)
3.5 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND MARKING TAPE
A. Install underground marking tape directly above all outside utility lines.
B. Allow 12 inches between tape and line, and install as close to grade level as feasible.
END OF SECTION
IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CDCR-SDD 20141117 21 05 53- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
SECTION 21 10 00
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Settlement Joint 2. Pipe, Fittings, Valves and Connections for Sprinkler Systems. 3. Sprinkler Heads. 4. Fire Department Connections. 5. Alarm Devices. 6. Fire Suppression Standpipes.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. NFPA 13 - Installation of Sprinkler Systems. 2. NFPA 24 - Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and their Appurtenances. 3. NFPA 25 - Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems. 4. NFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm Code. 5. NFPA 291 - Recommended Practice for Fire Flow Testing and Marking of Hydrants.
B. Factory Mutual Systems (FM) Publications 1. Approval Guide.
C. Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Publications 1. Fire Protection Equipment Directory.
D. ASME 1. B1.20.1 - Pipe Threads, General Purpose. 2. B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings. 3. B16.4 - Gray Iron Threaded Fittings Class 125 and 250. 4. B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 5. B16.9 - Factory-Made Wrought Buttwelding Fittings. 6. B16.11 - Forged Steel Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded. 7. B16.25 - Buttwelding Ends. 8. B36.10 - Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe.
E. ASTM International 1. A47 - Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings. 2. A53 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. 3. A135 - Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe. 4. A234 - Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service. 5. A536-84 - Ductile Iron Castings.
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20141023 21 10 00- 1 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
6. C635 - Manufacture, Performance and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panel Ceilings. 7. C636 - Standard Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panels.
F. Underwriter’s Laboratories (UL) 1. UL 193 - Warm Valves for Fire-Protection Service. 2. UL 194 - Gasketed Joints for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Fire Protection Service. 3. UL 213 - Rubber Gasketed Fittings for Fire Protection Service. 4. UL 262 - Gate Valves for Fire-Protection Service. 5. UL 312 - Check Valves for Fire-Protection Service. 6. UL 346 - Waterflow Indicators for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. 7. UL 393 - Indicating Pressure Gauges for Fire-Protection Service. 8. UL 405 - Fire Department Connections. 9. UL 464 - Audible Signal Appliances. 10. UL 753 - Alarm Accessories for Automatic Water-Supply Control Valves for Fire Protection Service. 11. UL 1091 - Butterfly Valves for Fire-Protection Service. 12. UL 1468 - Direct Acting Pressure Reducing and Pressure Restricting Valves. 13. UL 1474 - Adjustable Drop Nipples for Sprinkler Systems. 14. UL 1726 - Automatic Drain Valves for Standpipe Systems.
G. AWWA C105 - Polethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems.
H. AWWA C151/ ANSI A21.51 - Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water.
I. AWWA C110/ ANSI A21.1D - Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings for Water.
J. AWWA C111 - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings
K. ANSI/ ASSE 1012 - Performance Requirements for Backflow Preventer with Intermediate Atmospheric Vent.
L. AWWA C510 - Double Check Valve Backflow-Prevention Assembly.
M. AWWA C511 - Reduced-Pressure Principle Backflow-Prevention Assembly.
1.3 DEFINITIONS 1. Working plans as used in this Section refer to Contract Documents (including Drawings and calculations) prepared pursuant to requirements in NFPA 13 for obtaining approval of authority having jurisdiction. 2. Other definitions for fire protection systems are included in referenced NFPA standards.
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design Requirements 1. Wet Pipe Sprinkler System Description: This system must be installed in conformance with NFPA 13. All materials utilized must be UL listed and approved. All materials installed must adhere to the manufacturer’s installation guidelines. System devices must include the following: a. Sprinkler Heads: As indicated in Part 2 of this Section.
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20141023 21 10 00- 2 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Performance Requirements 1. Work provided under this Section must include, but not be limited to, complete automatic sprinkler system as outlined in this Section, including all labor, materials and shop drawings needed to provide an operating system, and all of the following: a. Connection to fire service mains. b. Backflow preventer. c. Automatic sprinklers and appropriate escutcheons. d. Flexible sprinkler hose fitting. e. Control and check valves. f. Drain and test valves. g. Pipe, fittings, and auxiliary drains. h. Hangers and supports including seismic restraints, and any required calculations. i. Sleeves including firestopping and watertight sealants. j. Ceiling and wall plates. k. Cutting and patching. l. Signs, pipe identification, and flow arrows. m. Fire department connection. n. Waterflow alarms (paddle type and pressure-type). o. Supervisory devices. p. Coordination with all other trades including the subcontractor providing the detection and actuation system. q. Shop drawings, hydraulic calculations, device manufacturer’s literature, and samples. r. Air tests, hydrostatic tests, Contractor’s Material and Test Certificates and as-built drawings. s. Training and operating instructions. t. Spare parts/sprinklers in cabinet with special wrenches. u. All permits and fees for this work. 2. The design must conform to NFPA 13 and the requirements specified in this Section. Design of the automatic wet pipe sprinkler system must be for Light Hazard and Ordinary Hazard Group 1. 3. The fire protection system includes fire water service from a point approximately 5-feet outside each Building to all spaces as indicated on the Fire Protection Plans and as required by NFPA 13. The underground piping design must be in accordance with NFPA 24. The system must include all materials, accessories and equipment inside and outside the building to provide a system complete and ready for use. Design and provide each system giving full consideration to inmate access, blind spaces, HVAC and plumbing piping, electrical equipment, ductwork and other construction and equipment in accordance with detailed drawings to be submitted for approval. Equipment for fire protection service must be UL listed or FM approved for use in a wet pipe sprinkler system. 4. Sprinkler System Protection Limits: All spaces within each building except as noted on the Fire Protection Plans. Include plumbing chases, closets, toilet and locker room areas cells, each stairway, warming kitchen, day room, and special applications areas. a. Exception: Areas with other fire extinguishing systems and areas indicated to be without sprinkler protection. b. Commercial sprinklers must be provided in areas as indicated on the Fire Protection Plans. Part 2 of this Section contains detailed sprinkler requirements.
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20141023 21 10 00- 3 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
c. The type of sprinkler head to be used in each room will be indicated on the Fire Protection Shop Drawings. Contractor must submit in writing to the CDCR Representative the type of sprinkler heads used in each room for each building. 5. Water Distribution: Distribution must be uniform throughout each Building, which it is assumed the sprinkler heads will open. Variation in discharge from individual heads in the hydraulically most remote area must be between 100 and 200 percent of the specified density. 6. Piping Restrictions: Piping is prohibited in the following areas, except when solely supplying sprinklers in such areas: a. Electrical Rooms and Electrical Closets. b. Telephone Rooms and Telephone Closets. c. Elevator Machine Rooms and elevator shafts. d. Computer Rooms, MDF Rooms, IDF Rooms, and Electronic Rooms 7. Clearance from Electrical Equipment: Piping and automatic sprinklers are prohibited directly over: a. Transformers. b. Substations. c. Switchboards. d. Motor Control Centers. e. Emergency Generators. f. Bus Ducts. g. Electrical Panels. h. If installing pipe over electrical equipment is unavoidable, provide a galvanized drip pan under piping to protect electrical equipment. Provide 1/2-inch drain pipe from pan and terminate 6-inches above floor. 8. Inmate Accessible Areas: Exposed sprinkler piping in inmate accessible areas is not allowed. In inmate accessible areas where sprinkler piping cannot be routed above ceilings or soffits or within walls due to the type of construction, provide 14 gauge metal enclosures per typical drawing details. 9. Location of Sprinkler Heads: Heads in relation to the ceiling and the spacing of sprinkler heads must not exceed their linked area coverage for Light Hazard and Ordinary Hazard Group 1, as indicated. Uniformly space sprinklers on the branch piping. Locate sprinkler heads in a consistent pattern with ceiling grid, lights and supply air diffusers. Locate sprinkler heads in center of tiles in areas as shown on the Drawings. Part 2 of this Section contains detailed sprinkler requirements. 10. Sprinkler Discharge Area: The sprinkler discharge area must be the hydraulically most remote areas as defined in NFPA 13 and 230. 11. Hose Allowances: System design must include a combined inside and outside hose allowance based on sprinkler hazard classification: a. Light Hazard: 100 GPM. b. Ordinary Hazard 1: 250 GPM. c. Ordinary Hazard 2: 250 GPM. d. Extra Hazard: 500 GPM. 12. Hydraulic Calculations must be performed in accordance with NFPA 13 and 15. A minimum 10 psi cushion or safety factor/margin, between the available pressure and the calculated required pressure must be incorporated into all hydraulic calculations. 13. The Contractor must provide system demands at base of risers. Available water supply at risers must be coordinated with the Civil Engineer. As stated above, confirm pressure with Civil Engineer prior to performing calculations.
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20141023 21 10 00- 4 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
14. Hydraulic Calculations: Hydraulic calculations for each building must be in conformance with NFPA 13 and the following requirements: a. The Contractor, within one year of the submittal of final working drawings, must conduct an up-to date fire flow test indicating the static and residual pressure in the water mains used for fire service with certified flow volumes at time of test. Tests must be conducted at or near peak demand of day. b. The Contractor must coordinate with Civil Engineer fire service water pressures for the entire site, as specified in Number 13 above. c. Densities listed below are for the most hydraulically remove areas pus hose streams.
Density Remote Area Occupancy GPM/Sq.Ft. Sq.Ft. Light Hazard 0.10 1500 Cells Day Rooms Control Rooms Corridors and Vestibules Offices Toilets Medical Exam Rooms Mechanical Chases Ordinary Hazard Group 1 0.15 1500 Elevator Machine Rooms Storage Rooms Electrical Rooms Mechanical Rooms / Water Heater Rooms Janitor Closets 0.15 1500 Equipment Rooms Warming Kitchen
1) Mechanical Rooms and Plumbing chases to be hydraulically designed to provide a design density of 0.20 gpm/sq.ft. over the most remote 2,000 sq.ft. 2) Note: Maximum allowable velocity for inside piping, if velocity pressures are used, is 32 FPS. If velocity pressures are not used, velocities should not exceed 20 FPS, except for riser nipples and starter pieces used for throttling to achieve balance flows. Underground pipe velocities should not exceed 16 FPS. d. Components and Installation: Capable of producing piping systems with the following minimum working pressure rating except where indicated otherwise: 1) Sprinkler Systems: 175 psig.
1.5 TOLERANCES
A. The Contractor must furnish on a design/build basis, all equipment, materials, tools, labor, engineering, drawings, and accessories, necessary for complete fire protection systems, with said systems being made ready for operation. The purpose of the Specifications and Drawings is to convey to the Contractor the scope of design/build work required, all of which the Contractor must furnish, install, adjust, and make operable, and to meet the requirements of the California State Fire Marshal.
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20141023 21 10 00- 5 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. The omission of any necessary system component must not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing such necessity, without additional cost to the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR). Any case of error, omission, discrepancy or lack of clarity must be promptly identified to the CDCR Representative for clarification prior to the bid due date.
C. The Contractor must provide all devices and equipment required by these Specifications and Drawings and the State of California Fire Marshal. Under no circumstances must the Contractor delete any equipment or devices without written directive of the State of California Fire Marshal.
D. Authority Having Jurisdiction: Any reference in the Specifications or applicable to the “authority having jurisdiction” (AHJ) must be interpreted to mean the State of California Fire Marshal.
E. Installation of the fire suppression system must not be started until all plans and specifications have been approved by the Office of the State of California Fire Marshal.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Partial submittals will not be acceptable. Before any work is commenced, submit manufacturer’s data (with listing or approval), system calculations, water supply data, and complete sets of working drawings.
B. Manufacturer’s Data: Annotate descriptive data to show the specific model, type and size of each item the Contractor proposes to furnish. Where any devices which are provided or furnished involve work by another trade, submit additional data copies directly to the subcontractor. Where manufacturer’s data sheets show multiple equipment or model numbers, indicate with an arrow the equipment to be provided. 1. Pipe, fittings and seismic supports. 2. Alarm valves. 3. Gate and check valves. 4. Globe valves. 5. Backflow preventers. 6. Sprinklers and escutcheons. 7. Pipe hangers and supports. 8. Pressure and waterflow switches. 9. Tamper switches. 10. Inspector’s test station. 11. Retard chamber. 12. Ball drip. 13. Fire department connections. 14. Lubricating compound / PTFE tape. 15. Signs. 16. Caps, Chains. 17. Cabinets. 18. Hose Valves. 19. Drip pans. 20. Dielectric unions. 21. Underground piping support, anchoring methods, and pipe wrap.
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20141023 21 10 00- 6 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
22. Corrosion protection and coating materials for underground pipe rodding. 23. Signs, pipe identification, and flow direction. 24. Flexible sprinkler hose fittings.
C. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit to the CDCR Representative: Shop drawings, hydraulic calculations and manufacturer’s data as required to obtain approval of all applicable local, state, federal and insurance authorities. 2. After obtaining approval of shop drawings from the CDCR Representative, submit to the State of California Fire Marshal one (1) set of shop drawings, hydraulic calculations and manufacturer’s data as required to obtain approval. 3. Submit to the CDCR Representative: One set of shop drawings and manufacturer’s data bearing the review stamp of all applicable local, state, federal and insurance authorities. 4. Hydraulic calculations must include a water supply graph and hydraulic cover sheet. The cover sheet must include the name and location of the calculated area, ceiling height, occupancy, design criteria, sprinkler spacing, system type, sprinkler make, model, size, K factor and temperature rating, flow requirements, C factor used, water supply data and source of information, and commodity storage class, height and configuration. 5. Prepare shop drawings at minimum scale of 1/8-inch equals 1 foot for plans, and 1/4- inch equals 1 foot for details. Show all piping, sprinklers, hangers, type of pipe, tube connections, outlets, roof construction, and occupancy of each area, including ceiling and roof heights as required by NFPA 13. When welding is planned, shop drawings must indicate the sections to be shop welded and the type of welded fittings to be used. 6. Shop drawings must include details of earthquake sway bracing with any required calculations, sealed by a Professional Structural Engineer licensed in the State of California.
D. Changes: 1. Make no changes in installation from layout as shown on the approved Drawings unless change is specifically approved by the CDCR Representative. This does not include minor revisions for the purpose of coordination. 2. Any pipe fabricated and/or installed before all approvals are obtained are at the Contractor’s own expense and responsibility. Any changes made to the approved drawings other than as stated above are at the Contractor’s own expense and responsibility.
E. As-Built and Project Record Drawings: 1. Maintain at the site an up-to-date set of as-built drawings which must be corrected daily and delivered to the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation (CDCR) upon completion of the Work. 2. The Contractor must utilize the marked up drawings to produce a set of Project Record Drawings. Upon completion furnish the CDCR Representative with four (4) sets of prints and one set in electronic AutoCAD 2005 “DWG” format of each approved shop drawing, revised to show “as-built” conditions in accordance with Section 01 78 00.
F. Fire Zone Sprinkler Head Identification: 1. The Contractor must prepare AutoCAD drawings identifying (by zone and number) each sprinkler head associated with each fire zone. These drawings are to be framed in tamperproof glass and mounted on the wall or as per the direction of the CDCR Representative.
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20141023 21 10 00- 7 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
G. Final Inspection and Test: 1. Upon completion of final inspections and tests, as required by appropriate NFPA Standards and these Specifications, submit documentation of all test results and copies of the Standard Contractor’s Material and Test Certificates to the CDCR Representative.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Firms whose equipment, specialties, and accessories are listed by product name and manufacturer in UL Fire Protection Equipment Directory and FM Approval Guide and that conform to other requirements indicated.
B. Listing/Approval Stamp, Label, or Other Marking: On equipment, specialties, and accessories made to specified standards.
C. Listing and Labeling: Equipment, specialties, and accessories that are listed and labeled. 1. The Terms “Listed” and “Labeled”: As defined in “California Electrical Code,” Article 100. 2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A “Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory” (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
D. Comply with requirements of authority having jurisdiction for submittals, approvals, materials, hose threads, installation, inspections, and testing.
E. Comply with requirements of CDCR’s insurance underwriter for submittals, approvals, materials, installation, inspections, and testing.
F. Licensed Fire Sprinkler Contractor: Submit design drawings, Fire Protection design calculations, and installation inspection reports, sealed by a Fire Sprinkler Contractor licensed in the State of California, certifying compliance with specifications.
G. Installer’s Qualifications: Firms qualified to install and alter fire protection piping, equipment, specialties, and accessories, and repair and service equipment. A qualified firm is one that is experienced (minimum of 5 previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project) in such work, familiar with precautions required, and in compliance with the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. Submit evidence of qualifications to the CDCR Representative upon request. Refer to Division 1.
H. NFPA Standards: Equipment, specialties, accessories, installation, and testing complying with the following: 1. NFPA 13. 2. California Electrical Code (CEC), latest edition. 3. NFPA 230.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Store products in shipping containers and maintain in place until installation. Provide temporary inlet and outlet caps. Maintain caps in place until installation.
B. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves.
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20141023 21 10 00- 8 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
C. Certificates: Submit mill certificates indicating steel pipe for use in above-ground sprinkler piping conforms to specified requirements.
1.9 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate layout and installation of sprinklers with other construction that penetrates ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment and ductwork, all plumbing systems, and partition assemblies.
1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Provide spare sprinkler cabinets, complete with sprinklers of assorted temperature ratings of the type necessary and in use throughout the installation as required by NFPA 13. Each cabinet must be equipped with one special sprinkler wrench required for each type of sprinkler installed. 1. Confer with the CDCR Representative for exact locations for sprinkler cabinets.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPE WRAP FOR BELOW GROUND FIRE WATER SERVICE
A. General: Provide pipe wrap for all pipe installed below ground. 1. Cleaning: Remove loose scale, rust, dirt, oil and grease before wrapping. Wire brush as required; use solvent for removal of oil and grease. 2. Encase in two (2) layers of an AWWA C105, 8-mil polyethylene jacket, all ductile iron pipe installed below ground. Install jacket per AWWA C105.
2.2 MATERIALS - GENERAL
A. All components must be UL listed or FM approved for the intended purpose. Components must be used in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and its UL listing and/or FM approval.
2.3 PIPES AND FITTINGS
A. Underground Piping Systems: 1. General: Provide outside-coated, ductile-iron, cement-mortar lined pipe and fittings conforming to NFPA 24, and AWWA C151/A21.51 for piping, and AWWA C110/ANSI A21.10 for fittings. Anchor joints in accordance with NFPA 24. Provide concrete thrust blocks or other suitable means of thrust restraint in accordance with NFPA 24. Restrain the pipe riser with steel rods from the elbow where the pipe turns up toward the floor, to the flange above the floor. Minimum pipe size must be as shown. Minimum depth of cover must be such that the top of the pipe is not less than 36-inches below finished grade. 2. Mechanical Joints: Dimensional and material requirements for pipe ends, gland bolts and nuts, and gaskets must conform to AWWA C111. Mechanical joints must also meet the requirements of UL 194.
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20141023 21 10 00- 9 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3. Back-fill Materials: a. Granular Fill: Granular fill for filling over excavations and for bedding of pipes dial consist of approved, uniformly graded, sand, stone, gravel, or stone screening free from an excess of soft or unsound particles or other objectionable material. b. Soil Materials: Soil materials used as backfill for trenches must consist of approved native material that is free from debris, wood roots, scrap materials and other vegetable matter and refuse. 4. Buried Utility Warning and Identification Tape: Provide detectable aluminum foil plastic backed tape or detectable magnetic plastic tape manufactured specifically for warming and identification of buried piping. Tape must be detectable by an electronic detection instrument. Provide tape in rolls, 3-inch minimum width, color coded for the utility involved with warning and identification imprinted in bold black lettering continuously and repeatedly over the entire tape length. Warning and identification must be CAUTION BURIED WATER PIPING BELOW or similar. Use permanent code and letter coloring unaffected by moisture and or the substances contained in trench backfill material. Bury tape with the printed side up at a depth of 12-inches below the top surface of the earth or the top surface of the subgrade under pavements.
B. Above Ground Piping: 1. General: Provide fittings for changes in direction of piping and for all connections. Arrange piping so that it can be drained at the main riser. Make changes in piping sizes through standard tapered, reducing pipe fittings; the use of bushings will not be permitted. Perform welding in the shop; field welding will not be permitted. Jointing compound for pipe threads must be polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) pipe thread tape ONLY; apply on male threads. Lubricant used on gaskets for mechanical fittings must be non-petroleum based and approved by the CDCR Representative. Run piping concealed in areas with suspended ceilings, except as otherwise noted on the Drawings. 2. Pipe must be new, designed for 175 psi, non-shock, cold water working pressure, conforming to ASTM specifications, and have the manufacturer’s name and brand along with the applicable ASTM standard marked on each length of pipe. a. Steel: Steel piping must be black or galvanized. 1) Standard Wall: Overhead pipe used must be black steel and must comply with ASTM A135. Galvanized pipe must be used where exposed to atmosphere and for dry systems. Dimensions for all overhead pipe must be in accordance with the American Standard for Wrought Steel and Wrought Iron Pipe ASME B36.10M for pressure up to 300 psi. Schedule 40 pipe is considered “standard wall” pipe. Schedule 30 pipe is, acceptable in sizes 8-inch and larger. Standard wall pipe ends must be welded, threaded, cut grooved or plain end. 2) Thin Wall: Overhead pipe of the Welded and Seamless Type specified in ASTM A53 used in welded systems must have a minimum pipe wall thickness for pressures up to 300 psi as follows: Schedule 10 in sizes up to 5-inch; 0.134 inches for 6-inch; and 0.188 inches for 8-inch pipe. Pipe ends must be roll grooved or welded in accordance with NFPA 13. 3) Threadable light wall piping must not be used. 4) Pipe and preparation must conform to the fitting manufacturer’s recommendations.
2.4 FITTINGS
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20141023 21 10 00- 10 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
A. Piping connections for steel pipe must be threaded, flanged or grooved, and rated for 175 psi working pressure. Piping connections for stainless steel must be stainless steel. Plain end fittings and couplings are not permitted. All fittings must be suitable for use in sprinkler and standpipe systems in accordance with NFPA 13 and 14. 1. Steel Pipe: a. Threaded fittings must be cast iron, 125 pound class, black, and in accordance with ASME B16.4; or malleable iron, 150 pound class, black and in accordance with ASME B16.3. Bushings must not be used unless written approval is obtained from the Owner. Threaded fittings on deluge system located outside must be malleable. b. Welded fittings must be steel, standard weights, black, and in accordance with ASME B16.9, ASME B16.25, ASME B16.5, ASME B16.11 and ASTM A234. c. Grooved fittings must be malleable or ductile iron joined with rigid or flexible couplings with approved gaskets. Groove-type fittings must be UL listed or FM approved for fire protection: Fittings must be manufactured by Victaulic, Gustin-Bacon, or approved equal. d. Grooved couplings and reducers must be malleable or ductile iron conforming to ASTM A47. Grooved couplings to be malleable or ductile iron having clamps to engage and lock, designed to permit some angular deflection, contraction, and expansion; composition sealing gaskets recommended by the manufacturer, steel bolts, nuts, and washers. Use hot-dipped galvanized couplings for galvanized pipe. Coupling gasket must be molded Elastomer (EPDM) Victaulic grade “E” (TYPE A), Gustin-Bacon Type W or as otherwise recommended by the manufacturer for dry pipe systems, or equal. Grooved couplings and reducers must be of the same manufacturer as used for the grooved fittings. Grooved couplings may be of flexible or rigid type. e. Flanged fittings must be Class 150 steel, rated at 200 psi working pressure and provided to match adjacent equipment or fittings. Where using bolt connections, the length of the bolts must not protrude as to prevent the use of a socket wrench on associated nuts. Flanged bolts must be hexagon head machine bolts with heavy semi-finished hexagon head nuts, cadmium plated, having dimensions in accordance with ANSI B18.2.1 and ANSI B18.2.2. Bolted connections must be hot-dipped galvanized; or stainless steel bolts, nuts, and washers where exposed to outside air. Gaskets must be full-faced of 1/16-inch minimum thickness red sheet rubber.
B. Drain, trim, and test valves must be approved. 1. Main drain, auxiliary drain and inspectors test valves must be globe valves, bronze body, rising stem, inside screw, renewable composition disc manufactured by Nibco, Stockham or equal. Globe valves up to 1-inch to be Nibco KT-65, Stockham or equal. Globe valves 1-1 /4-inches to 3-inches to be Nibco KT-211-W, Stockham or equal. 2. Gate valves must not be used for dry pipe system inspectors test connections.
C. Check Valves: 1. Check valves for water supply, fire department connections, and risers must have removable covers for maintenance without removing the valve from the system. 2. Check valves in the trim must be approved.
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20141023 21 10 00- 11 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2.5 SPRINKLERS
A. Fire Sprinkler Heads: 1. Sprinklers must be quick response type and have a temperature classification per NFPA 13. Fire sprinklers must be of one manufacturer throughout the building. No mixing of sprinkler brands must be permitted. Sprinklers must be of all brass body construction with a metal Belleville spring seal, coated on both sides with Teflon film. Sprinklers utilizing non-metal parts in the sealing portion of the sprinkler are strictly prohibited. Institutional sprinklers must have a quick response solder link. Commercial sprinklers must have a quick response frangible bulb type fusible element. Sprinklers to be installed in areas with no ceilings must be of a brass finish and must be of adequate temperature for the hazard. Sprinklers must have a standard or large orifice and a 5.6 or 8.0 nominal K Factor. Sprinklers must be UL Listed or FM Approved. Quick response sprinklers must be listed for installation in an Ordinary Hazard occupancy if installed in an Ordinary Hazard occupancy. 2. Sprinkler head types are indicated on the Fire Protection Plans. Contractor must review types of heads with the CDCR Representative prior to drawing submittal. The Contractor must submit in writing to the CDCR Representative the types of heads for each room in each building based on the meeting.
B. Institutional Style Sprinklers: 1. Quick Response Institutional Style Flush Pendent Sprinkler: Quick response institutional pendent sprinklers must have a standard orifice with a nominal K Factor of 5.6. Sprinkler must have a quick response solder link. Quick response institutional pendent sprinklers must incorporate a lock ring and chrome finish escutcheon that mount to the threaded sprinkler body at the finished ceiling. Quick response institutional pendent sprinklers must have a maximum adjustment of 1/4-inch. Quick response institutional pendent sprinklers must be UL Listed. Quick response institutional flush pendent sprinklers must be listed for installation in an Ordinary Hazard occupancy, if installed in an Ordinary Hazard occupancy. Quick Response Institutional Flush Pendent Sprinklers must be Viking SIN: VK410 (Base Part Number 10554), or equal as approved by State Fire Marshal and CDCR Representative. 2. Quick Response EC Institutional Style Flush Pendent Sprinkler: Quick response institutional extended coverage pendent sprinklers must have a standard orifice with a nominal K Factor of 5.6. Sprinkler must have a quick response solder link. Quick response institutional extended coverage pendent sprinklers must incorporate a lock ring and chrome finish escutcheon that mount to the threaded body at the finished ceiling. Quick response institutional extended coverage pendent sprinklers must have a maximum adjustment of 1/4-inch. Quick response institutional extended coverage pendent sprinklers must be UL Listed for coverage of 16-feet by 16-feet in Light Hazard occupancies. Quick Response Institutional Extended Coverage Flush Pendent Sprinklers must be Viking SIN: VK410 (Base Part Number 10554), or equal as approved by State Fire Marshal and CDCR Representative. 3. Quick Response Institutional Style Flush Sidewall Sprinkler: Quick response institutional sidewall sprinklers must have a standard orifice with a nominal K Factor of 5.6. Sprinkler must have a quick response solder link. Quick response institutional sidewall sprinklers must incorporate a lock ring and chrome finish escutcheon that mount to the threaded sprinkler body at the finished wall. Sidewall institutional sprinklers must be equipped with a brass retaining flange that is to be installed on the sprinkler head supply pipe to prevent forward movement of sprinkler head. Quick
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20141023 21 10 00- 12 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
response institutional sidewall sprinklers must be installed so that the body of the sprinkler does not protrude past the sprinkler escutcheon. Quick response institutional sidewall sprinklers must be UL Listed for use in Light Hazard occupancies. Quick Response Institutional Flush Sidewall Sprinklers must be Viking SIN: VK412 (Base Part Number 10579), or equal as approved by State Fire Marshal and CDCR Representative.
C. Commercial Quick Response Sprinklers: 1. Quick Response Pendent Sprinkler: Sprinklers to be installed through a ceiling must be chrome finish pendent sprinklers (or finish as specified elsewhere) with an adjustable semi-recessed escutcheon of same specified finish. Sprinklers must have a quick response frangible bulb type fusible element. Sprinklers must have a standard or large orifice and a 5.6 or 8.0 nominal K Factor. Sprinklers must be UL Listed or FM Approved. Quick response sprinklers must be listed for installation in an Ordinary Hazard occupancy if installed in an Ordinary Hazard occupancy. Quick Response Sprinklers must be Viking SIN: VK302 (5.6K Standard Orifice Pendent) or SIN: VK352 (8.0K Large Orifice Pendent), or equal as approved by State Fire Marshal and CDCR Representative. 2. Microfast Quick Response Upright Sprinkler: Sprinklers to be installed through a ceiling must be chrome finish pendent sprinklers (or finish as specified elsewhere) with a Viking model “E-1 or F-1” adjustable semi-recessed escutcheon of same specified finish. Sprinklers must have a quick response frangible bulb type fusible element. Sprinklers must have a standard or large orifice and a 5.6 or 8.0 nominal K Factor. Sprinklers must be UL Listed or FM Approved. Quick response sprinklers must be listed for installation in an Ordinary Hazard occupancy if installed in an Ordinary Hazard occupancy. Quick Response Sprinklers must be Viking SIN: VK300 (5.6K Standard Orifice Upright) or SIN: VK350 (8.0K Large Orifice Upright), or equal as approved by State Fire Marshal and CDCR Representative. 3. Quick Response Concealed Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler: Quick response concealed horizontal sidewall sprinklers must be listed for installation in an Ordinary Hazard occupancy if installed in an Ordinary Hazard occupancy. Sprinklers must have a quick response frangible bulb type fusible element. Concealed horizontal sidewall sprinklers must have a white finish (or painted to match enclosure finish) cover plate that is a push- on, pull-off assembly with a cover diameter no greater than 2-3/4-inch. Concealed sprinklers must have a 1/2-inch NPT, a standard orifice, and a nominal K Factor of 5.6. Quick response horizontal sidewall sprinklers must be UL Listed for Light Hazard and Ordinary Hazard occupancies. Concealed Horizontal Sidewall Sprinklers must be Viking SIN: VK408 (Base Part Number 11451), or equal as approved by State Fire Marshal and CDCR Representative.
D. Sprinkler Guards: Wire-cage type, including fastening device for attaching to sprinkler. Provide sprinkler guards for all sprinkler heads located in water heater room.
E. Sprinkler Cabinets: Finished steel cabinet and hinged cover, with space for minimum of six spare sprinklers plus sprinkler wrench, suitable for wall mounting. Include number of sprinklers required by NFPA 13 and one wrench for sprinklers. Include separate cabinet with sprinklers and wrench for each style sprinkler on Project.
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20141023 21 10 00- 13 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2.6 FLEXIBLE SPRINKLER HOSE FITTINGS
A. The use of flexible sprinkler hose fittings is allowed as long is the assembly components are listed and installed in accordance with the requirements of the listing. Flexible fittings must be listed and approved by the State of California Fire Marshal. Compliance with NFPA 13 are required as follows: 1. When installed and supported by suspended ceilings, the ceiling must meet ASTM C635 and must be installed in accordance with ASTM C636. 2. Where flexible sprinkler hose fittings exceed 6-feet in length and are supported by a suspended ceiling, hangers attached to the structure must be required to ensure that the maximum unsupported length does not exceed 6-feet. 3. The suspended ceiling anchoring components must be attached to the ceiling support with tamper resistant self-tapping zip screws.
B. Flexible sprinkler hose fittings must be Flexhead Industries or an approved equal.
2.7 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS
A. Assembly must be copper alloy, ferrous, and insulating materials with ends matching piping system.
B. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated assembly, designed for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180-degree F. Include insulating material that isolates dissimilar materials and ends with inside threads according to ASME B1.20.1. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Central Plastics Company. c. Epco Sales, Inc. d. Hart Industries International, Inc. e. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. f. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div.
C. Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated companion-flange assembly, for 175-psig minimum working-pressure rating as required for piping system. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Central Plastics Company. c. Epco Sales, Inc. d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
D. Dielectric Flange Insulation Kits: Components for field assembly must include CR or phenolic gasket, PE or phenolic bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Advance Products and Systems, Inc. b. Calpico, Inc. c. Central Plastics Company. d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
E. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized steel with inert and noncorrosive thermoplastic lining and threaded ends and 300-psig working-pressure rating at 225-degree F. 1. Available Manufacturers:
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20141023 21 10 00- 14 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
a. Calpico, Inc. b. Lochinvar Corp.
F. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel with inert and noncorrosive thermoplastic lining, with combination of plain, threaded, or grooved ends and 300-psig working-pressure rating at 225-degree F. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Perfection Corporation. b. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. c. Victaulic Co. of America.
2.8 SPRINKLER SPECIALTY FITTINGS
A. Sprinkler specialty fittings must be UL listed or FMG approved, with 175-psig minimum working-pressure rating, and made of materials compatible with piping. Sprinkler specialty fittings must have 250-psig minimum working-pressure rating if fittings are components of high-pressure piping system.
B. Outlet Specialty Fittings: 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Anvil International, Inc. b. Central Sprinkler Corp. c. Ductilic, Inc. d. JDH Pacific, Inc. e. National Fittings, Inc. f. Shurjoint Piping Products, Inc. g. Southwestern Pipe, Inc. h. Star Pipe Products; Star Fittings Div. i. Victaulic Co. of America. j. Ward Manufacturing. 2. Mechanical-T and -Cross Fittings: UL 213, ductile-iron housing with gaskets, bolts and nuts, and threaded, locking-lug, or grooved outlets. 3. Snap-On and Strapless Outlet Fittings: UL 213, ductile-iron housing or casting with gasket and threaded outlet.
C. Sprinkler Drain and Alarm Test Fittings: Cast- or ductile-iron body; with threaded or locking- lug inlet and outlet, test valve, and orifice and sight glass. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Central Sprinkler Corp. b. Fire-End and Croker Corp. c. Viking Corp. d. Victaulic Co. of America.
D. Sprinkler Branch-Line Test Fittings: Brass body with threaded inlet, capped drain outlet, and threaded outlet for sprinkler. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc. b. Fire-End and Croker Corp. c. Potter-Roemer; Fire-Protection Div.
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20141023 21 10 00- 15 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
E. Sprinkler Inspector’s Test Fitting: Cast- or ductile-iron housing with threaded inlet and drain outlet and sight glass. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. AGF Manufacturing Co. b. Central Sprinkler Corp. c. G/J Innovations, Inc. d. Triple R Specialty of Ajax, Inc.
F. Drop-Nipple Fittings: UL 1474, adjustable with threaded inlet and outlet, and seals. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. CECA, LLC. b. Merit.
2.9 LISTED FIRE-PROTECTION VALVES
A. Valves must be UL listed or FMG approved, with 175-psig minimum pressure rating. Valves must have 250-psig minimum pressure rating if valves are components of high-pressure piping system.
B. Gate Valves with Wall Indicator Posts: 1. Gate Valves: UL 262, cast-iron body, bronze mounted, with solid disc, nonrising stem, operating nut, and flanged ends. 2. Available Manufacturers: a. Grinnell Fire Protection. b. McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div. c. NIBCO. d. Stockham.
C. Ball Valves: Comply with UL 1091, except with ball instead of disc. 1. NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Bronze body with threaded ends. 2. NPS 2 and NPS 2-1/2: Bronze body with threaded ends or ductile-iron body with grooved ends. 3. NPS 3: Ductile-iron body with grooved ends. 4. Available Manufacturers: a. NIBCO. b. Victaulic Co. of America.
D. Globe or Angle Valves 1. NPS 2 and smaller: Bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem and handwheel inside screw, renewable composition disc, solder or screwed ends, with backseating capacity repackable under pressure. 2. Over NPS 2: Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, OS&Y, plug-type disc, flanged ends, renewable seat and disc. 3. Available Manufacturers: a. NIBCO b. Grinnell Fire Protection c. Stockham
E. Butterfly Valves: UL 1091. 1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze body with threaded ends.
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20141023 21 10 00- 16 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
a. Available Manufacturers: 1) Global Safety Products, Inc. 2) Milwaukee Valve Company. 2. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Bronze, cast-iron, or ductile-iron body; wafer type or with flanged or grooved ends. 3. Available Manufacturers: a. Central Sprinkler Corp. b. Global Safety Products, Inc. c. McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div. d. Mueller Company. e. NIBCO. f. Pratt, Henry Company. g. Victaulic Co. of America.
F. Check Valves NPS 2 and Larger: UL 312, swing type, cast-iron body with flanged or grooved ends. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Central Sprinkler Corp. b. Clow Valve Co. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. d. Grinnell Fire Protection. e. Mueller Company. f. NIBCO. g. Potter-Roemer; Fire Protection Div. h. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. i. Star Sprinkler Inc. j. Stockham. k. Victaulic Co. of America. l. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
G. Gate Valves: UL 262, OS&Y type. 1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze body with threaded ends. a. Available Manufacturers: 1) Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. 2) Hammond Valve. 3) NIBCO. 4) United Brass Works, Inc. 2. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Cast-iron body with flanged ends. a. Available Manufacturers: 1) Clow Valve Co. 2) Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. 3) Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. 4) Hammond Valve. 5) Milwaukee Valve Company. 6) Mueller Company. 7) NIBCO. 8) Red-White Valve Corp. 9) United Brass Works, Inc.
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20141023 21 10 00- 17 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
H. Indicating Valves: UL 1091, with integral indicating device and ends matching connecting piping. 1. Indicator: Electrical, 115-V ac, prewired, single-circuit, supervisory switch. 2. NPS 2 and Smaller: Ball or butterfly valve with bronze body and threaded ends. a. Available Manufacturers: 1) Milwaukee Valve Company. 2) NIBCO. 3) Victaulic Co. of America. 3. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Butterfly valve with cast- or ductile-iron body; wafer type or with flanged or grooved ends. a. Available Manufacturers: 1) Central Sprinkler Corp. 2) Grinnell Fire Protection. 3) McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div. 4) Milwaukee Valve Company. 5) NIBCO. 6) Victaulic Co. of America.
I. Double Check Valve Assemblies: ANSI/ASSE 1012, AWWA C510 and AWWA C511, bronze body with corrosion resistant internal parts and stainless steel springs, two independently operating check valves: Febco Model 805YD. Use iron body assembled for 2- inch and above.
2.10 SPECIALTY VALVES
A. Sprinkler System Control Valves: UL listed or FMG approved, cast- or ductile-iron body with flanged or grooved ends, and 175-psig minimum pressure rating. Control valves must have 250-psig minimum pressure rating if valves are components of high-pressure piping system. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Central Sprinkler Corp. b. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation. c. Grinnell Fire Protection. d. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. e. Star Sprinkler Inc. f. Victaulic Co. of America. g. Viking Corp. 2. Alarm Check Valves: UL 193, designed for horizontal or vertical installation, with bronze grooved seat with O-ring seals, single-hinge pin, and latch design. Include trim sets for bypass, drain, electrical sprinkler alarm switch, pressure gauges, retarding chamber, and fill-line attachment with strainer. a. Drip Cup Assembly: Pipe drain without valves and separate from main drain piping. b. Drip Cup Assembly: Pipe drain with check valve to main drain piping.
B. Pressure-Regulating Valves: UL 1468, brass or bronze, NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2-1/2, 400-psig minimum rating. Include female NPS inlet and outlet, adjustable setting feature, and straight or 90-degree-angle pattern design as indicated. 1. Finish: Rough metal.
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20141023 21 10 00- 18 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Available Manufacturers: a. AFAC Inc. b. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc. c. Fire-End and Croker Corp. d. GMR International Equipment Corporation. e. Grinnell Fire Protection. f. Potter-Roemer; Fire Protection Div. g. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div.
C. Automatic Drain Valves: UL 1726, NPS 3/4, ball-check device with threaded ends. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. AFAC Inc. b. Grinnell Fire Protection.
2.11 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS
A. Available Manufacturers: 1. AFAC Inc. 2. Central Sprinkler Corp. 3. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc. 4. Fire-End and Croker Corp. 5. Fire Protection Products, Inc. 6. GMR International Equipment Corporation. 7. Guardian Fire Equipment Incorporated. 8. Potter-Roemer; Fire-Protection Div. 9. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. 10. United Brass Works, Inc.
B. Wall-Type, Fire Department Connection: UL 405, 175-psig minimum pressure rating; with corrosion-resistant-metal body with brass inlets, brass wall escutcheon plate, brass lugged caps with gaskets and brass chains, and brass lugged swivel connections. Include inlets with threads according to NFPA 1963 and matching local fire department sizes and threads, outlet with pipe threads, extension pipe nipples, check devices or clappers for inlets, and escutcheon plate with marking similar to “AUTO SPKR & STANDPIPE.” 1. Type: Flush, with four inlets and square or rectangular escutcheon plate. 2. Finish: Polished chrome-plated.
C. FreeStanding-Type Fire Department Connection: UL 405 175-psig minimum pressure rating with corrosion-resistant metal body with sleeves, escutcheons, plugs, caps, and chains. Include inlets with threads according to NFPA 1963 and matching local fire department sizes and threads, outlet with pipe threads, extension pipe nipples, check devices or clappers for inlets, and escutcheon plate with marking similar to “AUTO SPKR & STANDPIPE.” 1. Size: 4 inch6 inch. 2. Type: Freestanding withtwothreefour inlets. 3. Finish: Polished chromeBrass.
2.12 ALARM DEVICES
A. Alarm-device types must match piping and equipment connections.
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20141023 21 10 00- 19 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
B. Water-Flow Indicator: UL 346, electrical-supervision, paddle-operated-type, water-flow detector with 250-psig pressure rating and designed for horizontal or vertical installation. Include two single-pole, double-throw circuit switches for isolated alarm and auxiliary contacts, 7 A, 125-V ac and 0.25 A, 24-V dc; complete with factory-set, field-adjustable retard element to prevent false signals and tamperproof cover that sends signal if removed. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. ADT Security Services, Inc. b. Grinnell Fire Protection. c. ITT McDonnell & Miller. d. Potter Electric Signal Company. e. System Sensor. f. Viking Corp. g. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
C. Pressure Switch: UL 753, electrical-supervision-type, water-flow switch with retard feature. Include single-pole, double-throw, normally closed contacts and design that operates on rising pressure and signals water flow. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Grinnell Fire Protection. b. Potter Electric Signal Company. c. System Sensor. d. Viking Corp.
D. Valve Supervisory Switch: UL 753, electrical, single-pole, double-throw switch with normally closed contacts. Include design that signals controlled valve is in other than fully open position. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div. b. Potter Electric Signal Company. c. System Sensor.
2.13 PRESSURE GAUGES
A. Available Manufacturers: 1. AGF Manufacturing Co. 2. AMETEK, Inc.; U.S. Gauge. 3. Brecco Corporation. 4. Dresser Equipment Group; Instrument Div. 5. Marsh Bellofram. 6. WIKA Instrument Corporation.
B. Description: UL 393, 3-1/2 to 4-1/2 inch diameter, dial pressure gauge with range of 0 to 300-psig. 1. Water System Piping: Include caption “WATER” on dial face.
2.14 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Swivel rings and building attachments must be UL listed/approved. 1. Trapeze/hanger component station module must meet or exceed values listed in NFPA 13.
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20141023 21 10 00- 20 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
2. Earthquake sway bracing compartments must meet or exceed sizes listed in NFPA 13.
2.15 SLEEVES FOR WALL/FLOOR PENETRATIONS
A. Sleeves through walls and floors, where provided, must be of a type that can be made watertight and fire stopped. Sleeve sizes must be as required by NFPA 13 and 14 for Earthquake Protection.
2.16 SIGNS
A. Valve signs must indicate purpose and system of each control, test, trim, and drain valve. Hydraulic information sign must meet requirements of NFPA 13 and 14.
2.17 PIPE ESCUTCHEONS
A. General: Provide solid, (not hinged or split type) pipe escutcheons as specified with inside diameter closely fitting pipe outside diameter, or outside of pipe insulation where pipe is insulated. Select outside diameter of escutcheon to completely cover pipe penetration hole in floors, walls, or ceilings; and pipe sleeve extension, if any. Furnish pipe escutcheons with nickel or chrome finish for occupied areas, prime paint finish for unoccupied areas. Escutcheons must be vandal proof.
B. Pipe Escutcheons for Moist Areas: For waterproof floors, and areas where water and condensation can be expected to accumulate, provide solid cast brass or sheet brass escutcheons, solid pipe escutcheons.
C. Pipe Escutcheons for Dry Areas: Provide solid sheet metal escutcheons.
D. Manufacturer: Chicago Specialty, Producers Specialty, Sanitary-Dash.
2.18 FIRE BARRIER PENETRATION SEALS
A. Provide seals for opening through fire-rated walls, floors, or ceiling used as passage for mechanical components such as piping or ductwork in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1. Piping: Provide fire stopping material in accordance with Section 07 84 00.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Perform fire-hydrant flow test in accordance with NFPA 13, NFPA 14, and NFPA 291. Use results for system design calculations required in Part 1 “Quality Assurance” Article.
B. Report test results promptly and in writing to CDCR Representative.
3.2 EARTHWORK
A. Refer to Section 31 23 33, “Trenching and Backfill” for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20141023 21 10 00- 21 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.3 EXAMINATION
A. Examine roughing-in for hose connections and stations to verify actual locations of piping connections before installation.
B. Examine walls and partitions for suitable thicknesses, fire- and smoke-rated construction, framing for hose-station cabinets, and other conditions where hose connections and stations are to be installed.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.4 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION INSTALLATIONS
A. Install fire department connections of types and features indicated in locations indicated.
B. Install ball drip valves at each check valve for fire department connection to mains and where indicated. Drain to floor drain.
3.5 CONNECTIONS
A. Connect to specialty valves, specialties, fire department connections, and accessories.
B. Connect water supplies to sprinkler systems. Include backflow preventers.
C. Electrical Connections: Power wiring is specified in Division 26.
D. Connect alarm devices to fire alarm system.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform field acceptance tests of each fire protection system. 1. Flush, test, and inspect sprinkler piping systems according to NFPA 13.
B. Replace piping system components that do not pass test procedures specified, and then retest to demonstrate compliance. Repeat procedure until satisfactory results are obtained. 1. Report test results promptly and in writing to the CDCR Representative. 2. Report test results promptly and in writing to authority having jurisdiction when required.
C. Report test results promptly and in writing to the CDCR Representative and authority having jurisdiction.
3.7 CLEANING
A. Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers. Replace sprinklers having paint other than factory finish with new sprinklers. Cleaning and reuse of painted sprinklers is prohibited.
3.8 LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION
A. Install labeling and pipe markers on equipment and piping according to requirements in NFPA 13 and NFPA 14.
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20141023 21 10 00- 22 APRIL 29, 2015 J.C. Chang & Associates, Inc. California Men’s Colony JCCA No. 14530-6 Central Services Kitchen Replacement
3.9 STARTUP SERVICES
A. Starting Procedures: Follow manufacturer’s written procedures. If no procedures are prescribed by manufacturer, proceed as follows: 1. Verify that specialty valves, trim, fittings, controls, and accessories have been installed correctly and operate correctly. 2. Verify that excess pressure pumps and accessories have been installed correctly and operate correctly. 3. Verify that specified tests of piping are complete. 4. Check that damaged sprinklers and sprinklers with paint or coating not specified have been replaced with new, correct type of sprinklers. 5. Check that sprinklers are correct type, have correct finish and temperature ratings, and have guards where required for applications. 6. Check that potable water supplies have correct type of backflow preventer. 7. Check that fire department connections have threads compatible with local fire department equipment and have correct pressure rating. 8. Fill wet-pipe sprinkler systems with water. 9. Energize circuits to electrical equipment and devices. 10. Adjust operating controls and pressure settings.
3.10 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A. The Contractor must conduct two training sessions of four hours each to familiarize the facility personnel with the features, operation, and maintenance of the fire protection systems. Training sessions must be scheduled by the CDCR Representative at a mutually agreeable time to the Contractor and the CDCR Representative.
B. Operating Instructions: 1. Furnish three (3) copies of printed operating and maintenance instructions to the CDCR Representative, and adequately instruct the maintenance personnel in proper operation and test procedures of all fire protection components provided, furnished, or installed.
C. Demonstrate equipment, specialties, and accessories. Review operating and maintenance information.
D. Schedule demonstration with at least 7 days’ advance notice.
E. Upon completion of the system it must be tested in the presence of the State of California Fire Marshal.
END OF SECTION
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS CDCR-SDD 20141023 21 10 00- 23 APRIL 29, 2015